•***«w**-?«s»«j„ t i

^

H| i

n

l|^

^ \A/Oa[^\AIORKING S H O P 'A..'*T'^

P H A S E O N E - IMEW F A C I L I T I E S F O R

j g E R V E R I M D U S T R I E S - D A L L A S . T E X A S

W O O D W O R K I N G S H O P

Phase One - New F a c i l i t i e s For Coerver I n d u s t r i e s - D a l l a s , Texas

Submitted by

Scot t B. Roberts

in P a r t i a l Fu l f i l lmen t of Requirements for a Bachelor of Arch i t ec tu re Degree—Texas Tech Univers i ty

'?75

... To my parents who made all of this possible

and to Debbie who has put up with and I

without me. |

I

CONTENTS

I. INTRODUCTION

History of Cabinet Making

Client-History of Coerver Industries

Client-Company Philosophy

Thesis Focus

Company Organization

Economics

References

II. SPACE-PEOPLE-ISSUES

Production Process

Space Form

Space-People: Offices

Space-People: Shop

People-Issues

Environmental Responsibility

Recycling of Wastes

Energy

Laws and Regulations

Man-Work

Survey

People-Environment

Light-Noise

Anthropometrics

References

III. SITE

Site Choice

Site Description

Vistas

Area Development

Zoning

Ordinances

: . - > * ] to^'^m

"I 1

" • " , ' ' . •

"I

'1 «

hi U ^^^wmfjc

^fintBod H.

fet-^r-'.i.

HISTORY OF CABINET MAKING

Woodworking dates back thousands of years as

proven by stone woodworking tools uncovered by

archeologists. In modem history early woodwork­

ing included framing and erection of structures,

construction of ships, and building of furniture.

Specialization in woodworking began to emerge

before the Roman Empire.

The first cabinets were rectangular boxes

for storage of valuables. Specialization contin­

ued to grow in specific areas (furniture and cab-

inetmaking) until around the 18th and 19th cen­

tury when woodworking reached a state of being a

fine art. Some of the masters of furniture and

cabinetmaking were Chippendale, Adam Brothers,

Sheraton, Hepplewhite, and Phyfe.

Carpentry in Early America started with cut­

ting trees, making shingles, making pegs, and

making door and window frames. Millmen came into

being with the introduction of power equipment.

They became specialists in the cutting and shap­

ing of stock lumber while the cabinetmakers con­

centrated on assembly, fitting, and installing.

Some craftsmen still perform both functions (eg.

weekend home furniture builders). Cabinetmakers

today require proficiency and a thorough know­

ledge of materials, layout, dimensions, joints,

reading blueprints, hardware, tools, and any

special functions required in their craftwork.

CLIENT-HISTORY OF COERVER INDUSTRIES

Coerver Industries Inc. grew out of The Dal­

las Showcase Co. founded by Michael Coerver in

1880. His son Otto Coerver, who holds a Ph.D. in

industrial engineering, was president until 1963

when he became chairman of the board and turned

the presidency over to Earl Allen. The manage-

2 ment situation has remained that way to date.

Coerver Industries has been a growing com­

pany and probably will continue to do so in the

future. Starting as a cabinet shop it has gro\ l

by branching into three main endeavors:

1) Designing, manufacturing, and install­

ing of custom counters, cabinets,

and architectural wood work.

2) Designing, manufacturing, and install­

ing of custom elevator cabs.

3) Distributing and installing vinyl and

3 wood veneer wall coverings.

Coerver Industries' growth has taken place

primarily in the past twenty years. It has

grown from 15 employees and $360,000 worth of

sales in 1953 to 175 employees and a projected

$5,000,000 dollars worth of sales in 1975. It

is now one of the largest companies of its type

in the country. Its work can be seen all over

the country from San Francisco to Washington,

D.C.^

CLIENT-COMPANY PHILOSOPHY

Coerver Industries started, has grown, and

has prospered on two main policies: High quality

and custom craftsmanship. Their prices are a lit­

tle higher but their products are considered by

many to be well worth it. Their millmen and cab­

inet makers are experienced craftsmen. Some illus­

trations of their work are shown in this program.

One of their mottoes Is; "If you think Coerver is

just a cabinet shop—look again." I feel that this

spirit of quality and custom craftsmanship should

be reflected in the proposed new facility which is

the subject of this thesis program. This would be

good for the company's image, workers' pride, and

for the visual quality of the community.

THESIS FOCUS

The focus of this project is on the wood­

working division and its related offices. Coer­

ver' s growth has caused it to expand to three

buildings in a section of downtown Dallas. The

three buildings (200,000 sq. ft. in all) are old,

multi-level structures that are spread over the

existing site. This configuration has led to

grossly inefficient working conditions that is

costing the company a great amount of money in

lost man hours.

Coerver's room for growth is running out.

Just recently they had to rearrange some of the

storage and manufacturing facilities' to accommo­

date growth. If growth is to continue and effi­

ciency to improve major restoration and additions

or new facilities will be mandatory.

This program and subsequent design is to be

phase one for a possible total move to new facil­

ities for Coerver Industries. A staged move can

help reduce single financial output and soften the

moving pains. A move of the woodworking division

and offices would reduce the spacial frictions that

now exists and provide opportunity for more effi­

ciency. Some duplication of operations will occur

until all divisions move into the new facilities,

but the cost will probably be offset by savings in

greater efficiency. Phasing would probably be as

follows:

4-

i;iiijij9:Bs3;i!i:B::

- Continued growth of company 1) programming and planning of

facility for woodworking division and offices with allowances for future expan­sion.

2) construction of and move into new facility.

- Continued growth and/or economic, spacial desire for total move. 3) program and planning of facil­

ity for other two divisions and offices with allowances for expansion.

4) construction of and move into expanded facilities.

Coerver Industries at this point is not even

contemplating any sort of move for another seven

or eight years. If growth continues at its pres­

ent rate some move (restoration or new facilities)

will have to be made sooner. The dates next to

the phasing reflect my projections, which differ

some from the company's projections.

Coerver has been dynamic in the past, branch­

ing into new fields. There is no reason to

believe that this sort of dynamism will not occur

again, making new facilities even more imperative.

Yet it may be the case that just the move of the

woodworking division may be sufficient for many

years. For purposes of this project, design of

the facility will be for the woodworking shop,

related offices, president's office, and account­

ing office as a homogeneous whole. The presi­

dent's and accounting offices are to serve both

the old and new facilities. Expansion is to be

considered in terms of additional buildings

added to the site or as additions to the new

facilities. (See site criteria for expansion

estimates.).

COMPANY ORGANIZATION

Coerver Industries is organized much like

many other companies in both the office and shop.

The company's own diagrams show this (see fol­

lowing pages). The organization follows the

product production form closely.

BOARD

MAINTENANCE

S TOR

INC..

TING

VICE-PRES ELEVATORS

PROD-SUPT ELEVATORS

SPECIAL PRODUCTION

ELEVATOR PANELS

GLUE ROOM

EXEC-VICE PRESIDENT

PRESIDENT

_,SCHEDULE COORDINATOR

OFFICE MANAGER TREASURER!

I

OFFICE

V/P WALL COVERING

ESTIMATOR

DOWNSTAIRS METAL

ELEVATOR ASSEMBLY

ELECTRIC SHOP

.,j_

PARKWOOD

SALES

SALES

INSTALLATIO

SALES• ESTIMATOR

OFFICE

WAREHOUSE

VELVETEX

DRAFTING

WAREHOUSE

ASSISTANT SECRETARTi

ACCOUNTING

VICE-PRES CABINETS

/P OUTSIDE INSTAIJ,:, •; 0-

V/P CABINET PRODUCTION

MILL 1st S'HIFT

MILL 2nd SHIFT

GLUE ROOM

OUTSIDE INSTALI.JfilS

-

CABINKT SHOP

FINIS; "iMG ROOM

TRUCK 1 DRIVERS

This is the organizational chart of the whole company. It shows the relationships of the other divisions.

.

SALES ESTIMATOR

D. ALLEN

DRAFTING •

WAREHOUSE

• •

•

V/P CABINETS

FELTMAN

V/P CABINET PRODUCTION

HARRIS

MILL

M. COSTA

CABINET SHOP

L. JONES

GLUE ROOM

V/P OUTSIDE INSTALLATION

WHITSON

•

OUTSIDE INSTALLERS

FINISHING ROOM

KUBICEK

TRUCK DRIVERS

This is the organizational chart for the cabinet division.

ECONOMICS

Building of new f a c i l i t i e s for Coerver

Industr ies can en ta i l a large sum of money. A

200,000 square foot building (equivalent to thei r

present f a c i l i t i e s ) costing fifteen to twenty dol­

la rs per square foot can t o t a l three to four mil­

l ion do l l a r s . The f i r s t phase (approximately

80,000 to 100,000 square feet) would run 1.2 to

2 million do l l a r s . Some of the money can be

borrowed from the pension funds while the res t

can be obtained from insurance company investments

a t around 8% i n t e r e s t . Sale of the present build­

ings and property can add to building funds.

The prof i t margin for Coerver Industries

and similar companies averages three to four per­

cent. This should bring a 200,000 dol lar prof i t

in 1975. A r i se in prof i t margin and sales i s

highly probable for the future. S t i l l , building

of new f a c i l i t i e s could cut deeply into the prof i t

margin thus reducing stockholder dividends and

bonuses for many years . A detailed study of costs

(cash outlay, dualization of proceedures, moving

costs , inconveniences, and others) and benefits

(efficiency, i den t i ty , equity, f ac i l i t y l i f e span,

cost savings, and others) would be advisable.

After such a study the project could very well be

more feasible and invi t ing than the base figures

indicate .

REFERENCES: INTRODUCTION

Sanford, Jack Neal. Otto Coerver Company Inc. Case Study. Texas A. & M. University.

•^Ibid.

^Ibid.

Ibid.

6

Coerver Industries. "Organizational Folder."

Allen, Earl. Interview, 12-6-75.

PRODUCTION PROCESS

Production of Coerver's custom products is a

straightforward step by step process that starts

in the office, proceeds to the shop, and finishes

up with the installers.

Projects are initiated as they are for many

subcontractors in Texas. Coerver Indxistries

receives a magazine called Texas Contractor Daily

.which keeps tabs on building projects and keeps a

file of plans and specifications of many of these

•projects.

Another source is an architect or contractor

jwho may call and ask for a bid submittal.

From plans received from one of the sources

and estimate of all costs is made. The estimate

^includes the cost of all parts, shipping, profit,

.drafting, cost increases in the future, and

installation. A price quotation is then submit­

ted along with detailed material cost sheets (if

desired by the contractor). A meeting is then

held with the owner or representative (architect,

contractor) and a purchase order or subcontract

obtained. (A subcontract is needed in the pro­

duct is to be installed by Coerver.) A job

ticket is then made and assigned a number.

Next the project goes to the Coerver drafts­

men who do the shop drawings based on the archi­

tects plans and specifications. They are then

submitted to the architect for approval. Once

the drawings have been accepted, possibly after

rejections and resubmittals, a trip is made to

the actual site to make field measurements.

This is necessary due to the exactness of

Coerver's work and discrepancies that arise between

the plans and the contractor's work.

The next step is a process called billing

out, performed by the draftsmen, in which a des­

cription and sketch is drawn up of each piece to

be made. At this time a check of the stock is

made and new stock ordered if needed.

Now the project goes to the shop. The first

stop is in the mill where a team of two millmen go

to the lumber storage area and load up the required

wood on a cart and proceed to work on it. Each

solid piece is cut, ripped (cut with the grain),

planed, cut off again, shaped, sanded, trimmed,

and squared. This process entails the use and

reuse of many saws, sanders, and other equipment.

If larger pieces are needed than can be accomodated

by the stock lumber, smaller pieces are cut to a

rough shape, planed, and sent to gluing. Here

the smaller pieces are laminated together and

sent back to the mill for further cutting and

shaping.

Panels are worked on in a different part of

the milling area. Here 4' x 10' stock sheets are

cut to size on a panel saw with smaller panels

being cut on a table saw. Panels that are to be

faced with plastic laminate are sent to another

gluing area where plastic laminate is sprayed

with glue and pressed onto the boards.

Once all of the pieces for a project have

been fabricated they are moved to the cabinet

shop for assembly.

At the assembly area a cabinetmaker takes

one project to his work area and assembles the

whole thing. Here he (or she) primarily with the

use of hand tools but with some larger power equip­

ment (saws, planers, etc.) performs the final tasks

necessary to assure that all parts fit perfectly.

He trims the pieces, sands them, glues and screws

the pieces together, and adds the hardware. The

assembly stage is where much of the delicate

craftsmanship takes place. Once completed the pro­

duct is disassembled into sections which are eas­

ier to handle and then sent to the finishing

area.

Two forms of finishing take place at the

finishing area, hand and spray finishing. Most

staining and oiling is performed by hand with

painting being done by airless sprayers in spray

booths. (See explanation in 'Finishing.').

Here the sections of the product are completed

and sent to shipping.

The finished product is now stored if neces­

sary or shipped for installation. Shipping is

done by one of two means depending on the dis­

tance to the site. For relatively short hauls

the product is loaded on Coerver trucks and

delivered to the site. No formal packing takes

place. The product is shipped protected only by

pads and blankets. If it is to be shipped a long

distance professional movers are used to pack

and transport the final product.

The installation crew then goes to the site

and proceeds to reassemble the parts and install

the whole unit thus ending the production

process.

Even though the production process ends,

the office continues with billing, accounting,

and follow up inquiries.

!

P R O D U C T I O N P R O C E S S

^ J3:3Gi:(af7x:::::::

:i:e:Pj:Gt:x::|

igS;Eai^](aiiEGiS;S;iJ!xii!^

iiiiiliiliiiliii^i ||:;ia^|j|;|i|i|l|!iii||^||:

"^S^iSiilliiife^rS^

;y|ij.;:::::::;::v:;;::::::v:::;::::::::X

T~"'

.zii::

1/

FJELO MeASUR6M6f>4TS

::Et;j:C :::tiCJ:: &A--Z:&<y.

mwi&iM^MiMlM^

MMmm - :::::::StiGI:t:i:iciS::::::::

1 a:^S:::iS:i!*n:i:f^fc

•,Mm\i^&MMioktJ^M

mM^t^M^MP^M^

W^M Gm&.TR-^f-J&.Y)' ^}vi^^;^^f^l^^^

;:::::±Fiial5:a:J:l:^:e;i;i5:«::

^gifsjiGJiS^^CSiJi tSS ;:: ;:;

SPACE FORM

Following each statement concerning a re-

'iquired area is a form depicting the needs and

desired qualities of that area.

The size quoted is a probable minimum size

and is not to bind the final design. Furniture

•jand equipment needs are listed under "furn.-equip."

Under 'mechanical' and 'architectural,' special

needs and desirable qualities are noted. Also

listed are relationships, number and tj jes of peo-

Jple, service types, storage needs, and fire pro-

Jtection. Desirable qualities and spacial aspects

lare noted under 'expression of space,' 'service

method,' 'sound,' 'light,' 'control,' and 'air.'

This form is just to serve as a guide during

design.

:i^^\

-^^

Space-People: Offices Restrooms—Lockers

Offices Mechanical

Pres ident ' s Office

Pres ident ' s Secretary

Vice President of Cabinet Division Office

Estimator

Vice President Cabinet Production

Drafting

Reception-Receptionist

Secretar ies

Accounting

Conference

Storage

Records

Reproduction

Lounge

i

m

^^iiSligi^i&Ji^S:;:;

% |:f3:a|fi:|ij;k;rjij:^;:;g

OFFICES

Most administrative functions take place in

the offices. It is here that projects start. Sales,

estimates, accounting, ordering, and general running

of the shop stems from the offices. Spaces needed

for the office include:

president's office

an area for the president's secretary

vice president of cabinet division—office

estimators office

vice president of cabinet production—office

drafting area

reception area

secretaries' area

accounting area

conference room

storage area

records area

reproduction area

lounge

rest rooms

mechanical

The office works in conjunction with the shop so

should have direct access to it.

The configuration and plan should be flex­

ible to some degree to accomodate changes in pro­

cedures .

The office is what the public will see

most often when they come to visit. Therefore

the office should reflect the philosophy of the

company and leave the visitor with a favorable

image of the company.

pjBSti o f - Q f f i G « public:

PBE^OENT'S OFFIC-E / •

^ secretary

PRESIDENT'S OFFICE

The president is the head administrator sur­

passed in authority only by the board of directors.

He performs many activities including receiving

guests (customers and vendors), conducting meetings

(with employees and customers), conducting corres­

pondence, advising on projects, making decisions

concerning both office and shop, and many other

• inanagerial duties that permiate the whole complex.

The nature of the position and the person

now holding it tends to attach a personal atmos­

phere to the position. He is not on a gold plated

pedestal but a respected authority who deals on a

personal level with most of the employees. It will

be necessary for the president to have a space

located so as to have primary access to the public

and office area as a whole. His work area should

be able to accommodate guests, conversation, and

work. It should have a spirit of authority and

openness.

PRESIDENT'S OFFICE 300 sq. f t .

4

FUjBtHii— Epulis*,

desk - chair couch drafting table layout table shelves chairs

•-*^M£.srr

n&^h^Hi<^i- ^iecHITEOUlB^L. 12£LATI^NSHlfS

H ':'; V£J^T, /iS-

f^u|-i-&ih^

telephone intercom music

120 volts

carpet

window view desirable

ce.iut>lC| acous t i ca l

QuOf^- \^\\sl\P<^i^i

hOOiJ^^d^^

managerial visitors

dignified formal openness

mail supplies records trash

people carts

reception whole office

shop

on main office circulation

in quiet zone for speech

separate thermostat

daylight dramatic subdued

sprinkler

.. — ^ •

locker shelves cabinet

<cc^r<yi^j~^v~

:::p!e-ati:::::C):f;::t5:f:filiiiJg!i

B m. m

diiftirMi^

mm^^mm

PRESIDENT'S SECRETARY

Because of the high amount of correspondence

and clerical work generated by the president, a

secretary will be required. The load generated by

the president will probably not be enough to keep

her (or him) busy and thus needs to be augmented

by work from other office areas. She now takes

care of mailing, too.

The secretary will need an area adjacent to

the president's area with easy access to other

a office areas. She will be acting as a receptionist

::i f or the president so a warm, open feeling should be

4conveyed to visitors.

J7ies!t!;;:;3ClS::::i|?f::'

1 MV^

m :::::::igi^:ii:t;ti^i$itoiiife::^^

VICE PRESIDENT OF CABINET DIVISION—OFFICE

The vice president manages the entire

cabinet making operation and reports directly to

the president. He makes major decisions, super­

vises the coordination of activities, and makes

2 recommendations. He is Involved in advising on

bids, working with owners (sales), conducting

correspondence, and advising on production.

The vice president of the cabinet division

works closely with the estimator, the vice presi­

dent of cabinet production, and the public. His

office should be in close proximity to these

people and be able to accommodate the related

activities. The office should convey a warm

feeling where people feel free to interact and

exchange ideas.

PRESIDENT'S SECRETARY 80 s q . f t ,

F U ^ H i i — &aUIf»o

desk - chair

typewriter calculator dictaphone mail facilities scales stamps bins

ri&c|H^Hi<^u

H^^-r-,V£.^X V ^

VUt^-g3lh<H

^ • ~ > - l ••w-l

telephone intercom

120 vo l t

i,i2^HITE^:TU1«^L.

fT-<:a::::?f8Si

J/JM-L^- f^dierlTl <?HS5

acoustical

p : 2 : > ^ - iJlfjr^<^jWi

mask typewriter sounds

managerial visitors

warm open functional

mail supplies records trash

people carts

tS£.LATV:>NSHlfS

president reception records

meeting

on main office circulation

in moderately quiet zone

for speech

.i.!-C2.

for clerical work

sprinkler

OFFICE: VICE - PRESIDENT CABINET DIVISION 150 sq. ft,

FL^Hn— E^Ulffl

desk - chair layout table guest chairs shelves

calculator

MA.V, HUM" 5

r r r i ^ . , managerial visitors employees

p1&C|H6iHI<S^U AfacHITEXTUIg^L.

HP^,VE4>-r, k^o

fi-ui-lfeihq

telephone intercom music

carpet

>4i^i^- f- a.TlT10.H23

acoustical

120'volt

view desirable

block out secretary sounds

formal dignified openness textural

-V :<:::.&

mail supplies samples trash records

ISCLATT^NSHIPS

secretary estimator v.p. production

whole office

on main office circulation

people carts

in moderately quiet zone

for speech

^ ! - c ^

for reading prints dramatic subdued

sprinkler

locker files prints supplies samples

getep;^;S:i$ifi>^x ;:)i^<^iE$i^^i!i:S;:;;:;;

z ^ m mmm::

iiii^iiii iiiiiiiiii^iii'iiiw

ESTIMATOR

The sales estimator figures and submits bids

and reports directly to the vice president of the

cabinet division. He coordinates prints, estimates,

3 details, and operations of a job. As estimator

he works with the vice president of the cabinet

division, vice president of cabinet production, and

the drafting department. Access to records of past

and present projects is vital to his work.

i. The estimator's job is primarily oriented

toward estimating but does involve conferring in

person with the public at times. His space should

reflect these needs.

'^\^:&G inet d;t:>^:jS:^:Sh:

m "2

VICE PRESIDENT CABINET PRODUCTION

r-; • : ^ :

The vice president of cabinet production

is responsible for all production functions and

reports to the vice president of the cabinet

division. He plans and schedules operations,

recommends changes, directs work methods, and

4 reviews personnel. He coordinates drafting of

shop drawings with shop work methods; therefore,

he should have close proximity to both.

This position is unique in that it involves

working closely with office and shop personnel.

Thus, this position and subsequent space serves

as a transition between the two major functions.

ESTIMATOR 200 sq. ft.

FUt«-H*— &^UHs»ti

desk - chair layout table drafting table shelves files

calculator

nfe^M^Hi^^i- z jecHITExTUIg^L

i ^ ^ , VE-KT/ V ^

f 'u . jvq&isq

telephone intercom music

•!>£:

fU3::?faei

l^LL-i^z. - fh:j£.T-rr\0'<:>

acoustical

120 volts

view desirable

need to be quiet for concentration

^V^aH^Mt 2

managerial visitors

warm open textural purposefulness

1

mail supplies records trash

people carts

for speech anc concentration

/^.'•C

1S£LATl<^SISHIfS

secretary v.p. cab. divisior v.p. cab. product D.on

records meeting

on main office circulation

reading prints computations

sprinkler N

files prints locker samples

4--

VICE - PRESIDENT CABINET PRODUCTION 120 sq. f t .

put^h^— B^Ulfb ri&Ch^Hl^^U AfiCHITEXTUie^^L.

drafting table - stool desk •- chair layout table shelves

drafting equipment

H P ^ ; V £ ^ T : , A^'^

-p^u 'E ih^H

telephone intercom public address

-.V-

^CT«2.: 120 volt

fUXDfi!^

j 'M i - f'^-nT"!5HS3

C&H-JHcS^

view of drafting

i^LOU^^T

Avea'^u'^D 1 managerial employees

functional .. . open textural

mail supplies records trash

people carts

lejLUTI^NSHlfS

-ffZ-lMAfZ Y

drafting records

::i£::?|S]P'A.-pY' whole office shop

on main office circulation easy access to shop

in quiet zone for speech

A^'-Ca.

for drafting

sprinkler

files (2) prints samples

visual

:;:;Si Sii iiiS-::;-

;:;:|3:;:;:;f3K

DPAFTING

i iOt t

;:;trciw:f)B;p;e«fe^i^;:

•0 m. :|:e:e:S: M ^mm e fit!EJ;iNj:;>

JiJQiiHige;:;:;:

;:::ip€!;p:l«i;raig;;;

RECEPTION—RECEPTIONIST

Draftsmen produce plans and details for cab­

inets from the architect's plans and specifications

for submittal to the architects and for shop use.

They work with and report to the vice president of

cabinet production. They make out cutting tickets

for the shop and order materials. The area should

be quiet and well lit. Any where from one to four

draftsmen are employed depending on the workload.

Drafting demands a high level of concentra­

tion on the work. Small conferences concerning

the work are held with shop foremen, the estimator,

and the vice president of production. Allowances

for these communications should be made in the

design phase.

A reception area with a receptionist

should be by the main public entrance to welcome,

guide, and provide a place for visitors to wait.

This area will create a second impression (the

exterior of the facility and grounds providing a

first one). Thus, it should be designed to

create a favorable impression reflecting the

philosophy and work of the company.

The receptionist in addition to seeing to

the needs of visitors can serve as the PBX opera­

tor, and a secretary performing overflow work

from the other secretaries. The reception area

can double as a display area for some company

products. The reception area should also be

planned so that the receptionist has visual

control over the entrance, and so a waiting visitor

can have access to the receptionist while not feel­

ing as though he is being constantly watched.

I

:;;f^;^:tiiS©i^;ti;ii6i#i^^

SECRETARIES

::;;e;©ti:i::ma;i:

In addition to the president's secretary

and the receptionist, 1 to 3 secretaries will be

needed to serve the other officers including the

vice president of cabinet production, vice presi­

dent of the cabinet division, estimator, the

draftsmen, and accounting office. The secretar­

ies either separately or grouped should be loca­

ted for easy access to those concerned.

DRAFTING 400 sq, ft.

FUt«.Nii— E^Ulf»fl

drafting table - stool layout table shelves

drafting calculator

drawing files

n&ciH^Ni<^i^ A|acHITEi:TU1K^L. lejLLATI^NSHIfS

H -l-; V£.+,T t^O

-pi-Uf -fel Ci

telephone intercom music

120 volts table outlets

•fU3DfS=::>

>JAJ-I^- f'Aii .TTri'J.SS::)

acoustical

view desirable

keep out outside soirnds

v.p. cab. product! reproduction records

whole office shop..

on

on secondary office circulation access to shop

AV^Q-^lj^n 1 - 2

draftsmen managerial

functional open textural excitement

mail supplies records trash

people carts

in quiet zone for speech and concentration

i^l-tS.

for drafting and calculations

sprinkler

prints supplies shelves local central

aid

visual

1 1

RECEPTION - RECEPTIONIST 250 sq. ft.

FUltNii— Eg.Ulfii I ri&^M^Hi ^ - U I lAtecHITEjquig^L. |iejLiATl^|>iSHiPs|

couches chairs displays

desk-chair

typewriter calculator switchboard

h iC, V£ST.. ^Jo

water fountain

music

telephone intercom

120 volt

fu:r:>a*=i

14M-L^- fiM -nTl< H£3

ce-ij_jf^cS|

view desirable

block out office noises

meeting offices parking

lounge

by parking and main entrance on secondary-circulation

/^v&Q^UMi, 2-5

visitors managerial em-Dlovfifts

formal open textural warm

receptionist mail records supplies trash

people

in quite zone for speech

^!12.

dramatic

for clerical work

sprinkler

for coats

files supplies

SECRETARIES 200 sq. ft.

FU^Hii— B^Ulfo n&^h^H i l- A|ecHITSsrrui«/^u IStLATT^NSHlFS

desks - chairs

typewriters calculators dictaphones

H T' ^ T V^

fi-uj -feih

telephones intercom music

120 v o l t s

fUXPffto

part i t icxns betweer s e c r e t a r i e s

oe- i j -JH^

P 3 c > ^ - wiHt^'^^W'

quiet typewriters

vice presidents estimator drafting records

meeting

on main office circulation

A-Vflq-sUNIu 1

employees managerial

functional warm textural

mail • supplies records trash

people carts

SzOUfilP

noise generatejd by typewri ter

^l-C

W^KT for clerical work

"S-JTi-.-N

sprinkler

supplies files

visual

SJCJe" i: :

-t m mmmmmm

............x :.; :.;.; ::r>e:C;G(:n>idS

S &.tk Q t : !s^:;

...i..:.:.....:. :G:e:

COUNTING

s h o p t3;ff:;i;e©:-::; IfteiGeipp'Kxiaif^

..,„,,.,...,,I.,.,,.,...,.......„.,......,-!ii^iii:E;fii^;'ii^>

CONFERENCE

I

The accounting department i s r espons ib le for

i nanc i a l mat te r s and r epo r t s to the p res iden t and

d i f f e r en t department heads. The accounting depar t -

raent rece ives payments, pays b i l l s , pays employees,

and keeps t rack of money involved in each pro jec t

ri in terms of t ime, m a t e r i a l s , and miscellaneous 1

•^ cos t s . The accounting department i s computerized

with a computer l i n k .

The accounting department i s not d i r e c t l y

involved with the cabinet product ion process so i t

does not conduct as much i n t e r o f f i ce communication

as do the o the r of f ice a r e a s , nor does i t involve

P csonal pub l i c con t ac t s .

•

Since t h i s of f ice w i l l be conducting f inan­

c i a l mat te rs for both the old and new f a c i l i t i e s ,

tl: ee people w i l l be employed.

In the process of making a custom product ,

many dec is ions must be made and communicated. At

Coerver I n d u s t r i e s meetings with shop foremen,

o f f ice personnel and customers are used q u i t e

often to achieve these needs. A conference area

s u i t a b l e for both small and l a r g e meetings should

be provided. The area should be able to accommo­

date v i s u a l a ids a l s o .

i

ACCOUNTING

FU^hU— E Ulpfl

desks - chairs (5) counters

calculators computer link

530 sq. ft.

n&cH^Hi^^L, ^.iZCHlTEiCrUF^L.

H^^/ VEJMT^, hjo

fvuf^feiNq

telephone intercom music

120 volts computer link

f=T-<ct::?fS!ei

i4iij_£i- fi^e.-nriaf-e)

oe-ii-Jf cs acoustical

i::?^::^^- \A\\\\7CiAi

reduce noise from computer link

employees managerial

functional warm textural

mail supplies records trash

people carts

tejLLATI^hlSHIfS

records

president whole office

on secondary circulation

needs to be quiet for work

Zu-ci

for reading

sprinkler

files supplies shelves

CONFERENCE 250 sq. ft .

PU^H*— g^UlFa

conference table chairs refreshment counter

visual aids

ri&cM^Hi<^i- ^•p^HiTEicnji«^.i-

H^^T, VE-hT. /^'C-

sink

intercom

120 volts dimmer controls

carpet

visual aid walls magnetic, felt-board, etc

acoustical

Q:yyf^- u\\4\p!:::^'L

LOOi -kU:^

f^O^-^Su

M v., NiJMo10-12

managerial visitors employees

e-5<«2-E:£i'jc-H- "'-fi^-z-formal dignified open warm purposeful

.•iE*e-V<s& ~ r ^ ^

records visual aids

S3&«/ 'C^- " ETHC^P'

people

ISJLLATV^NSHIfS

president whole office reception

shop

t^OC^^cX

on secondary office circulatio:i

in quiet zone for speech

separate thermoBtat

dramatic spot subdued

sprinkler

visual aids samples

isolate

:;©:t:G3;p;«:i^;G3(:E:;x;:;:i

d •Q-m ISe:

jSTORAGE

Both the office and drafting areas need to

store daily supplies and occasionally used items.

This would include paper, envelopes, mailing sup­

plies, erasers, machine parts, extra equipment, and

many other items. An area or areas need to be pro­

vided to keep personal spaces from becoming clut­

tered and to provide easy access to supplies.

Approximately 40-60 feet of shelves should be sup­

plied along with a locking cabinet for items such

as checks, typewriters, etc.

V, p-. pnod-u-ction

<. , . .

eat ime-tar r

O L O R E C O R D S

RECORDS

.4r.,, WMy ''^^•M^<Gpj,,

Records of old and current projects are

vital to Coerver Industries. Records are needed

in all phases of office work including bidding,

drafting, scheduling and accounting. Records of

each step performed on a project are maintained

to provide reference for time of completion,

work loads, scheduling, and changes.

Old projects are a main source of the

record's problem. The management would like to

keep records indefinitely in case of future work

on the same project, a need to make repairs, or

just for comparison reference. Included in an

old project file are architect's blueprints, shop

drawings, cutting tickets, and a file including

correspondence, scheduling, costs, contracts, and

other papers involved. While holding files

;::Ci::::::::ti:i::>^:i:^;i;i3:fM;;:;:;

\

(MfM

:;::;gS;^:S::i;;tiij:fi|:t^;iti:

...-......„..„..............

mmm m m mm

xW:: ...i...... ;:;:e:fe?;£c:i:;i^a:ti;Q:;r^;

\mm REPRODUCTION

^;IG:B::

forever is impractical a sizable storage area

should be provided for extended storage durations.

While the different managerial personnel will

have some record storage in their area, they will

still generate material that will require storage

outside their spaces. Storage area or areas should

be situated to provide relatively easy access to

r;/cords.

Another category of records requiring space

is jobs in progress. A central area easily access­

ible by those directly involved in the production

process should be provided for posting schedules,

orders, and other papers concerning current pro­

jects.

Xerox and blue line reproductions are

used nulte extensivelv in office and drafting

procedures. A blue line is used primarily by

the drafting department and a standard xerox

copier is used by the whole office. The draft­

ing department may expand to a xerox 840 EPS

reduction machine in the future. An area or

areas for these machines and their related sup­

plies (paper, toner, etc.) should be easily

accessible.

OFFICE SUPPLY STORAGE 100 sq. f t .

FUF-N*— &aUlF«

shelves cabinel?

i f fMeKT"

n&^h^H»<^l- AteCHITECPJF^L. te£.LATV:>NSHlfS

H^ T' tT/ V^

f k U j ^ f e l h H

/S--T»i M Li ~v ' tC i rn^ K&.

120 v o l t s

•p-£a:>«!ei

s o l i d w a l l s

fireproof

fireproof no windows

i^liOL&T^

t^lfi^ls:^

whole office

on secondary office circulatioh

AVfioHi^Mo 1

employees

functional

supplias.

people cart

quiet

ii.!-C2.

subdued (general)

sprinkler

shelves (40 to 60 ft.) locking cabinet

security

FUF-Hii— BcaUlFo

sheIve s ,boxe s , b i n s

i=^~l~ '^ r1£.N

n&<:-M^Hi<^u A.iecHITEjcruF^.1,

fi^^,V£J^J-^ hjO

f'^ufi-fci^q

: '>-MUHkC.^l^ iSS

lL£jOr<^.CLX-

employees managerial

functional

records trash

people carts

ecu^'::'

;ii,!<2.

fU2::?«so

fireproof

fireproof

fireproof

iiiC^UeTS^i^

subdued

ISJLUTI^NSHIfSj

drafting v.p. production estimator v.p. cab. divisior

rest of office shop

on secondary office circulatiotn

'N sprinkler fire extinguishti

for plans and files

security

SF^^SS-CURRENT RECORDS !?0 sq . f t .

FUF-Nn— E^UlFo

shelves or bins

n&Ch^Hi<^l- ApcHITEgfUF^i-

H^iTf/ ^£-^T/ V ^

f^'r-Uf^felKq

:^!^MLj^^: i^ i j :^rs^

fa<:is>*aei

-EiCT<s2-iCA.U-

> J i J a . ^ - fAie.TTTl <5'HS::>

oe-ij_J|-lc^

R X 5 | 2 3 - i^\\4\:^d^-^i

hOOU^T'^^-^

managerial employees

fxinctional

records trash

people carts

letLATI^NSHlFS

whole office

'c£.CC>'^\;^h:!^

on main office circulation

sout^P

,^''^

WqffT for reading

sprinkler f i re extinguishe c

for files of current projectjs (easy access)

cc^r<r^^''^

REPRODUCTION 100 sq. ft.

PUF-H*— SiaUlFc n£C|H^H 1<^U AfecHITEquF^L, leE-LATI^NSHIfSl

layoutv tables storage cabinets table for printer

:-''--; :K" L W H blue printer 5'x2'x 18" xerox 2400 5'x5'x 3.5'

xerox 840 eps 3' X 8' X 3.5*

vent print fumes

fkjri-£>iN<H

/S-::'?i M L r IC^Ic^ S£>

1 2 0 / 2 4 0 v o l t s b r e a k e r box

f o r s p i l l s

>4M4.;b^- f^Tn"l(?>HS:>

ce.iUj-i<C|

R2:? j23 - wifjt:??^:^^

i i C O l j e i reduce machine noise

drafting secretaries

rest of office shop

on main office circulation

MA.>> NUria 4 ^VflaHli^D 1

employees managerial

functional textural

supplies trash

people cart

motor noise generation

humidity contiloll for machines fume exhaust (ammonia)

keep sensitive materials from strong light

sprinkler fire extinguisher

paper 30"x 42" ammonia toner

<X^\-<V^^V~

::;®; i :l5::::: /^

mmmmmm

::ifi^fe.^i5v;i^-:Sic!i!:ra:ia:;:;:i

LOUNGE

^ '•<j^.^'&['& C3: ^Ma-&:

::r?;ie:tei!e!f?iti;i;0io::

A lounge—lunch area, an area where employ­

ees can meet before work and can get away from

their work during breaks and lunch, is needed.

The scope of this project would not warrant a cafe­

teria of any sort so provisions for a coffee pot,

storage of lunches, and possibly vending machines

should be made.

The lounge will be used by administrative

pJ|rsonnel, employees, and possibly by visitors (on

a limited basis). The lounge should provide an

atmosphere conducive to interaction among the users

because employees are happier and more efficient

when working with people they know well. Consider­

ation should be given to the possibility of com­

bining the office lounge with the shop's lounge by

the architect during the design phase after

studying the sociological and psychological fac­

tors.

LOUNGE - RESTROOMS: 350 sq.ft.

FUFHii— B^UIF«

='p«-N !TUf2£l.

tables (4) counter lockers

- chairs

sink refrigerator coffee maker microwave oven vending

restrooms men- Iw.c- 1 urinal women- 2w.c.

n&CjH^HI^^L- AfiCHITECrUF^L.

vent in restrooms

sink w.c. and sinks in restrooms

intercom music

'hi

120/240 for refrigerator

aih resistant

bulletin board

ce-ij-JH-^

view desirable

i:caL

•yL^-^ N-if d 12 AV^lq-^iJ^B 4

employees managerial visitors

warm activeness textural

supply trash food

people carts

ie£.LAri<S>hlSHlFS

public whole office

S£i:]£Pt~^P'A.-|Z^

on secondary office circulatiob

near service entrance

in quiet zone for speech

Z^ilfZ.

subdued sunshine

sprinkler

lunches 1st aid lockers cabinets

-i— visual

-" S? • %

RESTROOMS—LOCKERS

Restrooms for office employees are needed.

Proximity to the lounge is preferable. I feel

that in keeping with the spirit of personalization,

the president should not have his own restroom

facilities.

Locker facilities for storing of coats,

packages, and other personal items should be pro­

vided. These lockers should be in or near the

lounge—restroom areas. Most en^loyers, excluding

the president and vice presidents who will have

lockers in their offices, will need lockers.

MECHANICAL

A separate mechanical system for the offices

is desirable. Space for the air conditioning sys­

tem, phone line panel, and electrical panels is

needed.

There will be occasions when office or shop

personnel will work late and the expenditure of

energy can be minimized by using separate systems.

^

r 1

jiftVS*^-

. - ^ • ^ • '

y

%

"f ,d

W'iMj.

SI

f'

;»:t«!«K.^^ l'<*^Mp^'*'l«^ ••'

e ^ people ~ shop

1 i *

I

Space-People: Shop

Shop

Lvraiber Storage

Mi l l

Mi11-Roughcut

Mil l-Shaping

Mi l l -Pane l

Mil l -Foreman's Space

Gluing

Gluing Laminating

Gluing P l a s t i c Laminate

Cabinet Assembly

Cabinet Assembly Foreman

F in i sh ing

Fin ish ing Foreman

Shipping

Receiving

Installation

Supply Storage

Lockers—Restrooms

Lunch Area

Maintenance

Mechanical

Custodial

Shop—Sawdust

Parking

SHOP

The production process is a step by step

procedure involving men, machines, and materials.

The steps involved and subsequent required areas

are:

lumber s to rage

m i l l :

roughcut

shaping

pane l

g lu ing :

laminat ing

p l a s t i c laminate

Support a reas not d i r e c t l y involved in the pro-

ducJion process i n c l u d e :

i locker a rea cus tod i a l

lunch a rea parking

cabinet assembly

f i n i s h i n g :

spray

hand

shipping

receiving

installation

supply storage

department offices

mechanical

The design of the shop should be flexible

to accommodate future changes in the production

processes and machinery.

Each area (milling, cabinet assembly, etc.)

should be able to accommodate rearrangement of mach­

inery and possibly the introduction of new machin­

ery. The areas should also be able to grow and

shrink as some processes becom.e more complex and

others simplify.

"''^

l i t ) * p -0 t ^e iS

LLT IBER STORAGE

atc:>r'age

MILL

^ ^ ^^^^^^^^^!^^^^^^^^^

M I L L twhqle i^ iS '

m IT I

m :I:P?Q:: :G!:a ;i;^;Sti::i::S::S:^:i^:ji!^;[ij:;i;j^

An area for storage of stock lumber and

l.imber ordered for special projects is required.

Many types of wood including teak, oak, walnut,

and pine will be stored. Humidity control should

be maintained at 12% to prevent cracking, swelling,

and rotting.

The area should provide for easy access by

tl cks, fork lifts, and carts. Storage bins will

be needed for loose or smaller amounts of material.

Space will be needed for pallets of lumber.

The milling area works as a total unit with

wood moving from one machine to another and back

again. Only the panel milling area is not totally

involved with the other machinery.

For purpose of this program I will divide

discussion of the milling area into three proce­

dures: rough cutting, shaping, and panel cutting.

Lumber for a project is gathered and brought

to the mill where two men take it through all the

cutting and shaping steps necessary before the

cabinet makers assemble it.

SF^^JE-LUMBER STORAGE 2500 sq. ft. (based on observation and calculations)

FUF-H*— S UlFti

bins

pallets pallet jack fork lift

n&^M^Hi^^U A| cHlTEXTUF >.L

temperaturei.and humidity control

fp-jf -feisq

intercom public address

"^^.CLd—

120/240 volts

tough, wear resis­tant, resilient

Ut - fM2r-]T\0'<^

extra high for storage 15' - 20'

extra wide doors for lifts, trucks

i^oouerri^

\^t^^ NUMB 4

employees

functional

supply trash

truck train cart fork lift

noise generate|d by trucks

humidity contrb

ie£.LAri<^NSHIFS

receiving mill- panel

solid

on secondary shoj circulation easy receiving access

avoid sunlight

. sprinkler stand pipe extinguishers

(see codes and o.s.h.a.)

•N

40-60' of bins for loose materials 10-20 pallets of lumber

security

V it rsfdiaJ-.' )--rip s a w } pia-ner^

- :i:i:;:^:[S;:^;iS^:S^::

MILL—ROUGH CUT

The first steps involved are cutting, plan­

ing, and facing of the stock lumber. The lumber

i:, cut to length on a radial arm saw and planed

J or thickness on a planer. It is then cut to a

c. rtain width on a rip saw, planed for width on a

P'.-mer, and sent back to the radial saw for any

farther cutting. This process may be made more

ef Licient by using the radial saw, then the rip

Sci , and finally, by planing all sides at one

tiviie. All the solid pieces of lumber, as opposed

to panels, that are in a project go through this

process then proceed to different shapers depend-

iii on the desired results.

Each piece of machinery in this area

rt aires a layout table on either side for feeding

and recovering of lumber. A staging area should

be situated on either side of the machine and

layout tables for storing of cut and uncut wood

on carts for moving to the next step.

Facilities are needed for reading of blue­

prints , posting of cutting tickets and notes, and

for storage of gloves, goggles, etc.

Equipment:

radial arm saw (1) — for cutting wood to length.

planer (1) — for shaving the surface of the wood

down to a desirable thickness.

rip (or straight line) saw (1) — for cutting the

wood with the grain to a desired width.

(See appendix for sizes and configurations.)

MILL - ROUGH CUT (SOLIDS) 800 sq. ft. (based on observation and calculations)

FUF-Hii— S^UlFfl

layout tables cutting tables desk

radial arm saw planer rip saw

ri&c[H^Hi<^i- ^-fZ^HlTEOUF^L- iejLLATV5NSHlfS>

vent dust from machines

water fountain

public address fire alarm

y ^T'^j /^ yj

120/240 volts breaker box emergency stop

tough, wear resis tant, resilient

J AJj-Sii- f^-nTlP.rNe>

ce-iJ-Jf4C|

P3:::>p3- U-ilHt^^^^^'

lumber storage shaping

gluing

reduce noise

A^iS^ic^

on main shop circulation

mill workers

functional textural

excitement

S£?-*Z-V C & ^r^-^

trash lumber supplies mail(assignment

people carts forklift

noise generation

> >

exhaust dust temp, control

for working at saws and readinjj prints sunlight desirable

sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguisher'

machine parts trash carts

^it!ijtiii§;ftSa:tex

MMzi f- - -

gi^:tei:iSi^fe:::;;SS;fi^;r^

MILL—SHAPING

The next stage, shaping, is when the wood

receives additional cutting for special shapes.

The process at this stage varies depending on the

desired results. The wood is squared off, sanded,

and reworked on the different machines until it is

ready for the cabinet makers. The work generally

travels from the saws to the sanders. The same

t;*o men who do the rough cutting work the differ-

enf. pieces of wood on the different machines.

Equipment:

router (2) — for making grooves and fancy edges.

band saw (1) — for cutting curves and other

special cuts.

[ j_ointer (3) — for smoothing edges and cutting

notches (2' wide, 5' long).

dado (2) — for cutting grooves and patterns

(4' wide, 9' long).

drawer cutter (tenoner) (1) — for making special

cuts for drawers.

lathe (1) for rounding and shaping wood.

sandmaster (1) — for sanding surfaces (4' wide,

5' long).

vertical beltsander (1) — for sanding edges.

horizontal " " (1) — "

a table for hand sanding.

radial arm saws (2) — for cutting wood and squar­

ing it. (2' wide, 20' long).

bench grinder — for grinding and sharpening.

(See appendix for sizes and configurations.)

*

SF^^SE-MILL - SHAPING 6000 sq. ft,

FUF-Hii— S^UlFo

layout tables cutting tables desks

(see space explanation "mill - shaping")

p1£CH^Hi<i^^l- APXSHITEJCTUF^L- lejLUTV^NSHIFS

vent sav; dust

fkLJ{-1felhH

public address intercom telephone firg alarm

120/240 volts breaker box emergency stop

tough, wean-resis­tant, resilient

W f jMs-TTTI NSD

ce.ii_ij-J<c

P2::>^3- Wlfjr::? :: ^

reduce noises

mill rough cutting cabinet assembly

support areas

on main shop circulation

J

f v,, N-Jp^o 1 0 /^Y^, HiJ^«2 at ^ r t = each Stat

ion mill workers

functional textural warm excitement

trash supplies mail (assignmen-;

people carts fork lift

£

noise generatidn

)

exhaust dust clean air

for working as saws and reading prints siin desirable

='r«-£ -Ki^T^-T "•"N

sprinkler fire extinguished stand pipe

trash carts supplies

visual

t:iiiii;t!iS:i&;^:!ii^:

i m

MILL PANEL

J;:::::^S:^i^;rit!tfe);^:y:

Panels are worked on a separate path. Ply-

V jod or particle board is either attained from

] jmber storage or is stored right next to the panel

saw. The panels come in a four foot by ten foot

size.

The large panels are cut on a large verti­

cal as opposed to a horizontal panel saw. Smaller

paaels are cut on a table saw. Some panel pieces

may go to the shaping area for grooves or special

cuts. From here most panels go to gluing to

receive plastic laminate while a few go straight

to the cabinet makers.

Plenty of room will be necessary for maneu-

V. 'ing of large panels and staging. This area

will require storage, layout areas, and desks as

in the other mill areas.

Equipment:

panel saw (1) — for cutting panels to size (t'

wide, 18' tall, 20' long). (may wish to

change to horizontal panel saw.)

table saw (1) — for cutting smaller panels to

size (4' wide, 15' long).

horizontal drill — for drilling holes in edges

(2' wide, 2' long).

(See appendix for sizes and configurations.)

SF^^^E-MILL - PANEL CUTTING 750 sq. ft.

FUlBtHii— BcaUlFt,

layout tables panel beds desk cutting tables

panel saw 20'w 15'tall table saw 4'v7 15'long horizontal drill press

(may~switch to horizontal! panel saw 12'w 15'13in5)

n&^M^Hi<^U AtecHITEcruF^L- 18£.LArk:>NSHIfS

vent sav;dust;

f'^'j|-i&>isC]

:^f*iMi ,tSir ' £;

public address intercom fire alarm

120/240 volts breaker box emergency stop

tough, wear resistant, resi

l^Ml^ - fiJer-1TIO.- 'ED

lumber storage lijerit gluing

cabinet assembly shaping

ce-iJ-Jf-iq extra high for vertical panel saw

QOC»^^- '^\^:7^:i

reduce machine noise

support areas

OH main shop circulation

V'BC^'^'S.

^i^.', Nujr^d 3

mill v/orkers

functional excitement textrual

supplies trash mail(assignment! 3

people carts fork lift

noise generatijo

exhaust dust clean air

1 for work and reading prints sunlight desirable

^IM'

sprinkler fire extinguishe stand pipe

lumber trash supplies carts

visual

i^i^^mi:!:}::;:::;:

5 HijIiiiiiSpSiiiiiti^

MILL—FOREMAN'S SPACE

The mill foreman directs activities in the

entire mill. He distributes work, and smoothes

the flow of production. He is also one of the

workers in the mill.

The foreman will require an area in which

he can perform paper work such as keeping track

of jobs, approving time cards, etc. His space

can serve as a central area in which to store

sill'11 items, receive job assignments, and receive

minor first aid.

Since the foreman is one of the millmen

his work area should be of a same spirit as the

mill as a whole so as not to alienate co-workers.

He should be able to watch the activities of the

mill from his office.

GLUING

T\-ro major gluing functions are involved

in the production process at Coerver. One is the

application of plastic laminate to panels; the

other one being the laminating of small pieces

to make larger pieces. These two functions are

separate in nature and requirements.

SF^^*E-MILL - FOREMAN'S SPACE 75 sq. f t .

FUF-Hii— B^UlFti

desk - chair t ab l e cabinet

f i l e s

n&c|H^Hi<^u ^.fecHITSLcruF^L. IStLATI^HSHIfS

H^^-'.VE^T; /^

sink water fountain

telephone intercom public address

;oug]a wear resi£ tant, resilient

partitian to block noise

oe.iuH<C|

120 v61ts

view of work areas '>^' LAcpa(<

may use acousticafL booth

^T^^ill

offices

on secondary shop circulation

i ^BC^'-a. 1

yt^K'. NuMd 3

mill workers i

purposeful excitement

mail supplies trash records

people carts

SOU-SIP

in noisey area for speech reduce outside noise

separate supply duct

for reading

Stand pipe sp r ink le r f i r e extinguishfei

mi l l supplies 1s t aid records

v i sua l

GLUING—LAMINATING

GLUJIMG la-mina-tin-g

^

mmm

\ften a piece of wood is needed that is lar­

ger than the stock lumber allows, smaller pieces

are rough cut in the mill and are glued together

(laminated) to form a piece of the desired size.

In the gluing area, manned only when

rc- quired, the pieces are cleaned with compressed

air, coated with a glue, and assembled on a table.

S. me clamps are then applied to hold the pieces

in place. A press is sometimes used also. Many

types of glues are used in wood working. These

include natural starches, gums, proteins, synthe­

tic resins, elastomers, and thermoplastics. They

come in liquid, powder, and sheet form. Heat

c; ring of glue is not used by Coerver presently

but might be desired in the future.

The area will have to accommodate tables,

saw horses, and a press. Provisions should be

made for storage of glues, storage of clamps and

tools, and a desk for reading of plans and notes.

TEXAS TECH LIBRARY

GLUING - LAMINATING 500 s q . f t .

FUF-N*— BcaUlFo

'=^p«-N rruf2j£. saw horses layout tables desk cabinet

press 5'w 4' long clamps

employees

functional textural

n&cM^H i<:^l- AiecHITEcrui^u ISJLLATI NSHIFS

vent fumes(glue)

-pr-uj-i-ssisc, wash sink

intercom public address

^207240 volts

tough, wear resiS' tant, resilient

j^,

enclosed by par t i t ion

oe.n_if^<S|

P3:?|23- wifjt ^cjws

hC£D.

mill - rough cut

support areas

UJCMS:^ on secondary shop circulation

supplies mail lumber

low noise generation^

people carts

"'P' ;i^C

exhaust fumei compressed a i r

wqhT f o r work avoid sunlight for some glues

=' «-S -T C 's

sprinkler fire extinguishe[r stand pipe

tools clamps presses glues(flammable

c--

Stii^iSaitiiSs

i^

G f L L i f N G p l a s t i c Is-iVttrtgte

GLUING—PLASTIC LAMINATE

ji In this area panels can be glued together

and can be faced with plastic laminate. Plastic

laminate is obtained from lumber storage or from

storage in the area, trimmed, and sprayed with

glue. The glue is applied by an airless sprayer

in a spray bin. The laminate is then applied to

the pre-cut panels by means of a roller or lamin­

ation press.

I'Jhen two panels are glued together for

^ extra thickness, a different type of glue is

ap; lied; and the panels put into a steam curing

pau.l press.

Storage facilities for glues, plastic

laiTi late, and other supplies will be needed.

:::Sti::l:l:t:'*^::giB'F!lie;i;:

GLUE—PLASTIC LAMINATE

Staging areas, layout tables, and a desk

will also be needed. (Types of glues available

for both gluing processes can be found in the

appendix.)

Equipment:

spray booth — for applying glue (8' wide, 12'

long).

panel press — for gluing panels (6' wide, 10'

long).

lamination press — for applying plastic laminate

(5' wide, 12' long).

roller press — for applying plastic laminate

(5' wide, 15' long).

II

I'"I

I

n V

I

GLUING - PLASTIC LAMINATE 800 sq . f t .

FU^hli i— S^UlFti

work bench desk layout tables

panel press 5'w 10'L lamination press 5'x 1^' pallet oack spray bin 5'w 12'L roller press 5'w 15'L

n&^h^H i<^i- AficHiTEjcruF^i-

vent fumes(glue)

'wa"sn oasln steam(for press)

intercom public address fire alarm

' , r— •-—r*^? :,'- I i

120/240 v o l t s b reaker box emergency s top

t o u g h , wear r e s i s ­t a n t , r e s i l i e n t

sp ray bin' fireproof

ce.ii_it-i<C|

fireproof

fireproof

i£:iOL

3 2

employees

functional excitement

mail(assignment supplies trash

= , noise generat: ajom for work avoid sunlight

people carts fork lift pallet Jack

EJHOP' vent fumes

lejLLATT^HSHIFS

miii- panel cabinet assembly

Lumber storage supply storage

on secondary shop circulation on main panel circulation

sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguishe

supplies

flue barrels flammable) plastic laminate

visual

•supply atonsge

mif:l:t:

^ Z^-0i^:

, : ^ mm^-:

mm^im^ CABINET ASSEMBLY

^iSiiSBIN^^ilii^:

/:::::;:f:iit|if:i:SSii;tiiiQ:

It is at this step where the milled pieces

are assembled. The cabinet maker does some final

tri ining, sanding, and applying of hardware as a

par •. of the assembly process. One cabinet maker,

801;: times two, puts the whole project together in

one area. Each assembly area has a work bench

with handtools and power hand tools. Different

benciies, platforms, and saw horses are brought

int< the area according to the needs of the pro­

ject - Each area will vary in size according to

the ^reject needs, but will average around 500 sq.

ft. Approximately thirteen assembly areas should

be : 'Ovided.

Staging areas for projects and storage

are 3 for saw horses, and platforms will be needed.

Power equipment including a radial arm saw.

router, planer, grinder, and two table saws are

available for all of the cabinet makers to use.

(il ''I;

' ' ^

EQUIPMENT „ II i

saw (back, panel, rip, cross cut)

miter box

plane

jointer

router

rabbit

jack

scraper

chisels (socket, butt, pocket, mortise)

boring tools (auger bits, expansive bits,

counter sink, gimlet)

power drill

hammers (claw, ripping, ball peen)

screw drivers

clamps (handscrew, C, bar)

wrench

pliers (combination, side cut, long nose)

rules

s t r a i g h t edge

squares

T-bevel

d iv ide r s

trammel

f i l e s ( m i l l , b i t , saw)

o i l s tone

glues

s crews

hardware

tape

n a i l s

f a s t ene r s

II

fill'

CABINET ASSEMBLY 8 - 10,000 sq. ft. (based on observation and calculat ion

FUF-Hii— B^UlFo n&Ch^H l^^i- At cHn^^EC^^UF l- ISCLATI^hlSHIfS

work bench panel tables 8' x 30'(3)

hand tools saw horses- tables platforms radial arm saw router planer table saw grinder

HP T'VE T. V ^

fk-uf-lfei q

intercoms public address phones fire alarm

120/240 volts breaker boxes emergency stops

tough, wear resis tant, resilient

I4MU..S:i- fi^g.-nri.o.Hs^

ce-iuH^

QJC?!^- \^\\4\P,^Ui

reduce shop noises

mill finishing

supply storage support areas

on main shop circulation

Ai./:E:qHi-'^c 1 3

cabinet makers

functional excitement warm textural

mail(assignments) supplies trash

people carts fork lift

noise generat lor

compressed ai3' clean dust ahc. fumes from other areas

lifeht iBor individual area; sun desirable for fine work

^ sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguishejr

hardware tools t ab l e s ,p la t f orm£i clamps

v i sua l

I J t i

111

isi; ^¥S: i :;:; •

::tei:f:$;i:©S§:;

CABINET ASSEMBLY FOREMAN

i;feci;t:j;gge;' ;;;; it:ii:i: j$;i;iF^

aiB-siefirvt

FINISHING

~i Si aiii

I

The cabinet shop foreman is much like the

mill foreman in that he administrates within his

own irea and reports to the vice president of cab-

ine? production.

The foreman will also require an area in

which to perform his paper work. His space can

ser\ as a central area in which to store small

iteii'. , receive job assignments, and receive minor

firs aid.

The foreman is also a cabinet maker, so his

spac should be equal to the spaces of the other

cabinet makers so as not to alienate his co-work­

ers. He should be able to observe the work and

have iccess to the other spaces in the cabinet

shop.

The assembled product receives a finish

(oil, stain, or paint) either by hand or by sprayer.

Spray finishing is done in one of two bins

each with an airless sprayer. An airless sprayer

sprays only paint, no air, eliminating the usual

fog of paint. It applies a more even, heavier

coat with less waste. Each bin is about 6 feet

wide, 12 feet long, and 10 feet high. There should

be plenty of room around the bins for staging and

moving of projects. Areas should be provided for

storage of finishing supplies. They come in con­

tainers ranging in size from a small can to a 55

gallon drum. The storage area should comply with

regulations concerning storage of combustible

materials as detailed by building codes and O.S.

H.A.

41

I ' I I , ' . •

;::::;iii:i:Siliii^§5t;i;i!i^

;;;si:itiiiiii;i©fei;f;i^;(:3;::;:;>:iF^i^

o f f i c e s

FINISHING — FOREMAN

Many products are finished by hand. A

larg- open area should be provided so different

proj "ts can be worked on simultaneously. Saw

horses, layout tables, and panel tables are used

for supporting the products v/hile being worked on.

Area for staging, table storage, and finished

prod t storage will also be required.

Work benches should be provided for work

on small items, storage of hand tools (sanders,

brusl s, masking, etc.), and storage for some

stains and other finishing compounds. Again

requj ?ments concerning storage and use of cont-

bustible materials must be considered. Also,

special ventilation and quick wash sinks will be

needea for worker safety.

Space for a finishing foreman will be

needed. He works in the same capacity as the mill

and cabinet shop foremen; thus, he will need the

same type of area.

'II '1

if

-ys-T-r^;,

CABINET ASSEMBLY- FOREMAN'S SPACE 75 sq . f t .

I t:

•

PUF-H*— E^UlFa

j =-p<e.N r r u f s ^ desk - cha i r t ab l e cabinet

£.sr f i l e s

j cabinet makers

purposeful excitement

n&c|H^Hig^U AiacHITEcruF^L. iee.u.ri<^NSHips

i^.iT-'; VS-KT V ^

sink- for men water fountain

,..-:'", ...-NtC-^i^-h^I-telephohe intercom public address

120 Volts

tough, wear resis­tant, resilient

partitian' to block noise

C^\LJf4c^

view of work areas

may use acoustical booth

^T^f'^abinet

assembly

offices

UJCM^:^ on secondary shop circulation

mail records trash supplies

j in noise area I for speech

people carts

' ET'Hf-'S^ U-^

for reading subdued

-I . • > .

stand pipe sprinkler fire extinguish^!

mail, supplies 1st aid records

visua l

IfH'

iVi'ihi

j , • ; .

FINISHING - SPRAY •e^iziei

500 sq . f t .

FUF-hU— EaUlFi G n&Ch^HI^4>U I AtecmTECrUF^L, IStlATT^NSHIFS

layout t a b l e s

K-;- -^^SK

airless sprayer (2) 6'w 12'long 10' high

vent fumes

wash basin

•t " - " —

intercom public address fire alarm

120/240 volts emergency stop

tough, wear resis­tant, resilient

bin p a r t i t i a n fireproof

fireproof

fresh a i r fireproof

cabinet assembly shipping - storage

receiving support areas

on main shop circulation to shipping

:->'z

•-^.^^a-^UMc 1 - 2

employees

functional excitement

mail(assignment4 supplies trash

people carts

fE.THT-'

) moderate noise generation

t

clean and freshen air exhaust fumes

for fine work for work inspection

sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguisher

paper paints(flammablfe)

visual

I !• k

ill f

•=-^"'^>,n

FINISHING - HAND €?|Z1E1

1000 sq . f t .

FUF-H*— BaUlFo

saw hoi ' ses l ayou t t a b l e s p a n e l t a b l e s d e c k s - benches

's^-t o o l s b ru shes

employees

2-3

^^C.\AU\A\C^\^ AteCHITECrUF^L.

vent fumes

wash basin

intercom public address

T 2 0 v o l t s

tough , wear r e s i s ­t a n t , r e s i l i e n t

fireproof

fireproof

fireproof

ACOU&T'^^^

«./sf=t2^::£a:uJ<'"'fv,- • ' •^ ice-f u n c t i o n a l exc i t ement

mai l supply t r a s h

g. ^~r^^^ IVtSKTWid' • p

eouNc?

people carts fork lift

' ETH<f C K&va^

compressed exhaust fumes

air

for fine work for finish inspection

ie£a-^ri<s>sisHips

shipping - storage cabinet assembly

receiving support areas

on main shop circulation

to shipping

stand pipe sprinkler fire extinguishe

tools- cabinets paper stains,oils (flammable)

visual

f I

' L:

it

1 ' 1 1 1 1 1

1-

i t

I

f l

1

r^

FINISHING - FOREMAN'S SPACE 75 sq.ft.

FUF-Hii— B^UlFti

-piz-N rruf2j£-desk - chair table cabinet

f i l e s

•••:/£:, U M o 1

employees

purposeful excitement

n&^h^H»^^U I AiecHlTEjqxiF^L 1g£.U.ri^HSHIfS

H iiT'A'e^^T/ V ^

fp-uflfeihq water fountain

H n

telephone intercom public address

120 volts

touch, wear resis­tant, resilient

partitian to block noise

ce-iUf-lc:::

all of finishing

office

view of work areas

i«C^UeT-kS may use acousticajl booth

/^OC^^^ on secondary shoj circulation

mail'-records trash supplies

"n " for speech

people carts

.<^i-^

wqfff for speech

Stand pipe sprinkler fire extinguishfcil

mail supplies 1st aid records

visual w! ::

„ ' ' ••

SHIPP]

^ S i ^ f e i ; :

iiS^iliiiii^ijiiiijkiiife;:::

^aca;i?ii&js;ei;;;

gii;i:^i(;g|i:i:^^:;::;

One of the last steps involved in the pro­

cess is shipping of the product. SometTinc,-. the

product is shipped immediately for installation

while on other occasions it is stored due to delays

at the site or due to other time factors. This

requir -.s that a storage area be incorporated into

the shipping and receiving facilities.

The products are shipped either by Coer-

vers' o;7n trucks or by professional movers. ThuSj

facilii ,es to accommodate many types of tn'cko

will bt needed. Storage for padding and other

moving ccessories will be needed also.

urrently no formal crating takes place

for thi finished products. When Coerver trucks

move tl product they use pads and blankets for

protection. The professional movers may box some

pieces. Space should be provided for their work.

Coerver Industries may find it advantage­

ous in the future in terms of cost, and product

identity to crate their products for shipment.

This would be mandatory if a turn was made toward

rail shipment.

SF^^^ SHIPINB.;;- STORAGE 3000 sq . f t .

FUF-Hii— E^UlFu n^ch^H i i L. AtecHITEjqxiF/^u leCLATT^SISHlfS

desk - c h a i r

layout tables for crating

carts pallet jacks fork lift

I.

r •'•v."-", N j M a 5

employees

functional excitement

\i^^r-,VBJ^, h/o

fi-ufi&i^q

4. - .

4-

telephone intercom public address

120 volts

tough, wear resiS' tant, resilient

I 4 i . U . ^ - fi42.TT10.HS3

CJ£-\U\AC^

wiae loadiKg doors

o^e

w^CiC?! r?--rr',

mail supplies

noise generaticjir i a t t imes

people carts fork lift trucks train

wqffr

finishing

truck parking support areas

by shipping entrance on secondary shop circulation

stand pipe sprinkler fire extinguishejr

for finished product crating supplids

security

:;x:r^a:i:|:::;:©ra:!:;l::r?x:::

i:iiiii:jii^:i$i^iiij;;:;:;:;i^ji!;

S:e:r?S?!:t:G:0::: &f^ci^.Q;-i^i>^: • ^

^:E im

RECEIVING :;:;i(iii:6::fiii:&:i^:S:;:i:i

~lany types of items are involved in the

Coerver process; thus, they will receive many

types of shipments. Some items will come by U.S.

Mail an' will be taken care of in the offiae.

Most will arrive by truck with some coming by rail.

'uch of the lumber, shop supplie;.., and

office supplies will be delivered by ti'uck and

channeled to their appropriate places. FacJIi-

ties will be needed to unload the trucks and store

the goods, for sorting.

Larger shipments of lumber and supplies

will co.i • by rail to save shipping costs. A spur

track should be brought off a railroad line to the

shippin; receiving area(s) and an appropriate

unloadii dock provided.

The area(s) provided for both shipping and

receiving should be spacious enough to allow free

movement of fork lifts, carts, and personnel.

Access, parking, and maneuvering space will be

n eded for vehicles servicing the facilities.

//'L

SF^^SE-RECEIVING 1500 sq . f t ,

Zl:

FUF-Hii— E^UlFo

desk - c h a i r

files carts fork „lift pallet jack

J -

-^UMo 5

a -NU; ,(, 1

employees

functional excitement

ri&Ch^Ni^^U Afg^HITECrUF^L. ISJLLATI^NSHIFS

H^^T'^£^T^ V ^

f r - ; j f i -& iKq

telephone intercom public address

tough, wear resis­tant, resilient

K M j . £ s - Pi.*£.-r-rT10->^

oe.iu^l<S|

wide load ing doors a rB>i»n .-

I I

£ . U £ £ T ^ J G £ U •™-1" i™

.1 i

±CjOL.^^\<-^i

lumber storage supply storage

office storage

on secondary shop circulation

mail records supplies

generates nois at times

people carts fork lift pallet jack truck train

.^.i-si'

wqffT

sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguisheb£

s t o r a g e of iteirjs f o r s o r t i n g

s e c u r i t y

iS:t-Si:^Sgf^:

,^,„,„,,,, „„,,

" "^"™ % ::;$;|ii ;i:j3;p;?i;; :@;;

Kr> INSTALLATION

k,:.».:.:.:. :;:;:;fe!rii;iiiiig::

SUPPLY STORAGE

^ i

The last phase of a project is installation.

The insiallation crew is constantly at the job site

except - ben picking up a new project. The instal­

lation rev; is headed by a vice-president of

install•tion.

An area should be provided near shipping

where tl e vice president can pick up asslgnKieritis,

conduct paper work, and can keep files. An aiea

for ere members to meet, receive assiginrc;!ts and

discuss procedures is desirable for when they art;

between assignments. This area would functlo'^ as

a base for the crew and its operations.

Many items need to be stored that are

rarely used. Some items are too bulky or too

numerous to be stored in individual work areas.

Therefore, a central storage area should be pro­

vided. This area should be easily accessible to

cabinet makers (for hardware) and to mill men

(for spare parts). Shelves will be necessary for

small items and open floor space necessary for

larger items.

11:1 {

F U F - H i i — BcaUlFii

desk chair tables - chairs cabinets

.£:.sr files

employees

v;arm textural excitement

lajLUTi^hiSHlfS

H^^/V&jsn, v*^

- 4 t fv-un&iiNC,

sink I water fountain '

telephone j intercom

120 vol t s

f U ^ q s a o

fii42.TTTlC'>^£:>

C & i U H ^

P 3 C ? ^ - Wl|slt: <^5We.

block out shop noise

m Ivf

mail records supplies

• « ^ •

£3^UMP

people carts

' ^ M Erp- - ; -lis-

shipping

office support areas

I

on secondary shop circulation

for reading sunshine

Sprinkler

supplies tools

visual

SF^^SE-SUPPLY STORAGE

e>izi&

'800 sq. f t ,

FU|«thU— BcaUlFti

desk - chair shelves

shelves carts files

I-r .. NjMe 3

employees

functional

4iacHlTEjcruF/kU

HP^,VE.^7; '6-

f='i-.u'f-l&if-^q

tough, wear resis­tant , resilient

securiry walls

r

[ telephone

bintercom public address

mail records supply

eOUfiTP

I [

people carts

lE-pHOP' Z^lfZ-

ce-iuf^c,

wide doors

i rzou T' ^ 'i ^

letUTT^NSHIFS

receiving

all of shop

on secondary shop circulation

for paper work at desk subdued

stand pipe sprinkler fire extinguisher

hardware machinery

security

LOCKERS—RES TROOMS

The workers should be provided with a space

e i ther at t h e i r work s t a t i o n s or centra. l ly located

for s torage of coa t s and o the r personal i tems.

A restroom or a s e r i e s of restrooiriP wi l l be

require.' for the workers . The restrooms should

include washing f a c i l i t i e s s u i t a b l e for induntir ial

workers.

Miiii^iCiJii^ AREA

jsJiitDitS:;

LUNCH AREA

A lunch area should be provided for the

shop employees. An area for eating lunch and tak­

ing breaks away from work stations will help the

men relax. A central area will aid in interac-

i ion betx<reen the worker thus forming a more uni­

fied shop. Coffee, vending, and lunch storage

facilities should be provided. The possibility

of combining the shop lunch area and office lunch

area should be considered by the architect during

the design phase after weighing the social and

psychological factors.

LOCKER AREA - RESTROOMS 500 sq . f t .

|"t JF-H^— S^UlFfl

lockers (30) benches , sea ts wash area

- . : - ; _ -^^-'gLKT'

r.-c'.^ Njr^B 30

employees

warm t e x t u r a l

ITECrUF^L- 1g£.U.Tl^NSHlFS

h^KT^VE^X^ hjo

sinks water closets urinals

\ telephone \ public address

I . ,. . _

\ 120 vol t

..!.-,". \C.B.\U^\\C^

Tr>

i ricin^Bft

! : > : c > ^ - \A\\\'^(::iAi

block out shop noise

all of shop

parking support areas

I^OCJ^S:^ on secondary circulation to parking

sho])

needs to be quiet for speech

people carts

vent rest rooms

wqffT subdued (general)

^a^feTUL.

sp r ink le r ^

personal a r t i c l e

Oc^V^:y£uJyV-~

11 •

/ /

LOUNGE 400 s q . f t .

pUF-h^— B^UlFo

t a b l e s ( 6 ) cha i r s counter

* •"'-»™»- I

h^Sf,VB^J-^ b/O

sink refrigerator coffee maker microwave oven, vending

sink ^ water for vending;

I intercom I music

stain resistant

bulletin board

i ce-ii-Jf c

I view desirable

120/240 volts

™™^*

iGC>iJ3Tl^:AU

h' .x^ NuMd 30

employees

warm activeness textural

aeizv :<:::.& Tt^^

supply trash food

people carts

lETHC^C^ T

tetLATl^HSHiPS

shop

^:£^Q^f^P'K^

on secondary shop circulation

quiet for speech

ir^lfS.

wqfTT subdued sunshine

sprinkler

lunches supplies

visual

'//. ' Ii

\ .

^

:: :li :p?P

MAINTEN '.NCE ME:CHANICAL

rue to the amount of machinery (sawsj haiid

tools, .nd trucks) an area for maintenance and

repair is required. This same area can serve as

a base f /r building maintenance. Space fcr a

work bei ch and tools for machinery maini:e i.. .ce

and min r truck overhauls will be needed.

Space will be needed to accommodate many

types of mechanical equipment including: heating,

cooling, hot water, electrical, compressed air,

and a vacuum system.

/ / / /

MINTENANCE 400 s q . f t .

FUF'Nii— EglUiFq

work tables stool cabinets

n&Ch^Ht^g^l^ I lAtecHlTEOUFj^L. 18£.LATI^NSHIFS

HP^^^Vfi^^X- V ^ fU:xy*S!S:i

tough, wear resis­tant , resilient

-fi-uf-lfeihq sink

i 'AU-S:;- fhif2-TTT\Q-^^

ICM.\U\4C^

tools wench lawn mower, etc. metal lathe drill press grinder torch generator

ksqii r- l£> telephone intercom public address

\ wide door for i trucks

120/240 volts 'j^oouerf^^^^^i^^^

all of shop trucks

rest of facility

on secondary shop circulation

employees

functional

supplies mail records

1 f jfji:?""' ""'""' ' \

\ \ noise generatoloti

? 1

people carts truck

compressed:air

wqffT for detailed work

•=^'-«e-'S. -T:. - .N sprinkler stand pipe fire extinguishe)?

tools- cabinets parts equipment

security

CUSTODIAL

Space will be needed for storage of supplies

and tools used in maintaining a clean office and

shop. TViis space should serve as a base of opera­

tions foj the custodial engineer.

Also required is an area for trash awaiting

disposal. The custodian will be collectitig trasii

and sera wood. These materials will need tempor­

ary stor ge until picked up by the city, taken to

a landfi 1, or recycled.

SHOP—SAWDUST

Saw dust and shavings are a problem in

woodworking. Most milling machines allow for

attachment of a vacuum system. An overhead vacuum

system will be needed to serve the shop along

with portable vacuums. (See recycling.) A storage

bin for the sawdust and shavings will be needed.

The vacuum system can deposit the wastes directly

into the bin. The bin can then be loaded on a

truck for removal. It would also be desirable for

the system to be capable of loading the wastes

directly into a waiting truck or train.

CUSTODIAL

FUFN*— EcaUlFu

I counter

sink tools vacuums, etc.

75 sq. ft.

n&c|H^Hi<^u, A!f^cHITt£TUF6.l-

H^^ir"; V £ _ S T ; /y'(^

sink

public address

120/240

f-u::sDfS!ei tough, wear r e s i s ­t a n t , r e s i l i e n t

]4iiJUJ£3- P^.^2r-1T10se:)

ce.iU|-icS|

i:^^::^^- ' ^i^t:?o^s

i^lOL&flcSi:.

:..:/£. HUM I. 1

employee

funcktional textural

trash supply

people carts

eou^ip

Zi^lfZ-

subdued

ie£.LAri<2>NSHlFS

trash diposal all of facility

^^.O^U!^]^^

A^:io^ic^

on secondary circulation

sprinkler fire extinguishejr

supplies equipment tools cleaning compourjds (flammable)

<: :;isne: l-

PARKING

Parking will be needed for employees,

trucl i, and visitors. On site parking for 40 to 50

cars should be provided for employees. The parking

shou'l give employees easy access to the facilities

withcat interfering with other site traffic. Six

park \g spaces should be provided for Coerver

vehicles. These spaces should be near shipping-

recei ing and should provide for security at night.

Five ir six parking spaces should be provided

near he entrance for visitors.

/ «

'^. A

. . . • ^

»; ..

•Sit.:.S?':''i9l

J^^

- ^ • - " l <

iMi - z - ^ ^ '

_- l

ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY

Today the environment and what man i s doing

to i t i s drawing a g r ea t dea l of a t t e n t i o n from

the government and the p u b l i c . We are now begin­

ning to r e a l i z e the impact our ac t ions can have.

The f ede ra l and Texas governments r e q u i r e any

major or envi ronmenta l ly s i g n i f i c a n t government

action or government supported ac t ion to be p r e -

6 ceeded by an environmenta l impact s t a tement .

These s t a t emen t s a re an a n a l y s i s of the ac t ion

in terms of the environment . The s ta tements are

reviewed by government agencies (environmental

p ro tec t ion agency and o t h e r s ) and are r e l ea sed to

the j u b l i c . They a re q u i t e thorough and conta in

the following i t ems .

I ) Desc r ip t ion of the proposed a c t i o n .

2) Existing and projected environmental

conditions.

3) Environmental impact of the proposed

action.

4) Adverse impacts which can not be avoided.

5) Alternatives to the proposed actions.

6) Relationship between local short term

uses of man's environment and the main­

tenance and enhancement of long term

productivity.

7) Irreversible and irretrievable commit­

ment of resources which would be involved

in the proposed action.

8) Discussion of problems and objections.

Though the nature of the project (not being

state supported) does not require an impact

statement, one should be compiled during the

design phase in the interest of environmental and

public responsibility. The environmental protec­

tion agency has many booklets that explain and

aid i;he development of impact statements. The

compiling of this statement can aid in achieving

a re: oonsible and successful architectural act.

RECYCLING OF WASTES

Coerver Industries creates two major types

of wastes, sawdust and scrapwood, that have poten­

tial for being recycled. The salvage industry is

a growing and complex industry. It works by sup­

ply and demand. "Scrap is not sold, it is bought.

The sawdust and scraps can be used in a variety of

ways, such as in making particleboard, hardboard,

roofing materials, fertilizer, horticulture mulch,

craft supplies, soil conditioners, chemicals,

insulation, concrete additives, and sweeping com-

9 pounds. Coerver Industries has an advantage in

that they produce homogeneous wastes of consistent

quality and quantity. This is considered desir­

able in the salvage industry.

Waste collection and control should be incor­

porated into the new facility. Sawdust can be

,8

collected by a vacuum system and routed into a

compactor or baler for easy shipment or disposal.

The sawdust should be collected separately for

some potential recycle uses that employ only saw­

dust, such as sweeping compounds. Solid scraps

should be collected separately and possibly baled

also, for such uses as in particleboard.

There will be times in which the wastes will

not oe bought and will have to be taken to the

dump or given away to the populace. Baling will

make this easier and more efficient.

It would be advantageous, monetarily, for

Coerver Industries to negotiate long term con­

tracts for disposal of their wastes. They can

contract directly to the consuming industries,

small waste dealers, or waste haulers.

One problem facing the salvage industry

is that raw materials are given tax breaks that

make them less expensive at times. Once tax laws

change (with the help of industrial lobbying),

shipping costs are equalized, and recycling

advocated more, waste salvage will become even

^. U-. 11 more profitable.

ENERGY

Energy ( i t s sou rce , u se , and waste) i s a very

important i s s u e in t o d a y ' s world. I t needs to be

considered in t h e development of any new b u i l d i n g .

Coerver I n d u s t r i e s ' main energy demand i s

for e l e c t r i c i t y . This demand stems from l a rge

power machines and power hand t o o l s . Their p r e s ­

ent f a c i l i t i e s a re run p r i m a r i l y (93%) by e l e c ­

t r i c i t y . Cost for t h i s e l e c t r i c i t y i s r i s i n g .

Uti ' t i e s expend i tu re s i n the p a s t few years have

been :

1972 - $11,835

1973 - $13,784

1974 - $14,829

12

1975 - $19,000 (p ro jec ted)

In design of the new facility climatologi­

cal features should be taken advantage of for

heating and cooling. The structure itself

should be energy efficient with proper insula­

tion.

Solar energy as a total energy source seems

cost prohibitive now, but partial solar heating

and cooling is worth consideration. Possibili­

ties for addition of solar energy devices (if

economically attractive' in the future) should be

considered also.

Electrical generation within the facilities

is a possibility if demand and costs warrant it.

As the situation appears now demand is not great

enough and costs (eg. oil) are too high to make

it feasible. Use of wastes, as fuel would help,

but not enough wastes are generated to reduce

the costs to a feasible level.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS

Concern for worker safety has increased to

such a point that both the state of Texas and the

federal government have initiated standards and

laws concerning almost every industry including

woodworking. The Texas State Department of Health

has a handbook titled Occupational Safety Standard

for Woodworking Machinery, that spells out regu-

lati )ns concerning the use of all types of wood­

working machinery. (A copy can be found in the

appeidix.)

The Occupational Safety and Health Adminis­

tration, a branch of the Department of Labor, has

more stringent and a wider scope of regulations

than does the state. Their regulations not only

cove, machinery, but cover almost every aspect of

an industry. They go as far as to dictating

color and letter size of signs. (A copy of

excerpts pertinent to this project is in the

appendix.) Representatives of O.S.H.A. are con­

stantly touring plants looking for violations.

Violations are noted and fines levied, generally

around 26 dollars per violation.

Careful consideration of the rules must be

given in design of the new facility. Violations

can delay work and be costly. These regulations

do aid in worker safety thus reducing injuries,

sick leave, and lost work time.

MAN—WORK

13

"The law of life is activity." Psycholo­

gists today think that work is a natural activity.

Man works for many reasons. Man works to satisfy

basic needs, to achieve self realization, and to

gain satisfaction. Emphasis is changing in some

area--.. Mans' merit is no longer based on family

14 connictions but by accomplishments on the job.

Three categories listed by one author as

factors influencing worker satisfaction thus pro­

duct: on are fitness of work, place of work, and

rewa d for work. As architects we have little

influence on reward but a great influence on

place. We can also influence fitness through

desi n of man-machine interaction, movement

systems, and through place.

Psychologically there are many theories

concerning why men work and degree of satisfac­

tion. The Maslow theory states that all human

needs can be ordered. Once the lowest ordered

need is satisfied one moves to satisfy the next

(safety to love and on). Another theory, the

Herzberg theory, works on the basis of motivation

factors and factors of satisfaction and dissatis­

faction. In his theory he feels that factors

vary in people. They vary among self-actualiza­

tion, growth, conditions, salary, and others.

These and other theories all revert back to needs

of man. Some of man's needs (what he seeks)

includes:

— Satisfying work activities, self realiza­

tion, application of activities.

— Security (job, life, etc.)

— Individual recognition, importance

— Wages for individual standard of

T . 17 living.

The job activities and space should strive

to f ilfill these needs. This can benefit employee

and employer both. One of the accepted keys to

gett ing employees to work hard is getting them to

iden-.ify with the business. A sense of belonging

can 1 e aided and manifested through design of the

envi onment.

SURVEY

During the early stages of investigations,

a SI rvey was handed out to employees at Coerver's

prcK mt facilities. Approximately twenty question-

nairis were filled out and returned from different

sections of the shop and office. ^ Jhile this was

not mough to arrive at totally valid (scientif­

ically) results a good feel for needs and opinions

was )btained. Included in the survey was a sec­

tion for suggestions, rating of spacial qualities,

questions concerning miscellaneous activities,

questions about contacts and transportation, and

questions about the employee's background and

acti ities. A copy of the survey can be found on

a fo lowing page.

Some parts of the survey were an aid during

the aalyzing of spacial needs. Other

parts helped in forming ideas about employees'

needs and opinions. Some of these opinions are

expressed in the next section concerning spacial

environment.

Uf^^r^EY"' X |-4T#7RUCTi<^ - c = - =

f j _

This i s % Bnm&^ ^o aid »• in & studcmt thwBia prolsajm ef dMigniog mw «f!flfi« «M f»8t(iK£y tmUMlta ftse Cmxvmg IMustrlMia

Se^i Moas B»y «$«&« oist «xf thia projoot whiefa aay b* \i9td at Cisa;ifv«z> I ijadustffSaas thm asking your ^ b aaaiar and acre ^Icaaaato s§> f JJliiag out

thijs 4tteetl«»mals« can lH»lp youo

This ^uaoticmnalxv will sanaia totaly eonfldantialo No mm alsa ia t l» eonpaay will se® this f CKBO I a l U ba tha only eoa to aork with Ito Ooea I an tbirough with it,) I a i l l daatvoy ite> So fool fxoo to axito anything jm wiahc

This is p»£>hftpB the aoot iapoirtant pKrt-'°tOUB THOUQKIS! X voulA liko ysw to axito dosm any atiggostiana «r cfiaplainta ooneacning any aapoet ef your Jobo Yoo ha^lns aexkod at your job aase in the b»at pooition to f anulato idaaa eonooming ito Vzito doim that Sdoa you hai the etfa» day and tha empaiAint you aoati«(Q«d to your buddyo You havo Idoas on bow to aako thinga battoTa !«<& easaaxAo tMnk^ o M start uxitinge Baaoabar this aurvoy ia totaly eonfidontialp so ai^ anything you wauto (uaa tba teck if aaooaaaxy)

^riH6| F/k:^ILirifei This aaetion ia to gat your opiaioa on oartain quMlitiaa of tbs araa9 (a)

in vh&eh yoir vetcfc. I would l i ] » you to XAta thesa qtunXitiaao Flaaaa »»k» a Bota i f a quality i s faifticularly plaaaiag or i f i t faiBlass your aoodc,

! • TOry poor 2» poor 3* fa ir 4» good 5« aacoolant

oixola ona couwnts Hoa ia your axest for xocaynaaaoooooBo 1 2 3 ^ 5 A a O U n t o f StOaSftgao p a s a B o a o o u i o o v o o c o a i 2 3 ^ 5

Flaaaantnaas and qtUftlity of oolontooo 1 2 3 ' 5 Aaoimt «ni ^tuOity of lightingooeoooo 1 2 3 ^ 5 A%OUnt o f n O i a C o 0 B g 0 o « oa i> e OP o o o» o o * pa X <£ 3 ^ ^

Asoose to n«adad Buppliaaoosoeoaooooo 1 2 3 ^ 5 Aeease to other areaao»n»ou»e«iio<>ooeo 1 2 3 ^ 5 Toapsxature oentxol of axeaioo»o<>.o0oo 1 2 3 ' 5

(too hot" too ee&A)

Clvwall ia your area a good (|ftmn!a& f unotional) pUoa to vc^kfi Owaxall ia your araa a plauaat plaea to vorfc? I>o you hav» too such or too l i t t l e aiqpaxvieioo?

m t . ^^TH£^ AOlvms.^^ »hat do you do in tfaa tiaa yau bavo baf ooa aoric?

•• " • • -, -III.,,, , . ¥haga?

Mfaaxa do you atoca pMcaonal axtiolaa (ooatolunebBOtc)?

tfhno do you oat luaeh? tfith who?

Do you being your luaoh? ,.......,....„.,.,,...,.,...,.,..^^ If 80 wouM you buy your lunch i f faoiUtiaa ««sa pteHdad?

i t h Hi iaB d o VttU hsWA TMkmeMio'l « , « > . « . J I . J . • >_« '"^ Ifitb nhOB do you l»ve parsooal oootaota during woddc? —->pooo...oocopo»ltieno.oooosooraaoon for contacto.o.oo.onwbar of tiasa a day

(uaa back i f neowMa^rT Do you hava a phetne in your axaa? If "no* wouU one aid you? Do you dxiva to work? D© you oax-podl? Do you taka a bua?

^ <£HEfi6j lyfz^nhJioH Haaat How long havo you VOCIMRI at Cmxvor ^aduatxiaa? Hew long have you nocted at your peaaant pooltion? What ia your poeosant positioo? . Bxiafly dcsexibo your dutieai

ifhat sii^plias are invalvad in your dutiea (ganenl typaa)?

Ago I 15-20 21-35 36-50 51-^5 o»«t 65

S « « _ _ _ . ^ BAucation* (oixola eoa}* h i ^ aohool aosa ooUage eollHBo ccadittta dacpMo

t-

PEOPLE—ENVIRONMENT

An office environment differs greatly from

a factory environment due to the nature of activ­

ities and people performing the activities. One

stuo.y done sho js preferences of office workers

and lanagement personnel. The survey I conducted

at ( jerver's present facilities revealed many of

the same desires. A primary concern of the spa­

cial environment in both studies concerned proper

18

heating and ventilation. Coerver workers com­

plained about being too hot or too cold. Creat­

ing c ne temperature to please everyone is next

to impossible, but any extremes should be avoided.

In tie professional study a desire to be near

exte.ior windows was expressed. Also expressed

were objections to static electricity (a material

and climate problem), a desire for quiet colors

with a few bright accents, and a desire for a

19 warm feeling. Another common problem is noise.

In the Coerver survey notes were made concerning

typewriter noise. Their present facilities were

ranked poor to fair by the employees on amount

of noise in the office.

The next category in the professional sur­

vey concerned equipment environment. In that

survey it was found generally not enough desk

space is provided and that an extra table was

desired. Care must be taken not to box the worker

20 in. Along the same lines I found a desire for

more storage space at Coerver.

The nature of Coerver's process makes it

unique among many industries in that there is a

spirit of creating. Boredom and monotony, a major

prol lem in industry today, is minimized by having

workers work on one project through many processes.

I feel that keeping this type of atmosphere will

become more important in the future as workers

demand jobs of more significance.

The survey that I took included the shop.

Their major concerns about their environment

included too much noise, heat and cooling, and

poor ventilation. The fumes from the finishing

area prove to be a major problem.

LIGHT-NOISE

Two factors that affect every building but

are especially important here are light and noise.

A large amount of noise is generated in the shop

by saws, sanders, hand tools, etc. The office

has a different noise problem with a need for

quietness. In an office noise is generated by

typewriters, people talking, traffic, and mechan­

ical equipment.

Studies have shown that excessive noise can

21 result in the loss of output. Efforts must be

made to reduct noise output and transmission.

An acoustical expert can be a great aid. Proper

design can help to relieve sound problems. Tech­

niques such as positioning of the facility on the

site, positioning of quiet and noisy areas, selec­

tion of materials, mounting of machines, laying

out of ductwork, and using of barriers (when used

22 proj arly) can reduce noise transmission.

Today designing of light is a combination

of 1-70 criteria, efficiency (energy) and user

neecs and effects. Lighting consumes much energy.

Some techniques for efficient lighting include:

1) Design lighting for expected tasks with

less light in surrounding areas.

2) Use efficient light sources.

3) Design using effective luminaries and

windows.

4) Reduce glare.

5) Integrate heat given off by lights into

the heating and cooling system.

6) Keep the lighting equipment clean and

in good order 23

Bright light can cause eyes to tire. This

and other lighting effects can cause muscular

tension, stimulate emotions, and affect the

general activity rate of a person. Light of a

monotonous quality tends to lead to visual effi­

ciency but emotional rejection. Contrasty light­

ing on the other hand leads to less visual effi­

ciency and emotional acceptance. Directional

lighting creates shadows and glare (bad for

drafting) while lighting that is too diffuse

causes forms to lose their 3-dimensional quali­

ties (bad for fine woodworking). Some middle

ground should be strived for along with lighting

24 design for individual tasks.

ANTHROPCMETRICS

During designing of both the shop and the

office human dimensions should be a major consid­

eration. In the office sitting dimensions will

be most important. Proper furniture should be

designed or chosen to minimize fatigue and maxi-

miz comfort. In a paper by Dr. M. M. Ayoub, con­

cerning posture in industry, the point is illus­

trated how something as simple as seat design

25 can affect worker health and efficiency.

In the shop a greater man-machine inter­

action takes place. Here placement of machines

and design of surrounding areas will depend to

an extent on human sizes and movements. Dimen-

siors concerning reach, height, and cone of vision

neeus to be used.

These spaces will have to be able to accom­

modate both men and women of many sizes. Women

are working in many more positions than in the

past and have to be taken into account. Anthropo­

metric data concerning men and women, sitting and

standing can be found in the appendix.

Study of human movement is important in

designing to promote efficiency, minimize fatigue,

and for safety. Some principles of motion economy

as relating to the body, work place, and tools

follows:

— Both hands should start and end motions

at the same time.

— Arms should move in opposite directions

simultaneously.

Momentum should be used to aid workers.

Smooth, continuous movement is desirable.

Tools and materials should have a fixed

place (home).

Tools should be within easy reach.

Tools should be arranged according to

needs and sequence of use.

Tools should be combined when possible.

Tools should be designed with invidivual

finger power in mind (where applicable).

Switches, levers, etc., should be located

on machines to minimize body movement

and for ease of use.

REFERENCES: SPACE-PEOPLE-ISSUES

A l l e n , D ick . I n t e r v i e w , 8 - 7 - 7 5 . M c F a t h e r , S. C. I n t e r v i e w , 1 1 - 5 - 7 5 . C o e r v e r I n d u s t r i e s . O b s e r v a t i o n s , i n t e r v i e w s .

2 C o e r v e r I n d u s t r i e s . " O r g a n i z a t i o n a l F o l d e r . "

^ I b i d .

' ^ Ib id .

^ I b i d .

" I n P r o d u c t i v e Harmony," U .S . E n v i r o n m e n t a l P r o t e c t i o n Agency ( 1 9 7 4 ) , p p . 1-12.

G u i d e l i n e s f o r W r i t i n g E n v i r o n m e n t a l A s s e s s m e n t s , " U. S. E n v i r o n m e n t a l P r o t e c t i o n Agency.

Q

"The Salvage Industry—What it is, How it Works," U. S. Environmental Protection Agency (1973), p. 5.

"Recycle," League of Women Voters of the U.S. (1972), pp. 19-20.

•'" "The Salvage Industry—What it Is, How it Works,"

pp. 2-5.

11,, Recycle," pp. 11-30.

Coerver Industries, Accounting Records (1972-1975)

13 Cleeton, G. U. Making Work Human (Yellow Springs, Ohio:

Antiosh P r e s s ) . 14

Bass , B. M. Man, Work, and Organiza t ions (Boston: Allyn

and Bacon, 1972).

Cleeton.

Bass. 17^-,

Cleeton. 18

"Off ice Environment t h a t People P r e f e r , " A.I.A. J o u r n a l ,

February 1970, pp. 56-8 .

•^^Ibid.

I b i d . Tlines, W. A. Noise Control in Industry (London: Business

Pu! lications 1966), p. 23. ^^Hines, p. 28-49. 23 "Design to Conserve Energy," A.I.A. Journal, June 1972,

pp. 17-23. 24

"React ions of Body and Eye," A.I.A. J o u r n a l , September 19 72, pp. 35-90.

n 11

25 Ayoub, M. M. Dr. "Pos tu re i n Indus t ry" (New York,

1971), pp. 2-90. 26

Salmon, She l t e r ed Workshops ( S t i l l w a t e r : Oklahoma S ta t e U n i v e r s i t y , 1969), p . 56.

>

^f I

<4 .iJOk..

\&^

• « * < : ' •

, j * b . i * «

• - •C^WM ^fa^£A'i

S K ^ :rv •'••.

^^«'« .:'vv-^SSti'j

•,,.:.">«/4i/.r,,,. * ^ •

SITE CHOICE

Coerver Industries is now located in down-

tO' n Dallas, Texas, where it started and has

gr' wn. The site chosen is in the Dallas area

du' to the simple fact that their work force

(skilled cabinetmakers are among them) and many

business relations are Dallas based. A move

out of the Dallas area would be very expensive

in terms of monetary cost and personal hardship.

The site selected was chosen from one of six

inc ustrial zoned areas. It was selected over

ov ers due to such features as good accessibility

(a.to, truck, railroad, and air); compatible sur-

rovnding land uses; proposed city, state, and

county plans for the area; and, general suitabil-

it; for the plant's needs.

Criteria for picking an industrial site

that were taken into account included image qual­

ity, adaptability to proposed industry and expan­

sion, accessibility and transport of workers and

goods, and availability of services (electricity,

water, gas, etc.).

The site was also chosen for its size. It

is large enough to accommodate all of the current

facilities as Coerver (200,000 sq. ft.), expan­

sions (estimated 100,000 sq. ft.), and support

facilities (parking, train spur, etc.). Space

will be left over for creating a pleasant, respon­

sible surrounding environment.

SIiE DESCRIPTION

The site is located in Northwest Dallas one-

hal'f mile west of Interstate 35 East (Stemmons

Freeway) on the northwest corner of Royal Lane

anc: Xewkirk. It covers approximately twelve

aci28. Its exact size and configuration can be

seen on a following page.

The site is currently a relatively flat,

opt 1 field with assorted trees and grasses grow-

inj; on it. (See 'Existing Landscape'). To the

notch is more open field. To the northeast

aci )ss the street is a new I.C.X. trucking depot

which will generate truck traffic down Newkirk.

Jusc down the street right across from the site

is m old church and some old run down houses.

These will probably be replaced with the develop-

mer of the general area, A quarter mile east on

Royal is an elementary school which will gener­

ate pedestrian traffic (children) in the direc­

tion of the site, most notably to the apartment

complex just to the south across Royal Lane.

The site is bordered on the west side by a rail­

road line which is surrounded and obscured from

view by heavy foliage.

rt:%:i| '"-^=- I i .:-

.. t " S i , . . /

' J

J/

S I T E . L O C A T I O N

B 8 0 f t , r'anpJT"." i-TuaMM

S S O f t

R o y a l L a n e

S I T E D I M E N S I O N S

<*-

Q

in CD

*-> 03 Q} L

en

0)

2

/ ^

N

i' = aoo"

R A I L R O A D

- F I E L D

VISTAS

The site has an over all pleasant quality to

it. The groups of trees along the streets are

nice and can be developed into better vistas.

Evi.n the view across Royal Lane is not objection­

able in that the parking for the apartm.ents is

slightly below street grade and out of sight.

AR iA DEVELOPMENT

The site lies on the northern tip of an area

labeled in the Dallas master plan as 'Stemmons

Nccth Industrial District.' This whole area is

primarily zoned for industrial development. Much

of the area to the south of the site is now in a

fl )od plain. (See flood plain map in 'Natural

En ironment'). Much of the flood plain is to be

reclaimed in conjunction with the development

2 of the Dallas green belt system. The Elm Fork

of the Trinity River meanders in a north to south

di ection approximately one mile to the west of

the site. An area of the Dallas green belt

sy.'tem is to start just south of Royal Lane and

en ;ompass an area to either side of the river.

In the process of this development, dams and

re.', ervoirs will be constructed to control the

3 wa' er and reclaim much of the flood plain.

There is also a proposal for a 7600 acre

Elm Fork State Park to connect with the Dallas

greenbelt and run north along the river.

The proximity of these parks should help

to create a natural atmosphere conducive to

responsible development in the surrounding areas.

It is hoped that some means (zoning, deed

restrictions, development panels, etc.) can be

used to prevent a 'concrete jungle' from being

formed around the parks and proposed site.

The development of the industrial district

is to be accomplished by private investment. The

city has no plans at this time to go into the

industrial development business. They plan on

letting the area progress on its own with no

specific planning other than zoning and ordinances.

Private firms can either initiate single projects

or whole industrial parks. The present site is

pr tected somewhat from indiscriminate develop-

me it around it due to the nature of the functions

al eady in the area. (See 'Site Description').

The city does have plans for expanding pub­

lic utilities and services to accommodate growth.

(S( 2 'Utilities' and 'Services' for expansion

notes).

\

P R O R O S E D E L M F O R K

STATE R A R K [ 7 6 0 0 a c n e s ] 1

e l m f o r k -t r i n i t y r i v e r

(-i«o*ww •

•^UiC

siitie:

4J ifl

r o y a l lane _

p"

RD. " '

Keller ' hMJ . j U •

i.*.jT" " g =i II938I

-r • i l l S14»MU>Al_T«ll!«!MAO»/ .C^

•£ .S-SABOT

f^V.Pr.l'O" Trr,. "fiX^'Ttry Oofa^

3 M-,..fl ' „jy^Y J

Colleyville , f™*^j

,1 ••;..x.< .i;..-nnn»l"HI JkL v ' ' ^ ^ ^ ' ^ • ~ r ! E^a- i =• 1

'5.0%,

LRTH

^ MEAOOWBHOOK^i

LrfSi^S I « • ;

5i' ' jEWt^T^ri

• I S L A X n | |

BD. [ 1

"[^.iip :•.-.

_iaau»u»-

r ^ Irving IJigitjisjUWTITZ

TH j M ' ] 3 ' ^

Q j l k ^ 'ad.-Tifl^ta

n^ltvtr (J.ZIHIHI .

"T[2.i; C' ^/

'M^-'

^ i ^ i . . , 'T>

5'S5:EI0» si- ' •

J > ^ T ^ ^ ^ i — , r f l l T i y ' . W T n . v FAKKnow < > n o . I E t

^ S I i<«i*s'' ,:.tV. U j f l J 1 ^ • «*>. jgDalworthlirB\on'/»0«)!H|>^i i Hj . 'J^. /Garbans .Tibagigfea fpuiuiuLjs—5'm.

Cockrelfl Ji i i l .

•rofwroidS,

•i'f'

® ? # ''^..

fiVe View I-^ J

yiesquite'

S-JIS /

Balek[

i S \fi(i[siu{ •

DALLAS-FORT WORTH AND VICINITY

M H k n n a B K timr'foc/ Acceii Divided Highwayi ••^=:= — • • •• '- Ofher Divided Highvfayi

(on numbered HiphwoyiJ • •• iB-—— Paved Roads -alt weather

improved Roads -second ehu

Dirt Roads J

Us) National Interstate Highways U.S. Highways Abbrevaliont

indKoitt BR -- Buf.'neu Xoufe (7|) Sfote Highways

Farm, Loop or Pork Roods

,^l_' Mileage shown between points

POPULATION OF CITiES AND TOWNS.

•^' 1 2,500-5,000 ! 1 10,000-100,000

I - •: - — ] 5,000-10,000 I • I 100,000 and over

One inch equals approximately 4.2 miles

Scale:

CopynohtQby Rond M'Naily & Co A"'.flhu .eiexad. l »>oB-upl»d i-U S A ig74 Mi'.on

•Duncanvjile: BIG STONE T CAP f ID. '

T

1

'Wofeland: indinF

. . . f* (lytvjiAt

spmatK -^ no

D A L _AS; i p f v | Lpp^|E^pl^.o,C]^.i igT^^ICT^^~-H

ZONING

Coerver Industries is presently located in

an 1-2 industrial zoning district. The new site

has the same designation. The Dallas zoning

de< inition is as follows:

I 1. 2, 3

"ludustrial development particularly of the dis-tr bution and light processing types represent a substantial part of the economic base of Dal-la: . The rapidly changing variety of industry foi nd in Dallas and the development of modern technology make it appropriate and desirable to provide for standards of industrial performance ratiier than to attempt to categorize industrial uses by name. Performance standards covering noi;e, smoke, particulate matter and other air con:aminants, odorous matter, fire and explosive haz xd, glare and vibration are specified for each of the three industrial districts; and noi.ie, odor and glare standards are made applic­able to all districts."7

In general there are very little restric-

tio is on land use for the 1-2 district. An I-I

dis rict has an added restriction or two with

the main difference being that in an I-l district

Q

no open view storage is allowed. (See appendix

for setbacks, heights, etc.). It is with these

factors in mind that I suggest that steps be

taken to have the site and the surroimding land

changed from an 1-2 to an I-l zoning. Not only

would this protect the view, quality, and land

cost of the site, but would also benefit the

schools, parks, and the residential area.

Z O N I N G

ORDINANCES

The zoning ordinances most important to wood­

working (and in the future metal work) related

industry is in the area of noise, and toxic and

noxious matter.

A table and explanation concerning noise

le/els is on the following page. Restriction of

tocic and noxious matter is stated as follows:

"N.. operation or use permitted in any district shall emit a concentration across the bounding property line in such operation or use of toxic or noxious matter which will exceed 10% of the concentration considered as the threshold limit for an industrial worker as established by Texas Sti te Department of Health."9

Both the state and federal governments have

safety guidelines which have noise and air restric-

tioas also. Explanation of these are in 'Laws and

Regulations.'

Dallas uses the most recent version of the

Uniform Building Code with some local additions.

The code classifies the activities as being type

E-2 (for the shop) and type F-2 (for the offices).

From these classifications the codes go further

to outline fire restrictions, type of construc­

tion, area restrictions, height restrictions,

and exits. The code states that type one con­

struction is required for this facility. Type

one buildings are to be of noncombustible fire

resistive construction. Applicable excerpts

from the Uniform Building Code are in the

appendix.

10-422 Permissible Noise Level: I-l and 1-2, Planned Development Districts (Industrial)

a . A t no point at the bounding property line of any use in the 1-1, 1-2 or PD District shall the sound pressure level of any operation or plant exceed the decibel limits specified in the "octave bands designated in Table 1 , nor shall the sound pressure level at any 1-1, 1-2 or PD District boundary line adjacent to a resident ial , retai l or commercial district exceed the decibel limits specified in the octave bands designated by Table 3 for Residential Districts and Table 4 for Retail and Commercial Districts.

b. Table 1 ^ ,

Maximum Permissible Daytime Octave Band Decibel Limits at the Bounding Property Line of a Use in the 1-1, 1-2, Planned Industrial (PD) District

^ •

Decibel Band Limit (db re 0.0002 Microbar)

Octave Band (cps)

37 75

86

75 150

76

150 300

70

300 600

65

600 1200

63

1200 2400

58

2400 4800

55

4800 9600

53

A Scale

65

Note: A Scale levels are provided for monitoring purposes on ly .

10-4 !3 Permissible Noise Level: 1-3 District

a . A t no point at the bounding property line of any use in the 1-3 District shall the sound pressure level of any operation or plant exceed the decibel limits specified in the octave bands designated in Table 2, nor shall the sound pressure level at any 1-3 District boundary line adjacent to a resident ial , retai l or commercial distr ict exceed the decibel limits specified In the octave bands designated by Table 3 for Residential Districts and Table 4 for Retail and Commercial Districts,

11

49

UTILITIES - GAS

An 8" intermediate high pressure gas l ine f

runs east to west down Royal Lane changing into

a 4" l ine j u s t east of the ra i l road crossing. A

3" l ine branching off the 8" l ine runs north on

Newkirk.

i' cn

0

XJ

ID L

01

1-

z

^ 4" 8"-

7 r R n v a l L a n e

UTILITIES - WATER

An 8' cast iron main runs down both Royal

L.. ne and Newkirk. There are no fire hydrants

presently on the site but will be installed with

13 tl e development of the site.

10

1-

1 L (D

QD

^ u (D (U L

r B:

7 r 49-

i w a t e r '

R o v a l L a n e

\ \

UTILITIES - SANITATION SEWER

An 8" sewer line starts about 1000 feet west

of Newkirk on Royal and drains east. Plans are

being made for a 10" line to run north from Kline

i. long the county border to serve the site and

14 areas north of it.

/

/

f u t u r e 1 Q '

s e w e r l i n e

/ _ o 8V • sewep .

7 r R o v a l L a n e

XJ

L

CD

u,

< >

z

UTILITIES - STORM DRAINAGE

There is no storm drainage system around the

s te at present. A 24" line starts on Royal Lane

al out 500 feet to the east of the site in front

of the school. There are no plans for expansion

at this time by the city. The county may install

drainage lines to the west of the site.

UTILITIES - ELECTRICITY

I

A primary 13,000 V. (hot and neutral) line

ru IS down both Royal Lane and Newkirk on poles.

A secondary line runs down Newkirk. The power

substation is 2 miles away. Due to the large

qu ntity of electricity needed a primary will

probably be run underground to the facility and

a ransformer unit installed."'"

UTILITIES - TELEPHONE

Telephone lines run down both Royal and

Nev ..irk. The present lines should be adequate

for the facility.

- O - . o** p o w e r , l ine

-o & o-t l p lPphnna

• p o l e

u (D QJ L XJ

01 y. L

QJ

7 r R o y a l L a n e

SERVICE - STREETS

Royal Lane is now a four lane road with no

c nter median. There are plans to widen Royal

i ito a major thoroughfare with six lanes and a

center median. When this will happen is hard to

s; y. Royal is a county road; and the county has

bten having troubles getting road bonds passed.

Wi en they do get road programs started they give

piiority to roads outside the Dallas city limits.

The county may turn Royal Lane over to Dallas who

ir turn will widen it as the area continues to

develop.

Newkirk will also be widened to become a

secondary street with a center median. This will

17 probably take 15 feet off the present site.

Ik

SERVICE - AIRPORTS

There are two major airports within easy

a icess. Twenty minutes away by way of four and

s X lane highways is the new Dallas/Fort Worth

I ternational Airport. Love Field, now used for

intrastate passenger runs, private craft, and

transport, is about 15 minutes away.

SERVICE - RAILROAD

A one track railroad line runs north and

south comprising the western boundary of the

site. A spur can be easily brought off to ser­

vice Coerver.

# 2 ?! I" Hi'

a J V > .' f r o . ' ^ ^1 m K s i . ^ * — *

It-"^ '^ . .^KL-CarHi l f^

Pr«(on f foi f I

>Yi4«*?*fi££_ | ~ ^ . r , ; j ^ ~

Colleyville

Hurstj l

•(826).:-, * -^£9 \%,-ZIEm£^'ct^ im

^ • ^ ISHA^^ CHAPfl I f l -

TsgT

J MUOOWBIIOO^^I / ^ ^

fH

is'^a.

0. J >i M

Panfe ) 3 ^

orthm^ton^'Mr^i

^ M JC*'S7 J . / i ' * " • ^ L , - ' r

Inrnq

Ootoi'»S,

>J;.

' • > 3 , !

* Hii|_ j ^ ' ^sr i

.<'<B

DALLAS-FORT WORTH AND VICINITY

u s ) National Interstate Highways

rppt U.S. Highways Abfar viofiom (Sjj indKote: BR.^RvtineuKoute

(78) State Highwoyi

limited Access Divided Highways Other Divided Highways

(on numb»rmd Highwoyt)

Paved Roads -oil wither Improved Roads —s»cx>nd dau Dirt Roads m Farm, Loop or Park Roods

, ' ; j . Mileage shown between points

"^- POPULATION OF CITIES AND TOWNS.

O 0-250 I ij '—j 2,500-5,000 [ ' ---j 10,000-100,000 0 250-1000 '——•- ' ' ® 1,000-3,500

One inch equals approximatety 4.2 miles

' 2 j 4 j mtlffi

100,000 and over

Scale: B^^^SiM^Hi

C o p y i i g h l © by Rund M'Nolly & Co. AM •igUi i iMrvad. LilKogtaphad ir- U S.A. 1074 Edi'ion

ir • / Spn

Ft . Duncanvjile

5, s

Dillsf. I I

^ . . jmami i i .

SHEAI1AMJ1_

*" ',!

i i

^De Soto

7-SL^

* i ^DONLyLtyLk*?'

^^ .^^

-Id-' W ^ ^—-^

SE]'.VICE-POLICE

The nearest police substation is ten minutes

awty. There are no plans at the moment for con­

struction of a closer substation.

SERVICE-BUS

Dallas Transit System has no bus routes

in the area at this time. There are no plans at

this time for expansion into the area. Thus,

private transportation will be predominate.

SERVICE-FIRE

The Dallas Fire Department has two stations

six and ten minutes away at this time. A

station at Dennis and Royal two minutes away is

to be constructed in two years. A station is

planned for the northern part of the industrial

18 area once It is developed.

iu . . .u„

v

\'.f' "

^ ^

^t*%^*#^''. 1

; ; : . . - ^ natural environment;

CLIMATE

The Dallas area is located in the northern

part of a humid subtropical belt. Overall the

a.ea has a mild temperate climate. The yearly

nt rmal temperature is about 68° F. with about

3A.5 inches of rainfall a year. The average

huinidity is 63%.

Periods of extreme hot and cold weather do

occur but generally do not last long. The first

winter freeze generally occurs around November

21 with the last freeze being on about March ISth.

Dallas is fairly windy with its predomin-

aivr.ly southerly winds having a mean hourly speed

of 11 miles per hour. Strong northerly winds

oc ur often during the winter months but are

ge erally short lived. The area is sunny with

19 66^ possible sunshine.

More detailed statistics concerning such

climate factors as temperature, rain, humidity,

wind, sunshine, heating degree days, and sun

angles can be found in the appendix.

SUN

The site receives 66% of the possible sun-

shLne; so sun use and control should be taken

in.o consideration for heat control and aesthetics.

The elevation of the sun during regular business

ho irs (8-5) ranges from 10° (at 8 AM and 6 PM) to

35 ' (12 noon) in December to 37° (at 8 AM and

20 6 --M) to 92° (12 noon) in June. Direction of the

su at sunrise and sunset ranges from a near

soi theast and southwestern direction in December

to a near northeast and northwest direction in

Ju e. A sun diagram, elevation statistics, and

be ring statistics can be found in the appendix.

SHADOWS

At present there are no shadows projected on

the site by neighboring buildings. The trees along

the edge of the site and within will cast longer

shad'ws within the site primarily during the morn­

ing iiours. The trees along the western front bor­

der cast notable shadows toward the evening. These

and smaller shadows casted should be considered in

replacement of walks and buildings. Due to the

existing land uses and development plans new struc­

ture j may be built to the north and east of the

site. New structures to the east will cast shadows

onto the site during the morning hours. The amount

of shadow will vary depending on the building's

heig it. Building heights are not restricted by

zoniig here.

TOPOGRAPHY

The site is relatively flat. Half of the

s.te is on the edge of a high area for the region.

A titudes range from a high of about 452' above

si a level on the eastern portion to a level of

about 448' on the western half. The topography

is well suited for industrial development.

DRAINAGE

The site drains in a eastern to western and

southwestern direction. The site will drain

onto Royal Lane and into the railroad bed. Wil­

son Clay soil is in the path of drainage and

may need special consideration to facilitate

drainage. Flooding does not occur on the site.

1 = 2 00

SOILS

There are three soil types (Stidham,

Konowa, and Wilson Clay Loam) on the site. Two

of the soils (Stidham and Konowa) seem pretty

well suited for light industry. The Wilson Clay

Lcam, covering the western portion of the site,

it not very well suited due to shrink-swell and

21 corrosive factors. The soil will need extra

ei ineering consideration. Some general charac-

t€ ristics of the soil are on the next page.

De called reports of soils can be found in the

ap oendix.

The aquifer recharge for the area is to the

22 we ;t in Arlington so is not a consideration here.

Soil Type

Description

STIDHAM

Thick loamy

Fine sand

Jhrink-swell

P H

Jrainage

Low

5-6

Well dra ined

Flood hazard

Permeab i l i ty

Depth t o Rock

None

Moderate

6 feet

KONOWA WILSON CLAY

Grayish brown

Fine loamy sand

Clayey alkaline

Marine and

alluvial sediments

Low

5-6

Well drained

Moderate-high

5.5-7

Perched water late

winter and early

spring

None

Moderate

6 feet

None

Low

6 feet

1 " = 2 0 0 '

GEOLOGY

The geology of the site is mixed being situa-

tec at a border of two formations. The formation

to the west of the site is of a recent era being

al]uvium that runs north and south along elm fork

of the Trinity River. Alluvium is made up of

fl( od plain deposits of gravel, sand, silt, clay,

anc organlz material. To the east of the site is

a fluviatile terrace deposits formation. It, too,

is made up of gravel, sand, silt, and clay but is

foimed by layers of deposits from different ages.

As to which formation the site is in is hard to

sa- without a detailed survey; but it is probably

23 in a transition area comprised of both. x.

area geology map can be found in the appendix.)

EXISTING VEGETATION

Presently the site is covered with field

gra,'ses. A variety of trees including hackberry,

live oak, mimosa, and pecan are along the perimeter

and scattered in the interior. The live oaks, hack-

berries, and pecans are desirable and well worth

24 keeping. Along the eastern edge and comer of

the site the trees are 30 to 40 feet tall. The

trees in the middle are 10 to 20 feet tall. There

are some small live oaks in the middle of the site.

There can and should be transplanted if needed.

(See vegetation map on a following page.)

SUITABLE VEGETATION

A wide variety of vegetation is suitable

for this area. Due to the industrial nature of

the project and the awareness of costs, plant

material of low maintenance should be chosen.

Care should be taken to ensure environmental con­

scious planting to conserve water, soil runoff,

wildlife, etc. Among the plant forms suited for

the site are:

Grass Remarks

Flora-turf - good in shade, a no-mow grass

Trees

Arizona ash - good in shade, fast grower

Hackberry

Pecan - fruit.

Bur Oak - medium grower

Sycamore - fast grower

II II II

II II II

M II

II II

(p 0

4-

>

(U -C

®

® (S> nninnosa S>

% ia'-2o'

OV" p e c a n

nninnosa

l ive o a k

^

N®

03) h a c k b e r r y

l ive o a k s

3 0 - 4 0

\

7 .r R o v a l L a n e

V E G I T A T i O N

SUITABLE VEGETATION (cont inued)

Shrubs

Redbud - fast grower, flowers

Japanese Boxwood - light green

25 Chinese Holly - red berries

(Mo e plant material information can be found in

the appendix.)

R ;.FERENCES~SITE

Lynch, Kevin. Site Planning (Cambridge: M.I.T. Press, 1 71.

2 Dallas Urban Planning Office. Interview, 8-19-75.

^Ibid.

^Ibid.

^Ibid.

"Dallas Zoning Maps," Dallas Zoning Department

"Dallas Zoning Ordinance Handbook," Dallas Zining Department

^Ibid.

9 Ibid.

Uniform Building Code (Whittier, California, 1973), PF 52-55, 70-77.

"Dallas Zoning Ordinance Handbook," p. 49.

•"" Dallas Urban Planning Office, Utility Map.

""" Dallas Utilities Office, Map

"""Sbid.

Ibid.

Dallas Power and Light, Map.

Dallas Urban Planning Office, Interview.

18 Dallas Fire Department, Interview, 8-20-75.

19 "Local Climatological Data—Dallas, Texas,"

U.S. Department of Commerce. 20 Ramsey and Sleeper. Architectural Graphic Standards

(N iw York: Wiley & Sons, Inc.), p. 70. 21 Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service,

"Soil Survey Interpretations." 22 Dallas Urban Planning Office. Interview, 8-19-75.

23 Barnes, V. E. "Geologic Atlas of Texas, Dallas Sheet"

(University of Texas, 1972). 24 Zukauckas, E. W. Associate Professor, Park Administration,

Interview 11-30-75. 25 Texas Agricultural Extension Service, "Trees for Texas Landscapes."

L

SOURCES—ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS*

*Allen, Earl, President, Coerver Industries.

A'lerican Institute of Architects, Emerging Techniques #2—

Architectural Programming, Washington: A.I.A., 1969.

*A oub, M. M., Dr. "Posture in Industry," New York, 1971.

B;:rnes, V. E. "Geologic Atlas of Texas—Dallas Sheet," i Austin: University of Texas, 1972. ;

B.iss, B. M. Man, Work, and Organizations, Boston: Allyn & i Bacon, 19 72.

!

Birren, Faber. Light, Color, & Environment, New York: li Reinhold, 1969. !

C. 'eton, G. U. Making Work Human, Yellow Springs, Ohio: I'

Antiosh Press.

*C( rver Industries. Management and Employees.

*Cu- tom Wood Products. Management and Employees.

Dc 1, A. A. Cabinet Making and Millwork, Chicago: American Technical Society, 1969.

*Dallas Fire Department.

Dr las Morning News. Texas Almanac, Dallas: 1974.

*Da las Power and Light.

*Dallas Urban Planning Office.

*DilIas Utilities Office.

*Dallas Zoning Office

*Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service

A-I.A. Journal. "Design Criteria User Needs" (June, 1973), pp. 22-5.

A, I. A. Journal. "Design to Conserve Energy" (June, 1972), pp. 17-23.

D eyfuss, H. The Measure of Man, New York: Whitney, 1967.

E Lsivier. Architectural Acoustics.

*Ei vironmental Protection Agency-Region VI. "E.P.A. Guidelines for Writing Environmental Assessments."

Hines, W. Noise Control in Industry. London: Business Publications, 1966.

Ii proving Office Environments, Elmhurst, Illinois: Business Press, 1969.

K.raksa, Gerald. Location Analysis for Manufacturing.

L; ,ich, K. Site Planning, Cambridge: M.I.T. Press, I97I.

"local Climatological Data," U.S. Department of Commerce.

*McFather, S. C. President-Custom Wood Products.

Mither, Richard. Systematic Layout Planning, Boston: Industrial Education Inst., 1969.

Grube, 0. W. Industrial Building and Factories, New York: Praeger, 1971.

"i'roblem Definition." A. l.A. Journal (November, 1970), pp. 57-8.

"Recycle." League of Woman Voters of the U.S. (1972).

"Reactions of Body and Eye." A.I.A. Journal (September, 1972), pp. 35-9.

R. msey and Sleeper. Architectural Graphic Standards (New York: Wiley & Sons, Inc.).

Rtckwell International. "Industrial Machinery," C1974).

Re ckwell International. "Professional Power Tools," (1974).

*Stewart, William. Professor—Department of Architecture, Texas Tech University.

S;Imon. Sheltered Workshops, Stillwater: Oklahoma State University, 1969.

*Texas Agricultural Extension Service.

lifts College Institute. Handbook of Human Engineering Data.

T( xas State Department of Health. "Occupational Safety Standards for Woodworking Machinery."

U.S. Department of Commerce. Statistical Abstract of the U.S.

*U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. "In Productive Harmony," "The Salvage Industry."

*U.S. Occupational and Health Administration. "O.S.H.A. Guidelines."

*Zikauckas, E. W.

APPENDIX A W O O D W O R K I N G S H O P

APPENDIX CONTENTS

I. Space-People: Office

Files

Drafting Equipment ^

f, II. Space-People: Shop

Tools

Glues

Truck Sizes

III. People-Issues

Occupational Safety Standard For Woodworking Machinery

O.S.H.A. Rules and Regulations

National Ambient Air Quality Standards

Anthropometric Data

Factors in Shop Layout

IV. Site

Zoning Requirements

Building Codes

Climate Data

Sun Data

Soil Data

Geology Map

Suitable Vegetation

Correspondence

I

5S'

| t f .w«;^.

fi»w;^^>-*--

space - people - offic

1 D

1 1

D

B

^

^

B

B

^

^

B

D E S C r R I F * - r i O I M

O V E R 2 L E X T E R

O V E R 2 L f O A L .

O V E R 3 L E T T E R

O V E R 3 L E O A L .

w i c 3 - r M

2 9 « / .

3 S >/«

• * • / •

5 3 » / B

M d c a n - r

2 B ' / a

O R

se »/«

i 3 & » - r n

2 B » / , e

T Y P I C A U V E R T I C A l . F I L E S

INS IDE D R A W E R D I M E N S I O N S

D E S C R I P T I O N

S - D R . L E T T E R

L E O A L

• - D R . L E T T E R

L E O A L

3 - D R . L E T T E R

L E G A L

2 - D R . L E T T E R

L E G A L

W I D T H

I A ' V B

17 •'/o

1 4 . 7 / 3

1 7 7 /8

1 4 . 7 / a

1 7 7 / B

1 4 7/3

1 7 7 /B

H E I G H T

5 9 ' /<

5 8 1 / *

S O ' /a

S O ' /a

* l ' / •

4 1 ' /«

2 8 »/«

2 S »/«

D E P T H

2 8 » / i «

- I — ^ r ' ^ 1 ^ 3 j « « i l _ ^ » X ^ E ^ ^ m ^ - r i ^ h > 4 UET—PER S I Z E

i - E O A i . a i z e

' ^ ^ • - « i — ^ W I ^ T t - (

3 e

s e

^ - r - C 3 v>« > ^ ^ ^ t - < E t C » - | - f - 1 O ^ ^ T M

= B I B

2 e 1 l e

T Y P I C A L L A T E R A L F I L E S

D E S C R I P T I O N

7 - D R .

O - D R .

B - D R .

4 - D R .

3 - D R .

2 - D R

L E T T E R

L E O A L

L E T T E R

L E O A L

L E T T E R

L E G A L

L E T T E R

L E O A L

L E T T E R

L E O A L

L E T T E R

L E G A L

W I D T H

se

se

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

3 6

H C I O H T

8 6 V *

8 8 * / •

7 6 » / «

7 6 » / »

6 3 V «

6 3 » / •

S I » / 4

6 1 S/4

4 1

• 1

2 0

2 9

D E P T H

15

1 8

I S

l e

I S

18

I S

18

I S

18

I S

18

D E S C R I P T I O N

L E T T E R

L E O A L

W I D T H

l 2 i / «

I S i/»

H E I G H T

l O V a

l O l/a

D E P T H

2 S » / 4

2 e » / «

T Y P I C A L L A T E R A L F I L E S

T Y P I C A L V E R T I C A L F I L E S

CD

• •

•

© ©

• • •

a a c 3

C 3 a c ]

CDDCD

CD

C3

© © S P E C I A L F I L I N G C A S E S

l ^ l ^ l l a l s l I S I S , ! I S I S , ! . s i s l •si@i

LflJ-ffl I S l & l I S i e . ! l a l s l l a i s i

©

CD

1=1

CD

•

t—a

CD

CD

• CD

©

V A R I O U S S P E C I A L F I L E S

D E S C R I P T I O N

L E D G E R S H E E T F I L E

C H E C K F I L E

D O C U M E N T F I L E

C A R D R E C O R D F I L E S I X - D R A W E R ( 3 x 6 , 4 x 6 C A R D S )

F I V E - D R A W E R ( 3 x 5 , 4 X 6 , E x e C A R D S I

T A B U L A T I N G C A R D F I L E

S x S C A R D F I L E

W I D T H

1 4 7/g

IS Vm

I 7 7 / ,

2 S Wa

2 5 l /a

2 0 " / | 0

6 2 V a

^11/«

6 2 s/a

4 l ' / 4

E 2 V a

M 1/4

2 8 " / i

T R E C O R D S R E T R I E V A L

ISO Incorporated, Chicago and New York

A U T O M A T E D R E T R I E V A L S Y S T E M

An nutomatcd system which allows for the retrieval of records in a matter of seconds. Records are stored in the unit on carriers. Each carrier is individ­ually suspended and equally spaced on a conveyor system. The operator sits or stands at a posting board and at the touch of a button the proper carrier moves into position so that a record may be pulled or filed. In the event of card trays, where there may be 2 - 6 trays pur carrier, the correct tray slides forward.

Records which may be stored in these units include file folders, binders, reference books, ledgers, tape reels, microfi lm, and cards.

VARIOUS OVERALL UNIT S IZES

W I D T H

9 1 'U

B 1 ' /«

9 1 1/4

7 7 7 /a

7 7 7/a

7 7 7 /a

H E I O H T

9 5 ' /a

I 0 7 1/2

1 1 9 >/a

9 5 ' / a

I 0 7 '/a

11 9 ' / a

D E P T H

4 2 O R 7 0 7/,B

4 2 O R 7 0 7 / i e

4 2 O R 7 0 7 / i e

3 6 ' / 4

3 6 1/4

3 6 1/4

CZD CD

CD

F I R E I N S U L A T E D F I L E S

D E S C R I P T I O N

4 - D R . L E T T E R

L E G A L

3 - D R . L E T T E R

L E O A L

2 - D R . L E T T E R

L E O A L

W I D T H

1 7

2 0 ' / 4

1 7

2 0 < / 4

1 7

2 0 > / 4

H C I O H T

6 2

6 2

4 0 i i / i a

4 0 i i / i e

2 7 */B

D E P

2 S 1

^^mKHsm^mm 'm^^wmmmmmmmmimmmimmmm '^''^^^^M^.WLUfMmi'tmimmmmimi.^ufi.mmmiir^,

Adjustable metal or wood legs.

PLArsI B A S I C T A B L E

4 S '

Variation of tracing ta­ble available on base similar to basic table. TRACING TABLES

Drafting &/or engineering table available in wood, steel or in combination. Various drawer and pedestal arrangements available. See manu­facturer's literature.

e 4 "

6 0 " a 7 2 "

P L A N T Y P I C A L D R A F T I N G T A B L E

Tracing tables are ob­tainable with 22" X 2 4 " or 24" x 36" glass tracing units.

Portable boards avail­able wi th tracing areas up to 2 4 " X 36 3/4" .

3 5 1/4" T O 4 4 " A D J U S T M E N T

Adjusts to desired height by foot pedal, takes any stop, vertical or horizontal.

4 S " a s o "

P L A N " A U T O - S H I F T " D R A W I N G T A B L E

9 6 " a ISO"

Adjustable trestles or hor­ses available; adjust from 39 " to 47 " in height. T R E S T L E S a B O A R D S

7 2 " a 3 4 "

"Auto-sh i f t " provides drawing and reference only 36 sq. ft. per ma

4 8 " a s o " -^

D R A F T I N G a T R A C I N G T A B L E S , T R E S T L E S a B O A R D S

BACK ADJUSTS lO" T O 13I/2" ABOVE SEAT

F I X E D N T 2 8 " T O 3 0 "

VARIABl.£ SEAT HEIGHTS FROM 171/2" T O 34"

Sizes shown are obtain­able from leading sup­pliers and manufactur­ers.

• T " S Q U A R E

S T O O L S a C H A I R S D R A F T I N G E Q U I P M E N T

The tables below are constructed of flush doors, built-up on pipe legs. Stock steel file cabinets are used.

B P E C I A L D R A F T I N G T A B L E I N S T A L L A T I O N S

Richard Robinson; The Spitznagel Partners, Inc.; Sioux Falls, South Dakota

'x:iijM^'<^ ww^

Spax2e-People: Shop

TOOLS

J a C f f ^ ' ^ i ' i T ' f r T " " ' - " ' ' - '

ROCKWELL 6" STROKE 15" DRILL PRESSES

6-Step Pulley 6 " Stroke Floor Model with pro­duction table and key chuck spin­dle. Available with tilting table on both "6 PLUS 6" and "VS6" Models.

Variable Speed 6" Stroke Floor Model with tilting table and key chuck spindle. Available with pro­duction table on both " 6 P L U S 6 " a n d "VS6" Models.

Variable Speed 6" Stroke Bench Model with tilting table and key chuck spindle.

All models, except 15-489, 15-491, 15-495 and 15-497, and all electri­cal kits are

Certified in Canada.

Variable Speed 6" Stroke Multiple Spindle Model . . . Can be ordered custom assembled using any combination of "VS6" and "6 PLUS 6" Heads with any number of spin­dles from one to a drill press a block long if de­sired. See Section A4, Pages 5 and 6 for order­ing.

All m o d e l s f u r n i s h e d w i t h c h o i c e o f t w o t y p e s o f f e e d — H a n d F e e d o r Cvc len - i a t i c A i r F e e d .

Variable Speed Floor Model, with production table, key chuck spindle and Cycle-matic Air Feed.

Choose from 8 models and get the machine best suited for your job! Now! you can overcome the squeeze on your profits due to higher material, labor and marketing costs. How? By cutting costs at the only remaining level— the production line.

Rockwell Delta's modern 15" Drill Presses—the "6 PLUS 6" and "VS6"-make such production savings possible through their exceptional capacity and versatility. They provide the extra wide range of speeds needed for drilling everything from hard­ened tool steel to aluminum, plastic and wood. They offer the extra drilling depth required for deep-hole applications like skip and gang drilling . . . also the extra stroke necessary for clearing jigs and fixtures.

Let us PERFORMANCE-PROVE these "cham­pions" for you today . . . show you how they can help your profit picture!

STANDARD EQUIPMENT All Models include spanner wrench for spindle adapters, belt and p u l l e y H^'arcl, be l t and m o t o r p u l l e y ( m o t o r p u l l e y s u p -p i it? d w i (h -"'U" b o r e t in lo t i s }{;" b o i - o i s tiiyecificd). nnd salf-(T j I .• t- I i i i M s - ' i f < : ' y c : l - n i c : k k .< . \v .

^

D

r

Rockwell 6''Stroke 15 Drill Presses FEATURES tHAT GUARANTEE BIG PERFORMANCE ON EVERY JOB! A. Six Speeds—An Industry First. . . Only Delta's "6 PLUS 6" offers this unbeliev­ably wide range of speeds with a low-cost 1725 RPM motor-425, 600,1100, 2050, 3900 and 5500 RPM-11.8 to 1 speed ratio. Benefits: You can choose an extra slow speed for drilling very hard materials . . . an extra /ast speed for working soft materials . . . or an optimum speed for any size bit and material. This one ma­chine does the work of two former ma­chines (low and high speed). B. Widest, Test-Proven Speed Range . . . The Delta is the only 15" Variable Speed Drill Press which gives you a true 10-to-l speed ratio, proven by actual test. Benefits: You get the exact speed you need for every drilling job on any mate-rial-450 to 4700 RPM with a 1725 RPM motor-300 to 3100 with an 1140 RPM motor. Only Delta gives you a BONUS of extra speeds in both the high and low speed range. C. New, Improved Variable Speed Drive . . . Less than one complete turn of the large speed control pilot wheel lets you select any spindle speed instantly while machine is running. A self-locking cam, plus a "snubber" feature, holds speed settings constant under all load condi­tions. Proper belt tension is oMiomaii-cally maintained for full power trans­mission.

Benefits: Industry's widest speed range permits drilling all materials at the cor­rect speed. Speed changes are made while the machine is running to save operator's time. Control of speed is extra safe because there is no need to manipu­late the belt or pulleys by hand.

D. Extra Long Quill Travel . . . The "6 -|- 6" and "VS6" provide a full "6" stroke. Benefits: You can drill 35''/o deeper than with standard 15" machines. You get the extra depth you need for deep hole jobs like skip and gang drilling . . . PLUS, the extra stroke required for clearing jigs and fixtures. E. "Self-Locking" Depth Stop . . . Unlike competitive depth stops, Delta's self-locking design guarantees that it will never change its setting. Benefits: Positive setting eliminates ruined work pieces . . . permits fast set­ups for absolute depth control. Stop is calibrated to show changes to .002".

F. Large 11 x 14" Tilting Table . . . Slots and side ledges make clamping of work easy. Tilt scale gives accurate readings to 90° right and left, and tapered, expand­ing bushing provides maximum gripping power for rigid positioning of table at any angle.

Benefit: Quick, accurate clamping of work speeds up production. Tilting fea­ture facilitates drilling at any angle. G. Extra Large Spindle Bearings . . . "6 PLUS 6" and "VS6" spindle and spindle pulley are supported by four over-sized, preloaded, lubricated-for-life ball bear­ings. Pulley bearings are extra heavy

duty and more than 2" in diameter. Mas­sive quill is a full Z" in diameter. "VS6" has the same excellent construction, PLUS an extra bearing below the spindle pulley. Benefits: This fine combination of fea­tures assures freedom from chatter; long, maintenance-free life and maximum pres­sure at the drill point. H.Safe Push Button Switch . . . Mounts in front of head, conveniently accessible to right or left hand of operator. Benefit: Has a shrouded start button to prevent accidental starts and a protrud­ing stop button for emergency stops. I. Quick-Release, Adjustable Motor Mount . . . Belt tension release is provided by the pivoting motor mounting plate which has a reverse, self-locking taper on the spring-loaded, rubber-tipped plunger that quickly restores correct belt tension. Benefit: Permits changing of belt posi­tion in seconds to save valuable pro­duction time—no tools are required. Convenient speed chart aids machine operator in selecting correct speed for working all types of materials.

ROCKWELL QUALITY EXTRAS Multiple-spline drive that provides posi­tive torque transmission and exact spin­dle alignment, assuring less vibration, smooth operation and more power at the spindle. Precision ground spindle and dynamically balanced motor and spindle pulleys. Worm screw adjustment feature that makes it easy to set the correct tension on the spindle return spring.

- juai(^ys;gTrfT»iei.-.

ROCKWELL 6" STROKE 15" DRILL PRESSES

CATALOG LISTING ^ , c p i ^ SINGLE SPINDLE 6-STEP PULLEY MODELS (Less Motor and Control-See Below)

STANDARD T ILT ING T A B L E - B E N C H MODEL

15-491 • V i ' Key Chucl< 167 lbs.

STANDARD T ILT ING T A B L E - F L O O R MODEL

15-495 . ' / j ' Key Chuck 190 lbs.

PRODUCTION T A B L E -FLOOR MODEL

15-497 ''VA' Key Chuck 248 lbs.

HEAD ONLY

15-489 ' Key Chuck 72 lbs

SINGLE SPINDLE VARIABLE SPEED MODELS (Less Motor and Control-See Below)

§15-471 •Vi" Key Chuck 185 lbs.

§15-467 'Vi" Key Chuck 210 lbs.

§15-469 i « t ! ^ " Key Chuck 265 lbs.

§15-475 Vi" Key Chuck 94 lbs.

• Includes 15-010 (Old 1010) Safety Collar. ^Includes 15-008 (Old 1008) Table Raising Mechanism. *lVz" coolant trough with % pipe on each side. **1 Vi" coolant trough with two %" pipe taps at rear. All models

include belt and motor pulley. , . • , / , , §NOTE: Variable Speed Models furnished only with electricals, factory mounted and wired, ready to run. each side. **1V2 coolant trougn wnn two-n fj/>jc lafj;. o i .==.. ^ — ^ - - C * J C

NOTE: For ordering multiple spindle set-ups, see Section A4, Pages 5 and 6. MOTORS AND CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired)

MOTOR

Single Phase, Vi Horsepower

Single Phase, % Horsepower

Three Phase, '/i Horsepower

Three Phase, Vt Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

Push Button Switch Only

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC)

Push Button Switch Only

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

GD

GD

TEFC

TEFC

GD

TEFC

HERTZ ft MOTOR RPM

60—1140

60—1140

60—1725

60—1725

NOTE: Single phase electricals will be supplied wired for 115 V, unless 230 V is specified. Three phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V unless 460 V is specified. Power Cord and Plug supplied for single phase only. Motors and Motor Controls for Rockwell 6" Stroke 15 Drill

60—1140

60—1725

MOTOR VOLTAGE

115/230

115/230

115/230

115/230

230/460

230/460

SHIP. WT (LBS.)

49

31.

44

CAT. NO.

49-449

49-702

49-703

49-704

49-711

35 t49-715

CAT. NO. 200V

49-912

49-962

Presses may be ordered unmounted. For listing, see Sections P and Q. t N o 4 9 - 0 0 0 " J I G " Type Control Kit. Specify this Catalog Number in addition to Three Phase Cat. No. 49-715, in order to obtain 15 Drill Press with ••JIC" type electricals, factory mounted and wired.

MACHINE DATA Overall Dimensions:

Bench Model (With Tilting Table): Height ("6 PLUS 6") 40" (1016 mm

,.PvS6"l 421/2 " (1079.5 mm) Width .... '.•. '. ' " " (355.6 mm) Front to Rear ("6 PLUS 6") 25 Vs" (638.2 mm

j..Ygg"j 27%" (708 mm) Floor Model: „ ,. „,^. , i

Height ("6 PLUS 6") 7 1 % " (1816.1 mm j.-Yge") 74" (1879.6 mm)

Width (Tilting Table) 15 V2 " (393.7 mm) Width (Production Table) 21V2' (546.1 mm Front to Rear ("6 PLUS 6") 26" (660.4 mm

j.-ygg..] 27% (708 mm) Table Working Surface, Ground:

Tilting 11 X 14" (279.4 mm x 355.6 mm) Production (Overall) 15 ¥2" x 21 ¥2" (393.7 mm x 546.1 mm) Production (Inside of Coolant Trough) 12 x 18

(304.8 mm x 457.2 mm)

Base Working Surface: Bench Type, Ground, „

(9/16" T-Slots on 8" Centers) 10 A x lZf4 (260.4 mm X 323.9 mm)

Bench Type, Ground, (With Coolant Trough) 14 x 16" (355.6 mm x 406.4 mm)

Floor Type, (9/16" (14.29 mm) T-Slots on 8" (203.2 mm) Centers) H - x 14

(285.8 mm x 355.6 mm)

Qui": Stroke 6" (152.4 mm Diameter 2" (50.8 mm)

Capacities: , Key Chuck 0 to ¥2" (0 to 12.7 mm Dia. Hole in Cast Iron "''>-' (15-9 mm Dia. Hole in Steel ^2" (12-7 mm)

Spindle Speeds ("6 PLUS 6") : With 1725 RPM Motor: 425, 600,1100, 2050, 3900

and 5500 RPM With 1140 RPM Motor: 280, 395, 725, 1355, 2575

and 3635 RPM Spindle Speeds ("VS6"):

With 1725 RPM Motor 450 to 4700 RPM With 1140 RPM Motor 300 to 3100 RPM

Column: Wall Thickness 5/32 (4 mm) Diameter 2% " (69.9 mm)

Motor: Accommodates NEMA 56 Frame Motors

DIMENSIONAL DATA " 6 PLUS 6 " and " V S 6 " 15 ' DRILL PRESSES

Production Table

Bench Type With Standard

Floor Type

V z " KEY CHUCK MODELS

Model

VS6

6-t-6

VS6

6-f6 VS6

"A" Overall Height

50W

48I/4

42W

40

74

" B " Spindle

To Table (max. )

24'/,

24%

12

12

37V4

" C " Spindle To Base

(max. )

: 16%

I6y4

47

WITH NO. 2 MORSETAPER ADAPTER

" A " Overall Height

5oy,

48V4

40 74

" B " Spindle

To Table (max. )

23V4

23!4

i m i m 3654

"C" Spindle To Base (max.)

— 15!4

15H

46W

ROCKWELL 15" UTILITY DRILL PRESS

QUALITY FEATURES

Speed Conversion Kit. Converts 15" Utility Drill Press Irom a Slow to High Speed Model using Conversion Kit No. 15-800 (illustrated) which provides speeds of 680 to 4600 RPM.

Pivoting Motor Mounting Plate. Permits quick belt ten­sion release for easy speed c h a n g e s . A s p r i n g - l o a d e d plunger, with reverse taper lock feature, holds belt ten­sion constant.

Many-Purpose Work Table. Side ledges and slots facili­t a t e c l a m p i n g of w o r k to table. Accurately ground sur­face permits drilling to close tolerances.

Quick Change Spindle Adapter. Any of six interchangeable spindle adapters may be changed in seconds for dozens of operations varying from metal drilling to wood shaping.

MACHINE DATA Overall Dimensions:

Width 1 5 % " (393.7 mm) Front to Rear 2 2 % " (581.02 mm) Height (Floor Model) 6 8 % " (1746.25 mm) Height (Bench Model 37% " (952.5 mm)

Table Working Surface 10" x 10Vi" (254 x 266.7 mm)

Base Working Surface: Bench Type 9" x 10" (228.6 x 254 mm) Floor Type 8%" x 12" (215.9 x 304.8 mm)

Column Diameter 2% " (69.85 mm)

Quill: Stroke 4">ui" (109.54 mm] Diameter 2" (50.8 mm)

Capacities: Key Chuck %4 " to %" (1.984 x 12.7 mm) Dia. Hole in Cast Iron ' 2 " (12.7 mm) Dia. Hole in Steel %" (9.525 mm] Chuck to Table (Max.), Bench Model 11^2" (292.1 mm)

Floor Model 42'>i 11" (1074.7 mm) Chuck to Base (Max.), Bench Model 17" (431.8 mm)

Floor M o d e l 47M." (1200.15 mm)

No. 15-081 15 Floor Model Drill Press

No. 15-080 15" Bench Model Drill Press

r

Big! Rugged! Built to Last! These are the qualities that every user wants and gets in the Rockwell 15" Utility Drill Press. It's a man-size machine designed for heavy duty production work—perfect for schools and commercial wood or metalworking shops, yet priced right down to the small shop budget. Typical Rock­well Quality Features include: • Full V2 h.p. motor • Four speeds for drilling a variety of materials • Lubricated-for-life ball bearings • Full belt guard for added operator safety • All purpose 10" x 10y2" work table with side ledges and slots to clamp work • Pivoting motor mounting plate per­mits quick belt tension release, fast speed change • Floating spindle drive for efficient torque transmission without belt pull • Adjustable positive locking depth stop • Up front on-off switch • Threaded spindle collar accommodates six interchangeable spindle adapters .

CATALOG LISTING No. 15-081 15" Floor Model Drill Press with Motor. Includes Basic Machine with Threaded Spindle Collar, %" Capacity Key Chuck, Self-Ejecting Safety Chuck Key, % HP Motor with Cord and 3-Prong Plug, On-Off Switch, 4-Step Slo-Speed Spindle Pulley, 41-703 Motor Pulley and 49-167 V-belt. Fully Assembled. 152 lbs.

No. 15-080 15" Bench Model Drill Press with Motor. Same as 15-081, Except Bench Model. 124 lbs. No. 15-057 Head only with 49-167 V-belt, 41-703 Motor Pul­ley (%" bore) and Belt Guard. 64 lbs. NOTE: For Motors and Controls for 15-077 Head, See Section A5,

Page 3.

ACCESSORY No. 15-800 Conversion Kit. Parts for converting 15" Utility Dril l P r e s s f rom S l o w to I-rifih S p e e d M o d e l . C o n s i s t s of V - l j f i l l u n c i l l i s h S | ) t ; . ; ( i K p i n c l l r . F > i i l l f . y J\Baombly. 3 l b s .

ROCKWELL 6 ' BENCH GRINDER

6" Bench Grinder Shown With Accessory Lamp Attachment.

J

This Rockwell 6" Bench Grinder is an aJJ-purpose unit . . . excellent for grinding, polishing and buff­ing. It's ideally suited for use in tool rooms, experi­mental departments, foundries, garages, on farms, and in school and home workshops. Here's why: Its accuracy is insured by the balanced grinding wheels, a precision ground shaft and sealed-for-life ball bearings. Maximum safety is guaranteed by such features as adjustable spark deflectors, cast iron wheel guards, removable end plates and fully adjustable tool rests. Protective eyeshields and lamp attachment provide additional operator safety. Only that portion of the grinding wheel being used is actually exposed.

Increase the efficiency of your operation. Place one of these low-cost, versatile grinders at every bench in your shop!

MACHINE DATA Motor:

Horsepower V.i Volts 115, Her tz . .60, AC, 1 Phase RPM 3450 Arbor Vs" (15.875 mm) Diameter;

Ends Threaded '/2"-20 (12.7 mm-20) Left and Right Wheels:

Size 6" (152.4 mm) Diameter; -Vi" (19.05 mm) Face; 'h" (12.7 mm) Hole

Distance Between Centers ISVs" (333.38 mm) Wheel Flanges:

Diameter 3" (76.2 mm) Dimensions, Overall:

Left to Right With Eyeshields 23V4" (590.55 mm) Without Eyeshields 17" (431.8 mm)

Front to Rear 8V4" (222.25 mm) Height 9V8" (238.125 mm)

Base: Width 7'/s" (187.33 mm) Front to Back eVe" (168.28 mm) Mounting Holes (2), Center to Center 6V8" (161.9 mm)

STANDARD tviu.PMENT Grinders arc furnished with two whnnl.s (36 and 60 grit), eye-

CATALOG LISTING BASIC MACHINE No. 23-612 6" Bench Grinder. With 'Ai MP molor, on-and-olT swilch, 8-fonl cord wilh 115 V s''ouiiding lypc plug, cyn-shields, whonl guard.s, spark tl(;n(K:lor.s, loo! roslH and two wheels—3B grit and 60 gril. Less lamp iillachment. 44 lbs. UL HSIRH.

BASIC ACCESSORY

No. 25-857 Lamp Attachment, for 115 V. Includes 18" flexible gooseneck, reflector and 8-foot cord wilh 2-prong plug. Uses standard bulb (not included) up to 75 walls. 3 lbs.

CONVERT YOUR ROCKWELL 6" BENCH GRINDER TO AN EDGE TOOL GRINDER

You can do this simply by replacing the left wheel with the special No. 23-828 Wheel and the left tool rest with the No. 23-845 Edge Tool Grinding Atlachmenl. No. 23-312 Dia­mond Dresser also recommended.

No. 23-845 Edge Tool Grinding Attachment. Ideal for school shops, cabinet shops, and all types of woodworking shops. Although especially recommended for sharpening plane irons, this a t tachment also does an excellent job of grinding wood chisels, pully knives, scrapers and similar items up to 3M," wide.

Slide is notched for wooden handles of wood chisels, in­cluding "but t s" which have a very short chisel blade. Ad­justable quadrant permits accurate grinding of angle knives, assures absolute right angle position for straight knives. Knurled nut gives hairline adjustment for amount of "cut." Blade or chisel being ground can be lifted off and inspected at any time without disturbing the micrometer adjustment of clamp and carriage. No. 23-828 resinoid bonded wheel is recommended. Can be used with No. 23-312 Diamond Wheel Dresser instead of No. 23-664 Wheel Dressing Tool Holder. 6 lbs. No. 23-828 Aluminum Oxide Wheel, M>" x 6", 54 G, Grade K, Vi" hole. A specially selected, resinoid bonded wheel recom­mended for sharpening edge tools at the s tandard speed of 3450 rpm, or for other work where cool grinding is impor­tant. 2 lbs.

N o . 2 3 - 3 1 2 (o ld 3 1 2 1 ) D i a m o n d - P o i n t e d W h e e l Dresser . F o r

ROCKWELL Vz HP LONG-SHAFT BUFFER

QUALITY FEATURES THAT ASSURE EFFICIENT PERFORMANCE

YEAR AFTER YEAR!

(Le/t) In Commercial Shops—Plastic manufacturers find the Rockwell Long-Shaft Buffer an excellent unit for turning down, polishing and coloring plastic pieces and components. (RightJ In Industry-Oval end bell hubs and extra long shafts facilitate the removal of rust and burrs from odd-shaped castings and parts.

(Left) In Repair Shops—Appliance shops appreciate the extra amount of clearance between the motor and the buffing wheel when cleaning and polishing bulky items like sweeper housings. (R i j - l i t ) I " S p e c i a l t y .^ncl " P r o " S h o p s — - T H e RocktA^el l Buffcii-

No. 23-249 Long-Shaft Buffer, Pedestal Model, Shown With 23-281 Accessory Wheel Guards.

No matter wrhat the operation—removing rust or burrs from castings . . . polishing or coloring plastic . . . clean­ing parts and pieces . . . removing tarnish and rust from guns—the Rockwell Long-Shaft Buffer will more than meet your every job requirement. Actually, its uses are practically unlimited.

Check it, feature for feature, with any other make and you will agree that it is the buffer for you!

• Unique oval end bell hubs and the extra long shafts which extend 3i%4" from bearing seal to wheel flange provide more room for handling large or oddly shaped work pieces. %

• Slim designed, "Thin-Line" motor and extended shafts assure ample clearance for buffing long stock. Totally en­closed motor incorporates double sealed ball bearings, plus an extra seal to keep out harmful dust.

• C a p a c i t o r s t a r t , a a 5 / 2 3 0 V . s i n g l e p h a s e m o t o r r e q u i r e s

ROCKWELL 6" BELT AND 12" DISC FINISHING MACHINE

No. 31-710 Basic Machine and all electrical kits are

Equipped With TEFC Motor Equipped With TEFC Motor

Certified In Canada.

6" Belt and 12" Disc Finishing Machine-Shown on Enclosed Stand with Accessory Miter Gage, Dust Collector Attachment Parts and Electricals.

6" Belt and 12" Disc Finishing Machine—Shown on Enclosed Stand with Accessory Miter Gage, Metal Dust Collector with Attachment Parts, and Electricals.

6" Belt and 12" Disc Finishing Machine-Shown on Enclosed Stand with Accessory Miter Gage, Wood Vacuum Cleaner with Attachment Parts, "T" Connector, and Electricals

PERFECTLY SUITED FOR ALL METALWORKING AND WOODWORKING SHOPS

The Rockwell Delta Combination Finishing Machine is a well-engineered, high production unit. Here's why. It comprises in one compact, efficient combination the famous Rockwell Delta 6" Abrasive Belt Finishing Ma­chine and the Rockwell Delta 12" Abrasive Disc Finishing Machine. Powered with a heavy duty 1V2 HP motor, this machine has the right speeds-2400 RPM for the disc unit and 3450 FPM for the belt uni t - to make it well suited for both metal and wood shops.

With this excellent performing combination you can handle 90 to 95% of all your finishing operations on wood, metal, plastic, compositions, leather and dozens of other materials. Typical operations include surfacmg, finishing, sanding, poUshing, deburring, grinding and cleaning.

For these reasons this time and money-saving coated-abrasive finishing machine is an excellent unit for the factory production line, machine shop, experimental de­partment, wood and metal pattern shops, furniture fac­tory and cabinet and school shops-wherever custom or production finishing operations must be performed effi­ciently and economically.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine includes two tilting tables, 5" arbor pulley, guard for arbor pulley, V-belt, 80-grit garnet belt and 50-grit garnet disc.

MACHINE DATA Overall Dimensions on Stand:

Vertical: Front to Rear 19" [482.6 mm) Width 26" [660.4 mm) Height 56V2" (1485.1 mm)

Horizontal: Front to Rear 29V2" [749.3 mm) Width 25" [635 mm) Height 42" (1066.8 mm)

Belt Machine: Table Size 7V8 x I4V4" [187.3 x 374.6 mm) Table Tilt 45° Out, 20° In Miter Gage Groove "/ex V4" [9.5 x 19.05 mm) Platen

(Hard Chrome Plated) . . . .6V4 x 14V4" [158.7 x 374.6 mm) Belt 6 X 48" [152.4 x 1214.2 mm) Belt Speed 3450 SF/M [1,051,560 Surf. MM/Min.)

Disc Machine: Table 9^4" x I6V4" [247.6 x 412.7 mm) Miter Gage Groove Dimensions . .Vs x ^U" [9.5 x 19.05 mm) Table Tilt 45° Out, 20° In Disc . . .12" (304.8 mm) Diameter With V4" [19.05 mm) Bore Disc Speed 2400 RPM Tilt Gage Has Adjustable Pointer

CATALOG LISTING No. 31-710 Basic Machine Without Stand: 6" Belt and 12" Disc Finishing Machine with two tilting tables, 5" arbor pulley, guard for arbor pulley, V-belt, 80-grit garnetbelt and 50-grit garnet disc. Without stand, motor, motor control, motor pul­ley and dust collector attachment parts. 158 lbs.

ENCLOSED STAND WITH MOTOR, MOTOR PULLEY AND MOTOR CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired)

MOTOR

Single Phase, 1 4 liorsepower

Three Phase, IVi Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

Push Button Switch Only 24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Translormer and Overload Protection (LVC) 24V Push Button Station, IVIagnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

HERTZ AND MOTOR RPM

60-3450

60-3450

MOTOR VOLTAGE

115/230

115/230

230/460

SHIP. WT.. LBS.

87

CATALOG NUMBER

52-314 C52-381

t52-385

CAT. NO. 200V

NOTE: SinelB phase electricals will be supplied wired for ^3° V unless lis V -s specified. If US Vis specified, epe/'t'ne circuit n^ust^be'^jn^-

Centrals for Rockwell Delia 6'Belt and 12;^ Disc Finishing Ma^^/"Ji^^ bo ordorocf unmountocf. For listine. sao

. C . * ' . / V o . S.^-3BS. • C»talos r fsiMjmbar, /rt »eidftton it>

ROCKWELL 6" BELT AND 12" DISC FINISHING MACHINE

ROCKWELL QUALITY ACCESSORIES

FOR INCREASED JOB PERFORMANCE!

No. 50-114 Enclosed Stand. Includes basic stand, motor mounting plate, steel risf:r block, grommels for portholes and hardwai'c for mounting finishing ma­chine. 55 lbs. No. 31-401 (old 1401) Tilting Table, with trunnion assembly. 14 lbs.

No. 31-403 (old 1403) Backstop, com plete with bracket. 4 lbs.

No. 31-142 (old 1412) Garnet Belt for wood, 6 X 48", 80 grit, fine. Vi lb. No. 31-314 (old 1413) Garnet Belt for wood, 6 X 48", 40 grit, coarse, 'IA lb. No. 31-404 (old 1414) Al. Oxide Belt tor metal, 6 x 48", 100 grit, coarse. ' J lb. No. 31-405 (old 1415) Al. Oxide Belt for metal, 6 x 48", 50 grit, coarse. VJ lb. No. 31-427 (old 1427) Garnet Disc for wood, 12" diameter, 50 grit, medium (Vs doz.) l'/4 lbs. No. 31-428 (old 1428) Al. Oxide Disc for metal, 12" diameter, 60 grit, medium (•/2 doz.) l'/4 lbs. No. 31-034 (old 1430) Disc Assembly with flange and set screws. 11 lbs.

No. 31-014 (old 1410) Wood Fence, 3'/A x IZ'/a", with brackets . 6 lbs.

No. 34-895 Auto-Set® Miter Gage. For straight and angle finishing. Has 'Vs x -Vi x 18" guide bar and pivoting work support body wilh pointer and calibrations reading through 120° swing. Adjustable, positive stops at 90° and 45° positions. Accommodates No. 34-568 Clamp At­lachmenl. 3V2 lbs.

No. 34-568 Clamp Attachment for 34-895 Miter Gage. IV2 lbs. No. 41-052 Motor Pulley, 3V2" diameter, 1/2" bore. 1 lb. No. 41-053 Motor Pulley, S'/a" tiiameler, ••/n" bore. 1 lb. No. 41-054 Motor Pulley, 3V2" diameter, •"4" bore. 1 lb. No. 51-010 V-Belt, 4-L cross section, 67" OC. V2 lb. No. 49-503 Disc Adhesive. 1 lb.

No. 31-856 Attachment Parts for 6" Abrasive Belt Finishing Machine and for Bell Unit of Combination Belt and Disc Finishing Machine when used with Metal Dusl Colleclor 49-826, 49-831 or 49-909. Includes 3 X 22" hose, two hose flanges, Ivvt) hose clamps and adapter. 7 lbs.

No. 49-589 Attachment Parts for Belt Finishing Machine when used with Vacuum Cleaner 49-255. Includes 49-233 Flange for connecting lo 2V2" hose. l'/2 lbs. No. 50-140 Attachment Parts for 12" Abrasive Disc Finishing Machine when used wilh Vacuum Cleaner 49-255. In­cludes cast iron funnel and flange for connecting to 2'/2" hose. S'A lbs. No. 50-141 Attachment Parts for 12" Abrasive Disc Finishing Machine when mounted on Enclosed Stand 50-126, and for Disc Unit of Combination Belt and Disc Finishing Machine when used with Metal Dust Collectors 49-826,49-831 or 49-909. Includes 3 x 22" hose, two hose flanges, two hose clamps and cast iron funnel. 13V2 lbs. No. 49-229 Hose, 2V2" diameter x 6' long. Same as standard hose supplied wilh Vacuum cleaner. 4 lbs.

No. 49-225 "T" Connector, for use with 49-255 Vacuum Cleaner. For 2V2" hose. Recommended when one vacuum clean­er is used to collect dusl from both the belt and disc at the same time. (Order extra 49-229 2V2" x 6' hose separately.) 1 lb.

For Dust Collectors and Accessories, see Section Dl.

For Vacuum Cleaner and Accessories, see Section 02.

ROCKWELL 8" LONG-BED JOINTER

No. 37-315 8 " Long-Bed Jointer Shown With Accessory 50-370 Enclosed Steel Stand and Electricals.

Big! Rugged! Prec i s ion-bu i l t for yea r s of accu ra t e p ro ­duc t ion w o r k ! Comple t e ly enc losed , cab ine t - type s teel s t a n d tha t fully enc loses motor , be l t a n d pulleys— spec ia l ly b a l a n c e d c u t t e r h e a d w i t h locked- in k n i v e s -single con t ro l that ad jus t s ou t feed t ab le for qu ick align­m e n t w i t h kn ives in cut terhead—big fence w i t h 45° r ight or left t i l t—massive, heav i l y r i bbed 5V^-foot bed . Th i s R o c k w e l l Del ta Jo in ter is espec ia l ly idea l w h e r e speed , a c c u r a c y a n d low m a i n t e n a n c e a re r equ i r ed . Satisfied u se r s inc lude s a s h a n d d o o r p r o d u c e r s , fu rn i tu re m a n u ­fac tu re r s , c ab ine t s h o p s , s h i p y a r d s , s choo l s and o t h e r s .

MACHINE DATA Cutting Capacity:

Width 8V'lo" (204.7 mm) Depth V2" (12.7 mm)

Rabbeting Capacity V 2 X 8 M G " [ 1 2 . 7 X 2 0 4 . 7 mm)

Cutting Circle 3" (76.2 mm) Diameter Cutterhead:

Speed 5175 RPM, 15,525 Cuts Per Minute Number of Knives 3 Runs in Sealed, Lubricated-For-Life Ball Bearings

Table: Surface-

Overall 9" (228.6 mm) Wide x 66" (1676.4 mm) Long Working Height . . .Enclosed Steel Stand: 32V8" (822.3 mm) Ways Dove-Tailed

Fence: Size 4" (101.6 mm) High x 34" (863.6 mm) Long Tilts Right and Left 45° Positive Stops 90°, 45° Right and Left

Overall Dimensions: Height On Enclosed Steel Stand: 36V2" (927.1 mm) Width 24'/2" (622.3 mm) Length 66" (1676.4 mm)

Shipping Weight: Basic Machine Without Stand 263 Lbs. (119.2 Kg.)

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine includes sel of 3 high-speed steel knives, two-way tilling fence, cullerhcad pulley and safety cutterhead guard.

CATALOG LISTING No. 37-315 Basic Machine Without Stand. 8" )ointer with No. 37-308 set of 3 high-speed steel knives, two-way tilting fence, 2%" cutterhead pulley and safety cutterhead guard. Without stand, motor pulley, V-belt, motor and switch. 263 lbs.

ENCLOSED STEEL STAND WITH MOTOR AND CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired)

NOTE: Motor Pulley and V-belt Included. Enclosed Steel Stands With Electricals Can Be Ordered Either With Or Without the Basic No. 37-315 8" Long-Bed Jointer.

MOTOR

Single Phase IM Horsepower

Three Phase IVS Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

Push Button Switch Only

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Translormer and Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

TEFC

HERTZ AND MOTOR RPM

60-3450

eO-3450

60-3450

MOTOR VOLTAGE

230

230

230/460

SHIPPING WT., LBS.

100

103

114

CATALOG NUMBER

49-054

49-055

149-066

CAT. NO. 200V

49-067

NOTE: Single phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 Vonly. All three phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V, unless 460 V is specified. Motors and Motor Controls for Rockwell Delta 8' Jointers may be ordered unmounted. For listing, see Sections P and Q.

QUALITY ACCESSORIES No. 50-370 Steel Stand, enclosed type, 17" wide x 19%" long x 2 3 % " high, complete with belt guard, chip chute and motor mounting plate. 60 lbs.

No. 49-025 (old 520) V-Belt, 54'/K" OC, required for 50-370 Steel Stand. 1 lb. No. 41-053 Motor Pulley, 3%" diameter, %" bore. 1 lb. No. 37-308 High-Speed Steel Cutter Knives, set of 3 for No. 37-315 Jointer. l{, lb. No. 37-305 High-Speed Steel Cutter Knives, set of 4 for No. 37-300 (old style) Jointer. V2 lb. No. 37-342 Cutterhead Assembly, complete wilh bearings, housings and No. 37-308 set of 3 high-speed stnol knives for new style 8" Jointers Serial No. EX-3()90 iind higher. 18 lbs. No. 37-810 Cutterhead Assembly, same as 37-342 except for old style 8" Jointers. 18 lbs. N o . 3 7 - 8 1 5 K n i f e G r i n d i n g a n d J o i n t i n g A t t a c i i m e n t . v y i t h

tNo. 49-000 "JIC" Type Control Kit. Specify this Catalog Number, in addition to Three Phase Cat.No.49-066, in order to obtain 8" Jointers with "JIC" type electricals, factory mounted and wired.

No. 37-816 Motor, 115 V, AC-DC, 25 to 60 hz. Includes on-and-off swilch, 115 V 9'/u-foot cord and 3-prong grounding type plug, one fine and one medium wheel and wheel dress­ing stone. 8 lbs.

KNIFE G R I N D I N G ATTACHMENT E n . i l j l t ! to %^rir\il or jc '.clf.cl while

ROCKWELL 6" DELUXE LONG-BED JOINTER

QUALITY FEATURES THAT MAKE THE 6" DELUXE JOINTER

THE LEADER IN DESIGN, QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE!

Exclusive Rockwell 24-Volt Safety Con­trol System-Only Rockwcdl fi" i:)elux(; I.onH-Bed JoinltM-s offer a low 24 volts ill llio push billion control station for extra operator safely. Khignelic con-Irol system provides on-ol'f conlrol, low-vi)llagn, no-vollage (when power is inleri'upled, machine can be sUulcd only by pressing slarl buUon), and molor (ivcn'load proloclion. On three phcise sysliMiis, ovnrloiid prolnclion is provided on all lhr(-e legs. Shrouded green "star t" button prevents accidon-lal starts while protruding rod "s lop" billion is extra large lor quick, emnrr goncy slops. Swilch cover and bullous are made of non-contkiclive inalerial for added safety.

Adjustable Outfeed Table-The Delta 6" Deluxe Jointer has an individually controlled and fully adjustable outfeed table. It is much easier to adjust the fable to the cutterhead with a single hand wheel than to attempt to adjust the cutterhead In (lie t(ib/fi with an assortment of wrenches.

Long Bed—This Delta Jointer contains a long bed . . . a full 4 2 ' j " . . . to insure a true cut. even on extra long boards.

Improved Table Elevating Mechanism-The hand-wheel con­trol is conveniently located for rapid "glide motion" raising and lowering of both tables. Both wheels are within easy reach from the normal operating position.

Safety Engineered Guard-. ' \djustable tension guard has tor­sion sprinji assembly whicVi provides infinite tension adjiist-TTnonl. O i i n i - d i s i n s t a i - i t t y r u m o v a b l e , a l s o c a n l i e I c c i k n t i . Rc i i i -

Dual Fence Control and Positive Stop—a single conlrol handle, o n th t i fi-tint o r t h e i o i n U ; r . p o s i t i o n s t l i ( , ftijKTn fo,- I j o t h vvic l lh

c._

ROCKWELL 12"-14" TILTING ARBOR SAW

Cuts Stock SVs" Thick . . . Rips to Center of a 100" Panel!

Here is a saw that gives you greater capacity than most 16" machines—a full sVs" depth of cut . . . a big 3 % " capacity at 45° blade tilt. No other saw in the same price range offers this big capacity, plus all the built-in Delta Quality Features.

That's why this Rockwell Delta 12"-14" Saw meets the "big job" requirements of users in industry . . . on large construction sites . . . in lumber yards . . . and in vocational, trade and technical schools.

MOTORS AND CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired) NOTE: IVIotor Pulley and Set of Four Matched V-belts Included.

MACHINE DATA Diameter of Arbor 1" (25.4 mm) Diameter of Saw Blade 12" or 14" (304.8 or 355.6 mm) Capacities:

Maximum Depth of Cut: With 12" (304.8 mm) Blade i^a" (104.77 mm) With 14" (355.6 mm) Blade (Blade is

'Ti n" (20.63 mm) Above Table When Arbor is in Lower Most Position) . . . . 5'/8" (130.17 mm)

Maximum Rip to Right of Blade 30" (762 mm) Maximum Rip to Right of Blade

With UNIGUARD 25" (635 mm) Maximum Rip to Right of Blade With

Guide Bars in Set-Over Position 50" (1270 mm) Maximum Rip to Left of Blade 20" (508 mm) Maximum Thickness of Cut at 45°:

With 12" (304.8 mm) Blade . . .' ZVB" (73.02 mm) With 14" (355.6 mm) Blade SVs" (92.07 mm)

Distance, Front of Table to Center of Blade 22" (558.8 mm)

Table in Front of 12" (304.8 mm) Blade at Maximum Cut 16" (406.4 mm)

Maximum Width of Cut-Oft With 12" (304.8 mm) Blade (1" (25.4 mm) Stock) 19" (482.6 mm)

Maximum Width of Dado Cut 2" (50.8 mm) Table:

Height 34" (863.6 mm) Size, Including

Two Extensions 38 x 48" (965.2 x 1219.2 mm) T-Slot Miter Gage Groove on Either Side of Saw Blade. Removable Table Inserts With Built-in Levelling Screws.

Cabinet Size 26Vs x 30" (673.1 x 762 mm) Rip Fence Locks Front and Back Simultaneously With

Single Operating Handle at Front of Machine Exhaust Opening

For Dust Collection System 4" (101.6 mm) Diameter Speed With 12" (304.8) Blade and

3450 RPM Motor 3750 RPM Motor Plate:

Accommodates NEMA Frame Motors 182T, 184T and 213T Shipping Weight 820 Lbs. (371.95 Kg.)

STANDARD EJIPMENT Basic 12"-14" Tilting Arbor Saw furnished with welded steel cabinet, 38" x 48" table with two extension wings, motor mounting plate, motor cover, miter gage, rip fence, guide rails and guard for 12" or 14" diameter saw blades. Motor pulley and set of four matched V-belts included with electrical kit.

CATALOG LISTING No. 34-390 Basic 12"-14" Tilting Arbor Saw with 34-937 UNI­GUARD. Includes welded steel cabinet, 38" x 48" table (includ­ing two table extensions), motor mounting plate, motor cover, 34-925 miter gage, rip fence and guide rails. Without saw blade, set of 4 matched V-belts, motor pulley, motor and starter. 761 lbs. No. 34-395 12"-14" Tilting Arbor Saw, same as 34-390, except with 34-936 Super-Safe splitter-mounted guard. 777 lbs.

MOTOR

Single Phase 5 Horsepower

Three Phase 5 Horsepower

Three Phase fVz Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Translormer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

TEFC

HERTZ AND MOTOR RPM

60-3450

60—3450

60—3450

MOTOR VOLTAGE

230

230/460

230/460

SHIPPING WT., LBS.

109

130

151

CATALOG NUMBER

52-313

149-906

t49-908

CAT. NO. 200V

52-139

52-141

NOTE: Single phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V only. Three phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V, unless A60 V is specified. Power Cord and Plug not supplied. Motors and Motor Controls

Forlisting. see Sections P and Q. t N o . 4 9 - 0 0 0 " J I C " Type Control Kit . Specify this Catalog Number, in addition to Three Phase Cat. No. 49-906 or 49-908, in order to otytain 12"—14." Circular Saw \A/ith ••JIC" type

ROCKWELL 12"-14" TILTING ARBOR SAW

ROCKWELL QUALITY ACCESSORIES

No. 34-832

No. 34-925 Auto-Set Miter Gage; less Stop Rods 13 lbs.

No. 34-832 Stop Rods for Miter Gage. 2 lbs.

No. 34-937 UNIGUARD, for all Rockwell Delta 12"-14" Saws. Includes table mounting bracket, support arm, two bracket arms, two guards, plastic shield, splitter assembly wilh anti-kickback fingers and instructions for mounting. 20 lbs.

No. 34-936 Super-Safe Saw Guard, split ter-mounted, swing type. For 12" or 14" diameter saw bladeg. 16 lbs.

COMPLETE SELECTION OF SAW BLADES

Catalog Number

33-197

33-179

Type of Blade

COMBINATION SAW BLADES (Flat Ground)

33-199

33-180

RIP SAW BLADES (Flat Ground)

33-246 CROSSCUT BLADE (Flat Ground)

Arbor Diameter i Hole

14"

1"

1"

12" I"

14" ' 1"

33-202

33-203 1

NOVELTY TOOTH COMBINATION SAW BLADES (Flat Ground)

33-228

33-182

34-842

MITRE SAW BLADES (Hollow-Ground) (4 cutting teeth) (1 raker tooth)

CARBIDE-TIPPED COMBINATION BLADE (24 Teeth

With Alternate Top Bevel Grind)

12"

12"

14"

12"

14"

*\2"

I"

or I'/a"

DADO HEAD SETS Heavy duty production type. Sets are made of high quality steel, carefully hardened and tempered. Blades and chippers are matched to assure clean, even cuts with or across the grain.

No. 33-174 No. 3 Production Type Dado Head Set. Consists of two hollow ground outer blades [10" diameter x Vn" thick) and four inside cutters (one Vi" thick; two Vs" thick; one Vie," thick). With 1" arbor hole. Cuts grooves from Vs" to i % o " wide. 10 lbs.

No. 34-941 Moulding Cutterhead, heavy duty, solid steel, 6" diameter, to fit 1" or iVs" saw arbors. Without wrench or knives. 10 lbs.

r No. 34-521 (old 1521) Allen Key Wrench for use with 34-941 Moulding Cutterhead. Vs lb.

No. 34-945 Dado Head and Moulding Cutter Table Insert for 12"-14" Tilting Arbor Saw. 2 lbs.

ARBOR EXTENSIONS No. 34-947 Arbor Extension, 1" diameter, with collar, to accommodate saws with 1" arbor hole. 3 lbs. No. 34-949 Arbor Extension, 1" diameter, to accommodate 2" wide dado head, 1" bore. 4 lbs.

V-BELTS AND MOTOR PULLEYS

No. 49-150 Set of 4 Matched V-Belts, 28%". O.C. (per set).

2 lbs. No. 41-746 Four-Groove Motor Pulley, 1" bore, 3Vi" diameter. 5 /4 l b s . No. 41-747 Four-Groove Motor Pulley, l^-s" bore, 3%" diam­eter. 5 lbs. No. 41-748 Four-Groove Motor Pulley, l^/«" bore, 3'/4" diam-e t e , . r, l b s .

^ttt ,»,—--^FJ

ROCKWELL MOTORIZED MITER BOX

s^KKzcsaar'-Tio^'.'.fc.-.-iAw^w,.

Rockwell Motorized Miter Box Shown Mounted on No. 50-508 Steel Stand.

No. 34-010 Basic Machine

H e r e ' s the idea l s a w for b u i l d e r s . . . c o n t r a c t o r s . . . p las t ic a n d a l u m i n u m fabr ica to r s . . . indus t r ia l a r t s a n d v o c a t i o n a l e d u c a t i o n i n s t ruc to r s . I t 's specifically de ­s igned for fast , a c c u r a t e cut t ing . Light in we igh t [only 43 lbs.) , it offers c o m p l e t e por tab i l i ty . S tee l s t a n d is ava i lab le for s t a t i o n a r y app l i ca t ions .

If y o u n e e d a m a c h i n e t h a t wrill p r o d u c e a c c u r a t e mi t e r s an(i s q u a r e cu t s in compos i t i ons , p las t ic , w o o d a n d soft, l igh t -weigh t a l u m i n u m ex t ru s ions , see th is BIG P E R F O R M E R in ac t ion t o d a y !

MACHINE DATA Motor:

Amps 10.5,115 V, Develops 1.6 HP Blade:

Diameter 9" (228.6 mm) Arbor Vs" [15.8 mm) Speed 5000 RPM [Under Average Load)

Capacity: Cross-Cut 2V2 X 4" (63.5 x 101.6 mm) Miler, 45 2'/2 x 3V8" (63.5 X 92 mm) Miter, 45° R & L, on Edge Vs x 3V8" [15.8 x 92 mm]

Positive Stops 90' and 45° R & L Table Size 4 x 17" [101.6 x 431.8 mm) Overall Dimensions:

Width 19" (482.6 mm); Depth 20" [508 mm) Height 22" [558.8 mm)

Net Weight 43 Lbs. [19.5 Kg.) Shipping Weight 63 Lbs. (28.5 Kg.) Motors—Universal Type, 115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine includes 34-708 combination saw blade, re­tractable blade guard, 90° elbow, cord and 3-prong ground­ing type plug, and arbor wrenches.

CATALOG LISTING

ROCKWELL QUALITY ACCESSORIES FOR INCREASED

JOB PERFORMANCE!

Saw Blades [with %" arbor hole. Each IV2 lbs.)

Catalog Number

34-708

33-223

33-227

34-709

Type

i ^ i i l COMBINATION (Flat Ground)

m w ^ B CROSS-CUT (Flat Ground)

" J ^ , MITRE (Hollow Ground) ••^gaZyf: (4 cutting teeth—1 raker tooth)

4 H | F ^ L HARD TOOTH COMBINATION ••"• jc-Li iB (Stays sharp seven times longer) 'WJJL " ^ ^^^ Teeth-Taper Ground)

Diameter

9" 1

9"

9"

9"

No. 49-083 Positive Drive Belt. For replacement use. ^A lb. No. 49-203 g o - Elbow. At­taches to outlet at rear of saw guard. Deflects chips down­ward. % lb. No. 49-277 Reducer. Required to attach 2 % " diameter vacu­um cleaner hose to No. 49-203 Elbow. 1 lb. No. 49-245 Four-Wheel Caster Set for 18 and 28-Gallon Vacu­um Cleaners. 3 lbs.

Certified In Canada.

- 4 i U y ^ No. 4 9 - 2 5 5 (CASTERS EXTRA)

No. 49-255 All-Purpose Vacuum Cleaner, 28-gallon capacity, complete with 6 amp, 115Vmotor, switch and cord;filter bag, fiber collector drum: 2Vi" diameter x 6' hose and 3" x 6" rec­tangular nozzle. 24 lbs.

ROCKWELL CIRCULAR SAW ACCESSORIES

DADO HEAD SETS Sets are made of high quality steel, carefully hardened and tempered. Blades and chippers are matched to assure clean, even cuts with or across the grain.

No. 34-333 Production Type Dado Head Set. Consisting of two hollow-ground outer blades [6" dia. x Vn" thick) and four inside cutters [one V-i" thick; two ^s" thick; one ''K;" thick). With ''N" arbor hole. Cuts grooves [mm 's" to ''"ill" wide. 3^lbs .

No. 33-212 Production Type Dado Head Set. Consisting of two hollow ground outer blades [8" diameter by ^s" thick) and four inside cutters (one ^+" thick; two Vi" thick; one V\e" thick). With %" arbor hole. Cuts grooves from i.s" to -Hci" wide. 8 lbs.

No. 34-334 Economy Dado Head Set. Consisting of two flat-ground outer blades (6" dia. x Vs" thick) and five in­side cutters [four ^s" thick; one V\{\" thick). With Is" arbor hole. Cuts grooves from i.s" to ^•'•'\i;" wide. 4 lbs.

No. 34-568 (old 865) Clamp Attach­ment for Miter Gage. Holds work se­curely for accurate miter and cut-off operations. Complete with clamp bar, front and rear posts and two sliding clamp screws and blocks. For use with No. 34-895 Miter Gage. IV2 lbs.

No. 34-873 (old 873) Extra Clamp Screw and Block Only. For use with No. 34-568 clamp attachment. Vi lb.

No. 43-170 (old 1170) Tenoner for use witVi N o . 43-186 [o ld 1186) S l i d i n g Jig.

No. 34-172 (old 1172) Tenoning Attach­ment. Simplifies operation of cutting tenons for mortise and tenon joints. Stock can be fed with one hand—far removed from saw blade(s). Handles stock up to 2%" thick. Base plate in­cluded. 30 lbs.

No. 34-171 (old 1171) Spacer Collars. Set of two: Vi" and %" widths with %" arbor hole. For spacing saw blades to cut tenons in one pass. 1 lb.

MOULDING CUTTERHEAD SETS

^ ^ ^

^ i ^ ^

^ ^ ^

No. 34-813 Heavy Duty Moulding Cut­terhead & Knife Set. Includes No. 34-562 (old 265) cutterhead. No. 34-521 (old 1521) wrench and Nos. 35-102, 35-103,35-221 and 35-222 cutterhead knives. For use on V/' and.%" dia. arbors. 4 lbs.

No. 34-821 Basic Moulding Cutterhead & Knife Set. Includes No. 34-562 (old 265) cutterhead. No. 34-521 [old 1521) wrench and No. 35-102 set of knives. For use on VZ' and %" dia. arbors. 3 lbs.

No. 34-562 (old 265) Moulding Cutter­head. Heavy Duty, Solid-Steel Type. For use on H." and %" arbors. Less wrench and knives. 3 lbs. N o . 3 4 - 5 2 1 <olcJ 3 . 5 2 1 > W T r A n c h . F-«,-

With a Moulding Cutterhead and these 32 Sets of Knives You Can Cut Thou­sands of Different Mouldings On Your Circular Saw. Each set consists of three knives. Vi lb.

r Knives are shown

35-100 1/2" Cove, 5/16'

Quarter Round

35-102 Ye" and %" Qr.

Rd. and 14" Bead

35-104 Straight

35-110 Drawer Joint

35-121 Window Sash

VJ size.

35-101 ' 5/16" Cove, 3/8"

Bead

35-103 y^" and 1/2" Qr. Rd

35-106 90° V-Groove

35-120 Ogee

35-123 Door Moulding (m)

35-126 35-131 Door Moulding (f) Glue Joint

35-190 3 Bead (3 /16 '

Bead)

35-197 Wedge Groove

3 5 - 2 0 1 V4" Flute

•Ji 35-196

Wedge Tongue

35-198 Table Edge

3 5 - 2 0 2 V^" Bead

r

ROCKWELL 16" RADIAL SAW

J

A Semi-Portable Model for Field and Shop Use

Here's a saw that's built for production work and pro­vides the capacities that these obs ^^^q^^^' ^^J^^^'^^e stock 5'VH" thick, cross cut 24" wide and rip to tne center of a 72" panel. With these extra big capacities it's ideally ui ed forTabricating roof trusses, wall and floor panels

kitchen cabinets and interior partitions. The power packed 3 or HP motor will stand up under extra heavy S Toads over a long haul. This ve-aUle saw mcor-porates all the fine features of the 18 Model It s tne finest long range investment you can make to protect and increase your profits.

MACHINE DATA ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

SrcKac l t y - i : ; (a5 .4mm)Stock . - .V . .V .4 : (eo . .emr^ Maximum Rip Capacity /j;^„ ^ 3 5 ^ ^ j Maximum Depth of cut „ ^^ Maximum Depth of Cut at 45 ^ "^K' ^' Dado Capacity „ . v 9i/„" fiS 9 mml Wide*

(With 10" (254 mm) Dado) 2 /« (53.9 mm)^ ^ ^^ Diameter Saw Arbor „ • • • :.\ 1 R" (405 4 mm) Diameter of Combination Saw Supplied 16 (406.4 mm) Bevel Positive Stops go'° aAd 45°, R & L

Motor Speed (Full Load) 60 Cycles ^^„ ^^^^^^ ^ ^^ Overall Height......_ 30 x 37" (762 x 939.8 mm) Floor Space Required • • 3° ^,? Jg ^ .B x 1066.8 mm) Wood Table Top 32x4z 10 32" [812.8 mm) Height Table T o P - ^ - - ;;567 Lbs. (257.2 Kg.) ShiDD ne Weight (Approx.) ""

(47.6 mm).

STANDARD EQUIPMENT

nance instructions and wrenches. For complete range of accessories, see Section 15.

NEW SAFETY FEATURES M I All Rnrkwell Delta 16" Radial Saws are supplied with Jr/v^'olt cCSm?station for greater operator safety. Now' All Three Phase 16" Radial Saws are equipped with 3 - ^ overload for greater motor protection. Now- All 16" Models are furnished with a standard equip-meni felractable leaf guard for added operator safety. Now- All 16" Radial Saws are available with an Electronic S;ramic Brake as an optional accessory. For single phase Dynamic ordfic a 52-496; for three phase ma-

S r o ^ r ' c a ' t ' N o - . ^ . V ^ . See S » . l . . i=, Peg. 1 . . r field mounting.

S " H . " " f o B,.k., « . . N . " SefeB Fe.<.res Ab.«.) , , T "

MOTOR

Single Phase 3 Horsepower

Three Phase 5 Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

24 V at Push BuUon Station Magnetic Starter Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC)

^^,l^^^^»^^^^<kE>

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

HZ. AND MOTOR RPM

60-3450

60-3450

MOTOR VOLTAGE

230

230/460

MACHINE CAT. NO.

33-770

t33-771

MACHINE CAT. NO.

200 V

33-772

, electricals ^rr^nP^5l^^,^i^e. '°„^f/A^o°;j'rf

I3U - — ' • - - I I

-^^i;i;^nir..-j^^^Jfi^^^:j^ Cat. A/CJ- 33-7V1 . '^g^„f„ct ^ntJ kw/z-^o"

Rockwell 14 Radial Saw

ROCKWELL QUALITY FEATURES THAT GUARANTEE FASTER, MORE ACCURATE CUTTING, LOWER COSTS! A. Famous Double Overarm Action: This preferred construction permits the saw blade to rotate a full 360° above the work table—gives full table capacity for left and right-hand miters. B. Exclusive "Micro-Set" Miter Stops: Only Rockwell Delta gives you individually adjustable positive stops. When required, each setting can be quickly adjusted to assure perfect 90° and 45° cuts for the life of the saw.

C. Lifetime Trackways: Rockwell Delta 14" Radial Saws feature lifetime track rods with glass-smooth, hardened surfaces that minimize roller friction. They can be easily rotated to provide a new surface, providing precision cutting accuracy for the life of the machine. D. Convenient, "Up-Front" Operating Con­trols: Every control, lever and scale is within easy reach for safe, sure operation. Positive stops at most-used positions and accurately calibrated scales for in-between settings eliminate guesswork, make it easy to set up operation.

E. Ample Power With Big Capacity: The "low-rise" 3 HP motor delivers extra power to handle the toughest jobs. You can cut stock up to 4%o"thick. [Note: Leaf guard removed to aid in photo clarity.) F. Safe Blade Guard Design: Unlike many competitive models, the blade guard on the Rockwell Delta 14" Radial Saw covers the entire saw arbor. Although Delta includes this safety feature as Standard Equipment, many competitive models offer it only as an accessory at additional cost.

G. Positive Table Leveling Jacks—Massive Frame Construction: Six easy-to-adjust leveling jacks assure sustained table ac­curacy. The extra deep channel, unitized base, which is rigidly reinforced by the cast iron center piece, guarantees contin­uous alignment of the entire machine. H. Exclusive Rockwell 24-Volt Safety Con­trol System: Only Rockwell Radial Saws offer a low 24 volts at the push button

control station for extra operator Safety. Magnetic control system provides on-off control, low-voltage, no-voltage [when power is interrupted, machine can be started only by pressing start button), and thermal overload protection. On three phase systems, overload protection is provided on all three legs. Shrouded green "start" button prevents accidental starts while protruding red "s top" button is extra large for quick, emergency stops. Switch cover and buttons are made of non-conductive material for added safety.

r^

n

-.aa^acHos-stts.-. -

ROCKWELL 14" WOOD CUTTING BAND SAW

14" Wood Cutting Band Saw Shown on Enclosed Steel Stand With Accessory Rip Fence, Lamp Attachment, Retractable Casters and Electricals.

A Versatile Production Saw That's Ideal for Every Shop! This low-cost Rockwell 14" Wood Cutting Band Saw is well suited for the school shop, cabinet shop, furniture factory, pattern shop, sign and display shop, maintenance department and many other installations. It's ideal for contour cutting, straight cutting or resawing (especially with the No. 28-984 Height Attachment] of a wide variety of materials.

Economical in price, it comes equipped with a standard blade for wood cutting. When desired, the machine can be used with skip tooth blades for cutting wood, plastic, building materials, bakelite, non-ferrous metals such as aluminum and copper, and similar stock.

Investigate this widely-used Band Saw todayl

MACHINE DATA Overall Dimensions:

Height [On Stand) 65Vs" [1663.7 mm) Width 25" [635 mm) Front to Rear 17V2" (444.5 mm)

Capacities: Blade to Frame ISV-i" [349.2 mm) Under Guide and Wheel 6V4" (158.7 mm) Under Guide and Wheel

[With 28-984 Height Attachment) 12'/j" (311.1 mm) Speeds:

With 1725 RPM Motor. .3000 SF/M (914,400 Surf. MM/Min.) Table:

Size 14 X 14" (355.6 X 355.6 mm) Groove Vs" [9.5 mm) Deep by "/t" [19.05 mm) Wide Tilt to Right 45°; to Left 10° Height From Floor 42''/4" [1085.8 mm)

Blade: Width: Maximum -'/.i" (19.05 mm) Length: Maximum 94" [2387.6 mm)

Minimum 91V2" (2324.1 mm) Standard 93V2" (2374.9 mm)

Length (Wilh 28-984 Height Atlachmenl): Maximum 106" (2692.4 mm) Minimum 103'/-" (2628.9 mm) Standard 105" (2667 mm)

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine Without Stand: includes wheel and blade guards, 6" arbor pulley, 49-173 V-belt, 41-033 motor pulley (%" bore), blade guides and No. 28-034 (old 1034) wood cut­ting blade.

CATALOG LISTING No. 28-200 Basic Machine Without Stand: 14" Wood Cutting Band Saw with wheel and blade guards, 6" arbor pulley, 49-173 V-belt, 49-033 motor pulley (with %" bore), blade guides and 28-034 (old 1034) wood cutting blade. Without stand, motor or switch. 144 lbs. No. 50-122 Enclosed Steel Stand. Includes 50-139 basic stand, 50-136 motor plate and 50-135 belt guard. 54 lbs. NOTE: See Section J7 for Band Saw Accessories.

ENCLOSED STEEL STAND WITH BELT GUARD, IVIOTOR AND CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired) NOTE: Enc losed Steel S tands Wi th E lec t r ica ls Can Be Orde red E i ther Wi th Or W i t h o u t t h e Basic No. 2 8 - 2 0 0 1 4 " Band Saw.

MOTOR

Single Pliase, yS Horsepower

Three Phase, Vi Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

Push Button Switch Only

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC)

24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

TEFC

HERTZ AND MOTOR RPM

60-1725

60-1725

60-1725

MOTOR VOLTAGE

115/230

115/230

230/460

SHIPPING WT., LBS.

80

81

94

CATALOG NUMBER

49-963

49-964

t49-972

CAT. NO. 200V

52-113

NOTE: Single phase electricals will be supplied wired for 115 V, unless 230 Visspecified. Three phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V, unless 460 V is specified. Power Cord and Plug supplied for single phase only. Motors and Motor Controls for Rockwell Delta 14" Band Saws may

be ordered unmounted. For listing, see Sections P and Q. tNo. 49-000 "JIC" Type Control Kit. Specify this Catalog Number, in addition to Three Phase Cat. No. 49-972, in order to obtain 14" Band Saw with "JIC" type electricals, factory mounted and wired.

Special 14" Band Saw All-inclusive Listing No. 28-230 14" Band Saw With Enclosed Steel Stand, Belt Guard, Motor and Switch (Mounted and Wired in Stand): Includes 28-200 basic machine with 50-122 stand; wheel, blade and belt auards: 6" arbor pullev: 49-173 V-belt;

Rockwell 14" Metal Cutting Band Saw

ROCKWELL QUALITY FEATURES

A. Modernly Constructed Wheels-Light weight magnesium wheels are precision balanced with rims fully machined con­centric with the shaft hole, for smooth running. Recess in rim eliminates use of messy cement—makes tire changing easy.

B. Safe, Accurate Upper Blade Guides-Up­per guide has separate, sSfe, remote con­trol micrometer adjustments for ball bearing blade support and blade guide blocks. Guides and blade supports adjust independently.

C. Up-Front, Precision Lower Blade Guides —Lower blade guides have safe, accurate, remote control micrometer adjustment. Lower guides support blade to within %" of table work surface-assure accu­rate cutting. D. Special Table Stop-Adjustable sleeve provides positive stop for table at level position. Can be removed for a 10° left tilt. Table tilts full 45° to right. E. Superior Table Features—Side take-out slot for blade permits use of solid front trunnion (not split for blade removal) located directly under work load. Rip fence guide rails need not be removed when changing blades. F. Exact Tension Blade Scale-Direct read­ing scale on blade tension adjustment shows correct tension for different blade widths. Scale readings are not affected by variable blade lengths. G. Exclusive "Locked-ln" Table Insert Can­not Rotate because there is a slot in the insert which meshes with a pin in the table. Therefore, the insert won' t get chewed up by the blade and the operator need not endanger his fingers to turn the insert to the correct position.

n ROCKWELL QUALITY EXTRAS Double-Sealed, Lubricated-For-Life Ball Bearings for upper and lower wheels and blade supports and all shafts of back gear unit insure many years of trouble-free performance.

Upper and Lower Wheels completely guarded. AH. port ions of blade enclosed and guarded except portion actually cut­ting material. Rugged 14x14" Table has a •;'sx%" miter gage groove. Machined for rip fence. Widely spaced double trunnions and heavy ribbing provide rigid support for work.

Guides are finest type ever offered. Each adjusts independently of the other, also adjusts with micrometer accuracy. Guide pins can be set to blade teeth without disturbing the setting of the blade sup­por ts ; blade supports can be set without altering adjustment of guide pins. Ball bearing blade supports are reversible and double-sealed.

Magnesium Wheels are carefully balanced for true running, also rimmed for proper mounting of tire.

n

"^•"^---t^ - i M — « -vWjll^i -ja-JOKlUr -

ROCKWELL 24" x 9" PLANER

Great Production Tool!

; You get big capacity with the Rockwell 24" x 9"

Neve r before h a v e so m a n y fine fea tures b e e n offered a t such an economica l pr ice . T h a t ' s w h a t m a k e s the all n e w Rockwe l l Del ta 24" x 9" P lane r s u c h an o u t s t a n d i n g va lue . Built for p ro d u c t i o n work , it is des igned to sat isfy the h igh qual i ty p e r f o r m a n c e s t a n d a r d s r equ i r ed in l u m b e r y a r d s a n d mills, furni ture factor ies , cab ine t a n d p a t t e r n shops , voca t iona l and t r ade schools .

Th i s m o d e r n Rockwel l Del ta P laner p rov ides 24%" x 9'-''V:vy' capac i ty . It offers fea tu res no t usua l ly ava i lab le in c o m p a r a b l y pr iced m a c h i n e s :

• Var iab le ra te feed from 20 to 60 FPM.

• P o w e r d r iven tab le ra is ing a n d lower ing m e c h a n i s m .

• Large d i ame te r 4-knife cu t t e rhead .

• Ad jus t ab le b e d roller.

• Mass ive one-p iece cas t i ron f rame.

• Pos i t ive cha in d r iven feed rol ls .

• Sec t iona l in-feed roller and chip b r e a k e r s .

" An t i -k i ckback fingers for a d d e d safety .

» Conven ien t , safe, easy- to -opera te con t ro l s .

Let us s h o w you th is ou t s t and ing va lue in act ion t o d a y !

MACHINE DATA Motors, Three Phase, 230/460 V (Other Voltages Not Available):

Cutterhead • 10 HP Feed 1 HP Table Raising Va HP

Capacity: Width of Stock: Maximum 24'/2" (622.3 mm] Thickness of Stock: Maximum 9''^^i2" (253.2 mm)

Minimum Vs" (3.175 mm) Depth of Cut: Maximum Ve" (9.5 mm] Length of Unbutted Stock: Minimum 10" (254 mm) Minimum Table Roll Opening I ' / s" (47.6 mm]

Feed Rate Infinitely Variable from 20 to 60 SF/M (6,096 to 18,288 Surf. MM/Min.)

Cutterhead: Number of Knives 4 Diameter : i^^Aa" (119.1 mm) Diameter of Cutting Circle 4'/4" [120.7 mm] Speed-RPM 5000; Cuts Per Minute 20,000

Feed Rolls: Sectional, In-Feed S'/e" (85.7 mm] Dia. Chain Driven Solid, Out-Feed 3W (85.7 mm) Dia. Chain Driven

Table Bed Roll Adjustable Table Raising Mechanism:

Motorized Va HP; Handwheel For Final Close Adjustment

Thickness Scale 0" to g'/a" (0 to 241.3 mm) (By VIG" (1.6 mm] Graduations)

Overall Dimensions: Width 52" (1320.8 mm) Front to Back 40" (1016 mm) Height 41 •V4" (1060.4 mm)

Shipping Weight 2400 Lbs. (1089 Kg.)

CATALOG LISTING No. 22-503 24" x 9" Planer, complete and ready to run. In­cludes 10 HP, three phase cutterhead motor with magnetic

Rockwell 18'X 6'Planer

ROCKWELL QUALITY FEATURES A. Wedge Bed Construction-assures preci­sion accuracy and ease of adjustment with greater work support than conven­tional raising screws. Inclined ways di­rect the even rise and fall of the bed, seldom require adjustment. Cutting loads are supported by a large area of solid metal which actually serves as a com­pression member. Up to now, wedge bed construction has usually been found only on larger, high production surfaces. B. Simplified, Separate Feed and Cutter­head Drive Systems—this modern, pre­ferred type of construction means that maximum horsepower is delivered to the feed rolls, without "robbing" power from the cutterhead. You get top efficiency, keep maintenance and downtime to a minimum. C. Completely Sealed Worm Gear Drive-delivers tremendous horsepower to the feed rolls. This unique feed system oper­ates in a sealed oil bath, totally shielded from dirt or foreign matter. D. Quick Setting, Positive Control Locks-assure safe, accurate control at all times. Just a twist of the wrist is needed to lock the controls at the desired setting. E. Variable Speed Cutting Feed-enables you to select any feed range between 15 and 36 feet per minute. You can adjust the feed of the machine to suit the type of stock you're planing and get maximum efficiency at all times.

F. Safe Depth of Cut-limited to %", elim­inates any possibility of overloading the machine when finishing hard, extra wide stock. G.Redi-Set, Fast Bed Roll Adjustment-an accessory that allows you lo raise or lower the bed rolls in an instant for rough or finish surfacing. Bothersome, time con­suming adjustments under the bed are eliminated.

ROCKWELL QUALITY EXTRAS Lubricated-For-Life Sealed Ball Bearing Construcion Throughout-even the bed rolls of the massive one piece bed are mounted on lubricated-for-life, sealed ball bearings that stand up longer under pressure and require no troublesome grease cups or fillings. Rugged Construction-built to last . . . the 18" Planer will withstand the heaviest of cutting loads with no tension strain. Knife Grinding and Jointing Attachment-an accessory extra that allows you to grind a completely new bevel on the knives without removing the cutterhead from the planer.

r^

• .atfiaaagwum* J-JMJ^Z:

ROCKWELL HEAVY DUTY WOOD SHAPER

QUAL TV FEATURES THAT MAKE THE HEAVY DUTY SHAPER

THE BIGGEST VALUE IN ITS CLASS!

(Left) Unitized Drive Mechanism-The spindle, housing, mo­tor, raising and lowering mechanism are a single self-con­tained unit, securely assembled to the under side of the table for absolute 90° spindle-to-table alignment. (Right) Rugged Spindle Assembly-Short, rigid drive spindle and closely set lubricated-for-life ball bearings-pre- loaded to prevent distortion at high speeds—assure accurate, chatter-free shaping.

(Left) Conveniently Grouped Controls—The spindle adjusting hand wheel, spindle lock, height adjustment scale and start­ing switch all are grouped at the front of the machine within easy reach of the operator from his normal working position. (Right] Massive Table-Measures a full 20" x 27". Can be increased to 36" x 27" by adding two.extension wings. Fur­nishes ample support for shaping large work. Has precision ground face, ribbed under-table construction to prevent warping and springing. Milled %" x %" groove permits use of a variety of accessory work-holding devices, such as miter gage, tenoner and sliding shaper jig. I

(Left) Fully Adjustable Fence—Both fence halves are inde­pendent ly adjustable for precise depth-of-cut settings using the same convenient control knob and locking lever. Fence halves measure a full 3W x 12%" and adjust end-wise so that fence opening can be varied in direct relation to the cutter size for safer operation. Entire fence assembly can be easily removed for free-hand shaping of curved or irregular work.

(Right) Interchangeable Spindles-yuj" , %", •)4" and 1" stand­ard spindles; a %" stub spindle for cope cutters and an extra-long -VA" spindle with 4-Jx" capacity under the nut, are

No. 43-350 Heavy Duty Wood Shaper Shown With Accessory 43-349 Table Extension, Cutterhead and Electricals.

Nos. 43-350 and 43-351 and all electrical kits are

Certified in Canada

This Rockwe l l Del ta S h a p e r is eng inee red to accep t s ix i n t e r changeab l e sp ind le s ! It wil l h a n d l e %(-,", V2", / j " a n d 1 " s t a n d a r d sp ind les , a V2" s tub sp indle , p lus an ex t r a long •^/t" sp ind le w i t h 4 V K " capac i ty u n d e r t he nu t . T h e r e ' s p rac t i ca l ly no l imit to the va r i e ty of cu ts t he Del ta S h a p e r wi l l p r o d u c e b e c a u s e of the w i d e range of s h a p e r cu t t e r s izes it wil l a c c o m m o d a t e . Because of i ts u n m a t c h e d shap ing versa t i l i ty , i t 's a favori te in cab ine t s h o p s , fu rn i tu re fac tor ies , spec ia l ty s h o p s , s choo l s h o p s , s a s h and d o o r c o m p a n i e s a n d s imilar ins ta l l a t ions .

MACHINE DATA Spindle:

Diameters Furnished . . . .V2" (12.7 mm) and •'/•\" (19.05 mm) Diameters (Accessory Equipment) •'Jic" (7.9 mm) and

1" (25.4 mm); V4" (19.05 mm] Extra Long and V2" (12.7 mm] Stub

Capacity (Under Nut): 1" (25.4 mm) Spindle 4" (101.6 mm) •VJ" (19.05 mm] Spindle S'/A" (82.5 mm) •VJ" (19.05 mm) Spindle (Extra Long) 4'V«"(111.1 mm) '/2" (12.7 mm] Spindle 2'/2" (63.5 mm) yid" (7.9 mm) Spindle IV2" (38.1 mm)

Travel ' 3" (76.2 mm] Speed 10,000 RPM Table:

Size 20" X 27" (508 x 685.8 mm] Size (With Extra Extension] . .28" x 27" (711.2 x 685.8 mm] Size (With Two

Extra Extensions) 36" x 27" (914.4 x 685.8 mm) Height 34" (863.6 mm] Insert Opening Diameters 6V4" (171.4 mm)

3'/2" (88.9 mm); 3" (76.2 mm) a n d l V s " (34.9 mm]

Fence Size (Each Side] 3V4" x 12V«" x 19I0" (95.2 X 314.3 x 23.8 mm)

Overall Dimensions: Width 20" (508 mm) Width (With Two Extra Extensions) 36" (914.4 mm] Depth 27" (685.8 mm); Heigth 37V4" (958.8 mm)

Motor: Accommodates NEMA Frame Motors 56 and 145T

STANDARD EQUIPMENT

^

^ . ^ ;

ROCKVS/ELL HEAVYDUTY

• ! • i W( SHAPER

unlimited variety of moulded edges and wood joints.

Dual Shaper Set-Up Steals Up Production! Shown are two 43-350 Wood Shapers joined together with a 34-862 27" x 10" Table Extension. Set-up provides oper­ator with a double spindle machine with a 27" X 78" table surface, suitable for immediate right- or left-hand shapmg.

ROCKWELL 12" STANDARD DUTY WOOD LATHE

No. 46-525 1 2 " Variable Speed Wood Lathe

Wilh Accessory Safely Shield and Electricals.

•WA"-

^

13'/8"

^

- ^

m ^

l l ' /8"

HOLES-'/z" DIAMETER

^ ^ -ZWA"-

Location of Floor Mounting Holes

I No. 46-201

1 2 " 4-Speed Wood Lathe Wilh Accessory Safely Shield

and Electricals.

ALSO MADE IN CANADA

STANDARD EQUIPMENT

A Quality Built, Big Capacity Lathe at an Exceptionally Low Price!

\Afn#^r1 I ,>«-h<.

Its m a n y fine fea tu res is on ly one of the r e a s o n s w h y the Rockwel l 1 2 " S t a n d a r d Duty W o o d Lathe mee t s the needs of i ndus t ry , commerc i a l s h o p s a n d schoo l s so wel l .

To app rec i a t e its true value, inves t iga te its BIG CA­PACITY . . . rugged cons t ruc t ion . . . safe ty of design . . . and its g rea t versa t i l i ty (more than 50 Rockwel l la the accessor ies a re ava i lab le ] . Then , you wil l agree that it is the BIGGEST VALUE in its c lass .

W h a t e v e r y o u r needs—Viiriable Speed or 4-Speed— let us " p e r f o r m a n c e - p r o v e " this fine Rockwel l Qual i ty La the for you today .

MACHINE DATA Capacities:

Swing Over Bed 12" (304.0 mm] Swing Over Bed Gap 16" (406.4 mm) Diameter

For 2V2" (63.5 mm] Stock Distance Belwcun Centers 39" (990.G mm)

Speeds: Variable Speed Model 340 lo 3600 RI'M Four Speed Model 915,1380, 2150, 3260 RPM

Spindle: Nose-Inboard l " - 8 RH Thread Noso-Outboard l " - 8 LH Thread Hole (Completely Through Spindle] ••/«" (15.8 mm]

Headstock and Tailstock Tapers No. 2 M.T. Ram Travel 2'/4" (57.1 mm] Height—Centerline of Spindle to Floor . . .41'/i" (1060.4 mm) Overall Dimensions:

Heigth . . .45V4" (1149.3 mm); Width . . .I6V2" (419.1 mm) Length 60" (1524 mm)

Approximate Shipping Weight (Floor Models) 345 Lbs. (150.5 Kg.)

CATALOG LISTING 4-SPEED MODEL WITH CABINET

No. 46-201 Basic Machine With Cabinet. Includes 4B-200 Lalhn wilh 50-150 Cabinet, 46-933 Drive Center, 46-439 Cup Center, 46-171 Tool Support Base, 40-692 12" Tool Support, 46-805 fi" Tool Support, 46-936 3" Face Plate, 4-Ktop motor pulley (%" Bore) and 49-094 V-Bnll (81" O.C). Without motor and swlich. 245 lbs.

VARIABLE-SPEED MODEL WITH CABINET No. 46-525 Basic Machine With Cabinet. Includes 40-933 Drive CeiiliM-, 4()-43il Cup Center. 40-171 Tool Support Base, 46-692 12" Tool Support, 46-805 6" Tool Support, 46-930 3" Face Plate, 2-!4 " O.D. motor pulliiy ("H" bore], 4!)-354 Upper V-bclt (47%" O.C] and 51-008 Lower V-belt (47^/8" O.C). Without motor and swilch. 350 lbs. NOTE: Variable-speed model cannot be furnished without cabinet.

No. 41-032 Motor Pulley, 2-'.i" diamolor, ' - " bore. ',-. lb. No. 41-033 Motor Pulley, 2% " diameter, 'rk" bore. ' - lb. No. 41-034 Motor Pulley, 2 % " diameter, % " bore, '•; lb.

4-SPEED MODEL WITHOUT CABINET No. 46-200 Basic Machine Without Cabinet. Includes 46-933 Drive Center. 46-439 Cup Center, 46-171 Tool Support Base, 46-692 12" Tool Support, 46-8Q5 6" Tool Support, 46-936 3" Face Plate, 4-step motor pulley ('".H" bore] and 49-094 V-bnll [81" O.C). Without motor and switch. 152 lbs. NOTE: The above lathe cannot be used with the Variable Speed Cabinet.

No. 50-150 Cabinet, steel, sturdily constructed, totally en­closes motor and drive, has hinged motor plate for oa.sy sntKKJ ctlant2(;.s. iinci t w o .shclvc's. 110 Iti.s.

ROCKWELL 12" STANDARD DUTY WOOD LATHE

CATALOG LISTING—Cont inued

MOTORS AND CONTROLS (Factory Mounted and Wired—Available Only On No. 46-201 and 46-525 Machines.)

IVIOTOR

Single Phase, Vi Horsepower

Three Phase, Vi Horsepower

MOTOR CONTROL

Push Button Switch Only

24V Push Button Station, IVIagnetic Starter, Transformer and Overload Protection (LVC) 24V Push Button Station, Magnetic Starter, Transformer and 3-Leg Overload Protection (LVC)

MOTOR ENCLOSURE

TEFC

TEFC

TEFC

HERTZ AND MOTOR RPM

60—1725

60—1725

60—1725

MOTOR VOLTAGE

115/230

115/230

230/460

SHIPPING WT., LBS.

30

37

42

CATALOG NUMBER*

49-855

49-856

t49-864

CAT. NO.* 200V

52-169

CATALOG NUMBER**

52-316

52-317

52-320

CAT. NO.** 200V

52-357

/rf

NOTE: Single phase electricals will be supplied wired for 115 V, unless 230 V is specified. Three phase electricals will be supplied wired for 230 V, unless 460 V is specified. Power Cord and Plug supplied for single phase only. Motors and Motor Controls for Rockwell Delta 12" Standard Duty Wood Lathes may be ordered unmounted. For listing, see Sections

*Catalog Number includes motor and control without Slow-Start Feature. •••Cata/og Number includes motor, control and Slow-Start Feature.

MAKE LATHE OPERATIONS SAFER WITH ROCKWELL'S SLOW-START FEATURE!

Now! You can order your Rockwell 12" Standard Duty Wood Lathe with a motor and slow-start manual or mag­netic conlrol system, mounted and wired, ready to run. See above for motor and control options available.

Here is How the S/ow-Start Feature Operates...

(Left) This accessory provides m a x i m u m safety for novice lathe opera- ' tors m schools, t ra in ing inst i tu t ions, etc. Wi th it the lathe can be star ted only at the slowest speed. Above, the shop inst ructor locks hood after pressing switch but ton to " o n " posi t ion, ready for s tudent 's use.

(Right) Now, s tudent starts lathe by merely pu l l i ng var iable speed con­t ro l lever to r ight . When desired speed is obta ined, he pushes lever in, lock ing it in pos i t ion. Then, he proceeds to operate the lathe.

(Left) Should a danger signal suddenly appear, the operator 's f i rst react ion would be to stop the lathe. This he does by pressing the " s t o p " bu t ton . Now, the lathe cannot be s tar ted again by ac tua t ing the var i ­able speed control lever s ince the current is off. The locked hood also makes the " s t a r t " but ton inaccessible.

(Right) Next, the d i f f icu l ty is determined, e i ther by the student or the instructor , and corrected. Then, the inst ructor mus t unlock the hood, press the " s t a r t " but ton and lock the hood again before the s tudent can proceed.

NOTE: See Sect/on N4 for complete range of wood lathe accessories.

P and Q. t N o . 4 9 - 0 0 0 " J I C " Type Con t ro l Kit. Specify this Catalog Number, in addition to Three Phase Cat. No. 49-864 in order to obtain 12" Standard Duty Wood Lathe with "JIC" type electricals, factory mounted and wired.

I

ROCKWELL WOOD TURNING DUPLICATOR

For Safe, Accurate Duplication of Complex Wood Turnings

m Used on Rockwell and Other Wood Lathes • Takes Only a Few Minutes to Install

Now! You can teach your students how to repro­duce one or any number of intricate wood turnings exactly on your 11" or 12" wood lathes. Wilh the Rockwell ^Wood Turning Duplicator, you gel all those benefits; Maximum Accuracy With Exact Duplication . . . you can reproduce complicated turnings perfectly— patterns, balusters , lamps, table and chair legs—up to 4" in diameter. Complete Safety . . . firmly held on the lathe, the Duplicator has minimum tool overhang for safe, smooth operation. Increases Student Participation . . . with the Rock­well Wood Turning Duplicator, there's less lime spent per student on the lathe, more opportunity to learn.

Minimum Stock Spoilage . . . the Duplicator elimi-nc/tes costly mistakes, thus, there are no more dis­carded turnings.

SPECIFICATIONS Maximum Diameter 4" Maximum Length 28 V2" Cutting Tool Bit (Standard)

Ground to Shape A " x '4 " Shipping Weight 24 lbs.

N o . 4 6 - 8 4 0 W o o d T u r n i n g D u p l i c a t o r c o m p l e t e .

JtidHX^A^i-^i^j.^ 'tf :i,^ Jlkfu-ii^ ii^^:"z2;Xy£iT!zni3rr^'>fia&iite»»*iB

ROCKWELL WET/DRY VACUUM CLEANERS

No. 5 0 - O O l - M o s t u s e f u l and popular vacuum clean­er ever designed for pick­ing up normal traffic dirt, dust and grime. For dry and damp pick-up.

No. 50-002 — A Maximum Value Wet/Dry Vac with by­pass motor permitting in­termittent wet pick-up as in floor scrubbing.

No. 50-003 Shown With Ac­cessory 50-013 Wand and 50-015 Master Floor Tool. For W e t or Dry P i c k - U p . Equipped with a double-powered motor that picks up dirt faster than any other standard vacuum. Its superior efficiency reduces cleaning time.

No. 50-004—3-Motor Heavy Duty Head designed for in­dustrial plant and machine shop applications. Power Head includes an adapter to convert any drum into an extra high powered, large capacity vacuum cleaner. Has triple the motor power of most regular industrial vacuum cleaners, creating a turbulence at the pick-up nozzle that loosens heavy dirt or scrap so that it can be sucked into the cleaner. For wet pick-up, the 50-007 W a t e r P i c k - U p A d a p t e r must be ordered, plus any other required 2" acces­sories.

NO-STOOP, COMFORTABLE HEIGHT HANDLE,

HEAVY DUTY, ADJUSTABLE CLAMPS.

CONVENIENT CARRY-ALL TOOL BASKET (STANDARD EQUIPMENT).

CONVERTS TO POWER BLOWER IN SECONDS.

PATENTED, DOUBLE HEAVY-DUTY MOLESKIN AND EXCLUSIVE NEVER-CLOG" FILTER SHEDS DIRT LIKE A DUCK SHEDS WATER SHAKE AND IT'S CLEAN. KEEPS MAXIMUM VACUUM.

NON-MARKING LARGE WHEELS WILL ROLL OVER CORD, LEDGES, UP AND DOWN STAIRS.

ROCKWELL HIGH PERFORMANCE

VACUUM CLEANER FEATURES

HEAVY STEEL CONTAINER, BAKED ENAMEL FINISH, CORROSION RESISTANT.

MOBILE - PORTABLE - MANEUVERABLE.

QUICK, POSITIVE, AUTOMATIC HOSE COUPLING—SNAPS ON—SNAPS OFF (STANDARD EQUIPMENT).

EXCLUSIVE ACCORDION® HOSE STRETCHES TO 16 FEET (STANDARD EQUIPMENT).

(All Models Except Heads)

y

0

n / ^ ^ M X i a i n I .* r\ii <-k^ « » • •

RocKWELi-Wel/Dry VACUUiVi CLEANERS PONERFUL! EFFOBffi HGH WPEFFTMANCE! EAa^OTRAIH!

7;L-g.;"jggrr-:asr?Ejgrsi:

ROCKWELL WET/DRY VACUUM CLEANERS

• POWERFUL! • EFFICIENT!

• EASY TO OPERATE! •HIGH IN PERFORMANCE!

R o c k w e l l Vacs , the S T A N D A R D of Commerc ia l V a c u u m Cleaners , a re des igned for genera l p u r p o s e c lean ing in fac­tor ies , t e rmina l s , ho te l s , s to res , r e s t au ran t s , chu rches , schoo l s and s imilar ins ta l la t ions . Des igned for heavy d u t y p e r f o r m a n c e , t he se efficient v a c u u m c leaners k e e p w o r k a r ea s c lean . . . qu ick ly r emove s c r ap a n d fluids . . . r ecover va luab l e ma te r i a l s . . . a n d improve qual i ty cont ro l .

Ask for a free d e m o n s t r a t i o n t o d a y !

STANDARD EQUIPMENT (All Models Except Heads) Include Basic Unit, Wheel Set and Handle, Accordion Hose and Quick Disconnect Adapter, Tool Basket, Two-Slage Filter.

CATALOG LISTING No. 50-001 Vacuum Cleaner For Dry and Damp Pick-Up, with 7.3 amp, 115 V, 60 hertz, AC, air cooled motor. Includes 16-gallon contamer with gV-gallon recovery, wheel set and handle, ac-

MACHINE DATA

cordion hose and quick-disconnect hose adapter, air filter as­sembly plus Never-Clog® fdter, tool basket, 25-foot 115 V 3-wire grounded type cord set and built-in socket for 115 V lamp. 42 lbs.

No. 50-002 Vacuum Cleaner For Dry and Wet Pick-Up, with 8 amp, 115 V, 60 hertz, AC, by-pass motor. Includes 16-gallon container with gVa-gallon recovery, wheel sot and handle, accordion hose and quick-disconnect hose adapter, air filter assembly plus Never-Clog® filter, tool basket, 25-foot 115 V 3-wire grounded type cord set and built-in socket for 115 V lamp. 43 lbs. No. 50-003 Vacuum Cleaner For Dry and Wet Pick-Up, with l l . i amp, 115 V, 60 hertz, AC, by-pass motor. Includes 20-gallon con­tainer with 13-galIon recovery, wheel set and handle, accordion hose and quick-disconnect hose adapter, air filter assembly plus Never-ClogW filter, tool basket, 25-foot 115 V 3-wire grounded type cord set and built-in socket for 115 V lamp. 53 lbs. No. 50-004 Multi-Motor Head For Dry and Wet Pick-Up, with three 8 amp, 115.V, 60 hertz, AC, by-pass motors with sealed-in lubri­cation. Includes 25-foot 115 V 3-wire grounded type cord set with 12/3 gage wire. 2" diameter intake. RPM-17,500. CFM-85. Will fit any can from 17" GI to 23" or any 55 or 65-gallon drum. 45% lbs.

SPECIFICATIONS

MOTOR

WATERLIFT IVIOTOR GUARANTEE HOSE TYPE CONTAINER SIZE RECOVERABLE CAPACITY

WET DRY

WEIGHT HEIGHT DIAMETER CORD SET

NO. 50-001 7.3 Amps, Elect, Input I HP,

115 V, 60 Hz. Air Cooled 84' Maximum

I Year Accordion Stretch I'/?" I.D.

16-Gallon

914-Gallon 1 Bu.

42 Lbs. 34" 16"

VACUUM CLEANER MODELS NO. 50-002

8 Amps, Elect, Input 1 HP, 115 V, 60 Hz. By Pass

78" Maxitmini ^2 Yciirs ^

^ccoidion^SlrelcliTy/' I.D. 16-Galloir

9'/p-Gallon 1 Bu.

"43ll)s. 34" 16"

NO. 50-003 11.1 Amps, Elect. Input 2 t

115 V, 60 Hz. By-Pass 102" Maximum

2 Years Accordion Stretcti 114" I.D,

, 115 V, 3-Wiie Grounded Type, Heavy Duly.

20-Gallon

13-Gallon IVi B u ^ 53 Lbs.

34" 16"

3—MOTOR HEAD NO. 50-004

24 Amps,(8 Amps Each Motor) Elect. Input 3HP.115V, 60 Hz. By-Pass

78" Maximum 2 Years

Not Supplied 2" Diameter Intake Will Fit Any Can From 17" GI to 23" or Any 55 or 65-Gallon Drum. Raises Filter Above Drum Permitting Full Utilization of Drum's Capacity.

4514 Lbs. 1714" 24"

25-Fool, 115 V, 3-wire Grounded Type, Heavy Duty. Use on 20 Amp or Higher Circuits.

ROCKWELL QUALITY ACCESSORIES

K HOSE

No. 50-010 Accordion Hose. Stretches from 6' to 16'. Has s tandard 1 % " I.D. ends. Included as Standard Equipment.

WANDS, EXTENSIONS, CONNECTORS

J I

No. 50-011 Hose Connector Tube, 1 % ' O.D., to connect series of hoses.

No. 50-015 Master Floor Tool. Inter­changeable slide-on floor care attach­ments (Nos. 50-017, 50-108 and 50-019) fit the Master Tool's die-cast housing.

No. 50-017 Slide-On Squeegee Adapter. Instant water pick-up. Precision bal­anced rubber squeegee blade permits 100% vacuum power concentration in direction of cleaning stroke, either direc­tion.

No. 5 0 - 0 1 8 Replacement S q u e e g e e Blades for 50-017 Adapter, Pack of three blades.

No. 50-052 22 " Brush Floor Tool. No. 50-053 22 " Brush Floor Tool Set of Replacement Brushes.

No. 50-054 2 2 " Carpet Floor Tool.

:J

e No. 50-012 12' Aluminum High-Up Extension, in two parts with tool coupling.

No. 50-019 Slide-On Horsehair Brush Adapter. For general vacuum sweeping. SPECIAL "BIG JOB" NOZZLES

No. 50-055 Bumper only for 50-052 and 50-054 Floor Tools.

METAL DUSTING AND CREVICE TOOLS

No. 50-013 Floor Cleaning Extension Wand With Tool Coupling, double bend.

No. 50-014 4 ' Straight Extension with tool coupling. Tubular steel chrome platocl.

Wide No. 50-050 "Big Job" Special 22" Squeegee Floor Tool. No. 50-051 Set of Replacement Blades for 50-OSO 22" Squeegee Floor Tool.

No. 50-024 2 " Round Dusting Brush for woodwork ledges and mouldings. No. 50-025 Replacement Brush for 50-024 Brush. No. 50-026 024 Brush. No. 50-027 024 Brush

Replacement Body for 50-

Aluminum Adapter for 50-b u t fits inin wnnrl r rni inl ina

ROCKWELL WET/DRY VACUUM CLEANERS

No. 50-021 Upholstery Nozzle. 5" handi-tool. For cleaning ledges, bins, etc., as well as tor non-abrasive upholstery vacu­uming. No. 50-022 Brush Adapter. Slide-on fits 50-021 Upholstery Nozzle. Loosens deep-down dirt from fabrics.

=9 No. 50-023 18" Extension tor 50-021 handi-tool (upholstery tool extension).

No. 50-028 9" Ceiling, Wall and Over­head Brush. No. 50-029 Brush Replacement for 50-028 Brush.

No. 50-030 19"Crevice and BlowerTool, cut on 45° angle, steel. For 50-010 Ac­cordion Hose.

II No. 50-031 Special 14" Metal Rug/Car­pet Tool. With floating brush. Hugs all carpet surfaces and draws out deeply embedded dirt. No. 50-032 Replacement Brush for 50-031 Carpet Tool.

FILTERS, ASSEMBLIES, WET PICK-UP ADAPTERS

No. 50-007 Water Pick-Up Adapter. Adapts vacuum cleaner for frequent a n d / o r large area water or suds pick-up. Replaces air filter bag assembly with which cleaner is factory equipped.

No. 50-008 Air Filter Assembly. Consists of primary filter bag, frame and gasket assembly. Effectively traps dust; pre­vents leakage.

No. 50-009 Never-Clog® Bag. Second­ary filter. Dacron®. Provides double fil­tration. Sheds dirt; protects primary fil­ter. For use with 50-008 Air Filter Assem­bly. SPECIALTIES AND DEVICES

No. 50-020 Blower Nozzle, tapered, rub­ber.

BANANA TOOLS FOR OVERHEAD PIPE CLEANING

No. 50-033 Overhead Pipe Tool tor 1 -3 pipes. No. 50-034 Brush Refill for 50-033 Pipe Tool.

y^

<

No. 50-035 Overhead Pipe Tool for 4"-6" pipes. No. 50-036 Brush Refill for 50-035 Pipe Tool.

No. 50-037 Overhead Pipe Tool for over 6" pipes. No. 50-038 Brush Refill for 50-037 Pipe Tool.

No. 50-072 Crevice and Blower Tool, steel. No. 50-073 1 9 " X 2 " Crevice Tool, cut on 45° angle.

No. 50-056 Drum Dolly. Inside diame­ter, 24% ". Diameter of inside hole, 16M ". Handle height from floor, 35Vt". Equip­ped with four jumbo, hard-rubber caster wheels. For use with 55-gallon drum,

2 " TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

No. 50-070 10' Crashproof Hose, 2" I.D., wi th moulded ends.

No. 50-074 5 ' Anodized Wand with met­al tool coupling.

No. 50-075 "Big J o b " Special 2 2 " Wide Squeegee Floor Tool. No. 50-076 Set of Replacement Blades.

No. 50-077 22" Brush Floor Tool. No. 50-078 Replacement Brushes.

^ No. 50-079 22" Felt Floor Tool. No. 50-080 Set of Replacement Felts.

No. 50-081 22" Carpet Floor Tool. No. 50-082 Set of Replacement Sur­faces.

No. 50-083 Floor Gulper Nozzle.

JL No. 50-084 Hand Gulper Nozzle.

DRY AND WET ACCESSORY KITS FOR 5 0 - 0 0 1 , 5 0 - 0 0 2 , 5 0 - 0 0 3 VACUUM CLEANERS No. 50-005 Dry Accessory Kit consisting of 5" nozzle, 12" floor tool, 12" brush, 5" brush and 5' wand. 20 lbs. No. 50-006 Wet Accessory Kit consist­ing of shut-off valve and squeegee. 5 lbs.

Circular Saws This tool complies with OS HA requirements This tool complies with O.S.H.A. reauiremenls This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 542 12" Diameter Blade ROCKWELL'S most powerful, large ca­pacity heavy-duty saw—has a big 4 % " cutting capacity. The all ball bearing construction of this 12" diameter saw has made It the Ideal saw for the really big portable saw application.

FEATURES Comfortable Top-Handle Design • All Ball Bearing Construction • Standard Steel Carrying Case and Rip Guide • Sturdy Aluminum Base • Safety "No-Drag" Tele­scoping Guard • High-Speed Steel Blades • Built- in Sawdust Ejector • External Gear Lubricator • Helical Gear Drive • Single Line Cutting • Failure Protected Motors • Full Gnp Stabilizer Handle • Replaceable Components

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 542 Motor 15 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (RPM) 4800 Blade Diameter 12" Capacity SJfj" @ 45°, 4 % " @ 90° Bearings All Ball Overall Length ^7V^" Net Weight 37 Lbs. Shipping Weight 55 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Combination Saw Blade (%" diameter hole), Gear Lubricant, 3-Conductor Cord, Operating Manual, 18050 (old 24617) Blade Wrench, 48047 (old 17K12) Rip Guide and 39676 Steel Carrying Case.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 14-15.

MODEL 510 lOV^" Diameter Blade A 13 amp powered IOVA" Speedmatic Saw with solid blade lock-up clutch, a 5700 RPM speed and full grip hand bar for added stability and operator control. Plus-all of the ROCKWELL built in safety and performance standards.

FEATURES Comfortable Handle Design • All Ball Bearing Construction • Sturdy Aluminum Base • Safety "No Drag" Telescoping Guard • High-Speed Steel Blades • Standard Rip Guide and Carrying Case • Built-in Sawdust Ejector • External Gear Lubricator • Failure Protected Motors • Helical Gear Drive • Removable Pinion Gear • Aluminum Alloy Housings

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 510 Motor 13 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (RPM) 5700 Blade Diameter lOVi" Capacity 2%" @ 45°, 3%" @ 90° Bearings All Ball Overall Length 141/2" Net Weight 35 Lbs. Shipping Weight 47 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Combination Saw Blade (%" diameter hole). Gear Lubricant, 3-Conductor Cord, Operating Manual, 48289 (old 1786X) Blade Wrench, 18288 (old 2QK9) Rip Guide and 39695 Steel Carrying Case.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 14-15.

MODEL 528 8V4 " Diameter Blade Another famous ROCKWELL Speedmatic Saw featuring a kickproof clutch, a 6300 RPM speed and all of the safety, conven­ience and performance features that have made this line of saws the standard for the industry.

FEATURES Comfortable Top-Handle Design • All Ball Bearing Construction • Sturdy Aluminum Base • High-Speed Steel Blades • Safety "No Drag" Telescoping Guard • Built-in Sawdust Ejector • External Gear Lubricator • Helical Gear Drive

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 528 Motor 11 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (RPM) 6300 Blade Diameter 8% " Capacity 2%" @ 45°, 2%" @ 90° Bearings All Ball Overall Length 12" Net Weight 16 Lbs. Shipping Weight 20 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Combination Saw Blade (%" diameter hole), Gear Lubricant, 3-Conductor Cord, Operating Manual, 48299 (old 1931X) Blade Wrench and 48321 (old 2874X) Jackshaft Wrench.

Model 9528 81/4 " Saw Kit Includes Standard Equipment, •,• ^ . 18288 (old 20K9) tf,^^^sai5 Rip Guide and ^ S * " ^ ^ 48253 (old 528-16) ^ K - t * ^""-i Steel Carrying Case. ' « & # #

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades AppHcatttjns.

Circular Saws Complete Line ot Accessories - is avaM-able to enable you to get extra versatih^. convenience and safety from your ROCK­WELL saw. Replaceable Components-accidently drop "he saw; break a handle? No problem! A complete line of replacement parts is available. Complete list of ROCKWELL s S centers in the back of this catalog. Heavy Duty Cord Strain-Relief Protector-"ong wearing, rubber insulated 3-conduc-or cord with molded rubber pUtg features a secondary liner, firmly locked to the saw handle to relieve cord strain, prevent kink­ing and dangerous wear. G. Man-Size Control Knobs-w i th accu­rately calibrated, easy to read, depth and angle adjustment scales - rnake it quick and easy to set-up the saw for depth and accurate 0° to 45° angle cutting opera-tions.

H Picture Window Blade Visibi l i ty-per­mits the operator to view the saw blade as it progresses along the outline so that the accuracy can be checked and rechecked at several points during long cuts.

MODEL 567 AND MODEL 568 Liahtweight Magnesium Housing - spe-calW designed and constructed for maxr-mum strength and ngidity at a minimum (lighter than aluminum) weight. Positive cont ro l L e v e r s - e x t r a large "man-size" lever controls for quick and easy depth and angle adjustments. Big capac i t y -no comparable saws offer more. Model 568 7i/. ; ; saw cuts stock 2 % " at 90°; a full 2K6" at 45 . Safety Kickproof Clutch (standard on 568; accesso^ equipment for 567)-adiustable ?o any d^egree of slip, fully protects user, machine and work. Worm Gear Drive-oversize, rV99^^,9^,^^u ing for maximum transmission of hign torque power to blade.

MODEL 597 1 Exclusive Safetymatic Push-Butlon Brake-a time saving, oonvement, manu­ally operated braking system Simp e push-button action enables Vou to safely «toD the saw blade seconds after the cut

ellrUfnates time wasting blade coasting. Kickproof Clutch - eliminates dangerous S b l c k - p r e v e n t s overload on the arma­ture if the blade stops.

MODEL 314 J Extra Large Wrap-Around Base-a fuU 50 square Inches-for positive support and g ? e 4 r stability. Base features a single-lock knob for quick, easy accessory mountmg and Is coated with a patented antMriction material for ease of operation. Rugged Worm Gear Drive - for maximum transmission of high-torque power to blade. K Base Insert - eliminates chipping and splintedng during cutting operations on p f f e m materials. Easily removed fo^ sawing operations involving set-tooth blades.

c ^V d c K ? •aaiJOSS&0:3B

iH<>i*tf I--- .4lii1ii'i-iiTWatBI1iifafiiw7iiff^ 2^^f.j^. ..,.:u:: '!uti.,x • W T ' * * ; "

This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 548 Bayonet Saw An extra heavy duty bayonet saw de­signed for the demanding requirements of builders, contractors, cabinet makers and other professional users. This saw performs equally well on intricate inside curves, and big capacity straight line sawing on metals, plastics, compositions and wood.

FEATURES Orbital Blade Cutting Action • "Magic Circle" Base Insert • Top Handle Design • King Size Base • Extra Heavy Duty Motor • Auxiliary Side Handle • Powerful Worm Gear Dnve

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 548 Motor 3.5 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SPM) 4500 Stroke %" Orbital Cutting Capacity Wood 2 /2 ";

Aluminum % " ; Steel VA" Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 71/8 " Net Weight 6 Lbs. Shipping Weight 10 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine; "Magic Circle" Base In­sert; Allen Wrench; 3-Conductor Cord; Assorted Blades: 10-tooth, 6-tooth, 14-tooth, Knife Blade; Blade Mechanism Lubricant; Gear Lubricant and an Oper­ating Manual.

Model 9548 (old 548K) Bayonet Saw Kit — Includes Standard Equipment, Angle Adjusting Base, Assortment of 6 Wood Cutting and 6 Metal Cutting Blades and Steel Carrying Case.

Duly Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

r B MODEL 648 Industrial Bayonet Saw

The only domestically manufactured, in­dustrial rated. Double Insulated Bayonet Saw on the market. Although Double Insulated, this saw is no larger than con­ventionally grounded tools. Its combina­tion barrel grip-glass filled nylon motor housing, its 3200 SPM speed with a 1 " stroke and its revolutionary wrap-around blade clamp make it the perfect choice where maneuverability and precision cut­ting are critical. The all new Model 648 is today's best buy!

FEATURES Double Insulated • Combination Glass Filled Nylon Motor Housing—Hand-Fitted Barrel Grip • Clear Safety Chip Deflector • Built-in Saw Dust Blower • Full 1" Stroke with 3200 SPM • Roller Bearing Blade Support Guide • Wrap-Around Blade Clamp • Heavy Duty Cord with External Strain-Relief Protection • Double Pole AC-DC Switch • Square Plunger

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 648 Motor 3 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SPM) 3200 Stroke 1" Cutting Capacity Wood 2y2 ";

Aluminum V2 "; Steel VA " Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 8% " Net Weight 5 Lbs. Shipping Weight 9 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Saw Blade, Heavy Duty 2 Wire Power Cord and an Operating Manual.

Duly Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of aval/able

This tool complies wilh O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 348 Bayonet Saw

Now! greater cutting versatility with a combination of features.such as a 3500 SPM speed, orbital blade action and a full 3 amp powered motor. This saw offers the cutting efficiency to handle straight, curve and plunge cutting operations with ease and safety.

FEATURES Orbital Blade Cutting Action • "Magic Circle" Base Insert • Powerful Motor • All-Purpose Blade Speed 3500 SPM • Top Handle Design • Large Tilting Base • Top of Handle Switch • Powerful 3 Amp Motor

SPECIFICATIONS ' Model No 348 Motor 3 Amp., Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SPM) 3500 Stroke %" Orbital Cutting Capacity Wood 21/2 "

Aluminum % " ; Steel Va" Bearings Ball and Bronze Overall Length 8" Net Weight 5 Lbs. Shipping Weight 9 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, "Magic Circle" Base In­sert, Allen Wrench, General Wood Cut­ting Blade, 3-Conductor Cord and an Operating Manual.

Model 9348 (old 348K) Bayonet Saw Kit — Includes Standard Equipment, Assort­ment of 7 Blades, Rip Guide and Steel Carrying Case.

Duty Rating: \^»°";'j » For Industry 1 ' ^ - — ^ 1 and Construction Trades Applications.

v' S50C V>

Bayonet Saw/Accessories No. 18291 (old 49526) Steel Carrying Case. For convenient storage and carry­ing of saw and accessories.

No. 26132 Steel Carrying Case. For con­venient storage and carrying of saw and accessories.

No. 48245 (old 239X) Allen Wrench. For quick and easy blade replacement and

BAYONET AND JIG SAW BLADES WOOD & COMPOSITION CUTTING BLADES TAPER RELIEF GROUND-TOOTH BLADES QUANTITY PER PACKAGE-10

adjustment, and for adjusting angle of base for angle cutting.

No. 48366 "Magic Circle" Base Insert. Eliminates chipping on splinter-prone materials. Removable for cutting opera­

tion with set tooth blades. No. 55520 Rip Guide. For fast ripping to uniform widths. For 348 saw. No. 55665 Rip Guide. For fast ripping to uniform widths. For 348 saw. No. 5021 Angle Adjusting Base. For Model 548. Required for angle cutting operations.

i n

CUTTING DEPTH USING

348 Blade Length

Teeth Per Inch

Blade Width

APPLICATIONS

12376 1% 1% 3" 10 yis" Fast Cutting Set Tooth-Wood

12377 1 % iy4 3 " ^ i " Faster Gutting Shark Tooth

12381 21/2 2y4 41/4'' 10 Vz" Fast CuUing Set Tooth

1 2 3 8 2 2% 2y4 41/4" ' / 2 " Faster Cutting Shark Tooth

12313 2V2 2% 41/4 Scroll and General Smooth Cutting Soft and Hard Grain Woods-Plywood-Masonite

12372 2'/ ! 2y4 4V4 Fast Scroll and Rough Cutting-Soft and Hard Grain Woods

1 2 3 6 1 21/4 2y4 4V4 10 General Wood Cutting-Asphalt Tile FIber-Paper-Plastic-Laminates-Luoite-Plexiglass

12307 iVt 2Vt 41/4 % General Rough Cutting Roof Rafters and General Frame Cutting-Plunge Cutting

12379 1% 2% 21/4 Vh Smooth Scroll and Circular Cutting Masonite-Plywood-Soft and Hard Grain Trim Stock-Plastics

12380 1 % 2% 21/4 SVz Fast Scroll and Circular Cutting Solid Grain Wood-Masonite-Plastics

12366 1% 2% 21/4 31/2 % General Straight and Large Curvature Cutting-Solid Grain Wood Plywood-Masonite-Plastics-Soft Aluminum Extrusions

12312 1% iy4 Smooth Scroll and Circular Cutting-Plywood, Straight Grain Wood, Masonite-Plastics-Plunge Cutting

• H M M M M I I I M ' 12371 1 % iy4 Fast Scroll and Circular Cutting-Plunge Cutting Straight Grain Woods-Hard Board

12360 1% iy4 General Wood Cutting, Fiber, Paper and Plastic Laminates Plexiglass, Rubber Linoleum

12306 iy4 Rough Cutting Wood

10 ' % 4 Smooth Finish Cutting of Straight, Curvature, Round Finish and Trim Materials and Plunge Cutting

12348 y4 V2 Cutting-Cardboard-Cloth-Leather Rubber and Sponge Type Plastics

12378 Assorted 10 Blades Wood-PIastics-Masonite-Metal

42653 Assorted 3 Blades Wood-Plastics-l^asonite-lvletal

HIGH SPEED STEEL-FIBERGLASS CUTTING

piMiiiMiiiittiiir pmrnim

12301

12300

21/2

—

3

11/4

2y4

1

41/4

2%

6

6

Va

%

Cutting Fiberglass-Fiberglass Bonded to Plywood Sheet Rock-Asphall Tile-Plastics-Plaster

Cutting Fiberglass-Fiberglass Bonded to Plywood Sheet Rock-Asphalt Tile-Plaster

CARBIDE T I P - P R O B L E M MATERIAL CUTTING

1 2 3 9 0 I H 2% 21/4 3y2 Cutting Fiberglass, Asphalt Tile, Plastics, Sheet Rock, Plaster and General Wood Cutting

HIGH SPEED STEEL-METAL CUTTING

1 2 3 3 1 21/4 3% % Cutting Brass-Bronze-Copper and Non-Ferrous Metals %i to 1/4 "Th ick Angle Iron-Mild Steel Sheets and Tubing % to Va" Wall Thickness

12384 2V4 ^V^ ZW 24 Cutting Window Openings in Steel Core Fire Doors-Copper-Brass and Steel Tubing to l ^ s " in Diameter

12324 I H I H 10 H Cutting Brass-Bronze-Copper-Aluminum to 1/2" in Thickness Steel-Cast Iron to ^ 4 " in Thickness

12330 1 H I H H Cutting'Non-Ferrous Metals to 1/4" in Thickness-Cutting Angle Iron Mild Steel Sheets and Tubing to Va" Wall Thickness

12342 I H I H H Gutting Steel Sheets to Vs" Cutting Tubing Thin Wall to I H " Diameter

I H I H Cutting Steel Sheets and Tubing % to Va" Wall Thickness

jiffa'itiiMi^-'ftf'^'a.M.Bg : ' . i ^ " • ^ S ? - ' - - ' ' " " ^ ' * • ••'• w7

c -o

Beit Sanders This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements ) This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 500 4"x27" Dustless Belt Sander

ROCKWELL'S largest, most powerful belt Sander features an extra-large belt for a greater abrasive-to-work contact. A powerful 12 amp motor combined with rugged chain/worm gear drive make it the best choice for heavy-duty produc­tion surfacing jobs — especially broad, flat area sanding applications.

FEATURES Extra-Powerful 12 Amp Motor • Extra-Large 4"x 27" Abrasive Belt • Depend­able Chain/Worm Gear Drive • Unique Belt Tensioning Device • Aluminum Alloy Housing • Powerful Vacuum System

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 500 Motor 12 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFPM) 1550 Belt Size 4"x 27" Drive Worm Gear and Chain Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 18" Net Weight 25 Lbs. Shipping Weight 34 Lbs

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, Gear Lubricant, Chain Lubricant, 48120 (old 38BB4) Dust Bag, Nozzle and Attachment Parts, 3-Conductor Cord and an Opera­ting Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing ot available accessories see page 41.

MODEL 503 3 "x24" Dustless Belt Sander

This all-purpose belt sander is ideally suited for heavy-duty production surfac­ing jobs. Long-wearing ball and needle bearing construction, dependable chain/ worm gear drive and a powerful vacuum system assure dust-free, trouble-free operation. FEATURES Heavy-Duty 9 Amp Motor • Powerful Vacuum System • Balanced Design • Dependable Chain/Worm Gear Drive • Unique Belt Tensioning Device • Alu­minum Alloy Housing • Positive Control • Strain-Relief Protection

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 503 Motor 9 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFPM) 1180 Belt Size 3"x24" Drive Worm Gear and Chain Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length... 16% " (Less Dust Bag) Net Weight 15 Lbs. Shipping Weight 21 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, 48120 (old 38BB4) Dust Bag, Nozzle, Attachment Parts, Gear Lubricant, Chain Lubncant, 3-Conductor Cord and an Operating Manual.

Duly Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see page 41.

MODEL 504 3"x24" Belt Sander

An all-purpose heavy-duty chain/worm gear drive belt sander with exceptional power and a 1600 SFPM speed can han­dle large production sanding jobs with ease. It's combination of power, maneu­verability and positive control make it an excellent choice for heavy-duty appli­cations.

FEATURES Heavy-Duty 9 Amp Motor • Dependable Chain/Worm Gear Drive • Trigger Switch • Balanced Design • Strain-Relief Pro­tection • Aluminum Alloy Housing • Unique Belt Tensioning Device • Posi­tive Control

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 504 Motor 9 Amp, Uriiversal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFPM) 1600 Belt Size 3"x24" Drive Worm Geap and Chain Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 16" Net Weight 14 Lbs. Shipping Weight 20 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, Gear Lub­ricant, Chain Lubricant, 3-Conductor Cord and an Operating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see page 41.

Belt Sanders This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 360 3"x24" Dustless Belt Sander

in order to mai<e your sanding more effi­cient, with no belt clogging, and to give you longer belt life, we've added a pow­erful vacuum system to this model. You'll appreciate this machine's 10.5 amp power, its 1500 SFPM speed and its posi­tive control in the dust-free atmosphere made possible by its efficient vacuum system.

FEATURES Powerful 10.5 Amp Motor • Efficient Vacuum System • Automatic Belt Ten­sioning • Positive Drive • Flush Side Construction • Balanced Design • Anti-Friction Bearings • Heavy-Duty Brushes • Comfortable Handles • Trigger Switch

SPECIFICATIONS Model Nos 360 Motor 10.5 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFM) 1500 Belt Size 3"x24" Drive Gear and Belt Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 14" (Less Dust Bag) Net Weight 16 Lbs. Shipping Weight 20 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, 3-Conduc­tor Cord, Dust Bag, Nozzle, Attachment Parts and an Operating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 41 and 42.

This tool complies wilh O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 361 3"x24" Beltsander

If extra power for heavy stock removal is what you need, this is the sander for you! Its powerful 10.5 amp motor and its 1550 SFPM make those tough jobs easy. Ask to see one perform before you buy any sander.

FEATURES Extra Powerful Motor • 1550 SFPM • Automatic Belt Alignment • Positive Drive • Anti-Friction Bearings • Flush Side Construction • Unique Belt Tensioning Device • Comfortable Handles • Trigger Switch

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 361 Motor 10.5 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFM) 1550 Belt Size 3"x24" Drive Gear and Belt Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 14" Net Weight 14 Lbs. Shipping Weight 18 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, 3-Conduc­tor Cord and an Operating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applicatitfns.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 41 and 42.

MODEL 362 4 " X 24 " Dustless Belt Sander

If you are Interested in a big capacity belt sander with flush sanding versatility, the 362 is for you. This machine is equipped with a powerful vacuum that prevents belt clogging. It is loaded with ROCKWELL features and provides the extra belt width that cuts big jobs down to size. Let us show you how to cut your jobs to size!

FEATURES Big 4" x 24" Abrasive Belt • Powerful 10.5 Amp Motor • Efficient Vacuum System • Automatic Belt Tensioning • Positive Drive • Flush Side Construction • Bal­anced Design • Anti-Friction Bearings • Heavy-Duty Brushes • Comfortable Handles • Trigger Switch

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 362 Motor 10.5 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC No Load Speed (SFM) 1500 Belt Size 4" x 24" Drive Gear and Belt Bearings Ball and Needle Overall Length 14" (Less Dust Bag) Net Weight 15.2 Lbs. Shipping Weight 16.7 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Abrasive Belt, 3-Conduc­tor Cord, Dust Bag, Nozzle, Attachment Parts and an Operating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 41 and 42.

I ' jnriimiiMttnttHiftMiBFgiirnffTf^^ - -^rit. o o

^ • « ' - * « -C TJ

Drills These tools comply with O.S.H.A. requirements This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 684 MODEL 683 Reversing V4 " Variable Speed (0 to 1700 RPM) Pistol Grip Drills

This high-torque, double reduction gear drive pair of 3 amp powered drills offers the ultimate in versatility. Their light weight and pistol grip allows them to be used in almost any position and their 0 to 1700 RPM variable speed makes them adaptable to drilling any material. For even greater versatility Model 683 has a reversing feature.

FEATURES 0 to 1700 RPM Variable Speed • 2-Stage Reduction Gears • Thrust-Line Grip • Powerful 3 Amp Motor • 16 Amp Heavy-Duty Switch • 1/4 " Industrial Chuck • Ball and Needle Bearing Construction • Rub­ber Insulated Power Cord

SPECIFICATIONS Model Nos 684 and 683* IWotors 3 Amp, Universal Type,

115Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC Speed (RPM) 0-1700 Drilling Capacity.. .Steel VA"; Wood Vz" Gear Reduction 2-Stage Overall Length 9" Net Weight 4 Lbs. Shipping Weight 5 Lbs. ' Reversing Model

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, 3-Conducfor Cord , VA" Industrial Chuck, Chuck Key and an Op­erating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see page 68.

These tools comply with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 674 1/4 " Pistol Grip Dri l l

Built for continuous use on tough jobs — this drill delivers constant torque to pro­vide maximum efficiency and drilling ac­curacy. All this combined with the ease of handling of a pistol grip makes this VA" drill an excellent choice. FEATURES 1700 RPM Speed • Powerful 3 Amp Motor • Precision Ball and Needle Bearings • Pistol Grip • External Brush Inspection • Rubber Insulated Power Cord • Vz" Drill­ing Capacity in Wood

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 674 IWotor 3 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC Speed (RPM) 1700 Dri l l ing Capac i t y . . .Steel VA"\ Wood Vz" Gear Reduct ion 2-Stage Overal l Length 9 " Net Weight 4 Lbs. Shipping Weight 51/4 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, 3-Conductor Cord , VA" Industrial Chuck, Chuck Key and an Op­erat ing Manual.

Duty Rating: For Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see page 68.

MODEL 96241 MODEL 96243 Drills VA " Capacity 2700 & 4500 RPM Offset Handle Design These lightweight, high-powered, easy-to-use drills are designed with a speed regulating throttle to provide fully con­trollable power which enables the user to drill without pre-punched pilot holes.

Features • High Power-To-Weight Ratio • Sensi­tive Adjustable Speed Throttles • Rug­ged Construction • VA" Industrial Rated Geared Chuck • Quiet Operating • Comfortable Handle • Convertible to Other Uses

Specifications Recommended Working

Air Pressure 90-100 PSI Air Inlet Size VA" N P T Recommended Hose Size VA" I.D. Offset (Side to Center) % " Spindle Threads %"—24

Catalog Listing

Drilling Cap.

Hard-Model Speed Steel wood Length Weight

No. RPM (In.) (In.) (In.) (Lbs.)

96241 2700 VA VZ TVA 2V» 96243 4500 VA % 7 /4 21/8

S tanda rd Equ ipmen t Bas ic Mach ine w i t h VA" Industr ia l 3-J a w Geared C h u c k (99006), C h u c k Key, Sp ind le W r e n c h and Serv ice Manua l .

For a complete listing of available accessories see page 68.

t^>>

y

a

Drills This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements These tools comply with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL 754 1/4 " Heavy-Duty D-Handle Drill

If your need is for a powerful drill able to stand-up to its maximum rating under full load, this 2000 RPM 6 amp powered unit is your answer. Its D-handle design pro­vides positive, in-line control for accurate drilling. FEATURES 2000 RPM Speed • Powerful 6 Amp Motor • Ball and Needle Bearing Construction

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 754 Motor 6 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC-DC Speed (RPM) 2000 Drilling Capacity.. .Steel VA"; Wood Vz" Gear Reduction 2-Stage Overall Length 13 /4 " Net Weight 71/2 Lbs. Shipping Weight 9 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, 3-Conductor Cord, VA" Chuck, Chuck Key, Auxiliary Handle and an Operating Manual.

Duly Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 62, 63 and 64.

SPECIFICATIONS

MODEL 774 MODEL 7745 MODEL 7747 MODEL 77410 MODEL 77425 MODEL 77435 MODEL 77450 V4" Pistol Grip Drills

Pick the torque you need from 7 different models. Your choices start with the high torque. 500 RPM, 3-stage gear reduction Model 7745 and go all the way up to the high speed 5000 RPM, 2-stage reduction Model 77450 with a variety of speeds and gear packages In between. All are heavy-duty drills throughout.

FEATURES Thrust-Line Grip • Precision-Hobbed Re­duction Gears • 16 Amp Heavy-Duty Switch • Powerful 3.5 Amp Motors VA" Chuck

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, 3-Conductor Cord, VA" Chuck, Chuck Key and an Operating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 62, 63 and 64.

This tool complies with O.S.H.A. requirements

MODEL NO.

NE1N

774

7745

OLO

774

774-5

7747 i 774-7

77410 i 774-10

77425 1 774-25

77435 1 774-35 T 7 4 S O \ 774-50

SPEED (RPM)

1700

500

750

1000

2500

3500

5000

DRILLING CAPACITY

STEEL

VA"

VA"

VA"

VA"

VA"

VA"

V4"

WOOD

Vi"

Vz"

%" . Vz"

Vz"

Vz" V4"

GEAR REDUCTION

2-Stage

3-Stage

3-Stage

3-Stage

2-Stage

2-Stage

2-Stage

LENGTH

9"

9"

9"

9"

9"

9" 9"

WEIGHT (LBS.)

NET

41/2

41/2

41/2

41/2

AVz

AVz

4 %

SHPG.

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

MODEL 664 1/4" Variable Speed (0-2000 RPM) Reversing Drill This all new ROCKWELL Double Insu­lated Heavy-Duty Industrial Side Handle Dril l brings a new dimension to the trades. It brings the safety of double insulation, ease of handling of a side handle and light weight that is available only on light duty home type drills. These features are all packed into a heavy-duty, powerful, almost indestructible drill. Try one and see for yourself.

FEATURES Variable 0-2000 RPM Reversing Speed • Double Insulated • Heavy-Duty Construc­tion • Glass Filled Nylon Motor Housing with Integral Handle • Light Weight • Ball and Needle Bearings • Powerful 4 Amp Motor

SPECIFICATIONS Model No 664 Motor 4 Amp, Universal Type,

115 Volt, 25-60 Hertz, AC Only Speed (RPM) 0-2000 Drilling Capacity.. .Steel VA"; Wood Vz" Gear Reduction 2-Stage Overall Length ZVz" Net Weight ZVz Lbs. Shipping Weight 5 Lbs.

STANDARD EQUIPMENT Basic Machine, Heavy-Duty 2-Wire Power Cord, VA" Chuck, Chuck Key and an Op­erating Manual.

Duty Rating: For Extended Service on Industry and Construction Trades Applications.

For a complete listing of available accessories see pages 62, 63 and 64.

I g y ^ ^ i i f c ^ S i ^ :.;,.ySa-i'Miiw»iM C n3 I/, o 11

Model 459-HLS Undercutting Panel Saw Up-(dated version of the standard under­cutting beam-type machine. Accurate. Fast. Durable. Safe. More features than any Panel Saw in its class. Standard components for lower prices, faster delivery, easy maintenance. Fine reputation. Great production record. Three standard sizes. IVIany options.

Maybe no machine is

Mio^-proof but every two-man crew is protected by 4 malting it next to impossible to get hurt -

I Cain DuaLock START Switch Safety System. Two interlocl<ed switches over 4' from the saw path must be pushed simultaneously by operator and offbearer to start the cutting cycle, assuring safe, hands-away start.

m Cain Auotmatic Safety Cycle. Hit either the Emergency STOP button on the operator's control panel or the IPI (Instant Power Interrupt) cable over holdown — and instantly — the power is cut off, the the saw blade retracts, and the holdown is released. Automatically. Instantly.

Model 459-VLS Vertical Panel Saw. Standard model with new features: 2-hand START Switch Safety System, automatic holdown, complete back guards, etc. Safer.

safety systems on the Model 459 Panel Saw, by accident.

k S Cain Standard Safety Features. Automatic, air-operated holdown encloses blade during cutting cycle. Automatic, air-operated retracting arbor, during return traverse. Automatic electric power disconnect on NEMA enclosure. Oversize Emergency STOP button on operator's control panel. IPl (Instant Power Interrupt) cable directly over saw path runs entire length of holdown.

Cain Safety Side Panels. Al 1 movi ng parts are completely enclosed by s tee l . . . saw, motors, bear­ings, chains, carriage, power supplies. Steel side panels are easy to remove for maintenance. Machine runs cleaner, quieter.

Write or call for details.

coin Cain iviacnme &T00I, Inc. 4351 Valley Blvd. Los A n g e l e s , C A 9 0 0 3 2

1 '.4

,1'

reat air lines That'<i where air-driven Sioux tools are made. Ind fh^y're used everywhere to do just about

""'TheBioux line of air tools grind, drill, screw, 4. ,-. tnm rh\cp\ rout, ream and poiisn.

llTholS'on ^'e're not even off the ground yet, SouxaLr^akesair-drivenimpactwrenchej^

s l u ^ n S n e r s , weld flux scalers and push

throttle needle scalers. Even that's just a partial

^^'l^e'actually make so "lany ai r too^^,^^,^3

in iust the caSgory of screwdrivers, nut runners Lnd drills'we pmduce over six hundred vanat.ons.

A

yijUllj^ " " ^ f " - •• ' :SSil.':^Jii-i^ '._

LOOKS AREN'T

EVERYTHING. We could easily build a more handsome version of our famous Lineberry floor truck. You know—with hubcaps and fancy turned stakes and streamlined bumpers and maybe even chrome trim. But it wouldn't be a bit stronger, more dependable or longer lasting. What it would be is far more expensive.

So we continue to produce this plain —but useiul—design which has served the industry faithfully for 35 years. And even though it isn't too pretty, it does a beautiful job. Carries a ton without a creak or a groan. Rolls smooth and easy, even when fully loaded. And it lasts an incredibly long time.

In fact, the initial nominal cost of a Lineberry floor truck, when pro-rated over its extremely long and useful life, works out to just pennies a day.

Now what could be more beautiful than that?

Write for our handsome brochure. It gives the full story of all the different models of our not-so-handsome floor trucks.

I^IKBIIB intT.N.WIlJtKHiCUlCKH.O.

U ^ . 1 ^

^BJEE-JEaSS^n- ggSJltgaS^.--- •i:r'm&.WSmfr!Tr

from a CO

ap brakes and f iap hinges ifele. - The fittings that are

bination of neat construction and functional beauty.

Flap brake «Stopmatic S» with adjustable braking action. Various sizes available. Cat. No. 365.90.

Flap brake «fall-ex» with adjtif'stable braking action. De luxe model. Cat. No. 372.17.

Flap brake with adjustable braking action. Various sizes available. Cat No. 365.86.

_Hafele has UL

Flap hinge «PLANO». Varioug colors and sizes available. «Magnum»: Cat No. 342.72. «Medial»: Cat.No. 342.75.

D Please send us one copy of the largest reference book for furniture fittings -«The Complete Hafele». D Please send us the Hafele special prospectus for flap brakes and flap hinges with technical explanations and illustrations.

Name Title

Company

Address

City, State, Zip Number

Area Code and Phone Number

Mail to Hafele America Co., P.O.Box 125/Avon Lake, Ohio 44012 $

^ ^ r r v r i i ^ 1 ^:>nirr^/^ i^r^d^

aajaaiiiipiiiyiMttirniL 'imiir mmt :,,^jmst/mms^t,i^^^msm^

For Short Stock Re-rip Operations

TRI-STATE MODEL TRR RE-RBP MACHINE

Handles stock up to 2 " thick x 10-3/4" long minimum not butted ( 6 " min imum butted). Also rips long lengths. Choice of

10, 15 or 20 hp arbor motor. Four powered feed rolls. Top rolls air con­trolled for pressure and quick release. Feed speeds:

variable 40-250 rpm. Standard equipment in­cludes: one long manually-adjusted fence, five arbor spacers, center wood block hold-down assembly, pushbutton station for motors, com­plete lube system.

Ask for Bulletin 200.

KIMWOOD CORPORATION

Dallas Division / Tri-State Products 2825 Reward Lane / Dallas, Texas 75220

Phone: 214-357-4517 Circle 338 on reader informat ion card

^arricp makes the right machine for you. Quality is Jilt-in, giving years of high speed production with

ttle maintenance. Write today for FREE catalog: "Match a Ramco to Your Job". Robert

^ Q K R A . Martin Confipany, Inc., 55 East 89th \ Place, Chicago,lil. 60619,312-651-8088.

WPP

RAMCO WIDE BELT SANDERS

ibie VI Adliesivcs

Type

turul

AniiiKil

Hide

Slarc-h

]asciii

ilellulosics

Soybean

Blood

nthetic

Urea

Mclamine

Phenol

Kcsorcinol

Epo.\y

Polyvinyls

Neoprene

fiimilure 'ood-Metal,

Fonn

li(|uid

powder

liquid

powder

powder

liquid

holinelt powder

powder

powder

powder

liquid

powder

liquid

powder

liquid film

powder

liquid

liquid

liquid

liquid

\Vood-Glass

Color

tan

whi te

cream

clear

cream

brown

red

cream

cream

red

red

clear

clear

whi te

tan

.vstcm rcquiriiij; waterproof joints (boats, etc.) "nslrutlion issemhly — .'itiids. panels

Appliaititm

spray, brush

roller, spray, brush

mastic, roller,

spray, bru.sh

brush

roller, spray

roller, spray

roller, spray,

brush

roller, spray,

brush

roller, bmsh . film

roller, brush,

spray

brush

brush, mastic

roller, brush.

spray, mastic

/ ^ V^^

Curing

gel

cold

solvent loss

solvent loss

solvent loss, cooling

solvent loss, heat

solvent loss,

heat

polymerization

polymerization

polymerization

heat

polymerization

polymerization

solvent loss

solvent loss

Table VI (Cont.)

Uses

assembly*

as.sembly,* paper

laminates

assembly*

(special)

plywood

plywood

assembly,* particle

• board, panel

waterproof

assembly*

and panel

laminate.ll plywood (exterior)

laininate,^ e-Tterior assembly-

assembly*,•^

assembly*,5

•

laminate-wood.

other materials*

Principal property

fast tack, easily han­

dled

easily handled,

nonwarp-in paper

cold setting gap-

filler water

resistant

easily handled, wide

ra.nge of materials

panel adhesive

panel adhesives

wide application

cold to hot .setting

used as for'ifier

for Ureas

diTable

'joid setting.

durable

fast set

gap filler.

easily handled

coritact adhesives

Principal limitations

reversible reaction.

not waterproof

not waterproof

alkaline-stain

cost

not waterproof. hot press

hot press

not waterproof

cost-heat to cure

heat to cure

cost

odor

thermo plastic

handling properties

Remarks

flexible, nonwarj (paper)

water-remoisteni

preservatives

wide range of application I

restricted to '

plywood

water resistant j :

wood

bleed through

high cost restr ict^ use m

f film adhesive p e #

mits varied u s ^

usually mixed w H phenol to rcdiB

cost H

not generally wsM

with wood •

wide range of m l

ifications 1

applications geniK

ally restricted • wide surfaces fi those where R cla.'Tips canno;fe

be used Wi

i-END o r I DOCK

t

EVATION O F O U T S I D E D O U B L E D O O R S ELEVATION O F D O U B L E D O O R S

, .3--0" I I ' - O " ^ ^ V A R I E S

/IIN I

4 A

55' - 0"

30' - 0"

B 55' - 0"

1 30'- 0"

C

60 ' - 0"

35' - 0"

25'- 0" 25' - 0"

LEVATION O F O U T S I D E

ilNGLE D O O R S OTE STAIR AT INSIDE D O C K

30'- 0" ELEVAT ION O F S I N G L E D O O R S

A

55'- 0"

30'- 0"

25'- 0"

D

110'-0"

60' - 0"

50'- 0"

, N E A R E S T I ^ S B S T R U C T I O N C A N O P Y _ O R

l 3 ' - 0 " T O l 5 ' - 0 " DEPENDS O N S T A T E LA^A'

SECTION -i^HROUGH C L O S E D M O T O R CARRIER D O C K

S E C T I O N T H R O U G H O P E N CARRIER D O O R

E - W I D T H OF D O C K

O P E N S T A I R S PREFERRED BECAUSE IT P R E V E N T S INJURY T O D O C K WORKERS-,^

- R E C E S S E D STAIRS

S E C T I O N T H R O U G H T Y P I C A L D O C K

GENERAL N O T E S ,

' '.•.lunain a minimum space of 1' - 0 " be-•:.':m licit door opening and cither the end of

•••••• liLMlclintj or the stairway-

.' Thu slope of the pauement is to be the mini-

I'urn fcciuircd lor drainage.

3 Dock dimensions shown are the same lor all

'.ii'.'5 ol motor carrier docks.

-* Chock locil codes and laws.

'•;'!l»ls& Rossetti. Inc.: Detroit, Michigan ;••. Operations Council, American Trucking Associations. Inc.; Washington, D. C.

SIZE OF VEHICLE

55'- 0"

30'- 0"

25'- 0"

PLAT FORM HEIGHT

4'- A"+

4'- 0"+

3'- 8"+

A U T O M A T I C SPUR T Y P E ORAO L I N E

mm

Texas Safety Standard

Woodworking Machinery ®

1. General

1.1 Scope. This code is intended as a guide for the safe installation, operation, and maintenance of wood­working machinery, including cooperage operations and the making of veneer, but excluding the manu­facture of structural plywood. It deals primarily with "point of operation" hazards on woodworking ma­chinery.

1.2 Definitiong

1.2.1 "ShaU and "Should." The word "shaU" is to be understood as mandatory, the word "should" as advisory.

1.2.2 Point of Operations. The term "point of operations" shall be understood to mean that point at which cutting, shaping, boring, or forming is ac­complished upon the stock.

1.2.3 Piuh Stick. The term "push stick" shall mean a narrow strip of wood or other soft material with a notch cut into one end and which is used to push short pieces of material through saws.

1.2.4 Block. The term "push block" shall mean a short block of wood, provided with a handle similar to that of a plane and a shoulder at the rear

end, which is used for pushing short stock over revolving cutters. (See Appendix Al.4.4.)

2. Plant Layout

2.1 Machinery

2.1.1 Machine Layout (a) Machines should be so located that there

will be sufficient space in which to handle the ma­terial with the least possible interference from or to workmen or machines. Machines should be so placed that it will not be necessary for anyone to stand in or so near an aisle as to be liable to hazard. [See Appendix A2.1.1(o).]

(6) Woodworking machinery shall be firmly secured to substantial floors or foundations. Small units shall be secured to benches, tables, or stands of adequate strength and designed so as to prevent overturning or unintentional movement. This rule does not apply to portable hand tools.

NO'TE: Wherever plant layout permits, it ii advitable to locate heavy-duty machines on the ground floor. [See Ap­pendix A2.1.1( 6) . ]

(c) Machines should be located, with respect to sources of both natural and artificial light, so that light of sufficient intensity will fall on the work. Supplementary illumination at the point of opera­tion should be provided where necessary. Direct or

l l lJ|^U|UHiW.UILIWIIII. mm^m^mfmmrmmf^

8

reflected glare and shadows, including moving shadows, should be avoided.

NOTE: For further information, see Appendix A2.1.1(c).

(d) Provision should be made for the removal of shavings and dust.

2 . 2 Floors and Aisles

2 .2 .1 Floor Maintenance. All floors shall be kept in good repair and shall be free from protruding nails, splinters, holes, unevenness, and loose boards.

2 .2 .2 Non-slip Floors. Floors in the working area about all woodworking machines shall be pro­vided with effective means to prevent slipping. (See Appendix A2.2.2 for suggestions for non-slip floors.)

2 .2 .3 Aisles. Aisles for one-way traffic shall be not less than the width of the widest vehicle or load plus 3 feet. For two-way traffic the minimum width of aisles shall be not less than twice the width of the widest vehicles or loads plus 3 feet. Lines shall be painted on the floor, or some similar method em­ployed to mark aisleways.

3 . Machines and Equipment

3 .1 Machine Construction, Drive, Feed, Speed, and Control. (See Appendix A3.1.)

3 .1 .1 Machine Construction (a) The height of the table or working surface

of each machine should be designed to provide the best efficiency and the least amount of fatigue for the operator. (See Appendix A3.1.1.) This also ap­plies to auxiliary tables or supports for the work in operation; these supports should be provided so that large or unwieldy pieces can be handled in a safe and nonfatiguing manner.

(6) Each machine shall be so constructed as to be free from sensible vibration when the largest size tool is mounted and run idle at full speed.

(c) Arbors and mandrels shall be constructed so as to have firm and secure bearing and be free from play.

(d) The use of wooden band-saw wheels other than those of commercial manufacture shall be pro­hibited.

(e) Any automatic cut-off saw that strokes con­tinuously without the operator being able to control each stroke shall not be used.

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

(/) Saw frames or tables shall be constructed with lugs cast on the frame or with an equivalent means to limit the size saw that can be mounted, so as to avoid overspeed caused by mounting a saw larger than intended.

(g) Circular saw fences shall be so constructed that they can be firmly secured to the table or table assembly without changing their alignment with the saw. For saws with tilting tables or tilting arbors the fence shall be so constructed that it will remain in a line parallel with the saw, regardless of the angle of the saw with the table.

(h) Circular saw gages shall be so constructed as to slide in grooves or tracks that are accurately machined, to insure exact alignment with the saw for all positions of the guide.

(i) Hinged saw tables shall be so constructed that the table caii be firmly secured in any position and in true alignment wilh the saw.

(/•) All belts, pulleys, gears, shafts and moving

parts, where exposed to contact, shall be guarded in

a manner to adequately protect the workers.

3 .1 .2 Machine Drive. (See Appendix A3.1.2.) (a) Driving power for woodworking machinery

should be provided by individual motor or motors mounted on the machine whenever possible, or on a separate base adjacent to the machine with power transmission medium properly guarded.

(b) Power-driven woodworking machinery, in­

cluding the metal frame of the machine, should be

electrically grounded.

(c) It is recommended that each power-driven woodworking machine be provided with a disconnect switch that can be locked in the off position.

{d) The frames and all exposed, non-current-carrying metal parts of portable electric woodworking machinery operated at more than 90 volts to ground shall be grounded, and other portable motors driving electric tools which are held in the hand while being operated shall be grounded if they operate at more than 90 volts to ground. The ground shall be pro­vided through use of a separate ground wire and polarized plug and receptacle.

(e) Hand-held, power-driven woodworking tools shall be provided with "dead man" control, such as a spring-actuated switch, valve, or equivalent de-

FOK WOODWORKING MACHINERY

"•mw !lllHii,,,U«iBp.i mmtmmm.

vice, so that the power will be automatically shut off whenever the operator releases the control.

3 .1 .3 Machine Control

(a) A mechanical or electrical power control shall be provided on each machine to make it possible for the operator to cut off the power from each machine without leaving his position at the point of operation.

(b) On machines driven by belts and shaftmg, a locking-type belt shifter or an equivalent positive device shall be used. (See Appendix A3.1.3.)

(c) On applications where injury to the operator might result if motors were to restart after power failures, provision shall be made to prevent machines from automatically restarting upon restoration of power.

(d) Power controls and operating controls should be located within easy reach of the operator whde he is at his regular work location, making it unnecessary for him to reach over the cutter to make adjustments. This does not apply to constant pressure controls used only for setup purposes.

(e) On each machine operated by electric motors, positive means shall be provided for render-mg such controls or devices inoperative while repairs or adjustments are being made to the machines thev control.

(/) Each operating treadle shall be protected against unexpected or accidental tripping.

3 . 1 . 4 Self.Feed. Automatic feeding devices on machmes should be installed wherever the nature of the work will permit. Feeder attachments shall have the feed rolls or other moving parts so covered or guarded as to protect the operator from hazardous pomts.

3 .1 .5 Speeds. The operating speed shall be etched or otherwise permanently marked on all cir­cular saws over 20 inches in diameter or operating over 10,000 peripheral feet per minute. A saw so marked shall not be operated at a speed other than that stipulated on the blade. When a marked saw IS retensioned for a different speed, the marking shall be corrected to show the new speed. (See Appendix

4 . W o o d w o r k i n g M a c h i n e r y 4.1 Circular, R i p , Crosscut, Resaw, and Swine Cut-Ofif Saws *

NOTE: It is recognized that the standards for saw guards m 4.1 are not perfectly applicable to all operations for which

saws are used. The standards given are those which wood­workers have agreed are most generally useful. Since there-are a considerable number of cases not satisfactorily met by these standards the enforcing authority should exercise rather wide latitude m allowing the use of other devices which give promise of affording adequate protection. It may be expected that by so doing further progress in saw guard-ing will be encouraged.

4.1.1 Guarding of Saws Beneath and Behind Tables. For all circular saws where conditions are such that there is a possibility of contact with the portion of the saw either beneath or behind the table, that portion of the saw shall be covered with an exhaust hood, or, if no exhaust system is required," with a guard that shall be so arranged as to prevent accidental contact with the saw.

4 .1 .2 Hand-Fed Rip Stncs

(o) Hoods. Each circular hand-fed rip saw shall be guarded by a hood which shall completely enclose that portion of the saw above the table and that por-tion of the saw above the material being cut. The hood and mounting shall be arranged so that the hood will automatically adjust itself to the thickness of and remain in contact with the material bein-cut, but it shall not offer any considerable resistance to insertion of material to saw or to passage of the material being sawed. The hood shall be made of adequate strength to resist blows and strains inci­dental to reasonable operation, adjusting, and handling, and shall be so designed as to protect the operator from flying splinters and broken saw teeth Il shall be made of material that is soft enough so tliat It will be unlikely to cause tooth breakac-e The material should not shatter when broken, should be nonexplosive, and should be no more flammable than wood. The hood shall be so mounted as to msure that its operation will be positive, reliable, and m true alignment with the saw; and the mounting shall be adequate in strength to resist any reasonable side thrust or other force tending to throw it out ot line. [For discussion of various hoods and hood mountings, see Appendix A4.1.2(a).]

(b) Spreaders. Each hand-fed circular „ p saw shall be furnished with a spreader to prevent material from squeezing the saw or being, thrown back on he operator. The spreader shall be made of hard

tempered steel, or its equivalent, and shall be thinner than the saw kerf. It shall be of sufficient width to provide adequate stiffness or rigidity to resist anv reasonable side thrust or blow tending to bend or throw It out of position. The spreader shall be at-ached so that it will remain in true alignment with

I n / r 7/1 ' ' ^ ' " f^'' '^' ^ ^ " °^ ' ^ t l e is tilted, and should be placed so that there is not more than

10

V inch space between the spreader and the back of the saw when the largest saw is mounted in the machine. The provision of a spreader in connection with grooving, dadoing, or rabbeting is not required. On the completion of such operations, the spreader shall be immediately replaced. [For discussion of spreaders, see Appendix A4.1.2(6).]

(c) NonrKickback Fingers or Dogs. Each hand-fed circular rip saw shall be provided with non-kickback fingers or dogs so located as to oppose the thrust or tendency of the saw to pick up the material or to throw it back toward the operator. They shall be designed to provide adequate holding power for all the thicknesses of materials being cut. [For dis­cussion of kickbacks, see Appendix A4.1.2(c.)]

4.1.3 Hand-Fed Crosscut Table Saws (In­cluding Trimmer Saws)

(a) Each circular crosscut table saw shall be guarded by a hood which shall meet all the require­ments of 4.1.2(a) for hoods for circular rip saws.

(6) Each circular crosscut saw should also be provided with a spreader which should meet all the requirements of 4.1.2(6).

(c) Hoods for trimmer saws with mechanical feed should remain in contact with the material being cut, but this ia not mandatory. (For a discussion of jigs and fixtures for circular saws, see Appendix A4.1.3.)

4.1.4 Revolving Double Arbor Saws. Revolv­ing double arbor saws shall be fully guarded in accordance with all the requirements for circular crosscut saws or with all the requirements for circular rip saws, according to the kind of saws mounted on the arbors.

4.1.5 Circular Resaws (a) Each circular resaw shall be guarded by a

hood or shield of metal above the saw. This hood or shield shall be so designed as to guard against danger from flying splinters or broken saw teeth.

(6) Each circular resaw (other than self-feed saws with a roller or wheel at back of the saw) shall be provided with a spreader fastened securely behind the saw. The spreader shall be slightly thinner than the saw kerf and slightly thicker than the saw disk.

4.1.6 Self-Feed Circular Saws (a) Hoods. Feed rolls and saws shall be pro­

tected by a hood or guard to prevent the hands of the operator from coming in contact with the in-running rolls at any point. The guard shall be con­structed of heavy material, preferably metal, and the bottom of the guard shall come down to within

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

% inch of the plane formed by the bottom or working surfaces of the feed rolls. This distance (% inch) may be increased to % inch, provided the lead edge of the hood is extended to be not less than 5 ^ inches in front of the nip point between the front roll and the work.

(6) Non-Kickback Fingers. Each self-feed cir­cular rip saw shall be provided with sectional non-kickback fingers for the full width of the feed rolls. They shall be located in front of the saw and so arranged as to be in continual contact with the wood being fed.

4.1.7 Swing Cut-Off Saws. The requirements of 4.1.7 are also applicable to sliding cut-off saws mounted above the table. (For radial saws see 4.1.9.)

(a) Hood. Each swing cut-off saw shall be pro­vided with a hood that will completely enclose the upper half of the saw, the arbor end, and the point of operation at all positions of the saw. The hood shall be constructed in such a manner and of such material that it will protect the operator from flying splinters and broken saw teeth. Its hood shall be so designed that it will automatically cover the lower portion of the blade, so that when the saw is returned to the back of the table the hood will rise on top of the fence, and when the saw is moved forward the hood will drop on top of and remain in contact with the table or material being cut.

(6) Counterweights. Each swing cutoff shall be provided with an effective device to return the saw automatically to the back of the table when re­leased at any point of its travel. Such a device shall not depend for its proper functioning upon any rope, cord, or spring. If there is a counterweight, the bolts supporting the bar and counterweight shall be provided with cotter pins; and the counterweight shall be prevented from dropping by either a bolt passing through both the bar and counterweight, or a bolt put through the extreme end of the bar, or, where the counterweight does not encircle the bar, a safety chain attached to it.

(c) Limit Stops. Limit chains or other equally effective devices shall be provided to prevent the saw from swinging beyond the front or back edges of the table, or beyond a forward position where the gullets of the lowest saw teeth will rise above the table top.

((f) Latches. A latch or equivalent deviccshould be provided to catch and retain the saw at the rear of the table and to prevent its rebounding.

4.1.8 Inverted Swing Cut-off Saws (Jump Saws).> Inverted swing cut-off saws shall be pro-

FOR WOODWORKING MACHINERY 11

vided with a hood that will cover the part of the saw that protrudes above the top of the table or above the material being cut. It shall automatically adjust itself to the thickness of and remain in contact with the material being cut.

4.1.9 Radial Saws. (See Appendix A4.1.9.) (a) Hoods and Guards. The upper hood shall

completely enclose the upper portion of the blade down to a point that will include the end of the saw arbor. The upper hood shall be constructed in such a manner and of such material that it will protect the operator from flying splinters, broken saw teeth, etc, and will deflect sawdust away from the operator. The sides of the lower exposed portion of the blade shall be guarded to the full diameter of the blade by a device that will automatically adjust itself to the thickness of the stock and remain in contact with stock being cut to give maximum protection possible for the operation being performed.

(6) Spreaders. When radial saws are used for ripping, a spreader should be provided. [ See 4.1.2 (6). ]

(c) Non-Kickback Fingers or Dogs. Each radial saw used for ripping shall be provided with non-kickback fingers or dogs located on both sides of the saw so as to oppose the thrust or tendency of the saw to pick up the material or to throw it back toward the operator. They shall be designed to provide adequate holding power for all the thicknesses of material being cut. [For discussion of kickbacks, see Appendix A4.1.2(c).]

(d) Adjustable Stops and Return Devices (1) An adjustable stop shall be provided to

prevent the forward travel of the blade beyond the position necessary to complete the cut in repetitive operations.

(2) Installation shall be in such a manner ihat the front end of the tmit will be slightly higher than the rear, so as to cause the cutting head to return gently to the starting position when released by the operator. CAUTION! Tilt should not be enough to cause rebound.

(e) Direction of Feed. Ripping and ploughing shall be against the direction in which the saw turns. The direction of the saw rotation shall be conspicu­ously marked on the hood. In addition, a permanent label not less than II/2 inches by % inches shall be affixed to the rear of the guard at approximately the level of the arbor, reading as follows:

DANGER: DO NOT RIP OR PLOUGH FROM THIS END

Such a label should be colored standard danger red.

(/) Tenoning. For tenoning operations, see 4.4. (g) Boring and Mortising. See 4.5. The portions

applying to the guard apply. (A) Shaping. See 4.6. (i) Planing, Molding, Sticking, Matching, etc

(including notching operations). See 4.7. (;') For all other operations, refer to 4.10.

4.1.10 Portable Circular Saws. All portable, power-driven saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cuts. The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is with­drawn from the work, the lower guard shall auto­matically and instantly return to covering position. (See 3.1.2.)

4.2 Band Saws and Band Resaws

4.2.1 Enclosing Band-Sini> Blades. All por­tions of the saw blade shall be enclosed or guarded, except for the working portion of the blade between the bottom of the guide rolls and the table. Band-saw wheels shall be fully encased. The outside periphery of the enclosure shall be soUd. The front and back of the band wheels shall be either enclosed by solid material or by wire mesh or perforated metal. Such mesh or perforated metal shall be not less than 0.037 inch (U. S. Gage No 20), and the openings shall be not greater than % inch. SoUd material used for this purpose shall be of an equiva­lent strength and firmness. The guard for the portion of the blade between the sliding guide and the upper-saw-wheel guard shall protect the saw blade at the front and outer side. This portion of the guard shall be self-adjusting to raise and lower with the guide. The upper-wheel guard shall be made to con­form to the travel of the saw on the wheel, and the top member of the guard should have at least a 2-inch clearance outside the saw and be lined with smooth material, preferably metal. Effective brakes should be provided to stop the wheel in case of blade break­age.

4.2.2 Tension. Each band-saw machine shall be provided with a tension control device to indicate a proper tension for the standard saws used on the machine, in order to assist in the elimination of saw breakage due to improper tension.

4.2.3 Feed Rolls. Feed roUs of band resaws

mpBii

12

shall be protected with a suitable guard to prevent the hands of the operator from coming in contact wilh the in-running rolls at any point. The guard shall be constructed of heavy material, preferably metal, and the edge of the guard shall come to within % inch of the plane formed by the inside face of the feed roll in contact with the stock being cut.

4.3 Jointers 4.3.1 Point of Operation

(a) Each hand-fed planer and jointer with hori­zontal head shall be equipped with a cylindrical cut­ting head, the knife projection of which shall not exceed Vs inch beyond the cylindrical body of the head.

(6) The opening in the table shall be kept as small as possible. The clearance between the edge of the rear table and the cutter head shall be not more than Vs inch. The table throat opening shall be not more than 2 / inches when tables are set or aligned with eji;h other for zero cut.

4.3Jt .iutomatic Guards (a) Each hand-fed jointer with a horizontal

cutting head shall have an automatic guard which will cover all the section of the head on the working side of the fence or gage. The guard shall effectively keep the operator's hand from coming in contact with the revolving knives. The guard shall automatically adjust itself to cover the unused portion of the head and shall remain in contact with the material at all times.

(6) Each hand-fed jointer with horizontal cut­ting head shall have a guard which will cover the section of the head back of the gage or fence.

4.3.3 Vertical-Head Jointers. Each wood join­ter with vertical head shall have either an exhaust hood or other guard so arranged as to enclose completely the revolving head, except for a slot of such width as may be necessary and convenient for the application of the material to be jointed.

4.4 Tenoning Machines 4.4.1 Gttarding of Cutting Heads

(a) Each tenoning machine shall have all cut­ting heads, and saws if used, covered by metal guards. These guards shall cover at least the unused part of the periphery of the cutting head. If such a guard is constructed of sheet metal, the material used shall be not less than ^ e inch in thickness, and if cast iron is used, it shall be not less than ^/i B inch in thickness.

NOTE: It is not contemplated that the above hoods will retain a thrown or broken knife.

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

(b) Where an exhaust system is used, the guard shall form part or all of the exhaust hood and shall be constructed of metal of a thickness not less than that specified in 4.4.1(a).

4.4.2 Feed Chains and Sprockets (a) Feed chains and sprockets of aU double end

tenoning machines shall be completely enclosed, ex­cept for that portion of chain used for conveying the stock.

(6) At the rear ends of frames over which feed conveyors run, sprockets and chains shall be guarded at the sides by plates projecting beyond the periphery of sprockets and the ends of lugs.

(c) Where space permits, the rear end of the frame over which the feed conveyors run should be so extended that the material, as it leaves the machine, will be guided to a point within easy reach of the person "taking away" at the rear of the tenoner.

4.4.3 Hand-Fed Tenoners. Hand-fed tenoning machines should be provided with a clamping or "hold-down" device to help the operator hold the material being cut.

4.5 Boring and Alortising Machines

4.5.1 Chucks. Safety-bit chucks with no pro­jecting set screws shall be used.

4.5.2 Boring Bits. Boring bits should be pro­vided with a guard that will enclose all portions of the bit and chuck above the material being worked.

4.5.3 Chain Mortiser. The top of the cutting chain and driving mechanism shall be enclosed.

4.5.4 Counterweights. If there is a counter­weight, one of the following or equivalent means shall be used to prevent its dropping:

(a) It shall be bolted to the bar by means of a bolt passing through both bar and counterweight;

(6) A bolt shall be put through the extreme end of the bar;

(c) Where the counterweight does not encircle the bar« a safety chain shall be attached to it;

(d) Other types of counterweights shall be sus­pended by chain or wire rope and shall travel in a pipe or other suitable enclosure wherever they might fall and cause injury.

4.5.5 Universal Joints. Universal joints on splindles of boring machines shall be completely en­closed in such a way as to prevent accidental contact by the operator.

4.5.6 Guarding Operating Treadles, Each operating treadle shall be covered by an inverted U-

I

wmsKKm '"mvi'witfgfffffgi^fimimmmmfmi "mmmmmm FOR WOODWORKING MACHINERY

shaped metal guard, fastened to the floor, and of adequate size to prevent accidental tripping. [See 3.1.3 (/).]

4.6 Wood Shapers, etc 4.6.1 Guarding of Cutting Heads

(o) The cutting heads of each wood shaper, hand-fed panel raiser, or other similar machine not automatically fed, shall be enclosed with a cage or adjustable guard so designed as to keep the oper­ator's hands away from the cutting edge. The di­ameter of circular shaper guards shall be not less than the greatest diameter of the cutter. In no case shall a warning device of leather or other material attached to the spindle be acceptable.

(6) Cylindrical heads should be used whenever the nature of the work will permit Single cutter knives in shaper heads shall not be used unless prop­erly balanced.

(c) Templates, jigs, and fixtures which will re­move the operator's hands from the point of opera­tion should be used whenever the nature of the work will permit (See Appendix A4.6.1.)

4.6.2 Spindle Starting and Stopping Devices. All double-spindle shapers shall be provided with a spindle starting and stopping device for each spindle.

4.7 Planing, Molding, SUcking, and Matching Machines, etc

4.7.1 Guarding of Cutting Heads (a) Each planing, molding, sticking, and match­

ing machine shall have all cutting heads, and saws if used, covered by a metal guard. If such guard is constructed of sheet metal, the material used shall be not less than Vie inch in thickness; and if cast iron is used, it shaU be not less than s^g inch in thickness.

NOTE: It is not c/-itemplated that the above hoods will retam a thrown or broken knife.

(6) Where an exhaust system is used, the guards shall form part or all of the exhaust hood and shall be constructed of metal of a thickness not less than that specified in 4.7.1 (o).

4.7.2 Feed Rolls (a) Feed rolls shall be guarded by a hood or

suitable guard to prevent the hands of the operator from coming in contact with the in-running rolls at any point. The guard shall be fastened to the frame carrying the rolls so as to remain in adjustment for any thickness of stock.

(b) Surfacers or planers used in thicknessing multiple pieces of material simultaneously shall be provided with sectional infeed rolls having sufficient

13

yield in the construction of the sections to provide feeding contact pressure on the stock, over the per­missible range of variation in stock thickness specified or for which the machine is designed. In lieu of such yielding sectional rolls, suitable section kickback finger devices shall be provided at the infeed end.

4.8 Profile and Swing-Head Lathes (Including Wood Heel Turning Machines)

4.8.1 Guarding of Cutting Heads (o) Each profile and swing-head lathe shall have

all cutting heads covered by a metal guard. If such a guard is constructed of sheet metal, the material used shall be not less than Vie inch in thickness; and if cast iron is used, it shall be not less than ^^0 inch in thickness.

NOTE: It is not contemplated that the above hoods will retam a thrown or broken knife.

(6) Cutting heads on wood-turning lathes, whether rotating or not, shall be covered as com-pletely as possible by hoods or shields, which should be hinged to the machines so that they can be thrown back for making adjustments.

(c) Shoe-last and spoke lathes, doweling ma­chines, wood heel turning machines, and other auto­matic wood-turning lathes of the rotating knife type shall be equipped with hoods enclosing the cutter blades completely except at the contact points while the stock is being cut.

{d) Lathes used for turning long pieces of wood stock held only between the two centers shall be equipped with long curved guards extending over the tops of the lathes in order to prevent the work pieces from being thrown out of the machines if they should become loose.

(e) Guards covering the work pieces on wood-turning lathes should be constructed of expanded metal or other suitable material which will permit observation of the turning operations.

(/) Wood-turning lathes should be equipped with suction hoods, properly connected to efficient exhaust systems, that will remove at their point of origin the chips and dusts produced.

(g) Where an exhaust system is used, the guard shall form part or all of the exhaust hood and shall be constructed of metal of a thickness not less than that specified in 4.8.1(a).

4,9 Sanding Machines

4.9.1 Feed Rolls. Feed rolls of self-feed sand-mg machines shall be protected with a semi-cylindrical guard to prevent the hands of the operator from coming in contact with the in-running roUs

14

at any point. The guard shall be constructed of heavy material, preferably metal, and firmly secured to the frame carrying the rolls so as to remain in adjustment for any thickness of stock. The bottom of the guard should come down to within % inch of a plane formed by the bottom or contact face of the feed roll where it touches the stock.

4 .9 .2 Drum Sanding Machines. Each drum sanding machine ;hall have an exhaust hood, or other guard if no exhaust system is required, so arranged as to enclose the revolving drum, except for that portion of the drum above the table, if a table is used, which may be necessary and con­venient for the application of the material to be finished.

4 . 9 . 3 Disk Sanding Machines. Each disk sand­ing machine shall have the exhaust hood, or other guard if no exhaust system is required, so arranged as to enclose the revolving disk, except for that por­tion of the disk above the table, if a table is used, which may be necessary for the application of the material to be finished.

NOTE: The distance between the disk and the table edge should be kept at a minimum.

4 . 9 . 4 Belt Sanding Machines. Belt sanding ma­chines shall be provided with guards at each nip point wiiere the sanding belt runs on to a pulley. These guards shall effectively prevent the hands or fingers of the operator from coming in contact with the nip points. The unused run of the sanding belt shall be guarded against accidental contact.

4 . 1 0 Miscellaneous Machines

4 . 1 0 . 1 Combination or Universal Wood-ivorking Machines. For combination or universal woodworking machines each point of operation of any tool shall be guarded as required for such a tool in a separate machine. Such machines should be provided with a separate stopping and starting device for each point of operation.

4 .10 .2 Routers. The pulleys, spindles, and cutting tools should be guarded. Turn plates, jigs, and fixtures which will require the operator's hands to be removed from the point of operation should be used.

4 . 1 0 . 3 Glue Spreaders (Roll Type). The feed rolls shall be guarded by a semicylindrical guard. The bottom of the guard shall come to within % inch of a plane formed by bottom or contact face of the feed roll .vhere it touches the stock.

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

4 . 1 0 . 4 Other Machines Not Excluded. The mention of specific machines in 4.1 to 4.9, inclusive, is not intended to exclude other woodworking ma­chines from the requirement that suitable guards and exhaust hoods be provided to reduce to a minimum the hazard due to the point of operation of such m.achines. ,

5. Veneer Machinery 5.1 Steaming Equipment and Soaking Pits

5 .1 .1 Steam Vats and Soaking Pits (a) Sides of steam vats shall extend to a height

of not less than 36 inches above the floor, working platform, or ground.

(6) Large steam vats divided into sections shall be provided with substantial walkways between sec­tions. Each walkway shall be provided with a stand­ard handrail on each exposed side. These handrails may be removable, if necessary.

NOTE: (IVovided the size of stock handled will pt-rmit, il is advisable to keep the size of the vat sections to 8 feet or less.

5.1 .2 Loading and Unloading. One or more of the following means shall be used in loading and unloading vats and soaking pits:

(a) The floor surface at the sides being used shall be so constructed as to prevent slipping, or all employees working at the vats shall be provided with and shall wear footwear having soles and heels of such composition as to prevent slipping.

(6) The employee shall be provided with a safety belt attached to a life line. The life line shall be attached to a traveling trolley on a monorail or to a fixed anchorage or similar arrangement. The life line shall be permanently adjusted so that the em­ployee, in the event of slipping, falling, or tripping, cannot fall into the vat.

(c) Mechanical handling or conveying equip­ment shall be provided and so designed that the logs are removed without requiring assistance from an employee at the edge of the vat.

{d) Hydraulic equipment shall be provided for draining the liquid from the vat. No employee shall be permitted to stand on the vat and no unloading shall be started until the liquid has been drained from the vat.

5.1.3 Ventilation (a) Insofar as possible, vats should be located

in buildings or in special sheds heated in cold weather to keep the amount of steam at a minimum.

(6) Means shall be provided to ventilate build­ings in which steam vats are located. High ceilings with roof ventilators or louvers are desirable. Where

^m'mmmmmm. msmammmtma

FOR WOODWORKING MACHINERY

ceilings or roofs are low, exhaust fans shall be provided.

5.2 Log HandUng Equipment

5 .2 .1 Cranes, Log Trolleys, etc.

All belts, pulleys, gears, shafts, and moving

parts, where exposed to contact, shall be guarded in a

manner to adequately protect the workers.

NOTE: The use of log trolleys or cranes is urgently recom­mended except where the stock handled is very small.

5.3 Saws 5 .3 .1 Drag Saws. Drag saws shall be so lo­

cated as to give at least a 4-foot clearance for passage when the saw is at the extreme end of the stroke; or if such clearance is not obtainable, the saw and its driving mechanism shall be provided with a standard enclosure.

5 .4 V e n e e r Cu t t e r s a n d W r i n g e r s

5 .4 .1 Veneer Slicer. Knives shall be guarded to prevent accidental contact with knife edge, at both front and rear.

5.4 .2 Veneer Clippers (a) Veneer clippers shall have automatic feed

or shall be provided with a guard which will make it impossible to place a finger or fingers under the knife while feeding or removing the stock.

(b) Sprockets on chain or slat-belt conveyors shall be enclosed.

NOTE: It is recommended that conveyors or traveling tables be installed to remove material from clippers.

(c) Where practicable, hand and footpower guillotine veneer cutters shall be provided with rods or plates or other satisfactory means, s o ' arranged on the feeding side that the hands cannot reach the cutting edge of the knife while feeding or holding the stock in place.

(d) Power-driven guillotine veneer cutters, ex­cept continuous feed trimmers, shall be equipped with:

(1) Starting devices which require the simul­taneous action of both hands to start the cutting mo­tion and of at least one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the knife; or

(2) An automatic guard which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone at every descent of the blade, used in conjunction with one-

15

hand starting devices which require two distinct move­ments of the device to start the cutting motion, and so designed as to return positively to the nonstarting position after each complete cycle of the knife.

(e) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on the same power-driven guillotine veneer cutter equipped with two-hand control, the device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both hands simultaneously on the controls to start the cutting motion, and at least one hand on a control to complete the cut.

(/) Power-driven guillotine veneer cutters, other than continuous trimmers, shall be provided, in addition to the brake or other stopping mechanism, with an emergency device which will prevent the machine from operating in the event of failure of the brake when the starting mechanism is in the non-starting position.

6. Cooperage Machinery 6 . 1 . G e n e r a l .

All belts, pulleys, gears, shafts, and moving

parts, where exposed to contact, shall be guarded in a

manner to adequately protect the workers.

6 .2 Saws

6 .2 .1 Heading Bolt Sawing Machine

(a) Each heading saw shall be guarded by a hood curved to the contour of the saw. The hood shall cover the saw at least to the depth of the teeth, except for that portion actually used in making the cut. The exhaust hood shall be so arranged and maintained as to guard effectively the bottom portion of the saw. The hood shall be made of adequate strength to resist strains incidental to reasonable operation.

(6) The balance wheel shall be covered to en­close the rim and outside portion of the wheel. Ex­panded metal curved to fit the contour of the wheel is recommended.

(c) The swing carriage shall be provided with an effective device that will return the carriage auto­matically to a position in front of the saw. Such a device shall not depend entirely upon any rope, cord, or spring for its proper funrlioning. If a counter­weight is used, a safety chain shall be attached to it to prevent dropping, should the bar break or the weight become disengaged. All bolts supporting the bar, weight, and chain shall be provided with cotter pins or equally effective devices. A bolt shall be put

mmrt

16

through the extreme end of the counterweight bar to prevent dropping of the weight.

{d) A limit stop shall be provided to prevent the carriage from swinging too far back and thereby exposing the unguarded portion of the saw to contact.

6.2.2 Bolt Equalizer, Stave, and Heading (TUting Table Style)

(a) All heading and stave bolt equalizer saws shall be guarded by hoods, curved to the contour of the saws. The hood shall cover the saw at least to the depth of the teeth, except for that portion actually used in making the cut. The exhaust hood shall be so arranged and maintained as to guard effectively the bottom portion of the saws.

(b) Hoods shall be attached to each end of the tilting table and shall extend forward to cover the portion of the saws which cannot be enclosed by a stationary guard.

(c) A limit stop shall be provided to prevent the table from coming too far back and thereby exposing the unguarded portion of the saws to contact.

6.2.3 Barrel Stave Saws (Cylindrical Saws) (a) Each machine of this type shall have the

saw and the revolving part (head) to which the saw blade is bolted enclosed with a hinged guard to prevent accidental contact, except for that part of the saw immediately adjacent to the carriage, which is the point of operation of the saw.

(6) The exhaust hood shall be so arranged and maintained as to guard effectively the bottom portion of the saw. The hood shall be made of adequate strength to resist strains incidental to reasonable operation.

6.2.4 Hand-Fed Rip Saws (a) Hoods. Each circular hand-fed rip saw shall

be guarded with a hood. The hood shall be stationary and cover the saw to a distance of approximately % inch above the stave being ripped. This will pre­vent the material being cut from being raised by upward centrifugal force of the saw in cases of pinching or binding before the stave reaches the splitter. The hood shall provide inside clearance be­tween the top edge of saw and guard to allow an accidental blow to strike it to the table and not en­gage the teeth with the guard. The hood-shall be constructed of heavy material, preferably metal. That portion of the saw remaining below the table shall be completely enclosed in an exhaust hood. The en­closure should be constructed to permit easy access for changing saws. Where double rip saws are used, a protective screen should be erected on the table between the saws. The protective screen should be

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

high enough to prevent dust and small wood particles from striking the operator.

(6) Spreaders. For rules governing this equip­ment, see 4.1.2 (6).

6.2.5 Self-Feed Stave and Heading Equalizer Saws

(a) Self-feed equalizer saws shall be guarded with a hood guard which will cover the top and sides of the saws. The hood should adjust itself auto­matically to the thickness of, and remain in contact with, the material being cut.

(b) The hood should be constructed of material sufficiently heavy to serve as a hold-down device while the stave is passing between the saws.

(c) The portion of the saw blade extending be­neath the mandrel shall be enclosed in an exhaust hood and be easily accessible for changing saws.

6.3 Stave and Heading Planers (Single and Double Heads)

6.3.1 Guarding of Cutter Heads, The exhaust hood, or other guards if no exhaust system is re­quired, shall be so arrangtui and maintained as to guard effectively all cutting heads and knives of single and double planers.

6.3.2 Point of Operation (a) Feed rolls, except for such portion as may

be necessary to admit stock, shall be completely en­closed. Sectional feed rolls should be provided for heading planers. Effective kickback dogs should be provided for all heading planers, regardless of the type of feed rolls.

(6) Pressure bars or hold-down arrangements shall be properly adjusted to assure correct pressure and clearance at all times.

6.4 Stave Jointing Machine (Wheel) 6.4.1 Guarding

(a) Stave jointer wheels shall be covered on both sides with a removable metal hood connected to the exhaust system, except for that portion where the slock is applied 'o the knives.

(61 A limit stop should be installed on the frame to prevent any part of the carriage from coming in contact with any moving part of the wheel.

(c) The foregoing recommendations include double independent stave jointer wheels, double jointer stave wheels, single jointer stave wheels, and all kinds of keg stave jointer wheels.

6.5 Heading Jointer and Doweler Machine (Wheel)

6.5.1 Guarding (a) Each heading jointer shall be equipped with

FOR WOODWORKING MACHINERY 17

a removable guard covering the upper half of the wheel, except for that portion where the stock is applied to the knives.

(6) The lower portion of the wheel shall be guarded with sheet metal or expanded metal to pre­vent accidental contact with the knives.

(c) A guard should be placed over both dowel bit pulleys and belts.

6.6 Heading Rounder 6.6.1 Guarding, The t utter head shall be en­

closed in a hood attached to the exhaust system, arranged and maintained in such a manner as to guard effectively the entire cutting mechanism, ex­cept for that portion of the cutting head where the stock is applied.

6.7 Power Windlass Machine 6.7.1 Guarding. Windlass machines having

counterweights shall operate with the weighu in a stationary casing. On all machines having a friction gear, the gear shall be properly guarded.

6.8 Crozing Machine (Stationary Heads)

6.8.1 Guarding (a) Feed chains and sprockets shall be com­

pletely enclosed. (b) The foregoing recommendations include all

types of barrel, keg, bucket, tub, and individual stave crozers, chamfering, crozing, and howeling machines.

6.9 Heading-Up Machine 6.9.1 Guarding. The outside portion and teeth

of both drive gears for the racks shall be completely guarded. This includes all types of heading-up ma­chines.

6.10 Head Charring Machine 6.10.1 Guarding. All tripping mechanisms

shall be completely guarded.

6.11 Bilge Truss Hoop Ring Removing Machine

6.11.1 Guarding (o) Both eccentric cams and gear works on hoi i-

zontal machines shall be guarded. ( i ) Combined fly wheel and gear shall be com­

pletely enclosed by a guard. (c) The foregoing recommendations include the

horizontal and upright-type machines.

6.12 Hoop Elevators and Conveyors

6.12.1 Guarding. Lower sprockets and chains

shall be guarded by complete enclosure to a height of at least 7 feet.

6.13 Barrel Sanding Machine 6.13.1 Guarding. Beh sanding machines shall

be provided with guards at each nip point where the sanding belt runs onto a pulley. This guard may be a part of the exhaust system. The unused run of the sanding belt shall be enclosed.

6.14 Hoop Drivers and Trussers

6.14.1 Guarding (a) All friction pulleys shall be enclosed by a

guard. A hinged gate should be provided for that portion of the guard covering adjustmente to the friction blocks.

(6) The foregoing recommendations cover driv­ers for keg hoops, tin barrel hoops, truss hoops, and both screw and rack and pinion-type hoop drivers.

6.15 Head Sanding Machine 6.15.1 Hand Sanders. When the heads are

sanded with portable electric hand sanders, they should be properly grounded. The barrel shall be placed under or adjacent to a hood connected to the exhaust system while being sanded.

6.15.2 Machine Sanders. The exhaust hood of automatic horizontal disk head sanders shall be so arranged as to enclose each disk, except for that portion necessary for the application of the barrel being finished.

6.16 Hand Jointer 6.16.1 Guarding. All hand-fed jointers shall

be guarded in accordance with the provisions of 4.3.

6.17 Hoop Punching and Coiling Machine 6.17.1 Guarding. Miter gears, spur gears,

drive pulley, and pulley for coiling attachment shall be guarded. This includes the horizontal hoop punch­ing and coiling machine as well as the upright hoop punching machine.

6.18 Hoop Riveting Machine 6.18.1 Guarding, The balance and drive wheels

shall be effectively guarded. This includes automatic, single, and double hoop riveters.

6.19 Hoop Flaring and Expanding Machine 6.19.1 Guarding. Gearing shall be completely

enclosed.

7. Operating Rules 7.1 Inspection and Maintenance

7.1.1 Inspection, Emphasis is placed upon the

•imuiii • R m m i n

18

importance of maintaining systematic inspection of all woodworking machines and safety equipment to insure the discovery of developing defects and permit their prompt correction.

7.1.2 Maintenance (a) Dull, badly set, improperly filed, or imprdp-

erly tensioned saws shall be immediately removed from serviqe, before they begin to cause the material to stick, jam, or kickback when it is fed to the sav. at normal speed. Saws to which giun has adhered op the sides shall be immediately cleaned. (See Ap­pendix A7.1.2.)

(b) All knives and cutting heads of woodwork­ing machines shall be kept sharp, properly adjusted, and firmly secured. Where two or more knives are used in one head, they shall be properly balanced.

(c) Bearings shall be kept free from lost motion and shall be well lubricated.

(d) Arbors of all circular saws shall be free from play.

(e) Sharpening or tensioning of saw blades or cutters shall be done only by persons of demonstrated skill in this kind of work.

(/) Emphasis is placed upon the importance of maintaining cleanliness around woodworking ma­chinery, particularly as regards the effective func­tioning of guards and the prevention of fire hazards in switch enclosures, bearings, and motors.

7.2 Selection and Operation of Machines 7.2.1 Selection of Suitable Machines and

Tool$ (a) Machines should not be used for operations

of such variety as to necessitate the removal of safe­guards suitable for the usual service. The specific operations involving special hazards should be as­signed to machines suitable for such work. [See Appendix A7.2.1(a).]

(b) No saw, cutter head, or tool collar shall be placed or mounted on a machine arbor unless the tool has been accurately machined to size and shape to fit the arbor.

7.2.2 Circular Rip and Cut4}ff Saum (a) All cracked saws shall be removed from

service. (See Appendix A7.2.2.) (6) The practice of inserting wedges between

the saw disk and the collar to form what is commonly known as a "wobble saw" shall not be permitted.

(c) Push sticks or push blocks shall be provided at the work place in the several sizes and types suit­able for the work to be done.

7.2.3 Band Saws and Band Resmes (a) Before starting a band-saw machine not

equipped with a tension indicator, the blade should

TEXAS SAFETY STANDARD

A be tested wilh fingers and proper tension secured. Tension should be released from the blade when it is not in use. (See Appendix A7.2.3.)

(6) The back thrust should be adjusted care­fully to the normal position of the saw blade.

(c) To secure satisfactory operation, means should be provided for preventing the accumulation of dust on the face of band wheels.

(d) Using a small saw for large work or forcing a wide saw to cut on a small radius is bad practice. The saw blade should in all cases be as large as the nature of tiic work will permit.

(e) Saws should not be stopped too quickly or by thrusting a piece of wood against the cutting edge of teeth when power is off.

(/) Twists or kinks shall be promptly removed with a hammer.

(g) To avoid vibration, brazed joints shall be the same thickness as the saw blade.

(A) In order to detect cracks or other defects, each saw should be carefully examined as it is put on or taken off the band wheel. Cracked saws or saws which indicate probability of breakage should be promptly removed lo avoid injury both to saw and to operator.

7.2.4 Jointers. The hazard of jointing loo short pieces is excessive. Minimum length of the piece jointed should be not less than 4 times the width of the bed opening. Neither half of the jointer table should be adjusted horizontally so that the clearance between the edge of the table and the revolvinj; knives is more than ^4 inch. The knife blade shall be so installed and adjusted that it does not protrude more than Ys inch beyond the cylindrical body of the head. Push sticks or push blocks shall be pro-vided at the work place in the several sizes and tj'prs suitable for the work to be done.

7.2.5 Lathes. Particular care should be taken to have all material fastened securely to faceplates or held properly between centers.

7.2.6 Combs (Featherboards). Combs (feath-erboards) or suitable jigs shall be provided at the work place for use when a standard guard cannot be used, as in dadoing, grooving, jointing, moulding, and rabbeting.

7.3 Veneer Machines and Equipment 7.3.1 Steam Vats

(o) Covers shall be removed only from that por­tion of steaming vats on which men are working, and a portable railing shall be placed at this point to protect the operators.

(b) Workmen shall not ride or step on logs in steam vats.

FOR WOODWORKING MACHINERY

7.3.2 Log Handling

(a) All cranes, log trolleys, and other hoisting equipment used in the veneer industry should be tested and inspected frequendy.

(b) When attaching dogs to log, care should be taken not to place hand or fingers where they might be caught between log and dog.

7.3.3 Saws

(a) Particular attention should be given to in­spection and maintenance of veneer saws.

(b) Care should be taken to see that all ma­terial is securely fastened to the carriage.

7.3.4 Veneer Cutters

(o) Whenever veneer slicers or rotary veneer-cutting machines have been shut down for the pur­pose of inserting logs or to make adjustments, oper­ators shall make sure that machine is clear and other workmen are not in a hazardous position before starting the machine.

(b) Operators shall not ride the carriage of a veneer slicer.

19

7.4 Qothing and Goggles Worn by Operators

7.4.1 Clothing (a) Gloves should not be worn while operating

machines. (b) Loose flowing garmenU, sleeves, neckties,

etc, offer a decided accident hazard and shall not be worn by operators of machines.

(c) Where there is danger of kickback from any operation, anti-kickback aprons shall be provided and worn.

7.4.2 Goggles. Where danger from dust, flying chips, etc, exists, proper eye protection shall be provided and used.

7.5 Selection and Training of Operator (a) Before an inexperienced workman is per­

mitted to operate any woodworking machine, he shall receive careful instructions in the hazards of the machine and the safe method of operation.

(b) Minors under 18 years of age shall not be permitted to operate or assist in the operation of power-driven woodworking machines.

Appendix (This Appendix is not a part of the Texas Safety Standard for Woodworking Machinery. It includes a discus­

sion of the rules and recommendations for ways and means of putting the rules into effect and illustrations of

a few typical saw guards.) . . t , j j \ (The numbers in the Appendix refer to the pertinent items m the standard.)

Al .2 .4 Push blocks should be at least % inch thick if made of hardwood or % inch thick if made of softwood. Wherever space permite, the block should be at least 10 inches by 6 inches so as to give pro­tection to the hand pushing down on the work.

A2.1.1 A2.1.1 (a) In order to give each operator sufficient

space in which to handle the material with the least possible interference from or to other workmen or machines it is suggested that the following conditions be maintained:

(1) Rip and Crosscut Bench or Table Saws. The minimum distance or clearance on each working side of the saw table should be equal to 3 feet more than the longest material handled.

In a production shop which uses jigs and fix­tures, definite space either at the saw or in a store­room should be provided for storing these fixtures.

It is also important in the location of a rip

saw to be sure that no other employee is regularly working in line with the saw where he might be hit by material in case of a kickback. If it is necessary to locate a machine in such a position, a heavy metal or plank barricade should be erected to protect the workman.

(2) Band Saws. The minimum distance or clear­ance on 3 sides of the table should be equal to a circle with the point of operation of the saw blade as a center and a radius equal to twice the diameteit of the band wheels.

(3) Jointers. The minimum distance or clear­ance should be at It ast 3 feet greater than the length of the longest material worked on the machine.

(4) Shapers. The minimum distance or clear­ance should be at least 3 feet greater than the longest dimension of the material worked on the machine. It is vitally important to both safety and production to protect shaper operators from interference. To this end, shaper machines should be so set that the

20

operator faces the aisle and is protected at the back by a partition or railing.

A2 1.1 (b) By locating heavy-duty machinery on the ground floor, most of the vibration due to high operating speed can be eliminated. Undue vibration T d no i i caused by high-speed machinery may be eliminated to a large extent by cushioning the ma­chine foundation. This can be done by msertmg rubber, felt, cork, or other elastic material between the machine base and the floor beams or girders to which the machine is fastened. It must be borne m niind, however, that the bolu that hold the machine to the fomidation must not pass tiirough or touch the orders or iioor beams of the building. The cushionmg Lterial must be fastened to the floor beams or girders by bolts that are independent of tiie machme base. .

A2.1.1 (c) Lighting. Proper lighting is of vital importance. It is a widespread belief among men experienced in accident-prevention work that im­proper lighting is a factor in perhaps 25 percent of all avoidable accidents in the country. Too much light is often as bad as insufficient lUurnmation.

USA Standard Practice for Industrial Lighting, Al l 1-1965, or the latest revision thereof approved by the United States ofir America Standards Institute, gives values of intensities. It is also important that proper attention be given to the maintenance of all hghting equipment, i.e., cleaning and adjustment of re-flttors Dust accumukted on the lamp bulbs qmckly cuts down the intensity ofthe UghL Makeshift reflec-tors or diose whose adjustment has been unpaired have a tendency to spoU the efficiency of any carefuUy worked out lighting system. Recent investigations in­dicate that the color of ceilings, walls, floors, and equipment has a definite bearing on the absorption of hfiht and the amount of energy required for the ^ i n g task. In general, it is suggested *at prefe'«^^« be (riven to colors which absorb less hght and that important or dangerous parts of equipment be m a conu-iting color in order that they wdl be seen easily.

A2.2.2 Suggestions for teeatment of smooth slip­pery floors about woodworking machines: -

(a) Paint the floor with glue or paint and tiuow on sharp sand or abrasive grains and, after the glue or paint has set, remove material which does not

" (6) Some manufacturers now make a paint which

includes an abrasive, making it non-sUp. (c) If a non-sUp pktform, mat, or other non-sbp

material is placed about the machine, the edges should be beveled to not more than Vs inch high at the point or edge of the bevel, or the floor should be recessed so diat the material wiU be flush with the floor. Excellent maintenance to avoid trippmg hazards is essentiaL

(d) Wood chips and sawdust, particularly on top of a wooden floor, may in themselves cause a shpping or a tripping hazard. The continued rubbing or sUding of chips and sawdust over a wooden floor may also cause the floor itself to become very smooth and slippery. It is therefore important tiiat pro­visions should be made for coUecting chips or saw­dust so that tiiey will not get on the floor, or tiie floors should be tiioroughly cleaned at frequent periods. A3.1 In order to attain the safest and most efficient operation, the proper type of saw blade should be used, for plastics, plywoods, and synthetic boards.

A3.1.1 A3 1 1 (a) For maximum efficiency, it is rec­

ommended that the height of the table or point of operation above the floor for various machines be approximately as follows for operators of average stature:

Circular Saws (hand fed) 36 inches Circular Saws (power fed) 32 inches Band Saws 42 inches Shapers 36 inches Jointers 36 inches

Whenever machines are used by persons of less-than-average stature, suitable adjustments should be made in the above distances.

A3.1.2 Motor Drive. The initial expense of in­dividual motor drive is frequently higher than that of other power-transmission equipment such as line shafting, ete, but it has a great many advantages. It offers a better control of the individual machine. It also eliminates overhead shafting and belting, tiiereby improving lighting and the general appear­ance of the shop. Then, too, it eUminates injuries due to oiling and maintenance of overhead transmission equipment.

A3.1.3 Where there is electrical control, it is rec­ommended tiiat hand-fed circular saws, band saws, and machines of like operation be provided witii an emergency foot switch which wiU make it possible for the operator to cut off the power without re­moving his hands from the work.

A3.1.5 The following table shows revolutions per

^"PIHPH

jninute for various diameters of saws when the peripheral speed is 10,000 feet per minute. Diameter of Saw (Inches) Rpm

8 4774 10 3819 12 3183 14 2728 16 2387 18 2122 20 1910 22 1736 24 1592 26 1469 28 1364 30 1273

A4.1.2 A4.1.2 (a) Circular-Saw Hoods and Mountings

(1) Hood Construction a. Hoods may be made of aluminum or mag­

nesium alloy. b. If made of plywood, they should be of

substantial construction. c. Hoods should have thin liner piece of

wood at bottom of cast-metal hood to protect the saw teeth.

(2) Hood Mounting. Saws are used for so many operations that it is doubtful if any one type of mounting will fit all possible conditions. For effi­ciency and serviceability of the guard, mountings are recommended in the following order:

a. Hood mounted on spreader attached to throat piece (throat piece should be locked in posi­tion)

b. Other spreaders attached to frame, carriage, or table

c. Arm mounting attached to table or frame d. Ceiling, side-suspension, or floor-stand

niountings should be used only when other types of mounting are impractical

(3) Discussion of niountings a. If the hood is mounted on spreader, it can

be used even if material being cut extends beyond the sides of the saw table, but this mounting is not practical for grooving, dadoing, or rabbeting opera­tions.

b. If the hood is mounted on an arm attached to the side of the table, it can be used on most grooving, dadoing, and rabbeting operations, but this arm will restrict the size of work that can be cut on that side of the table.

c. The design and auality of material used will also affect the amount of supervision needed to

21

be sure that the guards are properly used. Attach-menta should be such that it is easy to attach the motmting the right way or in the right position, but, at the same time, difficult or impossible to attach it the wrong way or out of line with the saw. If counterweights are used to make it easier for the workman to lift the hood, then extra supervision may be required to see that the counterweight is not altered or adjusted to keep the hood in a raised posi­tion at all times.

d. It will be an added advantage in some operations if the hood and mounting can be so de­signed that the hood will prevent the material being cut from being raised off the table by the centrifugal upward force of the saw in case of pinching or binding before material reaches the spreader.

e. For tilting-arbor or tilting-table saws, the hood should be mounted on the saw frame or carriage so that the hood will remain in line with the saw when the saw or table is tilted at an angle.

/. For multiple saws such as equalizer saws, hoods should be mounted so that they will be ad­justed to true alignment with the saw whenever the location of the saw is changed. When these machines are provided with individual motors for each saw, the hood should be mounted to the same frame as the motor so that it will automatically move with each new location of the saw.

A.4.1.2 (b) Grcular-Saw Spreadess. Each spreader should be so shaped on the side toward the saw that it will follow the curve of the saw approxi­mately and should be not less than 3 ^ inches wide at the level of the table. In some special cases this width cannot be obtained, but it should be not less than 2 inches.

The value of a spreader depends on its location directly behind the saw. If a saw machine is regularly used with a saw blade smaller than the maximum size permissible on the machine, serious considera­tion should be given to the possibility of locating the spreader within % inch of the clearance of the saw blade regularly used on the machine, even though this would require moving the spreader if the ma­chine were to be used for the maximum size saw.

The design of the spreader mounting should pro­vide for ease in attaching the spreader in the correct location and should make it difficult or impossible to mount the spreader in an incorrect or dangerous position

For operations which do not permit the use of a spreader, serious consideration should be given to die use of jigs or fixtures to hold the work so that the hands of the operator are removed at least 12

^i^^^i^'.r

22

inches from die point of operation. A spreader mounted on die saw arbor frame, and no higher dian die saw teedi, may be used to good advantage in certain operations, such as grooving.

A4 1.2 (c) Circukx-Saw Kickbacks. Kickbacks on rip sa'ws are usuaUy caused by one of die following:

(1) Failure to provide spreader (2) Improperly conditioned saw, allowing ma­

terial to pinch on saw and rise from die table (3) Improper alignment of gage or fence (4) Improperly conditioned or twisted grain

(5) Improper design or mounting of kickback

dogs _ Some dogs are so designed as to be very effective

for one diickness of material but have very littie holding power when used on eidier much diicker or much thinner material Odier dogs have very good holding power but are so located diat diey do not come in contact with die material when it is m posi­tion to be thrown upward by die saw. For a circular saw, where die arbor is above die table, die rotaUon of the saw is reversed, and it would dierefore be necessary to locate die kickback fingers m front or ahead of the saw to oppose die upward dirust of the saw.

A4.1.3 (a) Fillister Piece. In order to use die hood guard

effectively on circular rip saws when cutting narrow suips. a fillister piece should be used. This should be made of wood about 2 inches wide. It should be about 3A inch diick or slighdy diinner dian the diick­ness of die material being cut. It should be provided wilh cleats or brackets at the ends, so that it will eidier fit down over die front and back ends of die table or can be quickly attached to die fence or gage,

(b) Special consideration should be given to the use of jigs or fixtures when cutting irregular pieces or oblique angles. A special application of this prin­ciple is the jig for cutting wedges and pointing stakes. A4.1.9 Blade Coasting After Power Shutoff. A large percentage of radial saw accidenU is caused by rotation of die saw blade after die power has been shut off. (Coasting time up to five minutes is not uncommon.) The practice of stopping this rotation by placing a piece of wood against the rotating blade can cause injury to the operator and can cause the blade to crack, warp, or lose temper. It is recom­mended diat a braking device to stop coasting, or a warning signal to indicate diat die blade is still in motion, be provided.

A4.6.1 Shapers (a) Knife bUdes and collars for shaper heads

should be precision ground so as to give uniform pressure on aU knife bhides and keep dicm from flymg out while the machine is in motion.

(b) It is recommended diat coUars be provided widi "stop-pins" and diat knife blades have a recess cut in diem for die pin. This is an added precaution to keep the blades from flying out.

(c) Attention is caUed to die desirability of in­corporating an automatic brake in die design of shapers, jointers, and similar machines in order to stop die revolving heads as soon as possible after die power is shut off. A7.1.2 Maintenance. A large proportion of cir­cular and band-saw accidents is caused by dull, badly set, improperly filed, and improperly tensioned saws, and by gum adhering to saws. Such conditions cause the material to stick, jam, stall the saw, or kickback al the operator. It is strongly recommended that users obtain and foUow instructions from the saw manufacturers for proper maintenance of all saws. Band-saw wheels should be kept clean and free from accumulations of sap, gum, or resins. A7.2.1

A7.2.1 (a) Selection of Suitable Machines. Under 7.2.1 of this code the statement is made that machines should not be used for operations of such variety as to necessitate the removal of safeguards suitable for the usual service. It is well to plan or route the work in such a way as to avoid too frequent adjustment of machines and altering of position of guards. The proper regard for this rule will increase production by reducing the time lost because of making adjust­mente and will also reduce accidents by insuring continued use of safeguards suitable to the work. A7.2.2

A7.2.2 (o) Cracked Circular Saws. Saws should be inspected for cracks each time that the teeth are filed or set. Most cracks will start in the guUete of the saw teeth. If cracked saws are continued in service, the crack frequently grows larger and may eventually cause fragments of die saw to fly apart. If die saw is removed from service as soon as a crack is visible to the naked eye, the blade can usually be repaired either by welding the crack or by slotting the saw to remove the material on both sides of the crack and then making odier slots to balance the blade. In either case, the saw should be retensioned after the repairs are made. Unless a skilled sawsmith is em­ployed, saws should be returned to the manufacturer for welding, slotting, or tensioning.

People-Issues

OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH ADMINISTRATION RULES and REGULATIONS

^ ^ B R ^ ^ ^ K B r t o uroner fey ol o t n e i - s . P r o ^ 1 ^ ^ S S S u b e m a d e t o d i v e r t o r I m p o u i i d tae flow by curbs, <Jraliis, or ot l ier su i t ­ab le d e a n s .

(5) Fire control—(1) Portable evttP-tnent. Portable fire extinguishment and control eaulpment shall be provided In such quantities and types as are needed for the special hazards of operation and storage. - .. „..

m) T otersuppZy. Water shall be avail­able In volume and at adequate pressure to supply water hose streams, foam pro­ducing equipment, automatic sprinklers, or water spray systems as the need Is Indicated by the, speclfil hazards of operation and storage.

(ill) SpedaZ equipment. Special extin­guishing equipment such as that utilizing foam. Inert gas. or dry chemical shall be"provided as the Jieed Is Indicated by the special hazards of operation and storage. ,. ^ ^^

(J) Scope. This section applies to the handling, storage, and use of flammable and combustible liquids with a flash xwlnt below 200* F. This section does not apply to:

(1) Bulk tran^ortation of flammable ~ and combustible liquids;

(2) Storage, handling, and use of fuel oil tanks and containers coimeoted with

' oil burning equipment; (3) Storage of flammable and com­

bustible liquids on farms; (4) liquids without flashpoints that

may be flammable under s(Mne condi-jtixma, such as certain halogenated hydro-'carbons and niixtures containing halo­genated hydrocarbons;

(5) Mists, sprays, or foams, except flammable aerosols covered in paragraph (d> of this section; or

(6) Installations made tn accordance with requirements of the following standards:

<1) National Fire Protection Associa­tion Standard for Drycleanlng Plants, NFPA No. 32-1970;

(ID National Fire Protection Associa­tion Standard- for the Manufacture of Organic Coatings, NFPA No. 35-1970;

(111) National Fire Protection Associa­tion Standard for Solvent Extraction Plants, NFPA No. 3&-1967: or

(iv) National Fire Protection Associa­tion Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines

• and Cias Turbines, NFPA No. 37-1970. § 1910.107 Spray finishing using flam*

niablQ and combustible materials

d u s t s , o r d e p o s i t » r e i>r'esei>t d u o t o t*i«>

^ 3 ) Sprav IxtotH. A power-venUIatea structure provl«led to enclose or accom­modate a spraying operation to cooflue and limit the escape of spray, vapor, and residue, and to safely conduct or direct them to an exhaust system.

(4) Waterwash spray booth. A spray booth equipped with a water washing system designed to minimize dusts or res­idues entering exhaust ducts and to per­mit the recovery, of overspray finishing material.

(a) Definitions ajyplicdble to this sec-tion (1) Aerated solid powders. Aerated powders shall mean any powdered ma­terial used as a coating material wMch-sliall be fluidized within a container by passing-air uniformly from below. It Is common practice to fluidlze such ma­terials to form a fluidized powder bed and then dip the part to be coated into the bed in a manner simUar to that used In liquid dipping. Such beds are also used as sources for powder spray operations.

(2) Spraying area. Any area in which dangerous quantities of flammable va­pors or mists, or combustible residueis,

(5) Dry spray booth. A spray booth not equipped with a water wasliing sys­tem as described In subparagraph (4) of this paragraph. A dry spray booth may be equipped with (i) distribution or baf­fle plates to promote an even flow of air through the booUi or cause the deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct; or (ii) overspray dry filters to min­imize dusts';' or (Hi) overspray dry filters to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts; or (iv) overspray dry fil­ter rolls designed to minimize dusts or residues entering exhaust ducts; or (v) where dry powders are being sprayed, with powder collection systems so ar­ranged in the exhaust to capture over-sprayed material.

<8) Fluidteed bed. A container holding powder coating material which is aerated from'below so as to form an air-sup­ported expanded cloud of such material through which the preheated object to be coated Is immersed and transported.

(7) Electrostatic fluidized bed. A con-tataer holding powder coating material which is aerated from below so as to form an air-supiported expanded cloud of such material which Is electrically charged with a charge opposite to the charge of the object to be coated; such object la transported through the container im­mediately above the charged and aerated materials in order to be coated.

(8) Approved. Shall mean approved and listed by the following nationally recognized testing laboratories: Under­writers' Laboratories, Inc.; Factory Mu­tual Engineering Corp., . (9) Listed. See "approved" in i 1910.107 (a)(8).

(b) Spray booths—(1) Constructiori. Spray booths shall be substantially con­structed of steel, securely and rigidly supported, or of concrete or masonry except that aluminum or other sub­stantial noncombustible material may be used for intermittent or low volume spraying. Spray booths shall be designed to sweep air currents toward the exhaust

• outlet. (2) Interiors. The interior surfaces of

spray bootlis shall be smooth and con­tinuous without edges and otherwise de­signed to prevent pocketing.of residues and faclUtate cleaning- and washing without Injury.

(3) Floors. The floor surface of a spray booth and operator's working area, If combustible, shall be covered with non­combustible material of such cliaracter as to facilitate the safe cteaning and re­moval of residues.

tribuUon. or baffie u l a t e s . 11 t n s t a l l ea to promote a n even flow oT air throusn. tne bootb or cause the deposit of overspray before it enters the exhaust duct, shall be of noncombustible material and read­ily removable or accessible on both sides for cleaning. Such plates shall not be located in exhaust ducts.

(5) Dry type overspray collectors — (exhfxust air filters^. In conventional dry type spray booths, overspray dry filters or filter rolls, If Installed, shall conform to the following:

(i) The spraying operations except electrostatic spraying operations shall be so designed, installed and maintained that the average air velocity over the open face of the booth (or booth cross section during spraying operations) shall be not less than 100 linear feet per min­ute. Electrostatic spraying operations may be conducted with an air velocity over the open face of the booth of not less than 60 linear feet per minute, or more, depending on the voliune of the finishing material being applied and its flammabllity and explosion characteris­tics. Visible gauges or audible alarm or pressure activated devices shall bo in­stalled to indicate or Insure that the re­quired air velocity is maintained. Dry spray booths equipped with a filter roll which is automatically advanced when the air velocity is reduced to that speci­fied in this subdivision should be ar­ranged to cause shutdown of spraying operations if the filter roll fails to ad­vance automatically. Maintenance pro­cedures should be established to assure replacing filter pads before excessive re­striction to aWaow occurs. Filter pads should be Ingiected after each period of use and clogged filter pads discarded and replaced. Filter rolls shall be Inspected to insiure proper replacement of filter media.

(11) All discarded filter pads and filter r<ais ShaU be immediately removed to a safe, well-detached location or placed in a water-filled metal container and dis­posed of at the close of the day's opera­tion unless maintained completely in water.

(Ul) The location of filters in a spray booth shall be so as to not reduce the effective booth enclosure of the articles being sprayed. .. x..

(iv) Space within the spray booth on the downstream and upstream sides of filters shall be protected with approved automatic sprinklers.

(V) Filters or filter rolls shall not be used when applying a spray tnaterlal know to be highly susceptible to spon­taneous heating and ignition.

(Vi) <31ean filters or filter rolls shall be noncombustible or of a type having a combustibility not la excess of class 2 filters ar, listed by TJnderwiiters' Labora­tories, mc. Filters and filter rolls shaU not be alternately used for different types of coating materials, where the combi­nation of materials may be conducive to spontaneous ignition. See also paragraph (g) (6) of tills section. ~ (6) Frontal area. Each spray booth having a frontal area larger than 0

FEOERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

W'a«tfBlBiBSBB9BiB^Sbtal delleotoz--or curtalst ziot less tlian 3 ^ Izxctiea deej> Installed a t tbe upper outer edse of tbe ixxttli over tlie opening. .

(7)-Conveyor*. Where conveyors are arranged to cany work into or out of spray booths, the openings therefor shall be as small as practicaL

(8) Separation, of operations. Each spray booth shall be separated from other operations by not less than 3 feet, or by a greater distance, or by such par­tition or waU as to reduce the danger from Juxtaposition of hazardous opera­tions. See also paragraph (c) (1) of this section.

(9) Cleanlita. Spray booths shall be so Installed that all portions are readily acctessible for deaning. A <flear space of not less than 3 feet on all sides shall be kept free from storage or comliusttUe construction. ''~*'

(10) lUvmination. When . spraying areas are Illuminated through glass panels or other transparent materials, only fixed lighting units shall be used as a source of illumination. Panels shall effectively iacH&tit the spraying area from the area In which the l ifting unit Is located, and shall be of a noncombus­tible material of such a nature or so proteeted that biealcage wlU be unlikely. Panels shaU be so arranged that normal accumulations of residue on the exposed surface of the panel wlU not be raised to a dangerous temperature by radlattcm or conduction from the source of Ulumlnatton.

(o> Klectrical and other sources of igiMUm—(1) Conformance. All ^ectrlcal, aooJltmenti open flames and other Muroes of Ignition shall conform to the requirements of this paragraph, except as follows:

(1) Electrostatic apparatus shall oon-fcsm to the requirements of paragraphs (h) -and (1) of ibis section;

(U) Drying, curing, and fusloii api>a-ratus shall conform to the requlftments •f paragraiAi (J) of this section;

(Ui) Automobile undercoatliag spray operattons In garages shall conform to the requirements of paragraph (k) of this section. • - (IT) Powder coating equipment shall oonfoim to the requirements of para-graidi (1) of this section.

(2) Minimum separation. There shall be no open flame or spark producing equipment In any spraying area nor within 20 feet thereof, unless separated by a partition. -

(3) Hot surfaces. Space-heating ap­pliances, steamplpes, or hot surfaces shall not be located In a spraying area where deposits of combustible residues may readily accumulate.

(4) Wiring conformance. Electxloal wiring and equipment shall conform to the provisions of tliis paragraph and shall otherwise be in accordance with subpart S of this part.

(5) Combustible residues, areas. Un­less i^ieciflcally approved for locations containing both d ;KMlts of readily Ignit-able residue and explosive vapors, there shall be no electrical equipment In any tmraylng area, whereon deposits of oom-bustUde residues may readily accuma-

la.^.^. cx^K^^^^^^^BS^'X^^^^Brei cox:i<3ixlt or- Ixi boxaa o r £tttlx}(ps *-•".. *'.*^"<"ir zio t a p s , splices, ae terminal conxtectiaos.

<6> Wiring tppe avproved. Electrical Wiring and equipment not subject to de­posits of combustible residues but located in a spraying area as herein defined shall be of explosion-proof type approved for Class I. group D locations and shall ottierwise conform to the provisions of subpart S of this part, for Class I. Divi­sion 1, Hazardous Locations. Electrical wiring, motors, and other equipment out­side of but within twenty (20) feet of any spraying area, and not separated there­from \tj partitions, shall not produce sparics under normal operating condi-tlcms and ehall otherwise conf otrm to the provisions of subpart 8 of this part for Class I, Division 2 Ebaardous Locations.

(7) Lamps. Electric lamps outside of, but within twenty (20) feet of any spraying area, and not separated there­from by a partition, shaU be totally en­closed to prereot the faUlng of hot par­ticles and shall be lirotected from me­chanical Injury by statable guards or by location.

(8) Portable Tamps. Portable dectrie ]ami>s shall not be used In any spraying area during spraying operations. Port­able electric lamps, tf used during clean­ing or repairing operations, shall be of the iTpe aixproved for hazardous Class I locations.

(9> QTOunding. (Xi AU metal parts ot spray booths, exhaust ducts, and piping systems conveying flammable or com­bustible liquids or aerated solids shall be properly dieotrlcally grounded In an effective and permanent maimer. . (U) "Airless" blgh-fluld pressure spray guns and any conductive object being sprayed should be properly electrically grounded.

(d) Ventilation—(1) Conformance. Ventilating and exhaust systems shall be in accordance with the Standard for Blower and Exhaiut Systems for Vapor Removal, NFPA No. 91-1981. where ap­plicable and shall also conform to the provisions of tlds section.

(2) Oeneral. All spraj^ng areas shaU be provided with mechanical ventilation adequate to remove flammable vapors, mists, or powders to a safe location and to confine and control combustible resi­dues \so tliat life is not endangered. Mechanical ventUation shall .be kept in operation at all times while spraying operations are being conducted and for a sufficient time thereafter to allow vapors from drying, coated articles and drying finishing material residue to be exhausted.

(3) fndependent exhaust. Each spray booth shall have an independent exhaust duct system discharging to the exterior of the building, except that multiple cabinet spray booths in which identical spray finishing material Is used with a combined frontal area of not more than 18 square feet may have a common ex­haust. If more than one fan serves one booth, all fans shall be so Interconnected that one fan cannot operate without all fans being operated.

(4) Fan-rotating tHement. The fan-rotating element sliail be nonferrous or

o r o r . b e l lxied ^vltb sucXl Tnntcrln.1. 'X'lxeire aban be ample clearance between tbe fan-rotat ina d e m e n t and the f a n cas lne to avoid a fire by friction, necessary allowance being made for ordinary ex­pansion and loading to prevent contact between moving parts and the duct or fan housing. Fan blades shall be mounted

. on a shaft sufBciently heavy to malh-taln perfect alignment even when the blades of the fan are heavily loaded, the shaft preferably to have bearings outside the duct and booth. All bearings shall be of the sdf-lubricating type, or lubri­cated from ttie outside duct.

(5) Electric motors. Electric motors driving exhaust fans shall not be placed Inside booths or ducts. See also para­graph (c) of this section.

(6) BeiUx. Belts shall hot enter the duct or booth unless the -belt and pulley within the duct or booth are thoroughly enclosed.

(7) Exhaust ducts. Exhaust ducts shall be constructed of steel and shall be substantially supported. Exhaust ducts without dampers are preferred; however. If dampers are Installed, they shall be maintained so that they will be in a full open iKuition at all times the ventilating system is In operation.

(i) Exhaust doctM shaU be protected against mechanical damage and have a clearance fnun improtected combus­tible coDstmction at other combustible material of not less than 18 Inches.

(U) If combustible constmction Is provided with UIQ following protection applied to all surfaces within 18 Inches, clearances may be reduced to the dis­tances indicated: (a) as-gage Sheet metal on H - Ulnobes .

laob aabestoa mtu board. (b) as-gaga sheet metal on Vi- SlnOhee.

Inoh asbestos znUl board spaced out 1 ijaiHx on noncombustible spacers.

(e) aa-gage sheet metal on 1-lnch 3 Inches, rockwool batts reinforced with wire mesh cff-tbe equivalent.

(<t) Where ducts are protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system, properly maintained, the clearance re­quired in subdivision (1) of this subparagraph may he re­duced to 6 inches.

(8) Discharge clearance. Unless the spray booth exhaust duct terming Is from a water-wash spray booth, the terminal discharge potnt shall be not less than 6 feet from any combustible exterior wall or roof nor discharge in the direction of any combustible con­struction or unprotected opening in any noncombustible exterior wall within 25 feet.

(9) Air exhaust. Air exhaust from spray operations shall not be directed so that it will contaminate nlakeup air being introduced Into the spraying area or other ventilating Intakes, nor directed so as to create a nuisance. Air exhausted from spray operations shaQ not be recirculated.

(10) Access doors. When necessary to facilitate cleaning, exhaust ducts shaU be provided with an ample nuii4)er of access doors.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 12S—THURSDAY, JMNE 27, 1974

^ ^ r S > e S ^ o n ^ ^ E i ^ ^ ? S a i l be so located as to minimize the creation of dead air pockets. ^

(12) Drying spaces. Freshly sprayea articles shall be dried only in spaces pro-" d e d ^ t o a d e q u a t e ventilation to pre-v ^ t the fomuSion of explosivejapors. ^Tuirevent adequate and rehable ven-tilation Is not provided such d r ^ fipa^s shall be co°«W^«<i ,^, ^ f ffi axea. See also paragraph (J) of this

^^''(eT^'Flammable a^uL co^nbustibleliQ-uids-storage and '"^'^""^'-^i.Lg'": formance. The storage of fiammable or combustible liquids in connection wlto spraying operations shall conform to tiie S S v K e n t e of 5 1910.106, where appli-

**^2 )' Quantity. The quantity of flam­mable or combustible liquids l ept to the vicinity of spraying operations shaU be tiie minimum required for operations and should ordinarily not exceed a supply for 1 day or one shift. Bulk storage of portable containers of flammable or com­bustible Uquids shall be in a separate, constinicted building detached from

' other important buUdings or cut off in a standard manner.

(3) Containers. Oriebial closed con­tainers, approved portable tanks, ap­proved safety cans or a Properly arranged svstem of piphig shaU be used for brlng-tag fl^aWe or combustible Uquids Into spray finishing room. Open or glass con­tainers shaU not l)e used.

(4) Transferring Uquids. Except as provided in subparagraph (5) ol tBis paragraph tiie withdrawal of flammable and combustible Uquids from containers having a capacity of greater than 60 gal­lons shall be by approved pumps, -nie withdrawal of fiammable or combustible Uquids from containers and the fiiipB of containers, including portable mixmg tanks, ShaU be done only in a suitable mixing room or ha a spraying area when the ventUatlng system Is to operation. Adequate precautions shall be taken to protect against Uquid spillage and sources of ignition.

(5) Spraying containers. Containers supplying spray nozzles shall be of closed type or provided with metal covers kept-closed. Containers not resting on floors shall be on metal supports or suspended by wire cables. Containers supplying spray nozzles by gravity fiow shaU not exceed 10 gaUons capacity. Original ship­ping containers shaU not be subject to air pressure for supplying spray noz^es. Contatoers under air pressure supplying spray nozzles shall be of limited capacity, not exceeding that necessary for 1 day s operation; shall be designed and ap­proved for such use; shaU be provided with a visible pressure Rage; and shaU be provided with a reUef valve set to operate In conformance with the require­ments of the Code lor Unflred Pressure Vessels, Section VIH of the ASME BoUer and Pressure Vessel Code—1968. Con­tainers under air pressure supplying spray nozzles, air-storage tanks and coolers shall conform to the standards

o r tJ»e c o d e Zor TDroJtrod _ _ - _ S e c t i o n v m or f e - ^ S * ? ^ I>ressure V e s s e l Cod'

f^ i B o U e r a n d -1968 Xor construc-

tion. tests, and maintenance. ieiptp^and hoses. (1) All contatoers

or piping to which la attached a hose or flexible connection shall be provided with a shutoff valve at the connection. Such valves shaU be kept shut when spraymg operations are not being conducted.

(11) When a pump is used to deliver products, automatic means shaU be pro­vided to prevent pressure in excess ol the design working pressure of acces­sories, piping, and hose.

(Ui) AU pressure hose and couplings ShaU be inspected at regular intervals appropriate to this service. The hose and coupUngs ShaU be tested wiOi the hose extended, and using the "inservice maxi­mum operating pressures." Any hose showing material deteriorations, signs of leakage, or weakness In its carcass or at the coupUngs; ShaU be withdrawn from service and repaired or discarded.

(iv) Piping systems conveying flam­mable or combustible liquids shaU be of steel or other material having compara­ble properties of resistence to heat end physical damage. Piping systems shaU be properly bonded and grounded.

(7) Spray liquid heaters. ElectricaUy powered spray liquid heaters shaU be ap­proved and Usted for the specific location in which used (see paragraph (c) of this section). Heaters shaU not be located in spray booths nor other locations subject to the accumulation of deposite or com­bustible residue. Agitators, if used, should preferably be driven by compressed air. water, or low-pressure steam. If an elec­tric motor is used, see paragraph (c) of this section.

(8) Pump relief. If flammable or com­bustible Uquids are supplied to spray noz­zles by positive displacement pumps, the pump discharge Une shall be provided with an approved reUef valve discharg­ing to a pump suction or a safe detached location, or a device provided to stop the prime mover If the discharge pressure exceeds the safe operating pressure of the system. _ _ • . .

(9) Grounding, Wlienever flammable or combustible Uquids are transferred from one container to another, both con­tainers ShaU be effectively bonded and grounded to prevent discharge sparks of static electricity.

(f) Protection—(1) Conformance, In sprinklered buildings, the automatic sprinkler system In rooms containing spray finishing operations shaU conform to the Standard for the InstaUation of Sprinkler Systems. NFPA 13-1969, provi­sions for Extra Hazard Occupancy, and hi unsprinklered buUdings where sprin­klers are installed only to protect spray­ing areas, the InstaUation shall conform to such standards Insofar as they may be applicable. Sprinkler InstaUations sliaU also conform to the, provisions of this paragraph. Sprinkler heads shall be located to effect water distribution throughout the entire booth.

(2) Valve access. Automatic sprinklers protecting each spray booth (together with its connecting exhaust) shaU be under an accessibly located separate out-

"'"cat Cleantnsi of t eo '^J?^J*^«" ^ " ^ tecting spraying areas «»i?^*»t.^^»a^ free from deposits as practical by clean­ing dally U necessary. (See also para­graph (g) of this section.)

(4) Portable extinguishers. An ade­quate supply of suiteble portable fire ex--tinsuishers shaU be instaUed near all spraying areas. _

(g) OperotiofW and maintenance.— (1) Spraying. Spraying shaU not be con­ducted outside of predetermined spray­ing areas. . , „

(2) Cleaning. AU spraying areas shall be kept as free from the accumulation ol deposits of combustible residues as prac­tical, with cleaning conducted daUy U necessary. Scrapers, spuds, or other such tools used for cleaning purposes shaU be of nonsparking material.

(3) Residue disposal. Residue scrapings and debris contaminated with residue sliaU be immediately removed from the premises and properly disposed of. Ap­proved metal waste cans shaU be pro­vided wherever rags or waste are mi-pregnated with finisWng material and aU such rags or waste deposited therein immediately after use. The contents oi waste cans shaU be properly disposed ol at least once daUy or at the end of each

(4) Clothing storage. Spray fiinlshlng employees' clothhig shaU not be left on the premises overnight unless kept In metel lockers. , ' , „„,

(5) Cleaning solvents. The use of sol­vents for cleaning operations shall be restricted to those having flashpoints not less than 100° P.; however, for cleaning spray nozzles and auxiliary equipment, solvents having flashpoints not less than those normaUy used in spray operations may be used. Such cleaning shaU be conducted hislde spray booths, and ventilating equipment operated during cleaning.

(6) Hazardous materials comotna-tions. Spray booths shaU not be alter­nately used for different types of coating materials, whc^e the combination of the materials may be conducive to spontane­ous ignition, unless aU deposits of Oie first used material are removed from the booth and exhaust ducts prior to spraying with the second used material.

(7) "No Smoking" signs. "No smoking" signs In large letters on contrasting color background shaU be conspicuously posted at aU spraying areas and paint storage rooms.

(h) Fixed electrostatic apparatus—(1) Conformance. Where InstaUation and use of electrostatic spraying equipment Is used, such InstaUation and use shaU con­form to aU other paragraplis of this sec­tion, and BhaU also conform to the requiremente of this paragraph.

(2) Type approval. Electrostatic ap­paratus and devices used in connection • with coating operations shall be of ap­proved types.

(3) location. Transformers, power packs, control apparatus, and all other electrical portions of the equipment, with the exception of high^voltage grids, electrodes, and electrostatic atomizing

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE J7, 1974

PBRsmnp

heads and their ccMineetiOTa. sh^l be ^ t t e d ^ S s l d e of the spraying area, or a ^ t ^ e r U conform to t h ^ i ^ - ^ ^ -ments of paragraph (c) of th^ f^JJrr T^(4) support. Electirodes and electro­static a S l n g heads <*»" be ade. o^itely supported In permanent locations S S be effectively imulated from, me ground. Electrodes and electrostatic s ^ S i g heads which are permanaiUy attached to their bases, supports, or re-ci^ocators. shaU be deemed to comply with tills section. Insulators shaU be nonporous and noncombustible.

(5) Insulators, grounding. Hign-voltage leads to electrodes shall be p ? ^ l y insulated and protected from m e ^ i f i c a l injury or exposure to de­tractive chemicals. Electarostetic atomiz. SVheads ShaU be effective y and per-manentiy supported on smteble insu-S tmTimd shaU be effectively guarded against accidental contact or groundmg. i ^ l S t o m a t i c means sbaU be provided tor grounding the electrode system when

. it Is electricaUy deenergized for any reason. AU insulators shaU be kept clean

*^taf%tfe distance. A safe distance shaU be mahitabied between goods b ^ g painted and electirodes or electrostatic atomUtog heads or conductors of at least t ^ c e t o e sparking distance. A Buitable s i ^ indicating this satfe distance shaU be conspicuously.^ posted near the

(7) Conveyors required. Ctoods being painted using this process are to be sup-ported-on conveyors. The conveyora shaU be so arranged as to maintain safe dis­tances between the goods and the eieo-trades or electrostatic atomizing heads rtaU times. Any Irregularly shaped or other goods subject to possible s^yinging or movement shaU be rigidly supported to'prevent such,swinging or movement

-which would reduce tiie clearance to less than that specified in subparagraph (6) of this paragraph. , (8) •ProWW^on. T h i s process is not

acceptable where goods being coated are ^ij ipulated by hand. When finishing materials are appUed by electrostatic equipment which Is manipulated by hand, see paragraph (1) of ttiis section for appUcable requirements.

m Fail-safe controls. Electrostatic apparatus shaU be equipped with auto­matic controls which wUl operate with­out time delay to disconnect the power supply to the high voltage transformer and to signal tiae operator under any of tiie foUowlng conditions: , „ „ , „^

(i) Stoppage of ventUatlng fans or faUure of ventilating equipment from any cause. „ ^J

(U) Stoppage of the conveyor carry­ing goods tttfough the high voltage field. ^ l U ) Occurrence of a ground or of an Imminent ground at any point on the, high voltage system. , ,. , 4.v,„i.

(iv) Keduction of clearance below that specified in subparagraph (6) of Oils paragraph.

(10) Guarding. Adequate booths, feno-Ine raiUngs, or guards shall be so placed S S u t toe equipment Uia* tiiey, either by their location or character or both, as­sure tiiat a safe isolation of the process

,s maintained from plant f^^^' ^^ ^ t s^r^e ^ ^ ^ d u c S ' l ' ^ ' a t e r i a l .

^t^^TenfST^^re electrostatic atomlzation Is uied Uie spraying area s h a U ^ so ventUated as to insure safe wnditions from a fire and healtii stand-

''^m') Fire protection. AU areas used for spraying, including the Ulterior of toe b o o X l h a U be protected ^ a u t o ­matic sprinklers where tills protection is avaUable. Where tiUs protection is not avaUable. otoer approved automatic ex­tinguishing equipment shaU be provided.

(!) EZectrostotic hond spraying e««ip-mcnt—(1) AppKcotton.-This paragraph ShaU apply to any equipment using elec-SostaticaUy charged elements for tiie atomlzation and/or. Precipitation of materials lor coatings on articles or for other slmUar purposes in which toe atomizing device is hand held and manip­ulated during the spraying operation

(2) Conformance. Electrostatic hand spraying equipment shall conform wito toe otoer provisions of this section^ .

(3) £QulpTOenfopprouaZandspeciflco-tions. Electrostatic hand spray appara­tus and devices used in connection with coating operations shaUJoe of approved types. The equipment should be so de­signed toat the maxhnum surface tem­perature of the equipment in the spray­

i n g area ShaU not exceed 150° F. under awr condition.. The high voltage oirculte ShaU be designed so as to not produce a snark of sufQolent Intensity to Ignite any vapor-air mixtures nor result hi appre­ciable shook hazard upon coming In con­tact with a grounded object under all normal operating conditions. The electro-staticaUy charged exposed «?ements ol

-toe handgun shaU be capable of being energized only by a switch which also controls the coating material supply.

(4) Electrical support equipment. Transformers, powerpacks, control ap­paratus, and all other electrical portions of toe equipment, with toe exception of toe handgun itseU and its connections to toe power supply shaU be located out­side of the spraying area or shaU otoer-wlse conform to the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

• (5) Spray gun ground. The handle of toe spraying gun shaU be electrically connected to ground by a metalLc con­nection and to be so constructed that toe operator m normal operating position is in intimate electrical contact wito toe grounded handled

(6) Grounding—general. AU electri­caUy conductive objects In toe spraying area ShaU be adequately grounded. This requirement shall :.pply to paint con­tainers, wash cans, and any other ob­jects or devices in toe area. The equip­ment ShaU carry a promtaent perma­nently instaUed warning regarding toe necessity for this grounding feature.

(7) Maintenance of grounds. Objects being painted or coated shaU be main­tained in metallic contact with the con­veyor or otoer grounded support. Hooks ShaU be regularly cleaned to ^smre tiUs contact and areas of contact shaU be

£e concealed from random spray where feasible and where toe objects bemg sorlyed are supported from a conveyor, toe S t of attachment to the conveyor ^ l u b f s o located as to not collect spray material during normal operation.

(8) interlocks. The electrical equip­ment shaU be so interlocked with toe ventUation of toe spraymg area that toe equipment cannot be operated unless toe ventUation fans are in operation.

(9) Ventilation. The spraying opera­tion shall take place within «. spray area Which is adequately ventUated to remove solvent vapors • released from the

"^tTS'ying. curing, or fusion appara-t u s - ( l ) Con/ormonce. Di-yin^' curing. or fusion apparatus in connection w^h spray application of flammable and comr bLtible finishes ShaU ''°^i°''^J°^^ .standard for Ovens and Fuinaceb, N ^ A 86A-1969. where appUcab e and S alsolonform wito the foUowmg re­quirements of tois subparagraph. ._

r?) Alternate use prohibited. Spiay bootL r w ! or other enclosm-es u^d ior spraying operations shall not aU^-

r a ^ y ^ r r . e m e n T w K ° ^ ° ' c S ^ ' ^ t T ^ S e S n the surf ace ter^Pera; ture of the spray booto. room, or ^''f)^''ldiaeent system interlocked. Ex-

c e p t ' a s ^ S S a U y P ' O ^ n S i ' ^ d S " o^anh (4) Of this paragraph, di-yipg, f A . or fusfonlmlt^utUizlng a heating s ^ e m having open flames or wWoh may p^rXespa^rks ShaU not be InsteUed^to a.- BtiravinE area, but may be insiauea I d K r t h e r e t o ' w h e n eQuiPPed w^th an toterlocked ventUating system arranged

"*°(i) Thoroughly ventUate the ^ y i n g space before toe heating system can be

-^*Tu^^kalntain a'safe atinosphere at any soiu'ce of ignition; .•-_„,.„ tKo

(Ui) AutomaticoUy shut down the heating syst-^m in the event of faUure of the ventUaUng system.

(4) Alternate use permitted. Auto­mobile refinlshing sprar booths or en-Sosures, otoerwlse instaUed and main­tained in fuU confornilty w t h this sec­tion, may alternately be used for d.ying with portable electrical "i/rared drying apparatus when confonatag with the following: ^ ^ „»

(i) Interior •(especially floors) or spray enclosures shaU be kept free of overspray depoisits. .

(U) During spray operations, the dry­ing apparatui and electrical connections tmd wiring thereto shaU not be located witoin spray enclosure nor. m any other location where spray residues may be deposited thereon.

(lU) The spraying apparatus, the dry­ing apparatus, and toe ventilating sys­tem of toe spray enclosure shaU be equipped with suitable interiocks so arranged Uiat:

(o) The spraying apparatus cannot be operated whUe toe drying apparatus Is Inside the spray enclosure.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39. NO. U5-THURSDAY, JUNE 27. 1974

No. 188 17

U4-122 O - 1* - 8

<H) No portable toilet staaU ilIsclaarBe Into a Storm sewer. _ _ _ , _ . j ,

C3> A portable buUdlng shall be rigidly - constructed. ventUated by a screened

opening or a vent having a cross-sec­tional area of at least 1 square foot per

. seat, and equipped wito a floor, riser, and seat meeting toe requirements of para­graph (b) (2) of this section or an equiv­alent ihdivldual stool and seat In pre­fabricated metal, fiber glass, plastic, or ceramic material.

(i) The structure ShaU provide privacy and prot^tion from the elements.

(U) An ahrtight seal shaU be provided between toe structure base and any pit, receptacle, or manhole oyer which it is placed.

(lU) VentUation of toe pit, receptacle, qr manhole shall conform to paragraph (b) (1) (iv) of this section.

(4) A portable toUet sliaU be provided wito faculties, requisite to its construc­tion, for the removal of chemicals, ash, or residue. AU surfaces subject to soU-Ing ShaU be readily accessible and eaaUy

. cleaned. § 1910.144 Safely color code for mark­

ing physical hazards. ' \ (a) Color identification—a) Bed. Red

- ShaU be toe basic color for toe identlflca-< tion of:

(1) Fire protection equipment and ap­paratus, (o) Fire alarm boxes (puU boxes). -

(b) Fire blanket boxes. .^ (c) Fire buckets or palls. : ' '» (d) Fire exit signs. (e) Fhe extinguishers (if palnthig toe

extinguisher is impractical or undesir­able, color should be used on toe hous­ing, waU, or support to identify toe location). •'•••' ^

(/) Fire hose locations (color should bo used on toe reel, supports, or housing but not on toe hose).

(g) Fire hydrante (Industrial). , (fc) Fire pumps. (1) Plresirens.

• (j) Post Indicator valves for sprinkler system (it is suggteted that if a trafQo hazard Is involved, the top should be colored red, and toe barrel or post yel­low and black stripes).

(fc) Sprinkler piping. (See ANSI Standard Scheme for toe IdentlQcation of Piptog Systems, A13.1-1956.)

(U) Danger. Safety cans or otoer port­able containers of flammable Uquids Itavhig a flashpoint at or below: 80° P. I^ble containers of flammable Uquids (open cup tester), excluding shipping containers, sliaU be painted red wito some additional clearly visible identifi­cation eltoer hi toe form of a yeUow band around toe can or toe name of toe con­tents conspicuously stenciled or painted on toe can in yeUow. Red Ughts shaU be provided at barricades and at temporary obstructions, as specified in ANSI Safety Code for BuUdlng Construction, AlO.2-1944. Danger signs shaU be painted red.

(Ul) Stop. Emergency stop bars on hazardous machines such as rubber mills, wire blocks, flat work Ironers. ete., shaU

be red Stop buttons or eleotrloal switches wlilcb letters or otber markings appear, used for emergency stqpptog of machto -ery shaU be red.

(2) Orange. Orange shaU be used as toe basic color for designating dangerous parts of maclilnes or energized equip­ment which may cut, crush, shock, or otoerwlse Injure and to emphasize such hazards'when enclosure doors are open or when gear belt, or other guards around moving equipment are open or removed, exposing unguarded hazards.

(3) Yellow. YeUow.shaU be toe.basic color for designating caution and for marking physical hazards such as: Striking against, stumbUng, falUng, tripping, and "caught In between." SoUd yeUow, yeUow and black stripes, yeUow and black checkers (or yeUow with suitable contrasting background) should be used Intercliangeably, using toe com­bination vhlch wlU attract the most at­tention in toe particular environment.

(4) Crreen. Green shall be used as the basic color for designating "Safety" and toe location of first aid equipment (otoer toan firefig^tlng equipment).

(5) Blue.. Blue shall be toe basic color for designating caution, limited to warn­ing against toe starting, toe use of, or toe movement of equipment under repair or being worked upon.

(6) Purple. Purple shaU be the basic color for designating radiation hazards. "Radiation" as used In this subparagraph refers to radiation types such as X-ray, alpha, beta, gamma, neutron, proton, deuteron, and meson. YeUow should be used In combination "wito purple for markers such as tags, labels, signs, and floor markers.

(7) Black, white, or combinations of black and white. Black, white, or a com­bination of toese two, shaU be toe basic colors for toe designation of traffic and housekeeping markings. Solid wlUte, soUd black, single color striping, alternate stripes of black and white, or black and white checkers should be used in accord­ance wito local conditions.

(b) Color specifications, Colors shall meet toe tests specified in section 3, Color Definitions, of ANSI Z63.1-1967, Safety Color Code for Marking Physical Hazards. § 1910.145 Specifications for accident

prevention signs and tags. (a) Scope. (1) These specifications ap­

ply to the design, appUcation, and use of signs or symbols (as Included in para­graphs (c) through (e) of this section) Intended to Indicate and. Insofar as pos­

sible, to deflne specific hazards of a n a ­ture such that failure to designate them may lead to accidental injury to workers or toe public, or boto, or to property damage. These specifications are in­tended to cover all safety signs except toose designed for streets, highways, raUroads, and maxine regulations. These specifications do not apply to plant bul­letin boards or to safety posters.

t (2) AU new signs and replacements of old signs on or after August 31, 1971, shall be In accordance wito these

, specifications. ! (b) Definitions. As used In this section, toe word "sign" refers to a surface on prepared for the warning of. or safety instructions of, Industrial workers or members of toe public who may be ex­posed to hazards. Excluded from tois definition, however, are news releases, displays commonly known as safety posters, and buUetins used for employee education.

(c) Classification of signs according to use—(1) Danger signs, (i) Danger signs should be used only where an immediate hazard exists. There shall be no varia­tion in toe type of design of signs posted to warn of specific dangers and radia­tion hazards.

(U) AU employees shaU be Instructed that danger signs indicate Immediate danger and that special precautions are necessary.

(2) Cd««oJi signs. (1) (Caution signs shall be used only to warn against po­tential hazards or to caution against un­safe practices.

(U) AU employees shaU be Instructed toat caution signs indicate a possible hazard against which proper precaution shoiUd be taken.

(3) Safety instruction signs. Safety in­struction signs shall be used where toere is a need for. general Instructions and suggestions relative to safety measures.

(d) Sign design'and colors—(1) Dc-sign features. The colors, proportions, and location of toe identification panels on each sign shall be in accordance wito tois paragraph. AU signs shaU be fur­nished wito rounded or blunt comeis and shaU be free from sharp edges, burrs, spUnters, or otoer sharp projec­tions. The ends or heads of bolts or otoer fastening devices shaU be located In such a way toat they do not constitute a hazard. When conditions warrant toe use of a sign size not covered in toe following tables, the ratio of toe depth of toe identifying panel (Danger, Cau­tion, ete.) to toe widto of toe sign shaU be as established in Tables J-1 to J-4.

TABLK J-1—STASIDARD PBOVOBTIONS FOB DANQSB SIGNS

sign slie, tnchea belgbt, width

Black roctangalar panel. Inches

height, -width

Bed oval. Inches height, width

Word danger, height Inches

Maxlmiun space BTallable for sign wording. Inches

7x10 10x14 14x20 20x28

10x7 14x10 20x14 28x20

m X13H mx-i

HORIZONTAI. F A T T X B N

rnxsa 4V|xllJ4 tuixn 8}Jx23H

VPHIOHT rATIEEN 2Hx6J| iT4xiiii •' , 4H X llJi 1^x17

1M«

'n IM. 1^< 2H«

«ix^J »Hx9 |

14 X \zy, a « x i 9 H

KDERAl REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

» " » ' * ' " ^ T J ^ , ^ ^ S S a S ^ Table 1

^.•l—. i™. r TK standard Source i' •

-(uTstendard Proportions shaU be as tadtottSTraible J-1. and format shall 1)6 as ta Hff. J~-^

^ ^ ^ ^ M II HIP WPip _ » — » _ -

^^**^., 'SS^ .S ,^SSS . ^ e c o S S W a be

standard Z53.1-1967. ^ ^ t e n d a r d proportions shaU 1M aa to^Mtod in Table J-2. and format shall be as In Figure J-4-

* " CAVHONSIOHB .

^ ^ - ^ - S ^ Z ^ ^ ^ S S ^ f e t S S ^ ^ a g a i n s t

^ e ^ ^ " " ^ ^ " h e t o . ^ Of ^ ^ u e glossy samples as specified In T^ie i ofAmerican National Standard Z53.1-

"(U) Standard proportions shaU be as indicated m Table J-4. and format shaU be as In Figure J-6.

'WHITE M&xinuiia

gnaoeBTaU-Bbtolor

Bignwordlns b«loV panel Indies height

width

BLACK--WHITE

Danger Sign

Standard oolor of the bad^round shaJl KBTySow; the panel, reddish purple S t h 7 ^ w tetteSrS^ syinbol. i^msto ^ t o : any letters used against the S w background shaU be black. The S s shall be those of opaque glossy samples as specified In Table 1 ©J Amer-toSr^ttoMOStandard. Z53.1-1967.

I^iiisil!l3i

BLACK LETTERa

-JJEDDISH PURPLE

-YELl-OW

-REDDISH PURPLE

EteJ-2

(11) The standard symbol shaU be as In ngure J-3. Method of dhntmslonlng. design, and orientation of toe standard eymbol (one blade pohited "townward and centered on toe vertical wds) dwU be executed as Ulustrated. The symbol nP^n be prominently displayed, and oi a (dze consistent wito toe size of the eqiUp-ment or material or area to which it is attached.

(Ul) Itormat shaU be as In Figure J-2. fflgn prworUons shaU be toe same as ttose for danger signs in Table J-1.

(4) Caution signs. (1) Standard colcw of the background shaU be yeUow; and

.YELLOW

Blg.J-* Gontilon Slgfs

(5) Exit Signs. Exit signs shaU be In accordance wito 5 1910.37(a) •

i6) Safety instruction signs, tt) Standard color of toe background ^ hTvSte: and toe panel, green wltii ^Wte le t ted Any letters used aga^t «ie white background shaU be black, ^ e S s ShaU be toose of opaque ^ s a m p l e s as "Pfcmed In Table I OfAmerican National Standard, Z53.1-^*(U) Standard proportions shaU be as indicated In Table J-3, and format shaU be as In Figure J-5.

CREEN •'WHITB

Eg. J-6 Directional Signs

(8) fji-pZont traffic signs-'B^e^'^^ and control signs requh:ed for to"?^ movement of vehicles and Ped^trians on tooroughfaxes on plant P r o P ^ f ^ conform to toe standards estabUshed m ^erican National Standard Manual on ^ o m Traffic Contaro Devices for Streets and Highways, D6.1-1961. ^ ) In/omatloTioI signs, m^e shaU be toe standard color 1°' tojo"^^^^ signs. It may be used as toe background S for toe complete sign or as a panel a? toe top of such types of "Notice" s l ^ . wWch luive a white background. The S o r e S b^ those of opaque glosw S e s rspecmed taTable 1 of Amer-lean National Standard Z53-1-1967.

(10) sum-moving vehicle fW»bZem. T l ^ embleSi (see fig. J"') « « ^ ^ ^ ^ * fluorescent yeUow-oxange ta:^Ble with a dsSTred reflective border. The yeUow" o S g e fluoTescent triangle Is a WgWy irteiwo color for dayUght exproure. ff ^efl^^e ^ ^ r c ^ f ^ ^ ^ ' ^ ^ y S I of toe fluorescent «ol°^^ ™:j„*ifl„^,n «id creates a boUow red t ^ ^ e . g toe path of motor vrtilole head^hts at night. The emblem Is ^tended as a uSjae Identifioation for, »nd it ^ ^ Se u ed only on. vehicles which by design move dowly (25 m.p.h. or less)

, OorkwiJ U— 4—*i reflectivs •!—=—-—1 bordisr

Fluorescsnt yellow-orangs triongle.

(Note- The words "Think" and "Be Oateful ,-g l ronhere , are only mustrat lona. Other word­

ings may be used.)

F i g . J - 5 Sa fe ty I n s t r u c t i o n S i g n s

(7) Directtojiol signs. (1) Standard color pf the background shaU be white;

"* «errBAi-Disc

HOTE: All dimensions are in inches.

P i g . J - 7 Slow-Moving Vehicle Emblem

TAriTj-S-^STANDABP PB0P0BT10N8 TOB SAtKTT iHSTBVCnOM BlOHB

Green rectangular

Word "Think" Sign die.

Inches, n»ju,ij|iuj». ^.TiXiTT.! height, panel, Ujohes, height ol Tridth TWlght, width letters,

. Inches

Maxlmom space

BVfdlable (or sign wording below panel, inches height,

width

Sign slie, inches belgbt, width

Qreen

eanel," lOhes,

height, width

Word "Be"

belgbt of letters. Inches

Hg. J-3 Siindaid Badialiim Symiboi

10x14 SK .,

20X28 4^x

Maximum Word space

"Careful" avaUable for height of rignwordlnjs letters, below paneU inches Inches, height,

width

1 « . » « » ? ^ 2Ht 4x l3H j U 6 X i m lU 9yi X 27H

KDERAl REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125_THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

f&> rrtia pravtatoaa ot tbSa Subpart J SbaU become effective on Ausust 27, 1S71. except 'as provided In the remaining

' paragraphs of this section. (b) The following provisions shaU be­

come eirecUve on February 15.1972: |i9io.ii2(b)(a). (b)(6). (b)(7). (d)(6),

(X).(g).(l) {l)»ud(a). (c) Notwithstanding anything In

paragraph (a), (b). or (d) of this sec­tion, any provision in any otoer section of tills subpart which contains in Itself a specific effective date or time limitation shaU become effective on such date or shaU aiH>l7 In accordance wito such limitation.

(d) Notwithstanding anything In IMiragraph (a) of this section. If any standard in 41 CFR Part 60-204, otoer than a national consensus standard Incorporated by reference In 50-204.2 (a) (1), Is or becomes appUcable at any time to any employment and place of employment, by virtue of toe Walsh-Healey PubUc Contracte Act, or the Serv­ice Contract Act of 1965, or the National Foundation on Arts and HumazUties Act of 1965, any corresponding estabUshed Federal standard In tois Subpart J which 1B derived from 41 C B Part 50-204 shaU also become effective, and shaU be ap­pUcable to such employment and place of employment, on toe same date. [86 PJi. 1610S, Aug. 13,1971]

# Subpart K—Medical and First Aid " § 1 9 1 0 . 1 5 1 Medical aervices and first

• id . (a) The employer shaU ensure toe

ready avaUablUty of medical personnel for advice and consultation on matters of plant healto.

(b) In toe° absence of an infirmary, dlnlc. or hospital in near proximity to toe workplace which Is used for the treat­ment Of aU Injured employees, a person, or persons shaU< be adequately trained to render first aid. Fkst aid SuppUes ap­proved by the consulting physician shaU be readUy avaUable.

(c) Where too eyes or body of any person may be exposed to Injurious cor­rosive materials, suitable faculties for quick drenching or fiushing of the. eyes and body shaU be provided within toe work area for Immediate emergency use. § 1 9 1 0 . 1 5 2 [Reservied] § 1910.153 Sources of standards.

The standard In S 1910.151 is derived from 41 CFR 50-204.6.

Subpart L—Fire Protection § 1910.156 Definitions applicable to tliis

subpart. (a) "Class A fires" are fires In or-

, dlnary combustible materials, such as wood, cloto, paper, and rubber.

(b) "Class B fii-es" are flies In flam­mable Uquids. gases, and greases.

(c) "Class C fires" are fires which Involve energl^ electrical equipment where toe electrical nonconductivity of toe extinguishing media Is of Importance.

' (When electrical equipment Is deener-

sl^s^^. eJctlnBTTilsJiers Tor crltxaa .A. o r ^ fljres m a y b e u s e d s a f e l y . >

(d) "Class D flres" are fires In c o m -. busUble metaJs, sucb as masnesluni . titanium, zirconium, «odlum, and potassium.

(e) Classlflcatlon of portable fire ex­tinguishers: "Portable fire extinguishers'* are classified for use on certain classes of fires'and rated for relative extinguishing effectiveness at a temperature of plus 70° F. by naUonaUy recognized test­ing laboratories. This Is based upon the preceding classification of fires and toe fire extinguishment potentials as deter­mined by fire tests.

N o n : The classification and rating sys­tem described in this section Is that iised by Underwriters' Xiaboratorlea, Inc. end Under­writers Ij&boratorles of Camida and is based on extmgulshmg preplanned flres of deter­mined size and description as follows:

(1) Class A rating—^VtTood and excelsior flres ezcludmg deep-seated conditions.

(U) Class B rating—^Two-Inch depth gasoline flres in square pans.

(Ill) Class O ratmg—^No fire test. Agent must be a nonconductor of electricity.

(iv) Class D ' rating—Special testa on specific combustible metal flres.

(f) A "Ught hazard" Is a situation where toe amount of combustibles or flammable Uquids present ,1s such toat fires of smaU size may be expected. These may Include offices, schoolrooms, churches, assembly halls, telephone ex-changes,ete.

(g) An "ordinary hazard" Is a situa­tion where toe amount of combustibles or fiammable Uquids present Is such toat fires of moderate size may be expected. These may Include mercantile storage and display, auto showrooms, parking garages, Ught manufacturing, ware­houses not classified as extra hazard, school shop areas, etc.

(h) An "extra hazard" Is a situation where the amount of combustibles or flammable Uquids present. Is such toat flres of severe magnitude may be ex­pected. These may Include woodwork­ing, auto repair, aircraft servicing, ware-bouses wito hlgh-pUed (14 feet or higher) combustibles, and processes such as fiammable Uquld handling, painting, dipping, etc.

(1) Sprinkler system: A "sprbikler system," for fire protection purposes. Is an Integrated system of underground and overhead piping designed in accord­ance with fire protection engineering standards. The system Includes a stdtr able water supply, such as a gi-avlty tank, fire pump, reservoir, or pressure tank and/or connection by underground piping to a city main. The portion of the sprinkler system above ground Is a net­work of specially sized or hydrauUcally designed piping UistaUed in a buUdlng, structure or area, generally overhead, and to which sprinklers are connected In a systematic pattern. The system in­cludes a controlling valve and a device for actuating an alann when the system Is In operation. The system is usually activated by heat from a fire and dis­charges water over the fire area.

NOTB: The design and installation of water supply facilities such as gravity tanks.

-uzxdersrouxicl p l p l n K vro c o v e r e d toy NtTPA. Standards No. 22—1070. 'Water TftTiTfB f o r Private Fire Protection: No. 20-1970. InstaUa­tion or Centrifugal Fire Pumps and No. 24-1970, Outside Protection.

(J) Sprinkler alarms: A "sprinkler alarm" unit Is an assembly of apparatus approved for toe service and so con­structed and InstaUed toat any flow of water from a sprinkler system equal to or greater toan toat from a single auto­matic sprinkler wUl result in an audible alarm signal on toe premises.

(k) Class of service—standplpe sys­tems: "Standplpe systems" are grouped into three general classes of.servlce for the Intended used In the extinguishment of fire. . •

(1) Class I: For use by fire depart­ments and those trained In handling heavy fire streams (2Vi-lnch hose).

(2) Class n : For use primarily by the building occupants untU the arrival of the fire department (sraaU hose).

(3) cnass rH: For use by either fire departments and those trained in han­dling heavy hose streams or by the buUd­lng occupants.

(1) Class I service: "Class I service" is a standplpe system capable of fur­nishing toe effective fire streams re­quired during toe more advanced stages of fire on the inside of buUdings or for exposure fire.

(m) Class n service: "Class n service" is a standplpe system which affords a ready means for toe control of incipient flUres by toe occupants of buUdings dur­ing working hours and by watchmen and toose present during toe lUght time and hoUdays.

(n) Class m service: "(31ass UI serv­ice" Is a standplpe system capable of furnishing toe effective fire streams re­quired during toe more advanced stages of fire on toe Inside of buUdings as weU as providing a ready means for toe con­trol of fires by toe occupants of toe building.

(0) Standplpe systems: . "Standplpe systems" are usually of toe foUowIng types:

(1) A wet standplpe system having a supply valve open and water pressure maintained at aU times.

(2) A standplpe system so arranged torough toe use of approved devices as to admit water'to the system automat-icaUy by opening a hose valve.

(3) A standplpe system arranged to admit water to the system through man­ual operation of approved remote control devices located at each hose station.

(4) Dry standplpe having no perma­nent water supply. See also paragraph (k) of this section,

(p) Type I storage: "Type I storage" is toat In v/hich combustible commodities or noncombustible commodities involv­ing combustible packaging or storage aids are stored over 15 feet but not more than 21 feet lilgh in soUd pUes or over 12 feet but not more than 21 feet high in piles that contain horizontal channels. Minor quantities of commodities of hazard greater than ordinary combustibles may be included witoout affecting this gen­eral classification.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

<a> Tyiio IT atoratco: "Type rr storaBo Is tba* in. -wbicSx cdztibuatuae commodities or nonoombostlble canunodlties involv­ing combustible packaging or storage

. aids are stored not over 16 feet high In soUd pUes or not over. 12 feet high In, pUes that contain horizontal channels. Tyrinnr quantities of commodities Of haz­ard greater than ordinary combustibles may be Ineluded without affecting this general classification.

(r) Type i n storage: "Type nx stor­age" Is that in which the stored commodi­ties, packaging, and storage aids are non­combustible or contain only a smaU con­centration of. combustibles which are Incapable of prodvudng a fire toat would cause appreciable damage to toe com­modities stored or to noncombustible wall, floor or roof construction. OrdUiary combustible commodities In completely sealed noncombustible containers may qualify In this dasslflcation. General commodity storage that Is subject to fre­quent fh«t"giTig and storage of combust­ible packaging and storage aids Is ex­cluded from this category,

(8) "Approved": "Approved" nleans Usted or approved by: (1) At least one of the loUowlng nationally recognized testing laboratories: Factory Mutual En­gineering Corp.: Underwriters' Labora­tories, lnc« or (2) Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, Department of the Xnterlw; Department of Transportation. or VB. Coast Guard, which Issue approv­als for such equipment. POXXABUI FiBX SUPPBZSSIOH EQUZPUXm

1 1 9 1 0 . 1 5 7 Portable fire extinguishers.'; (a) Oeneral requirements—lli Oper-,

iMe eonditton. Portable extinguishers •halt be maintained In a fully chargedj ftn^ operable condition, and kept In tiielr designated places at all thnes when toey

• M8 sot being used. ^ „ .. (3) Ziocatton. Extinguishers shaU be

eonsplcuotudy located where toey wUl be readily accessible and Immediately avaU-aUe In the event, of fire. They shaU be

I located along normal paths ot travel. (S) Marklna of location. Extinguishers

sbaU not be obstructed or obscured from view. In large rooms, and In certain loca­tions where visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shaU be jitovtded to Indicate the location

; and Intended use of extinguishers I conspicuously.

•:i.<4) Marking of extinguishers. It ex-tingalSbera Intended for different classes

! ot Are are grouped, toeh: Intended use BhaU be marked consplouously to Insure chitfce ot the proper extinguisher at the time of a fire.

(S> ifountinff of Extinguishers. Extin­guishers shaU be Installed on toe hangers or In toe brackets suppUed, njounted in cabinets, or set on shelves unless toe ex­tinguishers are of the wheeled type.

:(6) Hc<ahto/''W>«n**W. Extinguishers luiving a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds shaU be instaUed so that toe top o( the extinguisher Is not more than 6 teet above toe floor. Extinguishers hav­ing a gross weight greater tiian 40 pounds (exc^t wtaeeled types) sbaU be so in-

°°y..'^°J^7^'^ ^f^^ IS^^S^ S I I S d B SbaU be of types approved for use

m o ^ J ^ t ^ " m 1 1 b S " o r v J a 5 1 S ^ ^ - ' ' ^ " J ^ S l ^ ^ ^ l j r ^ / S ^ ' S b ^ y S ^ ^ t i t Vvi^»ixr<« sViaU be nlaced In a m a n - (c) Distribution ot portaoiejire ex-

IrTSl., i^oii KTof ft tvM annroved shaU be provided by fire extinguishers ^ U ^ t e ^ f o r " S £ n ? e « S s to wSIcS sulteblevfor such (^ass A; B C, or D fire toef'Sb^eSseTorplacedlnanen- potentials as w be present^ dMUM canableofmaintainlng toe tem- (v) Extinguishers provided for buUd-nerature within "toe range prescribed in hig protection may be considered also for t ^ X w a g r a p h . ' , toe protection or occupancies having a

(b) Selection of exting^lshers—a) Class A fire potential. General. The seJecticm of extinguishers (yi) Combustible buUdings having an for a given situation wUl depend upon toe occupancy hazard subject to Class B, character of toe fires anticipated, toe and/or Class C flres, sliaU have a stand-construction and occupancy of toe Indi- ard complement of CHass A fire extln-vldual property, toe vehicle or hazard to guishers as required by Table I»-l be protected, ambient-temperature con- for buUdlng protection, plus additional dltlons and other factors. The number class B and/or Class C extinguishers. of extinguishers required shaU be deter- where fire extinguishers have more than mined by reference to paragraph (c) of one letter classlfloaUon (such as 2-A: this seotiwi. Approved fire extinguishers 20-B:C), toey may be considered to shaU be used to meet the requiremente satisfy toe requirements of each letter of this section. class.

,(2) Selection by hazardl (1) Extln- (vU) Rooms or areas shall be graded • gulshers shaU be selected tor the specific generaUy as Ught hazard, ordinary haz-

Class or classes ot hazards to be protected ^rd, or extra hazard. Limited areas of In accordance wito toe toUowlng para- greater or lesser hazard shaU be pro-graphs, tected as required.

(11) Extinguishers for protecting Class (2) pire extinguisher size and place-A hazards shaU be selected from among jnent for Class A hazards. <l) Minimal toe foUowlng: foam, loaded stream, mul- gj es of fire extinguishers for toe listed tipurpose dry Chemical, and water types, grades of hazard shfJl be provided on CertalnsmallerextingulsherB which are t^e basis of Table L-1. Extinguishers charged wito multipurixxse dry chemical ghaU be located so that toe maximum are rated on Class B and Class C flres, travel distances shaU not exceed toose but have Insufficient effectiveness to earn specified In Table L-1. the mtohnum l-A rating even though ,1, ^^ j^j toey have value in extinguishing smaUer _— ClassAflreS. Areas to b« protected per

Such smaUer extinguishers shaU not BMIO Maximum eitlngulaher beusedtomeettoerequhremraiteofpara- .SjJ^^, ^^^„ Light ordinary Extra graph (C) (2) (1) of this section. .rating to ex- haiord haxard haxard

/ l in li<7t'lninilR>inn( for nrotection of for area tlrigulshers oeoapanoyoolmpancyocoapan-(Ul) BXUngmShOTS lOr P ^ 3 ^ " ° ? . ^ ' " spocifled (feet) (SQuaro (square oy (square

dass B hazards shaU be selected from *^ i«et) feet) feet) the foUowlng: bromotrifluoromethane, — CMbon dioxide, dry chemical, foam, IA w »•»« NOUI NOUI loaded stiream. and. multipurpose dry ^ ?» l^ IZ ^MS chemical. Extinguishers with ratings less ifZ:::::. ?» ii,2so 6,ooo . i,ooo than 1-B ShaU not be considered hi de- «^ " "•'" °-°°° '•°°° termlnlng SUltahUity. . ^ „ „ „ „ , NOTE l: Not permitted except as apeolfled in sub-

(IV) ExthlgUlsherS for protection of division (li) of tUfasubparagraph. Class C hazards s l ^ be selected from toe The nrotection requiremente spec-l^^^^^H^'^H^'^^'Xr^nd m Z ' Ified hi TaWeT-l S^y be fulfiUed 1^ bon diojdde. dry chemical, and multi- ^ ^ ^ j gj^t^gulshers of lower ratings purpose dry chemical. j^^. ordinary or extrahazard occupancies.

Nora: Carbon dioxide extinguishes equip- ^^^ Where the fioor area of a buUd-ped with metal horns are not considered safe , . . . -ng-ja-rt in Table for use on flres in.energlzed electrical equip- ing Is less .™J?f„35i««^iS?i^«711?« mln l ! ^ n t and, therefore, ire not classified for I ^ l . a t l e a s t o n e e x t i n g ^ h e r o f toendnl-^ on Class o haaards. mum size recommended shaU be provided.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

236S1

(IV) The protection «qiUremente may

S larger extinguishers shaU not ex-

'^^^VS'exUnguishcr size anA place-i iXr riruii B Ares other than for

S h (I) Mlnhnal sizes of ^ , \ ^ ^ i ^ e r s for toe U ted grades of hazard choTi hp mwvided on the basis oi laoio t f S t o S s h e r s shaU be ^o^^J° ^ i S ^ S i n i u m ti^vel dist^^es s h ^ not exceed toose specified to Table u-^.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

Type of haiord

TABtB I/-2

NOT.: Where this section calls tor rc^^^^^^^

eitfngulahers as aU»*«5 J'XPYitSSSsher roust be pur-

" ' m ' ^ ' ^ o or more extinguishers of

S p a r g e r extinguishers shaU not ex-

'^tJ^F^e'extinguisher size andJWce' J'^t far Class B fires in flammable hq-

• tt a ^ B fire extinguishers shaU be tanxs, v-ittoo •" !,_.). of one numerical ^•^•^rof C ^ s B S e S s S S g potential

toe area. . , « ..j . . «

mch. BU. t <M) TWO or more extinguishers of

lo^S^ S fngs excep to r foam extm-gulshers. shaU not be used in ^^ extingiUsher ^f^^^f^am e'rtinguishers

,f„t rn and (Ui) of subparagraph (3) slons (1) ana '•^' . exceeded.

°^^*Ffre extinguisher size and place-

require a nonconducting extingukhtog ^ ^ This wiU include fire eltoer di-f e ^ S y V ^ J o r ^ o u n d U i g el^trica^ PouiDment. SUice toe fire iteelf Is a Cl^ff I o r S B hazard toe extinguishers L s i S r a n d loc^t^d ° ^ , ^ \ S ^ ? d toe anticipated Class A or ^ hazMd.

(d) /nspectfon.mointencncc,andny drostattc fesfs-(l) General. (1) The employer shall be responsible for such Sspection, maintenance, f^d.^^^^^aed

(U) For deteUs of conducting neea^a IniSctions, proper f i f » t ^ ^ ° P ^ V a«ons and required tests, see NFPA NO. I E O T O . Matatenance and Use of Port­able Fire Extinguishers. • .

(2) inspection. (1) Extinguishers s h ^ be i n su red monthly, or at more fre­quent t ^ r v a l s when circ«n^*^ces re-nuhre to Insure toey are hi toelr desig-S ^ ' DlaMs to insure toey have not ^ a S S or tampered wito. and to S t ^ obvious physical damage, cor-

' • 1 ^ u T ' ^ ° S L S ^ ^ o w I n g defecte s h S ^ l v ^ ^ m P l e t e niahitenance

*'^(3^Jlfoinfcnance. (I) At regular In-te^als not ^ r e than 1 year apart, or whef 'sSficaUy ^^<^^,X.'^^£: Tpection. e x t l n g u i ^ ^ s h a U ^ e ^ o r ^ oughly cxamhied «°^Zfu^J^AiIse^' repaired to hisure operabUIty and saiety.

maintenance or recharge date ^ a ^ initials or signature of toe person wn«

^f4^'T.K«i'^U. (i) K. at any th^*e. an extinguish^ s h c m s ^ d e n ^ r f

^ 'an 'For 'evSuating toe condition of

Avenue. New York. NY 10036.

"'^ed^^S^^^^nrtd^ '^fTt^^ S a r a ^ P h . e x t t a g i ^ s Rimll be bydrostatlcally tested. The IUBU

TABU! L-3

TABLE L-S—Continued HYDROSTATIC^TEST nJIEXVAI.

FOE EXTlNOinSHKBS

Test Jntenxrf Extinguisher type. '

Stored-pressuro water and/or anti- ^ freeze " * 5

Wetting agent " " g poam ~ 6 Loaded stream ZSZu'^JtrZ S y chemical ertlngulshers wltt stali^

less steel shelU, or soldered-brass ^ • BheUs rV.IZ 6

Carbon dioxide extinguishers ——----5 ^ chemical extinguishers with '°^r«^-bra8S shells, mild-steel sheU. ^

or altimlnum shells ^^ Bromotrifluoromethane -—--""-^ Bry powder extinguishers for metal ^^

flres

HYDROSTATIC TBST INTBnVAL ton XXTINGUISHXRS^^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

, year . Extinguisher type. ^

freeze

U i c o

NOTE: CyUnders under Jurfs^c^pn of toe U^. Department of Transportation «orm^iy toterstate CommCTce C ^ S n ) may requUre hydrostatic test-ing at more frequent periods.

Civ) Niti-ogen cyUnders (or <^er ^ 1 -

pomnned wito a shutoft nozzle at the S e t ' l n d of toe hose, a hydrostatic test S be performed on the hose t o Its SSpltogs (but witoout toe < U « * » ^ S ™ at toe test toterval BP<xme&icx SSTmilt on which toe bose to tas^ej

(vi) The test pressure for dry chemical and dry p o ^ e r hose assemblies requte- . tog a hydrostatic test shaU be at a t « t ™lwure of 300 pounds per square tooh Fofl^l-iSnute ^ r i o d . carbon dloidde h " e as^embUes reqirirtog * ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ g test ShaU be at test pressure of 1,250 p j i . for a 1-minute period.

(vU) Hydrostatic teste are not re-quSci oif fire paUs, P^r^^^ ^ » ^ and/or antifreeze extingulshera, and f^iiirv-sealed disposable (nonrefiUable) S K n surti an e x t i n g i ^ ^ o r water paU shows evidence of corro^on or mechanical Injury, It may be u n s ^ . or misuiteble for further use and sbaU be replaced with a new unit.

(viU) The hydrostatic test date * ^ be recorded on a record tag of metal or M S doable material, or a suiteble S ^ e T d e c a l which B ] ^ 1 f ^ S ^ S : (by a heatless process) to toe shOiM an extinguisher which favorably passw 1 toe h^rostatlc test, p e « « * ^ „ S ? ' Sa i l contain toe foUowlng Informati^. . Date of test, test pressure, and n ^ e OT initials of person or agency making toe test. ' . . . .^ __

(ix) For extinguishers suW^^d to an original factory test pressure of 350 p .s i OT greater, toe test pressure sbaU be 75 ^ S ^ i toe factory test P^s^STatLf Soted on the exttogulsher nameplat^ Sut to no case less thMi 300 p ^ . sec Table I ^ . For extinguishers subjected to an original factory test pressure of ]«a K 350 P.81.. toe t ^ P^^^JJl iSfJ K percent of toe factory <«* P ^ ^ ^ RM Table L-4. Pressure shaU be ap^eo ^ a ^ t e ^ r i s e to reach toe test pres-

„OE^L ReCSTER. VOL. 39. NO. 125_THURSOAV. .UNE 27. 1,74

RULES AND REGULATIONS 23685_

. X , , . *- »^^ fii« f5i Ho<!e connections (1) Standplpes ieach standplpe (tadudUig toe roof out-sure In approrimatebr 1 J^utf • , ^ , ^ « fOT <3lJS^f s ^ ^ S ^ b e provlded^rtto let) wito 500 gaUons per minute flowtag. pressure ShaU be held fOTl minute, after ' " ^ ^ J ^ ^ ^ S o n s S^each floOT. (2) JIftnlmum sappZy/or CtosJ/serr-which it ShaU be released. (li) s tMidoip^tor Class n service ice. The minimum supply for Ctoss n

TABi,!^ s h S b ? S S S ^ w l t o l % - l n c h h o s e c o n . »«rylce shaU be sufflrtent to p ~ > d * ^ • ^^^ons on each fioor gaUons per minute for a period of at leasi

HTDsoBTATic TE8I nt»«Tmx M<ivmKwnra-OTK-.oe (Ui) standplpes for caass i n service tUr ty (30) minutes, ' " • e m ^ ^ ^ « ^ , ^ " S I ^ S ™ x ^ NOT '^'«:i™>,™ " ^ ? 5 ! , V 8haU b e ^ v l d e d wito boto a 2Mi-inch suflldent to matotato a residual pressure

^ . • SlL- The hose connections may be most outtet of each standplpe imciumng ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ o i g ? ^ n e 2 T - i n ^ ^ ^ valve and an toe roof outiet) wito 100 gaUons per

Ext l^hertyp. l a c t ^ ^ " ^ ' ^ g ^ ' ^ Z^'ter"""'"'^"" "^'^^"^ by ly^- lnch HllnUte^OWta^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^^^

Aiidrycbemioaiand «op.».i.or ™%of ' jS^ (3 ) Hose. Each hose ouUet provided 3cn>tee. The mtolmmn raroly ^^^^"'^ s^^Us^ Ixfli lor toe use of buUdtog occupants (Class m service shaU be toe same as for Class

below 360 76? of factory n and l U services) ShaU be equipped I sendee, « ^ „ ^ « « « m pj,,; test press™ approved smaU fire hose attached (4) Fire deparmetaconneetions.a)^

^'^-'^ V-^ '^ sSd rSSy for use. The maxtoium total One OT more fire department ccmnections FSr-HTp^a. 3M m S t h of inSned hose shaU be 75 feet. diaU be provided f « each Class I or B T S ^ ^ P . . . 500.... 375. The maximum total length <rfUned hose Cl^^ g ^ ^ g ^ ^ ^ f f i S ^ having two

factory test; . . „ shaU be 100 feet. ^n; ±11 XUKU • ^ """V" _.= ,^. irr„«__ Boda id-3jopj.i.' 3*0 -MO. (4) Hosc rocfcs OT recIs. Eoch Station or more zones, a fire departinent connec B t S ^ ' S ^ o r «op*Lor W o f factory p^vlded wito smaU hosc shaU be tion ShaU be provWed for each zone. ^•SSw^d^S^ ^ ^ r - . goo1?r~~ Equipped wito an approved rack, OT an (Ul) Fb?e depaxtorat connections shaU

toS'S^i^^d*" ^bTw'm TW^Mfictor, improved reel, securely fastened to posi- be properly supp^te i ISM^SSiyf" testpnm™ u^^; provided, tiiat-an employer may (Iv) There "b^be^nT^^JS^^^

. ~ —- continue to use a reel acquired priOT to in toe fire departaient O D ? ^ ^ O » J ; - ^ ^ (X) Carbon dioxide extinguishers. May 20, 1974, even though It is not ap- <v) An approved straightway cne»

n l t o g ^ ^ d e r ^ a n d other cyUnders OT e d . ' s o long a It is In good working valve shaU be tosteUedln^h firs de-cariridges used for tiie storage of toerts condition. Pa'**^®^* °°f"??^**^,^5r ^ J f S ^ t ^ M ^ r e ^ gases shaU be hydrosteticaUy (g, jjose valves. (I) An approved hose practicable to toe point where It Jotos tested In accordance wito tberequlre- ^ .^g sbjji be provided at each outiet ^lesystenu ^ ments of ttie tr.S. Department of Trans- , attachment of hose. (vI) "The pipe » ? * l ^ , ^ 5 ^ ^ a ^ ^ POTtatton (formerly interstate commerce ^j ,j^ t^e static pressure at any and "^e outside hose c o w l U i g ^ ^ Commission); see 49 CFR Parte 171-190. standplpe wttet for small hose exceeds equipped wito . a ^ . * P ^ ^ * f ^ ^

(XI) Extinguisher sheUs, cartridges, OT ^ S S perlqi^re Inch, an approved <Wp, arranged to discharge to a proper ^^Z^'TJ^^ir^^^ S^^^^^V^r^^'l^^ ^^^^^-T'^TeSoS^^ ^ ^ • - ^ ' ^ - ^ ^ ' ^ • ^ ^ ^ ^ j S ^ i ^ e ^ ^ l ^ e ^ ^ S m a t e l y e O p o m i d s ^l^^^^l^^^^^^t^iT. from service. per square Uich. ^ ^ S f o r e W removal by fire depart-§ 1910 .158 Slondpipe and hose systems, NOTE: Pressure reducers are not required ments

(a) General requirements—a) AppU- o^ ^^^P^^ °'^^^ l?^ f.^-^^J"!^,.^ (vUl) Hose coupltag toreads shaU con-J f c ^ . ' ^ ^ J ^ i X i d p l p e and hose sj^- T^^^aoraT^ni:^^^^^^^y^^ ' ° ^ * ° . ^ T ^ ^ ' ' . ' ^ ^ i S o S ^ d ^ tems are provided toey shaU meet the ff^e trained mhandung large streins. partment. (American) NatiMial Stan«lard S n requiremente of toe National Fire " we trained m nan saiBe Kre-Hose CoupUng Screw Threads shall ^tectiOTi Association's Standard fOT the (Ul) National (American) Standard ^e used whenever they wlU fit the local Installation of Standplpe and Hose Sys- Fhre Hose (3oupUng Screw Threads Miau ^^ department hose threads; see stand-tems NFPA 14-1970 and toe requiremente be used whenever toey wUl fit existing ^ ^^j. gcrew Threads and CJaskets for K t o ^ o n T equipment: see S ten tod for Screw ^ jjoee CoupUngs. NFPA No. 194-

(2) Closets and cabinets. Oosete and Threads Gaskete for Fb^ Hose Cou- jggg cabUiete used to contato fire hose shaU pUngs. NFPA No. 194-1968. ^^^.^ jj^gg connections should be on be of suflacient size to permit toe InstaUa- (6) Nozzles. Nozzles shaU be of an ap- ^.^^ street side of buUdtogs and shaU be tion of toe necessary eqidpment at hose proved tsve. Size of nozzles fOT small located and arranged so that hose Itaes stations and so designed as not to tor hose shaU be not larger than one-half can be readily and convenlentty attached terfere wito toe prompt handling of the toch. to the tolete without toterference from hose and equipment at time of fire. They (7) Dry standplpe identification. Each any nearby objecte todudlng buUdtogs, ShaU be used for fire equipment only. hose connection on dry standplpes shaU fences, posts, or otoer fire department

(3) Protection of standplpes. Stand- jje provided with a conspicuous, durable, connections. pipes ShaU be so located that they are g^^ permanently legible sign readtag (x) Hose connections shaU be desig-protected against mechanical and fire . . j j ^ standpli)e for Fire Department Use nated by a sign havtog raised letters at damage. . Only." least one inch to size cast on a plate

(b) Hose outlets—a) Location of ^^^ water supplies—(1) Minimum or fitting, readtog "Standplpe." hose. (1) Hose outlete shaU be within ^^^^1^ f„ CT^^j j service. (1) The mini- (xi) If hose connection does not serve easy reach of a person stendtog on toe ^^^ supply for Class I service shaU be all of the buUdtag an appropriate and floor and in no case shaU be over 8 leei gy^adent to provide 500 gaUons per mta- durable sign shaU be attached tadlcatbig from toe floor. Hose stations shaU oe ^^ ^^^ ^ period of at least thirty (30): the portions of toe buUdlng served., located conspicuously wlthln-toelmmem- j^nutes. (fl) Tests and maintenance — U) ate area and where not U f ^ *» D? l (U) where more than one standplpe is Tests. AU new systems tocluding yard structed. Hose '"ay be Iwsated at one ^ j ^ ^ ^ ^.j^^ nitomium supply shaU be piptag shaU be tested hy(h:osteticaUy at side of toe standplpe and s u p p u e a ^ go^gauons per minute for the first stand- not less toan 200 pounds per square short lateral connections to <*^ standp«» rAp^^^^ 250 gaUons per mtoute for each toch pressure for 2 hours, or at 50 pounds "^^^^^ S^^T'^ ^ t J ^ o * fh« o u t i ^ additional standplpe, toe total supply not per square toch to excess of the normal

(11) For Class ™^f^"?^*f„« ° ^ ^ to exceed 2,500 gaUons a mtoute, for a pressure when toe normal pressure Is to for large hose shaU be lo«ft^,»° ^ „ ^ ^ : period of at least OUrty (30) mtoutes. excess of 150 pounds per square toch. way pclosure^and for ?faU hose toe Perio sufficient to (2) Periodic inspection. (I) -Hie tanks outlets shaU be loffte* In the C O ^ O T J^^^^^^J^^e^ot65pounds shaU be kept property fiUed, and where e n c S ^ S ^ ^ ^ r e ^ c h at toe topmost oitiet of pressm:e tanks are employed, a pressure No. 125 2i FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39 . NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

23686

of at least 75 pounds per square inch ShaU be maintatoed at aU times.

NOTB: Por further details, see Standard toTVratei Tanks for Private Fire Protection. NFPA Ko. 22-1970.

(U) The valves in toe main connec­tion to the automatic Bources of water supply ShaU be open at aU times TBie hose valves should be frequently exam-

• toed to see that they are tight. NOTE: For further details, see Care of Fire

Hose, NFPA No. 198-1969.

FIXED FiRK SUPPRESSION EQtriPMENT

§ 1910.159 Automatic sprinkler systems. (a) General requirements—W De­

sign. When automatic sprinkler systems are provided they shaU meet desip re-qSremente of toe National Hre Prol^-tion Association's Standard for thejto-staUa^n of sprinkler Systems OTPA Kto. 13-1969 and the requiremente of this

^^^)\ater supply. Every automatic sprtokler system shaU have at least one ffinatic water supply oJ„ a^^equate pressure, capacity and rellabUIty. ^

(3) Fire department connection, A connection through which a fire depart-meStcan pump water into the sprtokler S m makS^a desirable auxUiary sup­ply Fortols purpose, one OT more fire department connections shaU be pro­vided in aU cases. , .

(b) Fire department coTimections—11) Size. Pipe size shall not be less toan 4

' toches for fire engine connection and not less toan 6 toches for fireboat con-Sect o S . except toat 3-toch jplpe may be used to connect a single hose con­nection to a 3-tach or smaUer riser.

(2) Valves. (1) An approved straight­away check valve shaU be installed to each fire department connection, located afnear as practicable to the potot where It joins the system.

(U) There shaU be no shutoft valve In the fire department connection.

(3) Support. Fire department connec­tions ShaU be properly supported.

(4) Hose connections. (1) Hose con­nections shaU be of approved type.

(U) Hose coupUng threads shaU con­form to those used by the loc^ fire department. National (American) Stand­ard Fire Hose CoupUng Screw Threads shall be used whenever they wlU fit the local fire department hose.

(lU) Hose coimectlons shaU be equipped with caps, properly, secured and arranged for easy removal by fire departmente.

(iv) Hose connections shaU be located and arranged so toat hose Unes can be readily and conveniently attached to toe Inlete without toterference from any nearby objecte tocluding buUdtogs, fences, poste, or other fire departinent connections.

(V) Hose connections shaU be desig­nated by a sign having raised letters at least 1 toch to size cast on plate or fitting reading for service deslgnat^: Vlz-''AUTO-SPKR." or "OPEN SPKR."

(c) Sprinkler alarms—il) General. (I) Waterfiow alarms shaU be provided on aU sprinkler InstaUations.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

(U) An alarm imlt shaU toclude an approved mechanical alarm, horn, or siren, or an approved weatherproof elec­tric gong, beU, horn, or siren on the out­side of the buUdtog or approved elec­tric gongs, bells, horns, or sirens inside the buUdtog, or a combtoatlon of such devices. ^ v. n »,« »,»

(iU) AU alarm apparatus shaU be so located and Installed that aU parte are readily accessible for inspection, removal, and repair, and shaU be substantiaUy supported. Outdoor mechatUcal or elec­tricaUy operated bells shall be of weath­erproof and guarded type. On each alarm check valve used under conditions oi variable water pressure, a retardtog de­vice shaU be instaUed. Suitable valves, ShaU be provided to the connections to retarding chambers, to pennit repair or removal without shutting oft sprinklers; these valves shaU be so arranged that they may be locked or sealed to the open position. .. . , ,,.

(2) Waterfiow detecting devices. (1) The alarm apparatus for a wet-pipe sys­tem ShaU consist of an approved alarm check valve or other approved water fiow detecting alarm device with the neces­sary attachmente required/to give .an

(U) The alarm apparatus for a dry-pipe" system shall consist of approved alarm attachmente to the dry-pipe valve. When a dry-pipe valve is located on the system side of an alarm valve, toe actu­ating device of the alarms for the dry-pipe valve may be connected to the alarms on the wet-plpe system.

(lU) The alarm apparatus for preac-tlon and deluge systems shaU consist of approved electric alarm attachmente, actuated by a thermostatic system inde­pendently of flow of water to the system.

(3) Drains. DrataS from alarm devices,-ShaU be so arranged toat there wiU be no danger of freeztag, and so toat there will be no overflowing at the alarm appa­ratus, at domestic connections or else­where wito toe sprtokler drains wide open and under pressure.

(d) Maintenance of sprinkler system. A sprinkler system installed under this Standard must be properly matotatoed for efQolent service. The employer Is re­sponsible for the condition of his sprin­kler system and must use due diligence to keeping toe system to good operattog condition.

(e) Sprinkler 'head clearance—(1) Type I storage. C!learance of at least 38 toches shaU be maintatoed between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage

, to reduce toe posslbUIty of obstruction to the distribution of water.

(2) Type II storage. CJlearance of at least 18 toches shaU be matotatoed ber tween sprtokler deflectors and top of storage to reduce toe posslbUIty of obstruction to toe distribution of water.

(3) Type III storage. In sprtoklered buUdings, at least 18 toches clearance between sprinkler deflectors and top of storage shall be matotatoed. § 1910.160 Fixed dry chemical exlin-

guishing systems, (a) General requirements—(1) De­

sign. When dry chemical exttogulshtog

systems are provided they shall meet toe design requiremente of tbf National Fire Protection Association's "Standard for Dry Chemical ExtingiUshtog Sys­tems" PfFPA No. 17-1969 and the re­quirements of this section. ^

(2) Safety requirements. Where mere 13 a posslbUIty toat personnel may be exposed to a dry chemical «iischarge, suitable safeguards shaU be provided to insure prompt evacuation of such loca­tions, and also to provide means lor prompt rescue of any trapped Personnel,

(b) Alarms and indicators—(.i) Crcn-eral. Alarms apd/or todlcators are u^d to todicate the operation of the system hazard to personnel, or fa»lup of My supervised device or eqmpment^e 0 ^ vices may be audible or visual. The type, number, and location of the devices aU , be such that their purpose is satisfac­torily accomplished. A^ «1nt.m nr'' '

(2) Operation alarm. (I) Analafmor indicator shaU be provided to show that thTsystem has operated that Persomiel response may be needed, and toat toe system should be charged.

(U) Alarms todlcattog failure of super­vised devices or equipment shaU ^ve prompt and positive tadicatioti of any failure and shaU be distinctive from alarms todlcattog operation or hazardous conditions. . ' / i \

(c) Inspection and maintenance—(i) inspection and tests. Xi) At least aimu-ally. aU dry chemical systems tocludtag alanns, shutdowns, and otoer associated equipment, shaU be tooroughly inspected and checked for proper operation by a competent tospector. x. ...-j

(U) The purpose of the inspection and testing prescribed by paragraph (o) of tlUs section shaU be not only to Insure that the system is to fidl operating con-.

: ditlon but also to todicate toe probable continuance of that condition until, toe

, next inspection. Attention at this taspec-tlon ShaU be given to any extension of the hazard protected by toe system.

(Ui) The inspector's report, wito rec-onunendatlons. If any, shall be filed wito the employer or wito whomever is desig­nated by the employer.

(iv) Between toe regular annual to-spectlon or teste, the system shaU be Inspected visually or otherwise by com­petent personnel, foUowtog a predeter-mtoed schedule. „ „ ..

(V) At least semlannuaUy, aU expeuant gas containers shaU be checked by prra-sure or weight against toe required mlnimums. . ' _

(Vi) At least semlannuaUy, aU stored ' pressure dry chemical contatoers s h ^ be checked by pressure and weight against the required mlnimums.

(vU) Except for stored pressure sys­tems, at least annually toe dry chemical to the system storage contelner shaU bo sampled from the top center and also near the waU to determtoe toe existence of lumps harder than wiU be friable when dropped from a height of 4 toChes.

(2) ilfainfeTtonce. (I) These fixed dry chemical systems shaU be matotatoed to fuU operating condition at aU times. Use, Impairment, and restoration of this pro­tection ShaU be reported promptiy to toe employer.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 12 S—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

BlilPP

(U) Any troubles or Impalrmente s h ^ be corrected at once by competen* persoimeL §1910.161 Carboo dioxide exdngalA-

ing systems. (a) GencroIrccrMlremcn««—(1) I>crf(ni.

When carbon dioxide exti^ulshtog BJJB-tems are provided toey shaU meet toe design requiremente of toe Natiwial Fire i ^ t e c t i ^ Association's "Standard on Carbon Dioxide Extinguishing Systems NFPA No. 12-1968 and toe requhremente of this section. _ .

(2) sa/ety rcgttlrcmcnt*. Ul any useor carbon dioxide where toere is a possd-bUlty that employees may be trapped to. or enter toto atmospheres made hazard­ous by a carbon dioxide discharge. siUt-able safeguards 6hfl;U be provided to to-sure prompt evacuation of and toprevent enta7 toto such atmospheres and also to provide means for prompt rescue of any trapped personneL Such safety items as personnel traintog, wamtog signs, dis­charge alarms, predlsoharge alanns, a i ^ breathtog apparatus shaU be considered,

(b) Inspection and maintenance—(i) inspection and tests. (1) At least annu­ally, aU carbon dioxide systems shaU be tooroughly Inspected and tested tor proper operation by a competent engi­neer or tospector.

(U) The goal of this Inspection and testing ShaU be not only to Insure toat the system Is to fuU operattog condition but ShaU todicate the probable continu­ance of that condition until toe next Inspection. ^ . . _,, . .

(IU) Suitable discharge teste shaU bo made when any Inspection todlcates toelr advisablUty. _j«„^.„v.

(iv) Between toe regular service con­tract tospectlon or teste, the systena shaU be inspected visually or otiierwise by competent personnel, foUowtog a sched-

%) At least semiatmuaUy, aU high nressure cyltoders shaU be weighed. Ii, St any time, a contataer shows a loss to net content of more than 10 percent, it shaU be refiUed or replaced.

(vi) If, at any time, a low pressure contatoer shows a loss of more than 10 percent. It shaU be reflUed unless the minimum gas requhremente are stiU

^^'af^Maintenance. (1) These carbon dioxide systems shaU be matotatoed to fuU operattog condition at aU times.

(U) Any troubles or impalrmente shall be corrected at once by competent personnel. 8 1910.162 OUicr special fixed cxUn-

guishing systems. [Reserved] OTHER Fna PROTECTION SYSTEMS

§ 1910.163 Local fire alami signaling systems.

. (a) General requirements. Where lo­cal fire alarm signaling systems are pro­vided they ShaU meet the design require­mente of the National Fire Protection Association's "Standard for toe Instal­lation, Maintenance, and Use <»„lfeai Protective Slgnaltog Systems for Wateh-man. Fire Alarm and Supervisory Seir-Ice." NFPA No. 72A-1967 and toe requiremente of this section.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

(b) Fire alarm boxes—(1) Gerural. Manual fire alarm boxes shall be ap^ proved for the particular apidlcaUOTMd Jamu be used only tot fire protective signaling jwrposee. Cranblned fire alarm and watchman's slt^aUng Ixaes are acceptable. ^ ^ . __ ,_

(2) Mounting. Each box shaU be seeurely mounted. „ ,„ ,„

(3) mstrfbritUm. Manual fire alami boxes shaU be dlstirlbuted throughout toe protected area so tiiat they « » , ™ * T structed, readUy accessible, and l o c ^ to toe normal pato of exit fromtoe area. Additional boxes shaU be provided on each fioor to obtato a m a ^ ' ™ * . ^ ® ^ zontal trav^ distance of 200 feet to the ° ^ ( j r y S n t e n a n c c AU systems shaU be under the supervision of quaUfled pw-sons. These persons shaU cause teste and tospections to be made at weeM^totOT-vals, and shaU have general <^rge ofall alterattcms and additions to toe systems under to^ supervision. § 1910.164 Fire brigades. [Reserved] ' § 1910.165 Effecdre dates.

(a) The provisions of this SiAyart^l. ShaU become effective on August 27. iy»i. ^ ;S>t as provided to the rematalng paragraphs of this section. j . ^ ».

(b) The foUowlng provlBloos^^U be­come effective on February 16,1972:

23687

SeotUM IS ICOMCP)-

<•)

Source

1010.187 _ - .

{ 1910.167(C). 11910.168 (to) and (o). 11910.169 (ft), (to),and (c). J 1910.160(0). I 1910.161(a).

(c) Notwltiistandlng anything Jn paragraph (a) , (b). or ( d ) ^ « ^ S ? " tio^ any provision to any otoOT section of this subpart which contains in ItaeU a specific effective dote OT ttoie Um^tetiM^ BhaU become effective on B U ^ date or BhaU apply to accordance wito such limitation. ,,. . ._

(d) Notwithstendtog anything va. paragraph (a) of this section, if way ^ d a r d to 41 CFR Part 50-204, other than a national consensus standard to-corporated by reference to 5 50-204.2 (a) (1). Is OT becomes appUcable at any time to any employment and place of employment, by vhirue of toe WaMi-Healey PubUc Contracte Act, OT toe Serv­ice Contract Act of 1965, or toe National Foundation on Arts and Humanities Act of 1965, any corresponding estebllrfied Federal standard to this Subpart L which Is derived from 41 CFR Part 50-204 shaU also become effective, and shaU be ap­pUcable to such employment and place of employment, on toe same date. § 1910.165a Sources of standards.

NFPA Ito. 381-1970, StoBd-ard for mdocc General Storage.

IWPA No. lO-WTO, Stand­ard for fb« InirtallBtion of PocrteWe Fire Ertta-gtdAben.

1810 168 NWPA NO. 14-1870, Stand-i»iu.ioo — ^^ ^^ ^ ^ inotaiiatlon

of Standplpe and Hoaa Systems.

U>10.18(»(»)-___ ^^^ ^^ jg_jg^ g ^ 4 . ^ ' art for the installBtton

of SprlnWesr Systems, MIO 169(e) NFPA No. 881-1970, Btand-I9lo.io»ie; — ^ ^ ^^ inaooc Oeneral

Storage. WIOIBO HPPA No. 17-1969, Btaad-U1O.10V ard tor Dry Obemlcal

Extinguishing Systems. 1010 161 NFPA No.' 13-1968, Stand-i»m.ioi . — ^ ^ ^ oarboa Dioxide

Eztlngoiahlsf; Systems. 1B10168 NFPANo.7aA-19e7,8taad-1810.10B ard for the InataUatioo.

Maintenance, and TTse of Local Protective Sig­nalling SyBtema for Watchman, Fire Alarm and Supervisory Service.

§ 1910.165b Standards orgamaattons. Compressed Gaa Association, Inc, 600 Fifth

Avenue, Now Torfc, NT 10086, Nirtlonal Fire Protection Aaaoolattoji. 60

^tterymaroh Street, B<»t«i.M*^^"»-„. American National Standards Institute, uaa

Broadway, New Tartc, N.T. 10018. Subpart M—Compretsed Gas and

Compressed Air Equipment

Section 1910.166 (a)-

(h)

1910.166(1)-(J)

1910.166 (k)-<o)

Source

NFPA No. 10-1970, Stand­ard for the Installation of Portable Fire Extin-

" gulsbers.

NFPA No. 13-1969, Stand­ard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems.

NFPA No. 14-1970, Stand­ard for the Installation of Standplpe and Hose Systems.

§1910.166 Inspection ol compressed gaa cyUnders.

(a) Definitions. As used to this sec-tloh:

(1) High- and low-pressure cyUnders: High-pressure cyltoders means those cyUnders wito a marked service pressure of 900 P.S.I. or greater; low-pressure cyUnders are those wito a marked serv­ice pressure less than 900 psX.

(2) Minimum aUowable waU thick­ness* The minimum aUowable waU thick­ness means the minimum wall thickness required by the specification under which toe cyUnder was manufactured.

(3) Dente: Dente (incyltoders) means deformations caused by toe cyUnder coming to contact with a blunt object to such a way that the thickness of metal is not materiaUy impaired.

• (4) (Jute, gouges, or digs: Cute, gouges, or digs (to cyUnders) means deforma­tions caused by contact wito a sharp object to such a way as to cut toto or upset the metal of toe cyltoder, decreas-tog the waU thickness at toat potot.

(5) Corrosion or pitttog: Means corro­sion or pitttog to cyUnders tovolvtog toe loss of waU thickness by corrosive media. There are several ktods of pitting or cor­rosion to be considered.

(6) Isolated pitting: Means Isolated plto of smaU cross-section which do not effectively weaken toe cyltoder waU but are todlcative of possible oompletepene-tration and leakage. Stoce toe pitting is Isolated toe origtoal waU Is essentlaUy totact.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125-THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

|<P|Jipil!MUIUIffiiJiliy.U,. '

2.3712 RULES AND REGULATIONS

bers are incorporated Into a selfcontalned unit so arranged as to hold the die mem­bers to alignment.

(e) As used to § 1910.218, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, toe foUowlng forging and hot metel terms shaU have toe meaning prescribed to this paragraph. ,

(1) "Forging" means the product of work on metal formed to a desired shape by Impact or pressure to hammers, forging machines (upsetters), presses, roUs, and related forming equipment. Porgtog hammers, counterblow equip­ment and high-energy-rate forgtog ma­chines impart impact to the workplece, whUe most otoer types of forging equip­ment impart squeeze pressure in shaping the stock. Some metals can be forged at room temperature, but the majority of metals are made more plastic for forgtog by heating. ^ , , ,

(2) "Open framehammers (or blaok-smito hammers)" mean hammers used primarUy for toe shaptog of forglngs by means of impact with flat dies. Open frame hammers generally are so con­structed that the anvil assembly Is sep­arate from the operattog mechanism and machine supporte; it reste on ite own independent foundation. Certato excep­tions are forgtog hammers made with frame mounted on the anvU; e.g., toe smaUer, stogle-frame hammers are usu­ally made wito the anvU and frame to one piece.

(3) "Steam hammers" mean a type or drop hammer where the ram is raised for each stroke by a double-action steam cyltoder and the energy deUvered to the workplece Is supplied by toe velocity and weight of toe ram and attached upper die driven downward by steam pressure. Energy deUvered during each stroke may be varied.

(4) "Gravity hammers" mean a class of forgtog hammer whereto energy for forgtog is obtatoed by the mass and velocity of a freely faUlng ram and toe attached upper die. Examples: board hammers and air-lift hammers.

(5) "Forging presses" mean a class of forgtog equipment whereto the shap­tog of metal between dies is performed by mechanical or hydraulic pressure, and usuaUy is accomplished wito a stogie workstroke of the press for each die station.

(6) "Trimming presses" mean a class of auxiliary forgtog equipment wlUch re­moves flash or excess metal from a forg­ing. This trimmtog operation can also be done cold, as can coining, a product sizing operation.

(7) "High-energy-rate forgtog ma-chtoes" mean a class of forgtog equip­ment whereto high ram velocities result­ing from toe sudden release of a com­pressed gas against a free piston Impart impact to toe workplece.

(8) "Forgtog roUs" mean a class of auxiliary forgtog equipment whereto stock is shaped between power driven rolls beartog contoured dies. UsuaUy used for preformtog, roU forgtog is often em­ployed to reduce toickness and tocrease lengto of stock.

(9) "Rtog rolls" mean a class for forg­tog equipment used for shaping weldlesa

rmgs from pierced discs or thick-waUed. rtog-shaped blanks between roUs which control waU thickness, ring diameter, height and contour.

(10) "Bolt-headers" mean toe same as an upsetter or forging .machine except toat the diameter of stock fed toto toe machtoe is much smaller, i.e., commonly three-fourtiis inch or less.

(11) Rivet making machtoes mean the same as upsetters and boltheaders when producing rivete with stock diameter of 1-inch or more. Rivet maktog with less than 1-inch diameter is usually a cold forgtog operation, and therefore not tacluded to this subpart.

(12) Upsetters (or forging machtoes, or headers) type of forging equiptaent, related to the mechanical press, In which the mata forming energy is applied hori­zontally to the workplece which is gripped and held by prior action of the

(f) As used to § 1910.219, unless the context clearly requires otherwise, toe foUowtog mechanical power-transmis­sion guarding terms shaU have the mean-tog prescribed to tills paragraph.-

(1) "Belte" toclude all power trans­mission belte, such as fiat belte, round belte, V-belte, ete., unless otherwise specified. , ..

(2) "Belt shifter" means a device for mechanically shlfttog belte from tight to loose puUeys or vice versa, or for shifting belte on cones of speed puUeys.

(3) "Belt pole" (sometimes caUed a "belt shipper" or "shipper pole,") means a device used in shifting belte on and off fixed puUeys on Itoe or countershaft where there are no loose puUeys.

(4) "Exposed to contact" means that the location of an object Is such that a person is likely to come into contact with it and be injured.

(5) "Flywheels" toclude fiywheels, balance wheels, and fiywheel pulleys mounted and revolvtog on crankshaft of engtoe or other shafttog.

(6) "Maintenance runway" means any permanent runway or platform used for oUtog, matotenance, runntog adjust­ment, or repair work, but not for passageway. „ , „

(7) "Nip-point belt and puUey guard means a device which encloses the puUey and is provided with rounded or roUed edge slots through which toe belt passes.

(8) "Point of operation" means toat point at which cutttog, shaptog. or form­ing Is accomplished upon the stock and shaU toclude such otoer polnte as may offer a hazard to the operator to tosert-tog or manlpulattog the stock to toe operation of the machine.

(9) "Prime movers" toclude .steam, gas, oU, and air engtoes, motors, steam and hydraulic turbines, and other equip­ment used as a source of power.

(10) "Sheaves"'mean grooved puUeys, and ShaU be so classified unless used as flywheels

In the machtoe area from hazards such as toose created by potot of operation, togolng nip potots, rotattog parte, flytog chips and sparks. Examples of guardtog methods are—barrier guards, two-hand trlpptog devices, electronic safety devices, ,

' (2) General requirements for machine guards. Guards shaU be aflOxed to the machine where possible and secured else­where if for any reason attachment to. the machtoe Is not possible. The guard shaU

• be such that It does not Offer an accident •. hazard to itself.

(3) Point of operation guarding. (1) Point of operation is the area on a ma­chtoe where work is actually performed upon the material being processed.

(il) The potot of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee to Injury, shaU be guarded. The guarding device shaU be in conformity wito any appropriate standards therefor, or. in toe absence of applicable specific standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator from having any part of Ills body to the danger zone dur- , ing the operating cycle.

(UI) Special handtools for plactog and removtog material shall be such as to permit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand to the dan­ger zone. Siioh tools shall not be In lieu of other guardtog required by this sec­tion, but can only be used to supplement protection provided.

(iv) The following are some ot toe machtoes which usually require point of operation guarding: ,

(o) GulUottoe cutters. , (b) Shears. •*. (c) Alligator shears. (d) Power presses. ' (e) Milling machines. (/) Power saws, (fir) Jototers. (ft) Portable power tools, (t) Forming rolls and calenders. (4) Barrels, containers, and drums.

Revolvtog drums, barrels, and contatoers ShaU be guarded by an enclosure which is interlocked with the drive mechanism, so that the barrel, drum, or contatoer cannot revolve unless the guard en­closure Is to place.

(5) Exposure of blades. When the pe­riphery of the blades of a fan is less than seven (7) feet above toe floor or working level, the blades shaU be guarded. The guard ShaU have opentogs no larger than one-half OA) toch.

(b) Anchoring fixed machinery. Ma­chtoes designed for a fixed location shaU be securely anchored to prevent walktag or moving.

% 1910.212 General requirements for all macliines.

(a) Machine guarding—(1) Types of guarding. One or more methods of machtoe guardtog shall be provided to protect the operator and other employees

§ 1910.213 Woodworking machinery re. quirements.

(a) Machine construction general. (1) Eacb machine shaU be so constructed as to be free from sensible vibration when the largest size tool Is mounted and run idle at fuU speed.

(2) Arbors and mandrels shall be con­structed so as to liave firm and secure beartog and be free from play.,

(3) The use of wooden handsaw wheels other than those of commercial manu­facture is prohibited.. ;. y .;n ;

FEDERAL RE<JISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 1J5—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

RUtES AND REGULATIONS

(4) Any automatic cutoff saw that strokes conttouously without toe opera­tor betog able to control each stroke shall not be used.

(5) Saw frames or tables shaU be con­structed vith lugs cast on the frame or with an equivalent means to Umit the siire of the saw blade that can be mounted, so as to avoid overspeed caused by mounttog a saw larger than intended.

(6) Circular saw fences shaU be so constructed that they can be firmly se­cured to the table or table assembly with­out changtog their aUgnment with the saw Por saws with tUttog tables or tUttog arbors toe fence shaU be so constructed that it WiU remain to a Itoe paraUel with the saw, regardless of the angle of the saw with the table. „ u >., „„^

(7) Circular saw gages shaU be so con­structed as to sUde to grooves or tracks that are accurately maclitoed. to tosure exact aUgnment with the saw for aU posi­tions oi the guide. ,. „ ..

(8) Hinged saw tables shaU be so con­structed that the table, can be firmly secured to any position and to true align­ment wito toe saw.

(9) AU belte. puUeys. gears, shaf te. and movtog parte shaU be guarded to ac­cordance with the specific requirements of S 1910.219. ,1... ,. ^

(10) It is recommended that eacn power-driven woodworking machtoe be provided with a discoimect swlteh that can be locked to the off position.

(11) The frames and aU exposed, ncm-current-carrytog metal parte of portable electric woodworktog machtoery oper­ated at more than 90 volte to ground ShaU be grounded and other portable motors drivtog electric tools which are held to toe hand whUe betog operated ShaU be grounded if they operate at more than 90 volte to ground. The ground shaU be provided through use of a separate ground wire and polarized plug and receptacle. . _

(12) For aU circular saws where con­ditions are such that there is a posslbUity of contact with the portion of toe saw either beneato or behtod toe table, that portion of the saw shaU be covered wito an exhaust hood. or. If no exhaust «rs-tem Is required, with a guard tha,t shall be so arranged as to prevent accidental contact with the saw. ,, „

(13) Revolvtog double arbor saws shall be fuUy guarded to accordance with all the requiremente for circular crosscut saws or with aU the requiremente for cir­cular ripsaws, accordtog to the kind ol saws mounted on the arbors.

(14) No saw. cutter head, or tool col­lar shaU be placed or mounted on a machtoe arbor unless toe tool has been accurately machined to size and shape to fit the arbor.

(15) Combs (featherboards) or suit­able jigs shaU be provided at the work­place for use when a standard guard can­not be used, as in dadoing, groovtog, jointing, moulding, and rabbeting.

(b) Machine controls and equipment. (1) A mechanical or electrical power con­trol shaU be provided on each machine to make It possible for the operator to cut off the power from each machine

without leaving his position at the potot of operation.

(2) On machines driven by belte and shafttog, a locking-type belt shUter or an equivalent positive device shaU be used. •. . . i.

(3) On appUcations where injury to the operator might result if motors were to restart after power faUiKes, provi­sion ShaU be made to prevent machtoes from automatically restarttog upon res­toration of power. , ,.. „ „„„

(4) Power controls and operating con­trols should be located wiOUn easy reach of the operator whUe he Is at his regular work location, making it unnecessary for him to reach over the cutter to make adjustmente. This does not apply to con­stant pressure controls used only for setup purposes. x j »._

(5) on each machtoe operated by electric motors, positive means shall be provided for rendering such controls or devices tooperative whUe repairs or adjustmente are betog made to toe machtoes they control.

(6) Each operating treadle shaU be protected against unexpected or acci­dental tripptog.

(7) Feeder attachmente shaU have the feed roUs or other movtog parte so covered or guarded as to protect the operator from hazardous potote.

••(0) Hand-fed ripsaws. (1) Each cir­cular hand-fed ripsaw shaU be guarded by a hood which shaU completely en­close that portion of toe saw above toe table and that jwrtion of the saw above the material betog cut. The hood and mounting shaU be arranged so that the hood wUl automatlcaUy adjust iteelf to the thickness of and remato to contact with the material betog cut but it stim not offer any considerable resistance to insertion of material to saw or to pas­sage of the material betog sawed. The hood shaU be made of adequate strength to resist blows and strains incidental to reasonable operation, adjusttog, and handUng, and shaU be so designed as to protect the operator from fiytog spUnters and broken saw teeto. It shaU be made of material that is soft enough so that it wiU be unlikely to cause tooto break­age The material shoiUd not shatter when broken, should be nonexplosive, and should be no more fiammable toan wood. The hood shaU be so mounted as to insure that ite operation wiU be positive. reUable, and to true aUgnment with the saw; and the mounttog shaU be adequate to strength to resist any reasonable side thrust or otoer force tendtog to throw it out of Une.

(2) Each hand-fed circular ripsaw shaU be furnished with a spreader to pre­vent material from squeeztog toe saw or betog thrown back on toe operator. The spreader shaU be made of hard tempered steel, or ite equivalent, and shall be thto-ner toan the saw kerf. It shaU lie of suf­ficient width to provide adequate stiffness or rigidity to resist any reasonable side thrust or blow tendtog to bend or throw

I It out of position. The spreader shaU be attached so that it wUl remato to true aUgnment with the saw even when either the saw or table U tilted, and should be placed so that there is not more than

23713

Va-inch space between the spreader and the back of the saw when toe largest saw is mounted to the machine. The provision of a spreader to connection with groov­tog dadotog. or rabbeting Is not required. On'the completion of such operations, the spreader shaU be inunedlately replaced; . , _. _

(3) Each hand-fed circular ripsaw ShaU be provided with nonkickback fingers or dogs so located as to oppose the thrust or tendency of toe saw to pick up the material or to throw it back toward the operator. Ttiey shaU be de­signed to provide adequate holdtog power for aU toe tolcknesses of materials betog

(d) Hand-fed crosscut table saws. (1) , Each circular crosscut table saw shaU be guarded by a hood which shaU meet all toe requiremente of paragraph (c) (1) of this section for hoods for ch-cular

"^2) Each circular crosscut saw should also be provided with a spreader which should meet aU the requiremente of par­agraph (c) (2) of this section.

(e) Circular resaws. (1) Eachcurcular resaw shaU be guarded by a hood or shield of metal above the saw. This hood or shield shaU be so designed as to guard against danger from fiytog spUnters or broken saw teeth. , (2) Each circular resaw (otoer toan self-feed saws wito a roller or whed at back of the saw) shaU be provided with a spreader fastened securely behind the saw. The spreader shaU be sUghtly thto-ner than the saw kerf and slightly, thicker than the saw disk.

it) Self-feed circular saws. (1) Feed rolls and saws shaU bo protected by a hood or guard to prevent toe bands of the operator from comtog to contact -vrtth the to-running roUs at any point. The guard shaU be constructed of heavy ma­terial, preferably metal, and toe iJottom of the guard shaU come down to vrtthto toree-eighths toch of toe plane formed by the bottom or worktog surfaces of toe feed roUs. This distance (three-eighths toch) may be tocreased to three-foOTtha toch, provided the lead edge of the hood is extended to be not less than 5Vi toches to front of the nip potot between toe front roU and the work.

(2) Each self-feed cUrciUar ripsaw shaU be provided with sectional non­kickback fingers for the fuU widto of the feed roUs. They shaU be located to front of the saw and so arranged as to be in conttoual contact wito the wood being fed. _ . •

(g) Swing cutoff saws. The require­mente of this paragraph are also appU­cable to sUding cutoff saws mounted above the table. , „ ^ _

(1) Each swtog cutoff saw shaU be pro­vided with a hood toat wUl completely enclose the upper half of toe saw, toe arbor end, and the potot of operation at all positions of the saw. The hood shall, be constructed to such a manner and of such material that It wUl protect toe op­erator from flying spltoters and broken saw teeth. Ite hood shaU be so designed toat it WlU automatlcaUy cover toe lower portion of toe blade, so that when toe saw is returned to the back of toe table

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

23714 RULES AND REGULATIONS

the hood wUl rise on top of the fence and when toe saw is moved forward the hood wUl drop on top of and remain to contact wito toe table or material betog

*^(2) Each swtog cutoff saw shaU be provided wito an efl^tlve device to r ^ ton toe saw automaticaUy to toe b a ^ of toe table when released at any potot of Ite ta^vel. such a device shaU not depend for ite proper t«^ctlontog upon ^ r o p e , cord, or spring. If there is a counterweight, toe bolte supporttog the bar and counterweight shaU be provided with cotter ptas; and toe counterweight ^ a U be prevented from ,«iropptag by eltoer a bolt passtog torough both toe bar and counterweight, or a bolt put through toe extreme end of toe bar, or. wherethe counterweight does not en­circle the bar, a safety chato attached

*°(3) limit chatos or otoer equ^y ef­fective devices shaU be P^'^^^J'J^l vent toe saw from swtogtog beytmd toe Iront or back edges of toe table, or beyond a forward position where toe guUete of toe lowest saw teeto wUl rise above toe table top.

(4) Inverted swtog cutoff saws Shan be provided wito a hood toat wUl cover toe pari; of toe saw toat protrudes above the top of toe table or atoo^ejiie material betog cut. It ShaU automaticaUy adjust Itself to toe thickness of and remato to contact with toe material being cut.

(h) Radial saws. (1) The upper hood ShaU completely enclose toe upper por­tion of toe blade down to a potot toat wUl toclude the end of toe saw arbor. The upper hood shaU be constructed to such a manner and of such material that It wUl protect toe operator from fly-tag SpUnters, broken saw teeto, etc., and wUl deflect sawdust away from the op­erator. The sides of toe lower exposed portion of toe blade shaU be guarded to toe fuU diameter of the blade by a device toat wUl automaticaUy adjust iteelf to toe thickness of toe stock and mnato to contact with stock betog cut to give maximum protection possible for toe operation betog performed.

(2) Each radial saw used for ripping BhaU be provided wito nonkickback fin­gers or dogs located on boto sides of the saw so as to oppose toe thrust or t^nd^cy of toe saw to pick up tiie mate­rial or to throw it back toward the op­erator. They shall be designed to pro­vide adequate holdtog power for aU toe tolcknesses of material betog cut.

(3) An adjustable stop shaU be pro­vided to prevent toe forward tiravel of toe blade beyond the position necessary S complete toe cut to repetitive operations.

(4) instaUation shaU be in^such a manner that the front end of toe unit S ) e sUghUy higher towi toe rear, so as to cause toe cutttog head to return gently to the starting position when released by toe operator. ^ „ .

(5) Rlpptog and ploughtog shaU be agatost toe direction to which toe ^ w tmms The direction of toe saw rotation ShaU "be conspicuously marked on toe hood, in addition, a Permanent labd not less than iVz inches by % toch shaU be

af&xed to toe rear of toe guard at ap-proxhnately toe level of the arbor, raid-tag as foUows: "Danger: Do Not Rip or ^ u g h Prom This End". Such a label should be colored standard danger red.

(1) Bandsaws and band resaws. (1) AU portions of toe saw blade shaU be en-Closed or guarded, except for the work-tag portion of toe blade between toe bot­tom of toe guide roUs and toe table. Handsaw wheels shaU be fuUy encased. The outelde periphery of toe enclosure shaU be EoUd.The front and back of tiie band wheels shaU be eltoer enclosed by soUd material or by wire mesh or per­forated metal. Such mesh or P^^orated metal shaU be not less tiian 0.037 ta^ (UJ3. Gage No. 20), and toe opeiUngs ShaU be not greater tiian three-eighths toch. solid material used for tWs pur­pose ShaU be of an equivalent stoeweth wod firmness. The guard for toe Portion of toe blade between toe sUdtog guide and toe upper-saw-wheel guard shau protect toe saw blade at toe front and outer side. This portion of ttie guard ^ be self-adjusting to raise and lower with toe guide. The npper-wheel guard shaU be made to conform to toe Ixavcl of toe saw on toe wheel, and the top member of toe guard should have at least a z-toch (jlearance outelde the saw and be Uned with smooto material, breferabW metel. Effective brakes should bf Pro­vided to stop toe wheel to case of blade

(2) Each handsaw machtoe shaUbe provided wito a tension contirol de^ce to todicate a proper tension for the standard saws used on toe machtoe, m S to assist to the eltoiination of saw breakage due to hnproper tension.

(3) Feed rolls of band resaws shaU be protected wito a suitable guard to pre-Vent toe hands of toe operator from coming to contivct wito toe In-rtrantog ro^t any potot. THe euard shaU be ronstanicted of heavy material, prefer-ahly metal, and toe edge of the guard shSl w ^ to witiito tiiree-elghths inch of toe plane formed by tiie inside face of toe feed roU to contact wito the stock betog cut. ^ .. J , ^

W Jointers, il) Each ha^d-fed Planer and jototer vrito horizontal head ShaU be equipped wito a cylindrical cirt-ttog head, toe knife Projection of which S not exceed one-elghto toch beyond toe cyltodricalbody of the head.

(2) The opentog to toe table shaU be kept as smaU as possible. The clearance between toe edge of toe rear table and Uie cutter head shaU be not more toan one-elghto toch. The table throat open-tag S h e not more than 2_^ tochra when tables are set or aUgned with each other for zero cut.

(3) Each hand-fed jototer with a hor­izontal cutting head shaU have an auto-^ t i c guard which wUl cover aU toe ^ t i o n of toe head on toe working dde of toe fence or gage. The guard shall effectively keep toe operator's hand from c o S to contact wito toe revolvtog H v S ^ e guard shaU automaticaUy adjust ItseU to cover toe unused Portion ^ t h e head and shaU remato to contact wito toe material at aU thnes.

(4) Each hand-fed Jototer wito hori­zontal cutting head shaU bave a guard which wUl cover the section of toe head back of toe gage or fence.

(6) Each wood jototer wito vertic^ head ShaU have eitoer an exhaust hood or otoer guard so arranged as to endose completely the revolvtog head, except for a slot of such width as may be necessary and convenient for toe appUcation of toe material to be jototed. _

(k) Tenoning macmnes. (i) xeea chatos and sprockete of aU double end tenontog machines shall be complete^ enclosed, except for toat portion of chato used for conveytog toe stock.

(2) At toe rear ends of frames over which feed conveyors run, sprockete and ^ ^ ShaU be guarded at toe d d « by plates projecting beyond toe periphery of sprockete and toe ends of lu^ .

(3) Each tenontog machtoe shaU have aU cutting heads, and saws "J fef . cov­ered by metal guards. These guards s ^ cover at least toe «n"sed PWt of toe Periphery of toe cutting head. If such rgSSrd is constructed of sheet metal, tiifmaterial used shaU be not less than one-stxteento toch to thickness, and if cast bron Is used. It shaU be not less toan three-sixteenths toch to thickness.

(4) Where an exhaust system is used, toe guard shaU form part or aU of the S h a ^ t hood and shaU be constructed of metel of a thickness not less toMi that specified to subparagraph (3) oi this paragraph.

(1) Boring and mortising machine, il) Safety-bit chucks with no project­ing set screws shaU be used. .. M

(2) Boring bite should be provided wito a guard that wlU enclose aU por­tions of the bit and chuck above toe material betog worked. ^

(3) The top of toe cutttog chato and drivtog mechanism shall be enclosed.

(4) If toere Is a counterweight, one of toe foUowlng or equivalent means BhaU be used to prevent ite dropping:

(1) It ShaU be bolted to the bar by means of a bolt passtog torough boto bar and counterweight;

(U) A bolt shall be put through toe extreme end of toe bar;

(Ul) Where toe counterweight docs not encircle toe bar, a safety chato shall be attached to It;

(iv) Otoer types of counterwelghte shall be suspended by chato or wire rope and shall travel to a pipe or other siUt-able enclosure wherever toey might fan and cause tojury. . „ « » ^ . ^ ,

(5) Universal jotote on sptodles of bor-tag machtoes shaU be completely CQ-closed to such a way as to preventaccl-dental contact by toe operator.

(6) Each operattog treadle shaU be covered by an toverted U-shaped metal guard, fastened to toe fioor. and of ade­quate size to prevent accidental tripping.

(m) Wood shapers and simUar equip­ment, il) The cutting heads of each wood shaper. hand-fed pand raiser, OT otoer BlmUar machine not automatically fed, shall be enclosed wito a case OT ad­justable guard so designed as to keep toe operator's hand away from toe cutting eetee. The diameter of chnniiar shaper gTUods ShaU be not less toan toe greatest

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 1«_THURSDAY, JUNE 77. , 9 7 4

RULES AND REGULATIONS

""^(2) CyUndrical heads should be used whSevCT toe^natiire of tiis work wm ^^f* R^^^B cutter knives to shaper g ^ ^ h K o t ' ^ ^ - e d unless properly

^^^M double-sptodle shapers shaU be p r ^ S d ^ S a^sptodle starttog and

S ^ h a ^ ^ ^ e ' ^ u t t t o g h ^ ^ ^ saws it used, covered by a metal guaro.

metel toe material used shaU be not 1 ^ to^^Ttoch to thickness, and If cMt I«,n te used. It ShaU/be not less tban i ta^e^sl^entl^ toch'to thickness.

(2) - ^ ^ e exhaust system is used,

^ S ^ h o o d and shaU be constnictedrf S i of a ttiickness not less to^ ^ ^wjlfled to subparagraph (1) of this

^ f f p S d roUs ShaU be guarded by a h o ^ OT^teble guard to Prevent itoe K s of the operatOT 'fom c o n ^ to r«rrt.act with toe ta-runntog rolls at M^ ^^tot^The gusSd ShaU be fastened to the fca^e^rcltog toe roUs so as to remato to^mSrt fOT any ^ o t o « s of^toc*.

(4) Surfacers OT Pla^ers usea m t t o c k n S g multiple pieces of materi^ ^ultaneously shaU be Provided wito ^ t i o n S t o f e e d roUs havtog sufaolent S to the t r u c t t o n of toe sections

- to orovlde feeding contact pressure on t L ^ k . W O T ^ permissible range of ^ t t i T I J o c k tMckness spewed or forWhlch toe machtoe is designed. Tn i f ^ T ^ c h ^ i e l d t o g sectional roUs, sult-aWe Vectton kickback finger devices shall be provided at the infeed end.

(o) profile and swing-head latj^a^ wood heel turning machine. (1) Each proffle and swtog-head lathe shaUha.ve In cutttog heads covered by a metal S^arTlf such a guard is constructed of rileet metal, toe material used shall be not iSs toan ohe-slxteentti toch in ?WcknSs: and if cast Iron Is. used, it ffu ^ t be less than tturee-slxteentos toch to thickness. __,„„

(2) cutttog heads on wood-ttmUng iftthes whether rotattog or not, shaU be rovered as completely as possible by h S or ^ c l d s , which should be hinged to the machtora so toat they can be toro^b^ for maktog adjustmente.

(Srshoe last and spoke lathes, dowel-tog madUnes, wood heel turning ma-rtilnw and other automatic wood-tiirn-ffiath^of the rotating knife type shall bl equipped wito hoods enclostog the cutter wades completely except at the i n t a c t potote while the stock Is being

'^(4) Latoes used for tumtog long nieces of wood stock held only between the tero centers shall be equipped with long c ^ e d guards extendtog over the K o S lathes to order to prevent toe wmk nieces from betog thrown out of toe marti ta^if toey should become loose. ° ( 5 ) W l i e r e ^ exhaust system is used.

the « ^ " S i 5 . ^ J d ' S £ ? ' b e " c o S ^ c S

r^SiSf^M^SSot^^JFl^SS S S d to subparagraph (1) of tiUs ^"ITAing machines. (1) ^-eed roUs

* =iif feed sandtog machtoes shaU be

•from comtog to contact ^ toe in ^ rung rOUs at any potot. ^^e guaru n^

iZ) sprockete on chain OT slat-belt conveyors ShaU be enclosed. _ ' " ^ X w h e r e Practicable, hand a n d ^ t -

?s^h-r^rjaSroS£ S ^ t t t o g edge ^ the ^9^^^l^''^-tog or holdtog toe stock in place.

fKi Power-driven gulUottoe veneer cutters except'^ntinuous feed trimmers,

^"Sl tStorde^fc ' i^Which requh. the s i m ^ t a S S ' a c t t o n of hoth h ^ d s to start the cutttog motion and oiJ« feas" o n f hand on a control during toe com­plete stroke of the knife: or

(U) An automatic guard which wUl remove toe hands of the operator f r ^ th7 danger zone at every descent of toe b l ldS^taconjmic t tonwl toone .h^d st^tiiig devices which requhre i^o dis-?i^nSovtemente of tiie de^ce ,t° rtart toe cutttog motion, and so designed as

^ 7 X 5 ,

*'' ?7) Power-driven guUlottne veneer

^ ^ i s c c n o n c o u s looodtoorfcinff mo-chines a.) The feed roUs of r o U ^ cmnes. '•J ' - ^ _. „,, y^ cniarded by a

K ^ c f f S f S ^ S S b y bottom or r% S ^ U ^ T t o e feed roU where it .^,,.

"^"iTrS S J ' s h a l l be so l o c a ^ " '"^''' to glvrsTleast a 4-foot f l e a r a ^ t o r ,

r ^ K ^ ^ ^ S i a t l o n - or ^ ^ p w«^or idng n ^ h l x ^ ^ ^ l ^ t ^ | | . eratlon ol any tool ^ ^ !^t^|SaA* :;K"\ required for such a tooim a sep»n*w • , ' ^^^^ement iOTir fspedf lcm^chto^ ., i

^ a S r h ^ S o f ' t h S l ^ o l f f l u K rnot lStended to exclude otoer wood-wo?Si5^machtoes from toe req^ement S ^ t a b l e guards and ^laust h o ^ be provided to reduce to a mtoimum the hIzMd due to toe potot of operation of

' ' ' t e ) ' ^ c c « o n and maintenance of J o L S f f machinery d ) ? , ^ : * ^ . ^ t . improperly filed, or imprope^ tm-^nnwTsaws BhaU be hnmedlately re-S d from s e X e , before toey begto to S S M ttie material to »«<*• J « ^ ^ wSr hapk when It is fed to toe saw at ^,S^Af sneed saws to which gum has XS^onth^sidrsshaUbetomiediately

* ®( ') AU knives and cutting heads of woSwOTklS^ " ^ ^ ^ ' ^ n J ^ ^ n d ' ^ f l S rfiam nrooerly adjusted, and nrmiy S e d . X r e two^or more knives axe S t o one head, they shaU be properly

^^(s f Sarings shaU be kept free from l o i m S ^ ^ d ShaU be weU lubric^d;

(4) Arbors of aU chrcular saws shaU

" ^ U r S S u OT tenslontog^^ saw blades OT Otters shaU l ^ o n e ^ r f y ^ y persons of demonstrated skHl to this mna ,

of work. , , !•».« itU -'-' (6) ifimphasls Is placed upon the Im-

portance^of matotalntog cleanUnws ^ u n d woodworklng^ma^e^. Par^ , t S r l y as regards « » ef f^^^^*^^ tiwS^ of guards and toe prevention ol

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. ,«_THURSDAY, JUNE 27. 1974

23716^

fire hazards to swlteh enclosures, bear-togs, and motors.

(7) AU cracked saws shall t»e removed from service.

(8) The practice of Inserting wedges between toe saw disk and toe coUar to form what is commonly known as a "wobble saw" shaU not be permitted.

(9) Push sticks or push blocks shaU be provided at toe work place to the several sizes and types suiteble for the work to be done.

(10) Twists or ktoks to bandsaws and band resaws shaU be promptly removed wito a hammer. ^ . . j.

(11) To avoid vibration, brazed jotote to bandsaws and band resaws shaU be toe same thickness as toe saw blade.

(12) The knife blade of jointers shaU be so tostalled and adjusted tliat it does not protrude more than one-elghto toch beyond the cyltodrical body of toe head. Push sticks or push blocks shaU be pro­vided at the work place to toe several sizes and typ es suitable for toe work to be done.

(13) Whenever veneer SUcers or rotary venecr-cutttog machtoes have been shut­down for toe purpose of inserting logs or to make adjustmente, operators shaU make sure that niachtae Is clear and other workmen are not to a hazardous position before starttog toe machtoe.

(14) Operators shaU not ride the carriage of a veneer sUcer

RULES AND REGULATIONS

§1910.214 Cooperage machinery. (a) Heading bolt saioing machine, il)

Each headtog saw shaU be guarded by a hood curved to the contour ot the saw. The hood shall cover the saw at least to toe depto of the teeto. except for toat portion actually used to making the cut. The exhaust hood shaU be so arranged ond'matotetaed as to guard effectively toe bottom portion of toe saw. The hood BhaU be made of adequate strength to resist stratos tocldental to reasonable operation. „ , .

(2) The balance wheel shaU be covered to enclose the rim and outelde portion of the wheel. Expanded mctDl curved to fit toe contour of the wheel is recommended.

(3) The swing carriage shaU be pro­vided with an effective device that wffl return the carriage automaticaUy to a position to front of toe saw. Such a device siiaU not depend entirely upon any rope, cord, or spring for ite proper fimctiontog. If a counterweight is used, a safety cliato shaU bs attached to it to prevent drop-ptag, should the bar break or the weight become disengnsed. AU bolte supporting the bar, weight, and chato shaU be pro­vided '^ith cotter ptos or equaUy effective devices. A bolt shaU be put through the extreme end of the counterweight bar to prevent dropping of the weight.

(4) A limit stop shaU be provided to prevent the carriage from swinging too far back and thereby expostog the un­guarded portion of toe saw to contact.

(b) Bolt equalizer, stave, and heading staws itilting table style). (1) AU heading and stave bolt equalizer saws shaU be guarded by hoods, curved to the contour of the saws. The hood shaU cover the saw at least to the depth of the teeth, except for that portion actually used to

making the cut. The exhaust hood shaU be so arranged and matotatoed as to guard effectively toe bottom portion of the saws. . • , ^

(2) Hoods shaU be attached to each end of the Mlttog table and shaU extend forward to cover the portion of toe saws which cannot be enclosed by a stationary guard.

(3) A limit stop shaU be provided to prevent the table from comtog too far back and thereby expostog the unguarded portion of the saws to contact.

(c) Barrel stave saws icylindrical saws). (1) Each machine of this type shall have toe saw and the revolving part (head) to which the saw blade is bolted enclosed with a hinged guard to prevent accidental contact, except for that part of the saw immediately adjacent to the carriage, which is the potot of operation of the saw.

(2) The exhaust hood shaU be so ar­ranged and matotatoed as to guard effectively toe bottom portion of toe saw.' The hood shaU be made of adequate strengto to resist stratos tocldental to reasonable operation. .. _,

(d) Hand-fed ripsaws. (1) Each cir­cular hand-fed ripsaw shaU be guarded wito a hood. The hood shaU be stationary and cover toe saw to a distance of ap­proximately toreo-f ourths toch above toe stave betog ripped. This wUl prevent toe material betog cut from being raised by upward centrifugal force of toe saw to cases of ptochtog or btodlng before toe stave reaches toe spUtter. The hood shaU provide inside «Slearance between the top edge of saw and guard to aUow an ac­cidental blow to strike It to toe table and not engage toe teeto wito toe guard. The hood shall be constructed of heavy material, preferably metal. That portion of toe saw remaining below toe table BhaU be completely enclosed to an exhaust hood.

(2) Spreader requiremente for this equipment are contetoed to §1910.213 (c)(2) .

(e) Self-feed stave and Tieadlng eqwu-Izer saws, il) Self-feed equalizer saws shaU be guarded wito a hood guard which wUl cover toe top and sides of too saws. The hood should adjust Itself auto­matically to toe thickness of, and re­mato to contact wito, the material betog cut.

(2) The portion of toe saw blade ex­tending beneath the mandrel shaU be enclosed to an exhaust hood and be easily accessible for changtog saws.

(f) Stave and heading planers isingle and double heads). (1) The exhaust hood, or otoer guards. If no exhaust system Is required, shaU be so arranged and mato­tatoed as to guard effectively aU cutttog

> heads and knives of stogie and double planers. . , _,..

(2) Feed rolls, except for such portion as may be necessary to admit stock, shaU be completely enclosed.

(3) Pressure bars or holddown ar-rangemente shaU be properly adjusted to assure correct pressure and clearance at Bill tilmGS *

(g) stave jointing machines iwheel). (1) Steve jototer wheels shaU be cov­ered on boto sides wito a removable metal

hood connected to toe exhaust system, except for toat portion where toe stock is appUed to toe knives. _. ,, ^

(2) A limit stop should be tosteUed on toe frame to prevent any part of toe car­riage from comtog to contact wito any movtog part of toe wheel.

(3) The equipment described to sub­paragraphs (1) and (2) of this para-., graph toclude double todependent stave jototer wheels, double jototer stave wheels, stogie jototer stave wheels, and all ktods of keg stave jototer wheels.

(h) Heading jointer and doiseler ma­chine iwheel). (1) Each headtog jototer shall be equipped wito a removable guard covering the upper half of toe wheel, ex­cept for that portion where toe stock is appUed to toe knives.

(2) The lower portion of toe wheel ShaU be guarded with sheet metal OT ex­panded metel to prevent accidental con­tact with toe knives. ^.. ^, A

(I) Heading rounder. The cutter head EhaU be enclosed to a hood attached to toe exhaust system, arranged and mato­tatoed to such a manner as to guard effectively toe entire cutttog mechanism, except for toat portion of toe cutttog head where toe stock is appUed.

(J) Poioer windtass jrmcMne. Wtodlass machtoes havtog counterwelghte shall operate wito toe welghte in a stationary easing. On aU machines havtog a fric­tion gear, toe gear shaU be properly guarded.

(k) Crozing machine (stationary heads). Feed chains and sprockete BhaU be completely enclosed. This to-cludes aU types of barrel, keg, bucket, tub, and todividual stave crozers, cham­fering, croztog, and doweUng machtoes.

(1) Heading-up machine. The outside portion and teeto of boto drive gears for toe racks shaU be completely guarded. TUs includes aU types of headtog-up machtoes.

(m) Head charring machine. AU trip­ping mechanisms shaU be completely guarded.

(n) Bage triiss hoop ring remomng macMne. (1) Boto eccentric cams and gear works on horizontal machtoes shaU be guarded.

(2) Combtaed flywheel and gear shaU be completely enclosed by a guard. This tocludes toe horizontal and upright-type machtoes.

(o) Hoop elevators and conveyors. Lower sprockete and chains shaU be guarded by complete enclosure to a height of at least 7 feet.

(p) Barrel sanding machine. Belt sand-tog machtoes shaU be provided wito guards at each nip potot where the sandtog belt runs OHto a puUey. This guard may be a part of toe exhaust sys­tem. The unused run of toe sandtog belt shaU be enclosed.

(q) Hoop drivers and trussers. (DAU friction puUeys shall be enclosed by a guard. A htoged gate shotdd be provided for toat portion of the guard covertog adjustmente to the friction blocks,

(2) The foregoing recommendation covers drivers for keg hoops, tin barrel hoops, truss hoops, and boto screw and rack and ptolon-type hoop drivers.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

mmmmflfmilHI

§ 1910.222 Standards organizaUons. The standards and spedficaUons of the

foUo\Wng organizations have been ref­erenced to tills Subpart O: Copies of the references materials may be obtatoed from the Issutog organizations

1. American National Standards Institute, Ino., 1430 Broadway, New York, NT 10018.

2. American Society of Meohamcal Engi­neers. 345 East 47 Street. New YorK. NY 10017.

Subpart P—Hand and Portable Pow­ered Tools and Other Hand-Held Equipment

§ 1910.241 DefiniUons. As used to this subpart: (a) Explosive-actuated fastening tool

terms—(1) Hammer-operated piston tool—low-velocity type. A tool which, by means of a heavy mass hammer supple­mented by a load, moves a piston de­signed to be captive to drive a stud, pto, or fastener toto a work surface, always starttog toe fastener at rest and in con­tact wito the work surface. It shaU be so designed that when used with any load that accurately chambers to it and that is commerclaUy available at the time toe tool is submitted for approval, it wUl not cause such stud, pto, or fastener to have a mean velocity to excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from toe muzzle end of the barrel.

(2) High-velocity tcStl. A tool or ma­chtoe which, when used with a load, propels or discharges a stud, pto, or fas­tener, at velocities to excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from toe muzzle end of the barrel, for the purpose of Imptogtog it upon, afOxtog It to, or penetrattog anotoer object or

(3) Low-velocity piston tool. A tool that utilizes a piston designed to be cap­tive to drive a stud, pto, or fastener toto a woric surface. It shaU be so designed toat when used with any load toat ac­curately chambers to it and toat Is com­mercially avaUable at the time toe tool Is submitted for approval, it wlU not cause such stud, pto, or fastener to have a mean velocity to excess of 300 feet per second when measured 6.5 feet from toe muzzle end of the barrel.

(4) Stud, pin, or fastener. A fastentag device specifically designed and manu­factured for use to explosive-actuated fastentog tools.

(5) To chamber. To fit properly with­out the use of excess force, the case betog duly supported.

(6) Explosive powerload, also known as load. Any substance to any form capa­ble of producing a propeUant force.

(7) Tool. An explosive-actuated fas­tentog tool, unless otherwise Indicated, and aU accessories pertatoing toereto.

(8) Protccfiue sAieZd or aword. A device or guard attached to the muzzle end of toe tool, which is designed to confine fiytog particles.

(b) Abrasive wheel terms—(1) Jlfottnt-ed wheels. Moimted wheels, usuaUy 2-toch diameter or smaUer, and of various shapes, may be eltoer organic or inor­ganic bonded abrasive wheels. They are secured to plato or toreaded steel man­drels.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

(2) Tuck pointing. Removal, by grind­ing, of cement, mortar, or other non-metalUc jotottog material.

(3) Tuck pointing wheels. Tuck potot-tog wheels, usuaUy Type 1, reinforced organic bonded wheels have diameter, thickness and hole size dimension. They are subject to the same Umltetlons of use and mounttog as IVpe 1 wheels de­fined to subparagraph (10) of tois para­graph.

UMtTATiON: Wheels used lor tuck potottog shovQd be reinforced, organic bonded. (See : 1910J243(c)(l)(U)(o).)

(4) Portable grinding. A grtodtog op­eration where toe grtodtog maclitoe Is designed to be hand held and may be easUy moved from one location to an­otoer. ,

(5) Organic bonded wheels. Organic wheels are wheels which are bonded by means of an organic material such as resin, rubber, shellac, or other similar bonding agent.

(6) Safety guard. A safety guard Is an enclosure designed to restrain toe pieces of toe grinding wlteel and furnish aU possible protection to toe event that the wheel is broken In operation.

(7) Reinforced wheels. The term "re­inforced" as appUed to grtodtog wheels ShaU deftoe a class of organic wheels which contato strengthentog fabric or filament. The term "reinforced" does not cover wheels ustog such mechanical ad­ditions as steel rings, steel cup backs or wire or tape wtodtog. •

(8) Type 11 flaring cup wheels. Type 11 fiartog cup wheels have double diam­eter dimensions D and J, and to addition have toickness, hole size, rim and back thickness dimensions. Grtodtog Is always performed on rim face, W dimension. Type 11 wheels are subject to aU limita­tions of use and mounttog Usted for Type 6 straight sided cup wheels definition to subparagraph (9) of this paragraph.

23733

fourth T dimension. In addition, when im-threaded hole wheels are spedfled, the Inslda flat, K dimension, must be large enough to accommodate a suitable flange.

TYPE 6 STRAIGHT CUP WHEELS

TYPE 11 FLARING CUP WHEELS

CRINDING FACE 1

HHr-Wgure P-2

Type S — Straight-eup Wheel Side griniing vihtel having a diameter, Uiicknest and hole with one tide ttraight or flat and the oppofxta tide receeted. Thie type, however, differs from Type S iit that the grinding ia performed on the waU of tha abraiive created by the difference between the di­ameter of the recess and the outside diameter of ih» wheel. Therefore, the wall dimension "W" takea precedence over the diameter of the recess a* an

essential intermediate dimension to describe this shape type.

(10) Type 1 straight wheels. Type 1 straight wheels have diameter, thickness, and hole size dimensions and should bo used only on toe periphery. Type 1 wheels ShaU be mounted between fianges.

LiMitATioN: Hole dimension (H) should not be greater than two-thirds of wheel di­ameter dimension (D) for precision, cylto­drical, centerless, or surface grlndtog appU­cations. Msolmum hole size for all other applications should not exceed one-half wheel diameter.

TYPE 1 STRAIGHT WHEELS

ngme r-l .Type 11 — Flarrng-cup Wheel

Side grinding wheel having a wall flared or tapered outward from the back. Wall thickness at

the back is liormaUy greater than at the grinding face (W).

LIMRATION: Minimum back thickness, B dimension, should not be less than one-fourth T dimension. In addition when xax-threaded hole wheels are specified the inside flat, K dimension, shaU be large enough to accommodate a suitable flange,

(9) Type 6 siraight cup wheels. Type 6 cup wheels have diameter, thickness, hole size, rim toickness, and back thick­ness dlmensTons. Grtodtog is always per­formed on rim face, W dimension.

LHOTATION: Minimimi hack -Uilclmesa, B dimension, should not be less than one-

r GIIINDING FACE

Wgure P-3 Type 1 — Straight Wheel

Peripheral grinding wheel having a diameter, thickness and hole.

(c) Power latonmower terms—-il) Blade tip circle. The path described by. toe outermost potot of the blade as It Is rotated about ite shaft axis.

(2) Guards. A part or an alssembly provided for shieldtog a hazardous area ofamactone.

(3) Catcher assemblies. Parte or com­binations of parte which provide a means for coUecttog grass cUpptogs or debris.

(4) Walk-behind mower. A mower eitoer pushed or self-propeUed and nor­mally guided by toe operator walktog behtod toe unit.

(5) Operator area, walk-behind mow­ers. Por discharge Interference purposes, that area confined witlito a circle no smaUer toan 30 toches In diameter, toe center of wlilch is located to the rear of toe mower on ite longitudinal centerUne 30 toches behtod toe nearest blade tip circle.

(6) Power reel mower. A lawn-cutting machtoe utUlztog a power source to rotate one or more heUcally formed- blades about a horizontal axis to provide a shearing action wito a stationary cutter bar or bed knife.

No. 125

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

23734 RULES AND REGULATIONS

(7) Power rotary mower. A lawn-cut-

%) S g mower. A Po^^^^\^}^Z

"" a o f SuZfcy type mower. NormaUy. a :£€!£-^orhy^--o; " ' r u H e o d m a n control. A conteo^^e-

S l o w ^ i ^ ^ a S e S a ^ - ^ actiiattog force is removed^

'' • ( ^ n . S uFttag S o w e i t o g or S S > X " h o ^ n ^ ^ l-<^ by appuca-tionofapushtogforce. •

(2) Botincr. The rating of a Jack is the

o S ite specified amount ol travel. '"NC^-. TO raise t^c r^^^^fJSl^V^ pomt of application of the w a ^ ^^^^ j ^ S ' S ^ e S l ^ t t ' ^ ' S y fhrrS,nufacturer for t S t l J S S l a c k considered. e 1910.242 Handand portable powered ^ ^^ tools and equipment, general.

(a) General requirements Each em-Irakis '"^b^C^pressed air used for cLeaning C o m p r S air f^^^^^^'JI^.'^^nZ cleantog P ^ ^ ' ^ ^ . f °!Pd ^ e n o ^ w i t h

tective equipment. § 1910.243 Guarding of portable povr-

ered tools. (a) portable POwered to^--^^_

Portable oir^Z^saws^^)^^^^^ able, P o ^ f ' ^ - ^ I f l . S ^ t h a n 2 to shaU a blade diameter P^^ater tnan ^^^^ be equipped ^ ^ ^ ^ L ^ ^ ^ e upper guard

'^''"^vf^J5f^ the t«)l Is withdrawn from work. When the TOoi ^^^_

r t i r S ' a ^ ' i S ^ ' n t l ^ ^ e * " - ^ - - ' ^ -

"" a r S J a g r a p h (a) (D (« of tois sec-

l ^ H S K I o f m e ^ c X l

^"^rit-ifcftcs and conlrols.-(i) AU

SpSS.'ss.rpS»?s.s

" S f S r S m d - h d d powe»a diSls. (U) • '^ , " r~ ," drivers horizontal,

S c S : a S S l e S ^ d ^ ^ w i t h whegs I ? S toan 2 toches to d i ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^

£ a stogie motion of ttie same finger or

"^fim (*i')**^toeriiand-held powered J s u c V M ^ - U l g ^ t e r g^aten

sanders, g i ^ d ^ ^ ! ^ * ^ ^ binders with,

(b) Saber, scroU, and jig ^*^^ ,,,_ noStandard Wade holders m ^ j f , ^ blades with shanks Y^ch we nonim S ^ a n S ^ - ^ S ^ T g r a l V t o

S ' a ^ r s h t S w h e n " S s croU and jig

^ ^ ^ S ^ r j r t r s ^ S ^ a S a p U

'"^(t^ ^ f o S t t o g control on hand^ heldU^rtools^aUb^^^^^ " ' ^ ^ " ^ ^ ^ S ^ ^ d e n t S operation "'^^'i^^n^sUtute a hazard to employees.

K?ar»SsSiS -S ^ ^ S S o f dffi^equIPment, or

B d ' s a S g machines shau b e j ^ ^ d ^ d ^ t o guards at each rdp PoJJ^'^J^'^rse ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ' S f e S v ^ p r e v S t o e h a n d s guards shaU effective^ p comtog or fevers 1 the opCTator^ ^ _

^ • ^ r d ^ a g ^ t accidental C D ^ ^ -(4) Crocfccd saios. AUcrocked saws

shaU be removed from sCTjdce. (5)_Groundin..-P^rtable^e l^ c ^ J ^

?^ iS?me*f fo f^SpS t t ol^thls part ' ^ T ) pneumatic Poroered ^ o ^ ^ ^

tton equipment which witoout such a re-tetoer, may eject toe tool; -„nnec-

<2) Airftose.—Hose and hose connec tiom u ^ for conducting com^essed|lr to utUlzation equipment s h ^ be de^ ^ e d for the pressure and service to which they are subjected. .- ,

(c) portable abrasive ^^eels.--w Gencralrwuiremcnts—Abraslve wh^ls S H e used only on machine ^ o ^ e d ™5fVi <aifetv guards as defined to para-S ^ h ^ c ) ( l ) through (4) of this section. ^nExcept ionsi- 'n ie requirements of t h i S a r a g r a p h (D f^^XX^o^-the foUowtog classes of wheels and con

• " y w h e e l s used for totemal _work

"""t) Typesl6,17,18.18R,andl9con^

MlSSSCer:^ -h s i s HFH " ^ ^ ) ^ S ' p ^ " S " a & i S ^ ^ I - - a U <,p^e^iti^oS^the% the^wori. P^^^es a S tab le measure o f ^ S s S T t i S t toe ^ a ^ ^ ^ d ^ ^ n u t ^ d ' ^ S K ^ g e ^ e ex-

nStSS^c^ttde-^^t^-^ h t r t h e ffc^vers Of toe guard may

^ ( ' T S ^ p t i o n . - T h e sptome^end,^^ and outer flange may bee««sedo^ P ^ ^ ^ ^ I t ' C ^ T l l 2 T ^ ^ d 28 abrasive ?Slsrcutting"ofi ' :wheels. and tuck

P ° l t r j « ? S e b . cup Wheels (T^pes 6

- ( 1 ) " s ^ a ? S " ^ a ? r a S & J . ^ Z - ^ -

aSsS^^i^a ' ' ° ^ ° ^ n h S ) S i f f p ^ ^ r a p h . ) I t 18

*^1,eth^in^ot%Tca^n^-S^entotoch; .

> L r ^as^^KSd'P-t^UoT2 ffJ ^ S c r ^ ^ d V p r o ^ d e d b y t o e g u ^ ^ specified to Gubdlvlslon (i) or u/ vx

« ^ P " ^ ^ £ a i portable criflders. S ^ e ^

X?om the operator. (See Figure P-4.) FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL.

39, NO» 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

RULES AND REGULATIONS

FIGURE NO. (4) Ot?icr portable grinders. Tiie maxl-

mu5i ^gu la r exposmre ot^^.ff^l wheel periphery and sides for safety X r d s t^ed on other portable grindtog S S i e s shaU not exceed 180- and the top half of the wheel shaU be enclosed at aU times. (See Figures P-5 and P-6.)

'^•*-WOM£*<^

FIGURE NO. 3?-5

FIGURE NO (5) Mounting and inspection ofabra-

Hve wheeU. (1) Immediately before mounting. aU wheels shaU be closelyto-Boected and sounded by the user (ring te^lee^part O, 5 1910^15(d) (1)) to malie sure toey have not been damaged to transit, storage, or otherwise. The sptodle speed of the machtoe s l i ^ be ctoecked before mounttog of toe wheel to be certato that it does not exceed the maximum operattog speed marked on the wheel. _^ , ,

(U) Grindtog wheels shaU fit freely ' on the sptodle and remato free under

aU grtodtog conditions. A controued clearance between the wheel hole and the machtoe sptodle (or wheel sleeves or adaptors) is essential to avoid excessive pressure from mounttog and sptodle ex­pansion. TO accomplish tills, the machine sptodle ShaU be made to nomtoal (stand­ard) size plus zero mtous .002 toch, and the wheel hole shaU be made suitably oversize to assure safety clearance under the conditions of operating heat and pressure.

(Ul) AU contact surfaces of wheels, blotters, and fiangers shaU be fiat and free of foreign matter.

(iv) When a bushtog Is used in toe wheel hole it shaU not exceed the width of the wheel and shaU not contact toe

' ^(^^)^Requh-emente for the use of fianges and blotters, see Subpart O,

(6) Excluded mocWnery.—Natural sandstone wheels and metal, wooden, cloth, or paper discs, havtog a layer rf abrasive on toe surface are not covered by this paragraph. .*^,.,„

(d) Explosive actuated fasten^ tools—il) GcncroZ reguiremenfs. (1) Ex­plosive-actuated fastentog tools wlUch are actuated by explosives or any sImUar means and propel a stiid, pto, fastener, or other object for the purpose of affix-tog It by penetration to any other object BhaU meet toe design reqtoremente to "American National Standard Safety Beqtorements for Explosive-Actuated Ja^tentog Tools," ANSI AlO.3-1970. 'This reqtorement does not apply to devices designed for attachtog objecte to soit construction materials, such as wood, pla-ster, tar, dry waUboard, and the lUce, or to stud weldtog equipment.

(il) Operators and asslsttote ustog tools ShaU be safeguarded by means ol eye protection. Head and face protection ShaU be used, as required by worktog con­ditions, as set forth to Subpart I- ^ ^ ,

(2) Inspection, maintenance, and tool handling—il) High-velocity tooU. Tools of this type shaU have toe characteris­tics outitoed to ia) tiirough (h) of ttUs subdivision and. at toe discretion of the manufacturer, any additional safety features he may wish to tocorporate. - (o) The muzzle end of toe tool shall

have a protective shield or guard at least 3% toches In diameter, mounted perpen­dicular to and concentric with toe barrel, and designed to confine any flying {rae-mente or particles that might otherwise create a hazard at toe time of firing.

ib) Where a standard shield or guard cannot be used, or where it does not cover aU apparent avenues through which ^ -tog particles might escape, a special shield, guard, fixture, or jig designed and built by toe manufacturer ol the tool being used, which provides tills degree of protection, shaU be used as a substitute,

(c) The tool shaU be so designed that it cannot be fired unless It Is equipped with a standard protective shield or guard, or a special shield, guard, fixture, or jis

id) il) The firtag mechanism shall be so designed that the tool cannot fire dur-tog loadtog or preparation to fire, or U the tool should be dropped whUe loaded.

(2) Firing ol toe tool shaU be depend­ent upon at least two separate ^ d dis­tinct operations of toe operator, wito the-final firing movement being separate from the operation of bringtog toe tool into the firtog position. •_

ie) The tool shall be so designed as not to be operable otoer toan against a work surface, and unless toe operator Is holdtog toe tool against toe work surface with a force at least 5 pounds greater toan toe total weight of toe tool.

(/) The tool shaU be so designed that it WiU not operate when equipped wito toe

standard guard todexed to toe center position if any beartog surface of toe l ^ Is tilted more than 8* from contact wito toe work surface. j •»,„*

(fl) The tool ShaU be so designed that positive means of varytog toe power are avaUableor can be made available to toe opSator as part of toe tool, « as an auxUIary, to order to make it posstole lor toe operator to select a power level ade­quate to perform the desired work wito­out excessive force. ' . , .^„,.

ih) The tool shall be so designed that aU breeching parts wUl be reasonab^ visible to aUow a check for any foreign matter toat may be present.

Hi) Tools of toe low-velocity-piston type shaU have the characteristics out­itoed to ia) through ie) ot tois subdivi­sion and at the discretion ol the manu­facturer, any additional safety features he may wish to incorporate. __

(a) The muzzle end of toe tool shall be designed so that suitable protective shields, guards, Jlgs, or fixtures, designed and buUt by toe manufacturer of toe tool being used, can be mounted perpendicu­lar to the barrel. A standard spaU shield shaU be supplied with each tool.

ib) il) The tool shaU be designed so toat It ShaU not to ordinary usage propea or discharge a stud. pto. or fastener whUe loading or during preparation to nre. or it toe tool should be dropped while loaded. .

(2) Firing of toe tool shaU be depend­ent upon at least two separate and dls-ttoct operations of the operator, with tiie final firing movement betog separate from the operation ol bringtog toe tool toto the firing position.

(0) The tool ShaU be so designed as not to be operable other than agatost a work surface, and unless the operator Is hold­tog the tool agatost the work surface wito a force at least 5 pounds greater than the total weight of the tool.

id) The tool shaU be so designed that positive means of varying toe power are avaUable or can be made avaUable to the operator as part of the tool, or as an _ auxIUary, to order to make It possible for the operator to select a power level ade­quate to perform toe desired work wito­out excessive force.

ie) The tool shaU be so designed that aU breeching parte wUl be reasonably visible to aUow a check for any foreign matter that may be present.

(Ui) Tools of the hammer-operated piston tools—low-velocity type shaU have the characteristics outUned to (o) J through ie) of this subdivision and, at toe discretion of the manufacturer, any additional safety features he may wish to tocorporate.

(a) The muzzle end of toe tool shaU be 'so designed that suitable protective shields, guards, jigs, or fixtures, designed and buUt by the manufacturer of toe tool betog used, can be mounted peri>endIou-lar to the barrel. A standard spaU shield shaU be suppUed wito each tool.

ib) The tool ShaU be so designed toat It shall not to ordtoary usage propd or discharge a stud, pto. or fastener whUe loadtog, or during preparation to fire, or

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125-THURSDAY, JUNE 27, 1974

wmxim Rsm

RULES AND REGULATIONS

the blade enclosure, totended for toe dis­charge of grass, ShaU not contact toe operator area. *_n„„

(U) There shaU be one of toe foUow­tog at aU openings to toe blade enclosure totended for the discharge of grass:

(o) A m<"<'T>"" unobstructed hon-zontel distance of 3 toches Jroni toe end of the discharge chute to toe blade tip

* *Tb)' A rigid bar fastened across the discharge opentog, secured to Prevent removal without the use of tools. TOe bottom of toe bar shaU be no higher than the bottom edge of toe Wade enclosure.

(IU) The highest pomt(s) of the front ol the blade enclosure, except discharge openings, shaU be such that any Ime ex­tendtog a maximum of 15° downward from the horizontal toward the blade shaft axis (axes) shaU not Interswt the horizontal plane withto the blade tip cir­cle The highest potot(s) on the blade enclosure front, except discharge-open­ings, ShaU not exceed ly^ toches above the lowest cutting point of the blade in the lowest blade position. Mowers with a swtogover handle are to be considered as havtog no front to the blade enclosure and therefore shaU comply with subpara­graph (2) (1) of this paragraph.

(Iv) The mower handle shaU be fastened to the mower so as to prevent loss ol control by untotentional un­coupling wliUe In operation. ^ „^„

(V) A positive upstop or lateh shau be provided for the mower handlein the normal operating posltlon(s). The up­stop ShaU not be subject to untotentional disengagement during normal operation of toe mower. The upstop or latch shaU not aUow the center or toe handle grips to come closer than 17 toches horizon-taUy behtod toe closest path of the mower blade(s) unless manuaUy disengaged.

(vl) A swtog-over handle, wtoch com-pUes with toe above reqtoremente, wUl

OrU) Wheel drive disengaging controls, except deadman controls, shall move opposite to the direction of the veWcle motion in order to disengage the drive. Deadman controls shaU comply with § 1910.241(c) (11) and may operate to any direction to disengage the drive.

(4) RiWLng rotary mowers, iv The highest potot(s) of aU opentogs to the blade enclosure,front shaU be Itailted by a vertical angle of opentog of 15° and a maximum distance ol IVA tochra above toe lowest cutttog potot of the blade to the lowest blade position. ^ , , „

(U) Opentog (s) shall be placed so that grass or debris wUl not discharge directly toward any part of an operator seated to a noi-mal operator position.

(Ui) There shaU be one of toe foUow­tog at all opentogs to toe blade en­closure totended for the discharge of

^'^)' A minimum unobstructed hori­zontal distance of 6 toches from tho end of toe discharge chute to toe blade tip circle. ., _

(b) A rigid bar fastened across the discharge opentog, secured to Prevent removal without the use of tools. The bottom of toe bar shaU be no higher than toe bottom edge of the blade enclosure.

(Iv) Mowers shaU be provided wito stops to prevent jackknifing or locktog of toe steering mechanism. . „ »^

(V) Vehicle stopptag means shaU be

^^^) Hand-operated wheel drive disen­gaging controls shaU move opposite to toe dh-ection of vehicle motion to order to disengage toe drive. Foot-operated wheel drive disengagtog controls shaU be depressed to disengage toe drive. Dead-man controls, boto hand and foot op­erated, shaU comply wito § 1910.241(c) (11) and may operate to any dhrection to disengage the drive. [37 FB 22102. Oct. 18, 1972, as amended a t 38 FR 14373, 38 PB 14374, June 1,1973]

§ 1910.244 Other portable tools and equipment.

(a) Jacks—il) Loading and marking. (1) The operator shaU make sure toat toe jack used has a rattog suffloient to lift and sustain toe load. . . . . .

(U) The rated load BhaU be legibly and permanently marked to a prominent lo­cation on the jack by casting, stamptog, or other suitable means.

(2) Operation and ^maintenance, n> In the absence ol a firm foundation, the base of the jack shaU be blocked. If there is a possiblUty ol sUppage of toe cap, a block shaU be placed to between the cap and the load. ,. , ^ . .„

(U) The operator shaU wateh toe stop todlcator, which shaU be kept clean, to. order to determtoe toe Umit of travel. The todicated limit shaU not be overrun.

(iU) After toe load has been ral^d, it ShaU be cribbed, blocked, or otoerwlse secured at once.

(iv) HydrauUc jacks exposed to ireez-tog temperatures shaU be suppUed with an adequate antifreeze-Uquld.

(V) AU jacks shaU be properly lubri­cated at regiUar tatervals. The lubricat-tog instructions of the manufacturer should be foUowed, and only lubricante recommended by hhn should be used.

(VI) Each jack shaU be thoroughly Inspected at times which depend upon the service conditions. Inspections .'shaU DQ not less frequent than toe foUowtog:

(a) For constant or totermittent use at one locaUty, once every 6 months,

(ft) For jacks sent out of shop for special work, when sent out and when returned,

(c) For a jack subjected to abnormal load or shock, immefflately before and Immediately thereafter.

(vU) Repair or replacement parte. ShaU be examined for possible defecte.

(vlU) Jacks which are out of order shaU be tagged accordtogly, and shaU not be used untU repairs are made.

(b) Abrasive blast cleaning nozzles. The blast cleantog nozzles shaU be equipped with an operattog valve which must be held open manuaUy. A support shaU be provided on which the nozzle may be mounted when it is not to use.

^ 7 3 7

(b) The foUowtog provisions shaU be­come eftective on February 15,1972: I 1910JJ48 (a) (1), (a) (3) . (»> W • ,<*> iJ>'

(o) (1) . (c) (2) , (c) (8) , (d) (1) . (d) (2) , and (e) . (c) Notwithstanding anythtog to

paragraph (a), (b), or (d) of tills section, any provision to any otoer section of ^ subpart which contetos to Itedf a spedflc effective date or time Umltation shaU be­come effective on such date or shaU ap­ply to accordance with such limitation.

(d) Notwithstandtog anythtog to paragraph (a) of this section, if any rtMidard to 41 CFR Part 50-204, other toan a national consensus standard in­corporated by reference to § 50-204.2 (a)(1). Is or hecomes applicable at any time to any employment and place of em­ployment, by virtue ol the Walsh-Healey PubUo (Jontracte Act, or to* Service Con­tract Act ol 1965, or toe National Foundation on Arte and Humanities Act of 1965, any correspondtog established. Federal standard to this Subpart P which Is derived from 41 CFR Part 50-204 shall also become effective, and shaU be ap­pUcable to such employment and place of employment, on the same date. § 1910.246 Sources of s landards .

§ 1910.245 EfTective dates. (a) The provisions of this Subpart P

shaU become effective on August 27,1971, except as provided to toe rematotog paragraphs of this section.

Sec. Source 1910.241(a) ANSI A10.3 (1970), Safety Re­

quirements for Explosive Actuated Fastentog Tools.

1910.241(b) ANSI B7.1-1970. Safety Cod« for tho trse, Care, and Pro­tection of Abrasive Wheels.

1910.241(c) ANSI B71.1-1968. Safety Speci­fications for Power I,awn Mowers.

1910.241(d) ANSI B30.1-1943. Safety Code for Jacks.

1910542 41 CFR 50-204.4 and 60-204.8. 1910.243(a) ANSI 01.1-1954 (B1961),

Safety Code for Woodwork­ing iycachtaes.

1910.243(b) ANSI B19.1-1938, Compressed Air Machinery and Equip­ment.

1910.243(c) ANSI B7.1-1970. Safety Code for the Use, Care, and Pro-

. tectlon of Abrasive Wheels. 1910 243 (d) ANSI AlO.3-1970, Explosive Ac­

tuated Fastening Tools. 1910.243(e) ANSI B71-1968. Safety Speci­

fications for Power I,awn Mowers.

1910a44(a) ANSI B30.1-1943, (R1962), Safety Code for Jacks.

1910.244(b) ANSI Z9.4-1968, VentUation. and Safe Practlcies of Abra­sive Blasting Operations.

§ 1910.247 Standards organizalions.

Specific standards of the foUowtog organization have been referenced to tois subpart. Copies of the referenced mate­rials may be obtained from the issutog organization. American National Standards Institute, 1430

Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10018.

Subpart Q—Welding, Culting, and Brazing i

§ 1 9 1 0 . 2 5 1 Definitions. As used in this subpart: (a) "Welder" and "weldtog operator"

mean any operator of electric or gas weldtog and cutttog equipment.

FEDERAL REGISTER, VOL. 39, NO. 125—THURSDAY, JUNE 27,,1974

Total Suspended Particulate

Sulfur Dioxide

Nitrogen Dioxide

Hydrocarbon

Oxidant

Carbon Monoxide

Primary Standards

75 ug/ni3 annual 260 ug/m3 (24 hr)*

80 ug/m3 annual 365 ug/ni3 (24 hr)*

100 ug/m3 annual

160 ug/m3(max 3 hr. concentration)* (6 to 9 a.m.)

160 ug/m3(l hour)*

10 mg/m3 (8 hour)* 40 mg/m3 (1 hour)*

Secondary Standards

60 ug/m3 annual 150 ug/m3 (24 hr)*

1300 ug/m3 max 3 hr. concentration*

None

None

None

None

Cs IT

*Not to be exceeded more than one per year

akimbo. ._34.9"

1966 HENRY DREYFUSS

akimbo_38.4" akimbo 42.4"

2 . 5 % tile 5 0 . % tile 97 .5%t i i e

weight—127.7 LB. span 65.5" akimbo — 34.9"

1966 HENRY DREYFUSS

weight—I6I.9 LB. span 70.8" akimbo 38.4"

I -»+-arctic shoe

weight— 208.9 LB. span 76.6" akimbo 42.4"

2.5 •/otile 50.%ti le

?5::Sl-°°-fe

97 .5% tile

8.3 1

K4.6—1

64.4

7G.5 total ht.

chest circ — 34.4" waist c i rc—27.1 ' hip circ 33.7"

tf=^ i Q c c UPMRY n R F Y F U S S

chest circ—38.7 waist circ—31.7" hip circ 37.7

^ / chest c irc—43.9" waist c i rc—38.8" hip circ 42.6"

—14.3 arctji shoe

T ^ ^ 9 S % O F U . S . / > D U L T F E M A L E P O P U L A T I O N

2.5 7otile 50 . 7otile 97.5 7otiie

weight 95.0 LB. span 58.8" akimbo 31.8"

1966 HENRY DREYFUSS

weight 134.8 LB. span 64.7" akimbo 34.7"

weight 195.0 LB. span 70.2" akimbo 38.0"

<mim l ^ j f f H i F W B i g W W ^ ^ ^ l OF U.s7 ADULT FEMALE POPULATION

2.5 7otile 50. 7otile 97.5 7otile

easy head movement

1966 HENRY DREYFUSS

mmmmmmmmm,.,i„Mmri^^^ i varies with color a light intensity.)

,_limit of symbol recognition

limit of word recognition

mM.m

to prevent reflection on eye-glasses ovoid liijht sources within these angles

3.5% men a 0.2% women cannot be relied upon for signal detection. 54.0% U.S. population over K years of age wear glasses.

4" min.focal (iistance - oge 20. 8.75" min. focal distance - age 40. 13 min.occeptable reading dist'^oce for displays 14-18" normal viewing dist. -cathode ray tubes 20 min. recommended distance for displays 28_mox.dist.std. displays based on reacK 40 min. focal distance -age 60. no dist. limit if display is designed to accord.

6 to 35 Is best for color discrimination, >66 is poor.

I960 HENRY DREYFUSS

keep lights above to minimize glare

auxi l iary panel for unimportant displays

top is invisible

72" max.

displays only \ or non c r i t i ca l A\ contro ls .

\ (s t re tch ing is not 65 \ recommended.)

opt imum zone for manual and visual combinat ions ( min. paral lax.)

non cr i t i co l or casual contro ls , manuals and displays.

6 FT

5 FT

4 FT

r FT n

6 ' - 8 " - 7'-o" std. door ht. 6 ' -8" min. cei l ing ht.

e ' -e " min. door ht.

6 ' -4" tel . booth door hi.

6 ' -0" highest shelf

3 FT

2 FT I

I FT

63" min. catwalk ceil ing

60 mirror ^

58-60 thermostats and ^ •" ' diol - men standing

54-60 grab bars - men

48 wall switch

45 push bars 4 2 - 4 4 4 tel. d i a l - m e n sitting 42 bar ht.,door DUIIS, lofhe ^

40 -43 c o u n t e r - m e n - s t d .

38 door knobs

36 -38 work bench 36 -42 hand roils 34 hond roils - s t a i r s 33 panic bars

31 lavator ies 29.5 stool-40.7 bench (l.m.) 28 -29 table h t . - men 276 ^ t o o l - 37.9 bench (ovm) 26 mm. knee clear. 25.7 stool - 35. bench (s.m.)

17 ov. compressed sea t -men 15.75 max. ht. w.c. 15-16 max. step hf.

12 opt. rung spacing

7-75 opt. stair riser 6-8 bar roi l

_ 4 min. toe space

- I.I ov. heel - men

38.5 -36. min. gangways 34.

1959 HENRY DREYFUSS

7 F T n

'3.1-57.2 ran

507otileN

69.6 64,8 58.8

65.4

\ l.w. ov. s.w.

\ \ \^

^ r ^ -

tl

3.3 3.0 2.7

"•""5 60.9 55.3 \

keep lights above to minimize glare

unimportant displays

f top is invisible 68 1

displays only or non critical controls, (stretching not

desirable.)

\ optimum zone . for manual

9 \ and visual combinations, (min. parallax.)

i 51

non critical or , casual controls, / manuals and

, ^gdisplays.

non critical controls. (stooping is

feasible )

l-»6 min.*J

34 min. gangway

6 FT

6 -8" min. ceiling ht. 6'-8"-7'-o"door ht. std. 6'-6" min. door ht.

6-4" tel. booth door ht

5 FT

4 FT

3 FT

2 FT

I FT

68" cannot see over ht.

64.5 highest shelf

63 min. cat walk ceiling

58-60 thermostat ht. std. 58 mirror %_ 58 tel. diol-m.aw.standing

55 opt. tel. dial-women

50 push plates std. 48-54 grab bars-women 48 wolfswitch std.

42 bor ht.std..door pulls 41 opt. tel d ia l -m.aw. sitting 39.5 opt. tel. dial-women sit. 39 max.counter ht. 38 door knob-std. 36 sinkrimstd.,hand rails 34 hand rails -stairs 33 panic bars 33.5-34.8 cleaning surfaces 32.3-34.3 food preparation 31.5-33.5 cooker hot plate 31 lavgtories 30-32 ironing boards 27-28 table ht. 26.4 stool ht.-36" counter 25-26 typing table 24 min.knee clear-sitting

16 ov. seat h t - w o m e n 15.75 max. ht. w.c. 15-15.3 opt. seat ht.- public

12 max. rung spacing

7-7.5 opt. stair riser 6-8 bar roil

4 min. toe space

1.6 ov. heel -women

© 1959 HENRY DREYFUSS

ECM CM

E . v_ •-: D O . O o ' ? dj Q . ' -O"^ <J> D . ~ fXx)

• w Ca

•go IM

max head move.i eosy move.'\ -

13 max. for elbow clear. 1

'arm pos \\\\^\^

. opt. eye rotation

max. eye rotation

color discrimination limit visual limit - rt. eye

-18 max.

^ . §

v> u

(O

U o c E o 1-

std. sight line -

?'»" opt. console width 28 max. eff. console width

38.5 l.m. 36.0 ov. 33.4 s.m.

easy head movement-^ 50»max. ^ but ovoid movements

h-o-zo'

I 54" max.-

507otile 33.9 31.5 29.0 36.6-26.4 range

emergency controls

52 min. to ovoid seeing top

- slump varies: .3-2.6

> 2. normal 25.5 23.3 21.0

std. sight line

45 max. see over ht.

9.8 9.0 8.0

d o

c o u a. o

O" datum

17' compressed seat ht. to fit 8 0 % raise a lower r to fit 957.+

IS'

set-up a emergency displays a set-up display a ossoc. controls controls a misc. equip, touch typing a writing

a adjust.controls light sw. (recess)

REACH INCREASE: arm pos. 0» 45» 90»

shoulder extended shoulder extended a trunk rotated shoulder extended, trunk rotated a trunk bent

4"

6

16

3"

4

12

2"

2

8

REACH DECREASE : push buttons o ' toggles z small rotary selectors <2*D. 4 large rotary selectors 4.5 hand grasp 5

datum

I I I 276-18.5 range Zo.o *— 21.6

K - 28.75 knee clear, N.Y.C. bus

6.6-9.% left handed, 3 .5 -6 .% colorblind, 4.5% hard of hearing, 29.3% wear glasses

S) 1959 HENRY DREYFUSS

eo —120* color discrimination l imit varies with color a light use 60" for emergency signals

10-60'symbol recognition limit

10-20" word recognition limit.

I" task or accurate 1 reading limit

arm pos. 0* 45* 90»

4."

5.8

14.1

3."

3.9

10.3

2."

2.

7 6

REACH DECREASE: push buttons o" toggles z small rotary selectors <2"0. 3.7 large rotary selectors 4.2 hand grasp 4.6

• 2 8 " if I" foot stool provided

6 . 6 - 7 % left handed, 3 .5-6 .% color blind, 4 .5% hard of hearing, 37.9% wear glasses

6) 1959.HENRY DREYFUSS

Of^f^tCE AND -TYPIST D E S K

2 - 3 " ( I - I .Z5 TYPIST)

4 CRT CONSOLE SIT DOWN

CATHODE RAY TUBE

60-80*

r A R M " ^ y > ^ - \ \

^ I0"(I3IF \ ^ eo*)

ie'!-»J

7 COMPOUND SIT DOWN

70 MAX FOR MEN

17 SECONDARY DISPLAYS a CONTROLS

DISPLAYS CONTROLS

C CONTROLS 1

« ?•» HT IF CHAIR IS IB"

10 U SHAPE WRAP- AROUND FOR INCREASED WORK SPACE

• " — 28" MIN. ^ ' •"MAX.TO

REACH END PANELS

1 VERTICAL PANEL

^

SLOPING PANEL _, IS''MlN. WRITING t SHELF

•VERT. PANELS ABOVE SHELF LINE

PROJECTIONS IN FRONT OF SHELF IMPEDE ACCESS WITH MIN • "JEL

NOTE'. CHAIR TO SWIVEL A»' .'E CASTERS

OPERATOR SPACING

CRT CONSOLE SIT OR STAND

,A I4"MAX. STAND ONLY

r^rrNjr

TIT 28 -32 STOOL I

1 NO r.ftSTERS

d-

^ ,

30 •STAND 4 5 * SIT OR

STAND

PROFILE IF STAND ONLY

37-41 '

1-^ 4 "MIN.

3 I S M A L L C O N S O L E , S I T D O W N

SEE OVER HT. S-20*

OPEN CONSOLE PROVIDES VENTILATION REMOTE NOISY AND HOT EQUIPMENT NOTE: IF STANCHIONS ARE USED PROVIDE 24" CLEAR. FOR OPERATOR

STAND UP CONSOLES

DISPLAIf J

CONTROLI

0 - 3 0 " » ^

L I3MIN^ I6MAX

72"MEN 88 WOMEN

8 COMPOUND SIT OR STAND

NO CRITICAL CONTROLS

PRIMARY DISPLAY a CONTROL

77"MAX. AREA FOR MEN

SPREAD U IMPROVED VISIBILITY AND ACCESS

•»- 24"MIN.-H 40''MAX.

FOR I MAN

NOTE: CHAIR TO SWIVEL AND HAVE CASTERS

/ IF CONTROL ^ IF WRITING

rr INTROLS f l " "TING, I I

1 , n . T - 5 '

SEE OVER HEIGHT

I 20 I

42"MEN I 33 WOMEN

r- -ALT ^

SLOPE ON TOP PREVENTS STORAGE

s> 39"MEN S i WOMEN

SHELF MAY NOT BE REQUIRED

9 CURVED PANEL SIT DOWN

A PUSH BUTTON a KFY BOARD B KNOBS PUSHBUTTONS 8 TOGGLES C DISPLAYS a KNOBS D SECONDARY CONTROLS E ARMREST -9 .

^ ° ALT. FLATS TO Al PROX CURVE

12 SEMI-CIRCULAR CAN HAVE HEMISPHERICAL PAN! LS

VERTICAL PANELS

3L0PIN0 PANELS

INFREQUENT 1( - ^ 24"MIN. h -USE AREAS

NOTE: CHAIR TO SWIVEL AND HAVE CASTERS

INFREQUENT USE AREAS

1966

J

.1 ]

J J J

—<

J J ] ]

]

, .-J

]

Wl^er . o ^ ^ m ^ t i r ^ g a . l t e r x ^ ^ t i ^ e l ^ y o x . t 3 t h e r e a r e x ^ a n y f a c t o r s w h i c h c a n

affect the s e l e c t i o n of t h e m o s t s u i t a b l e p l a n . T h e f a c t o r s m o s t f r e q u e n t l y identified are listed below. A definition of each* is also given. Then key points to consider in making an evaluation are set forth. These factors, definitions, and key points--together with others that may be added or in a consolidated form as seems appropriate for a particular company or project--can be ex­tremely helpful in keeping a clear understanding and meaning for each factor during the process of evaluation.

simplicity of increasing the space EASE OF FUTURE EXPANSION (The employed. )

a. Tie-in with long-range potential use of the space,

with the future plans for building or prop­erty development,

with the basic overall allocation of space, and

with the overall flow pattern(s).

b. Ability to spread out to adjacent areas—be­side, above, below,

to encroach on readily moved storage or service areas, or

to add vertical storage equipment, bal­conies, mezzanines.

c. Freedom from fixed or permanent building features,

from divided or honeycombed areas, and from space blocked-in by physically long equipment, property lines, natural ob­structions or limitations, and the like.

ADAPTABILITY AND VERSATILITY (The ease of accomodating, in the layout as planned (without rearrangement), changes (normal or emergency) in, and variety (or number) of, items like the following. )

d. Regularity of allocated space amounts in terms of

readily exchangeable amounts and types of areas,

modular units of layout space, multiple unit areas.

e. The amount of disruption or rearrangement of areas other than the one(s) specifically being expanded.

f. Shrinkability-ease of contracting the lay­out economically, to cut down the size if necessary.

a. Product, materials, or items b. Quantity or volume c. Frequency of delivery d. Process equipment e. Operation sequence f. Working methods and operating time g. Handling or storing methods h. Utilities or auxiliaries i. Other services j . Type or classification of employees

k. Time-keeping or count system 1. Hours of work m. Material dispatching procedure n. Inspection controls o. Rework procedures p. Standby equipment q. Additional space for stock r. Alternate routes s. Test runs, pilot lots, experimental engi­

neering.

"]

FLEXIBILITY OF LAYOUT (The ease of physically rearranging the layout to accomodate changes.)

® V l - 1

a. M o b i l i t y o f m a c h i n e r y a n d e q u i p m e n t

b. Relative size and fixity of equipment c. Standardization of equipment, containers,

work places d. Freedom from fixed building features or

walls, unmatching floor levels, other barri­ers

e. Overly dense saturation of space

f. I n d e p e n d e n c e o f s t i l t - s u f f i c i e n c y o f f u o i l i -

ties (not dependent on central coordination or centralized service tie-in)

g. Ready accessibility of service lines, pip­ing, power distribution, heating and venti­lating, service holes, etc.

h. Access to the area laid out at more than one point or side

FLOW OR MOVEMENT EFFECTIVENESS (The effectiveness of sequenced working operations or steps--without unnecessary back-tracking, cross flow, t ransfers , long hauls--of mater ials , paperwork, or people.)

a. Greatest flow intensities with minimum dis­tances

b. Basic regularity or consistency of flow pattern(s)

c. Proximity of related areas to each other where movement of material, people, or major paper work is involved, or where frequent, urgent or significant personal contact takes place

Access to, away from, and between major areas (like receiving, shipping, key operat­ing areas)

e. Flow of auxiliary or service materials: supplies, tools, scrap or waste, and other service materials

f. Accessibility for delivery and pick-up, visitors, or employed non-company service personnel

5 MATERIALS HANDLING EFFECTIVENESS (The ease or simplicity of the handling system, equipment, and containers to move materials into. through, and out of the areas laid out. )

a. Ease of tie-in with external handling meth­ods and equipment: rail line, docks, high­way, and other accessways

b. Necessity for re-handling, extra handling, delays, awkward positioning, undue physi- . cal effort, undue dependence on frequency or urgency of moves, undue amount of jury-rig on non-integrated equipment

c. Traffic congestion and interferences other than due to flow pattern

d. Balanced variety of handling systems, equipment and containers

e. High utilization of handling equipment and containers

f. Simplicity of handling devices g. Equipment integrated for multiple use h. Dependence on M. H. equipment on main­

tenance, repair, replacement parts i. Avoidance of synchronizing two or more

people at same time or place j . Ability to move completely around build­

ings on company property k. Take advantage of gravity 1. Combined purposes of handling equipment

for storing, pacing, sequencing, inspecting, work-holding, weighing and the like, as well as moving

STORAGE EFFECTIVENESS (The effectiveness of holding required stocks of materials, parts , products, service items. )

a. Inclusion of all storage-raw, in-process, finished goods, supplies, tools, scrap or waste, trash and equipment or materials not in current use

b. Accessibility of items stored c. Ease of locating or identifying items stored d. Ease of stock and inventory control

e. Ability to make stored items available according to urgency of demand

f. Protection of material (fire, moisture, dust, dirt, heat, cold, pilferage, deteriation, spoilage.)

g. Adequacy of storage space(s) h. Suitably close to points of delivery and use

VI -2

mmmmmmmmmmm w^iwr>^^' ^^^w^^l^'^^K!^?! .i^i^^sm-mmmmmmfi^-' l?^^^'^^^^^.^*!?^^*^:'?

dGsrGG t o •w

J

.]

]

J 3 ]

]

1 ]

1 1 1

' -]

' ]

1 • ]

1

p u t t o u s e . )

a. Conservation of floor space, property, or land—or most desirable portions thereof

b. Utilization of overhead space in terms of cubic density

c. Ability to share or exchange space among similar activities, and balancing of areas with seasonally complimentary space re­quirements

d. Effectiveness of aisle space: to serve areas adjacent to them, to lead to areas needing access, to handle traffic without wasting space or without excessive aisleways (too few, too many, too wide, too narrow, too corn­ered or crooked, too angular.)

EFFECTIVENESS OF SUPPORTING supporting areas are arranged so as

hlc lT f l o o r - a i - e a . a n d cuTa ic s p a c e i s

e. Waste or idle space, caused by split, divid­ed, cornered, scattered or otherwise honey­combed structures, too-close columns, too-frequent partitions or v/alls.

f. Less desirable or out-of-way space utilized for slow, dead areas; convenient space for fast, active areas

SERVICE INTEGRATION (The way to serve the operating a reas . )

a. Ability of existing (or planned) systems, procedures, and controls to work effectively with the layout, including: production plan­ning, scheduling and control, timekeeping, material or stock issuing, work count, tool control, personnel records, receiving and shipping system

b. Ability of the layout to integrate with de­sired or effective pay plans, performance measure, cost reports, lot size, order quan­tities

c. Physical closeness of service areas accord­ing to each area's need for the service (actual versus desired relationships).

d. Ability of the utilities, auxiliary service lines, and central distribution or collection systems to serve the layout. (Compressors, steam generators, transformers, chargers, and the like, and their accompanying pipes, ducts, wiring, etc.) Service convenience of baler, salvage equipment, reclaim, incinerators, filter beds, scrap collection, and similar waste control areas or equipment Ability of engineering groups, and technical advisors to support the layout effectively.

e.

f,

SAFETY AND HOUSEKEEPING (The effect of the layout and its features on accidents or damage to employees and facilities, and on the general cleanliness of the areas involved. ) a. Basic regularity of the aisles and work

areas, and degree of freedom from equip­ment protruding into aisles or work areas, congestion, blind corners

b. Degree to which all safety codes and regu­lations are satisfied

c. Risk of danger to people or equipment d. Availability of adequate exits and clear es-

capeways e. First-aid facilities and fire extinguishers

nearby f. Floors free of obstructions, spillage, and

mess, and not overly congested

g. Adequate protection or segregation for dangerous or unsightly operations

h. Workers not located under or above unpro­tected hazards;

workers not located too near moving parts, unguarded equipment, and other hazards

i. Workers ' able to get benefit from special safety devices or guards

j . Effectiveness of ways to clean or clear area of waste, offal, trimmings, trash

k. Ease of keeping areas clean, sanitary, snow-white, under controlled conditions

V I - 3

"^PPPPl^

A P P V I - C o n t . F A C T O R S OR C O N S I D E R A T I O N S IN S E I _ E C - r i N G T H E l_AYOU-r

10 WORKING CONDITIONS AND EMPLOYEE SATISFACTION (The extent to which the layout contributes to making the area(s) a pleasant place to work and free from inconveniences, awkwardness, or disruptions for employees.)

. , r „ ^ -- p Freedom from features causing workers to a Effect of layout on attitude, performance, or e. t< reeaom irun ^^ >• & , ,.^ a. ci ieci Ol idyo f afraid, hemmed-in, embarrassed, dis-

eeneral morale of employees , .- • • „.^A =»a;n.=f ,. . .X ui» t^ tV,o tunp nf couraged, discriminated against h Workine conditions suitable to the type or i,vj E, , . . ^ u b. v\orKing conuiiio ^ Noise, distractions, or undue heat, cold, operation drafts dirt elare. or vibrations

c Suitabilitv of the layout's arrangement and araus, am, gicie, o , , . „^ c. suiiaDuuy Ul u.c y o Utilization of employeeknow-how and skills

allocated space to the personnel g. Utiiizaiion oi cmpi y aiiocaiea sp ^ ^ ^ , ' ' „ „ _ ___„ss dis- h. Balanced man-power allocations

d. Convenience for employees-access, uit. tances, interruptions, delays, and adequacy and convenience of parking, lockers, rest rooms, food facilities, etc.

11 EASE OF SUPERVISION AND CONTROL (The ease or difficulty for super-• visors and managers to direct and control the operations for whichjhey

are responsible.) a Ability to see the area fully and easily d. Ease of controlling pilferage, waste time. b Ability to get around the area conv niently lost materials, or supplies c. Ease of controlling quality, quantity counts, e. Ease of moving or reassigning personnel to

schedules, inventories in process other work

12 APPEARANCE, PROMOTIONAL VALUE, PUBLIC OR COMMUNITY RE­LATIONS (The a b i l i t y o f j h e j ^ r o u ^ ^ t ies, having value in promoting the company name or reputation m the

I community and te r r i to r ies served by the company. ) i a Attractiveness of external or viewable fea- c. Regularity, symmetry, clean-lines, and or-' tures, yards, main structure, out buildings ganized appearance

b. Ability to serve as show-place or reflect d. Fit with community appearance, tradition, reliability, progressiveness or other com- character

an qualities e. Effects on neighbors (benefrts and irrrtants)

13 QUALITY OF PRODUCT OR MATERIAL (The extent to which the layout affects quality of the product, material, or their workmanship. )

a Damage or risk to materials caused by na- c. Convenience and inter-relationship of qual-ture of the layout or its transport facilities ity control activities: inspection areas,

b. Contamination, corrosion, spoilage, or other Q. C. office, test facilities, control labora-detrimants to the product's nature or con- tories, engineering office, sample room, dition as caused by the layout gauge crib, and the like

14 MAINTENANCE PROBLEMS (The extent to which the layout will benefit or hinder maintenance work, including building and machine repair as well as day-to-day service. ) a. Adequacy of facilities for maintenance and cleaned, adjusted, on-spot repaired, or

repair work otherwise maintained b. Sufficiency of space for access to machin- c. Appropriate janitor and cleaner facilities

ery and equipment to be lubricated, checked,

VI-4

I P

J J ]

;]

:

]

]

1

J ]

'1

IS. t o w h i c h

17.

19,

^ I T W I T H C O M l - A A r Y O R G A N I Z A T I O N S T R U C T U R E ( T h e d e g r - e e t h e l a y o u t m a t c h e s o r d i s r u p t s t h e p l a n n e d o r d e s i r e d o r g a n i z a t i o n s t r u c t u r e . ) a. Eliminate, combine, or streamline super­

vision, or effectiveness with which the lay­out helps otherwise improve the alignment of managerial personnel

Areas having the same supervisory respons­ibility are adjacent or convenient to each other Staffing or manning of layout fits with job classifications and salary schedules

16. EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION (The extent to which machinery and equipment. both operating and service, is used.) a. Degree of utilizing all equipment: operating,

utility and auxiliary handling, storing, serv­icing or otherwise supporting

b. Necessity for duplicating equipment caused by layout versus use of common equipment and services

c. Over-capacity equipment necessitated by the layout

d. Man-machine efficiency planned into the layout

UTILIZATION OF NATURAL CONDITIONS, BUILDING OR SURROUND­INGS (The extent to which the layout takes advantage of or capitalizes on the natural conditions of the site, physical surroundings, building structure, or neighboring areas , and the suitability of the layout to these features. )

a. Slope, topography, foundation, drainage b. Direction of sun, prevailing wind c. Rail line, highway, waterway, bridges,

accessways, crossings d. Building features, structure, shape, height,

construction, docks, door locations, eleva-tor(s), windows, walls, columns

Zoning of site and restrictions of communi­ty or neighborhood Fit of the area(s) laid out onto the natural site or into the existing building or area allocated

18. ABILITY TO MEET CAPACITY OR REQUIREMENTS (How well the layout actually meets the planned needs or output wanted from the installation. )

c. The right yield in terms of projected quan­tities and qualities of product

a. The right products or materials, properly meeting specifications

b. The right quantities of each variety or item in the operating time planned, without over­time or premium pay

INVESTMENT OR CAPITAL REQUIRED (The amount of money actually required to get the layout installed and operating. )

Cost to construct, to erect, to modify, or otherwise prepare the space and/or site Cost to actually install or rearrange machi­nery, equipment, utilities, and services One-time expenditures or other expenses occasioned by the installation Subsequent investment costs required to make the layout perform properly

e. Ability to finance—cash funds required and availability thereof

f. Investment consistent with the age or suit­ability of the building and the anticipated life of the layout

g. Ease of step-at-a-time, piece-meal, or pro­grammed financial outlay for installation

VI-5

9;^^siMi!imm£\-iiit^mim^^Sjiiii>¥iJcx^'«^\

thTuTvestment c"ipitaj^i:equired^)

\ •

a. Total operating expenses, one layout versus

another (1) Material (direct material, scrap or waste, supplies and packing, mainte­nance parts.)

(2) Labor (direct, overtime or shift prem­ium idle down-time, fringe benefits)

(3) Labor pulled out of overhead for accu­racy of evaluation (maintenance, inspec­tion, handling and storage, supervision, engineering, other services or indirect labor)

(4) Burden or overhead (interest on in­vestment, floor space cost or rental, fuel power, taxes, insurance, depreciation)

b Difference in annual cost (or charge) and the allocated or amortized portion of in­vestment

c. Future or latent savings or economies

Af V \i^'

•-V

t * f c * - ^ .<«M&b»>

liH . ^ i . - « .

*-A*'i«*C

- • • • , • . , ,

tfv, :*?'^

i^/Ti'iv- .:;: f . i ^ L f t ] ^

- - •« * * t fS» -> .

s .' ^

.. „^ o

^ . ;

ZONING REQUIREMENT^^

Area

Width

Depth

Side Yard.

Front Yard

Rear Yard

Coverage

Height

Floor area to site area ratio

1 - 2 zone

none required for other than residential

100J

any legal height

10:1 (off street parking not included)

1 - 1 zone

sajne

tl

II

II

25 ft.

same

100^

same

4:1

S i t e

BUllDING CODES

en to

s h o p f -

D See also Section

902

See also Section

1002

O f f

TABLE NO. 5-*—Continued

1-Mental hospitals, mental sanitariums, jails, prisons, reforma­tories, houses of correction, and buildings where personal liber­ties of inmates are similarly restrained.

2-Nurseries for full-time care of children under kindergarten age. Hospitals, sanitariums, nursing homes with nonambulatory patients, and similar buildings {each accommodatmg more than five persons)

3-Nursing homes for ambulatory patients, homes for children of kindergarten age or over (each accommodatmg more than five persons)

1-Storagc and handling of hazardous and highly inflammable or explosive materials other th.in flammable liquids

2-St<.r;ii;e aiul handliiiK of Class I, II and 111 llaninwbk- liMuids as sneiih.-cl in U.H.C. Staiuh.rd No. lO-l; dry ilciuiinK plants usinK ll;.innial)le lic|iucls paint stores wilh bulk liandlinu; painl shiM)s ami spray ])aiiilnii! niiiins .niil shops V.""i V "i'"ii'

.3-\Voodworl:iliK establishments, plaiiint! nulls, box lailorn-s. hulluin r us lor tire rebuildinii plants and piikiuu rooms, sliops, factories or w:iri-lioiisi-s when- loose coiuliustible liliers or ilust .ou uianufacturi-d, proeessccl, generated or stored and pin reliuishing rooms.

4 - Repair garages

\ and 3

2 and 3

Pemiitted in Type I and II Buildings only [See Sec­tion 902 (b)]

2 hour less tlian 20 feet 1 liour elsewhere 2 hour less than 5 feet 1 hour elsewhere 2 hour less than 20 feet 1 liour elsewhere

1 hour

Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 20 feet Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 10 feet Not permitted less than 3 feet Pr^.teeti'd l.ss than 20 IVet Not permitted less than 3 feet Protected less than 10 feet

Not permitted in Fire Zoiies Nos. 1 and 2

4 hour less than 5 feet 2 hour less than 10 feet 1 hour less than 20 feet 4 hour less than 20 feet 1 hour elsewhere

See also Section

1102

5—Aircraft repair hangars

1-Gasoline and service stations, storage garages where no repair work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requir­ing no open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids -

2—Wholesale and retail stores, office bufldings, drinkmg and din­ing establishments having an occupant load of less than 100, printing plants, municipal police and fire stations, factories and workshops using material not highly flammable or combustible, storage and sales rooms for combustible goods, jiaint stores without bulk handling •• -Buildings or portions of buildings having rooms used for educa­tional purposes, beyond the 12th grade with less than 50 oeeu-pants in any room

3-Aircraft hangars where no repair work is done except exchange of parts and maintenance requiring no open flame, welding, or the use of highly flammable liquids •••••A/.-: Open parking garages. (For requirements, see section 1109.)

{Conlmucd)

4 hour less than 5 feet 2 hour less than 10 feet 1 hour elsewhere

4 hour less than 5 feet 2 hour less than 10 feet 1 hour less than 20 feet

Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 20 feet

Not permitted in Fire Zones Nos. 1 aiul 2 except as set forth in Sectionsl602_(cj_and j^603_(5)^

1 hour less than 60 feet

2 hour less than 20 feet 1 hour elsewhere

1 hour

1 hour less than 10 feet

2 hour less than 20 feet 1 hour elsewhere

1 hour 1 hour less than 20 feet

Protected less than 60 feet_

Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 20 feet

Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 10 feet

Not permitted less than 5 feet Protected less than 20 feet

TABLE NO. 5-A—Continued

GROUP

G

H See also Sec t ion

1 3 0 2

I

J

DESCRIPTION OF OCCUPANCY

Ice p l an t s , p o w e r p l an t s , p u m p i n g p l an t s , cold s to rage , a n d c r e a m ­eries, factories a n d workshops us ing noncombus t ib l e a n d non -explosive mater ia l s . S torage a n d sales rooms of n o n c o m b u s t i b l e

Hote l s a n d a p a r t m e n t houses Conven t s , monas te r ies ( e a c h a c c o m m o d a t i n g m o r e t h a n 10 pe r ­

l—Private garages , carpor ts , sheds and agr icu l tura l bu i ld ings used as accessories only w h e n not over 1000 squa re feet in a rea

(Also see Appendix Chapter 15 for agrienltiiral building)

2—Fences over 6 feet h igh , t anks a n d towers

FIRE ZONE

1

2

3

1

2

3

f-(

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

FIRE RESISTANCE OF EXTcRIOR WALLS

2 h o u r less t han 20 feet 1 h o u r e l sewhere

I hour

1 h o u r less t h a n 3 feet 2 h o u r less t h a n 20 feet 1 hour e l sewhere

1 hour

1 hour less t han 5 feet

2 h o u r less t h a n 2 0 feet 1 h o u r e l sewhere

1 h o u r

1 h o u r less t h a n 3 feet 2 h o u r less t h a n 2 0 feet 1 h o u r e l sewhere

1 h o u r

1 h o u r less t h a n 3 feet ( O r m a y b e p ro t ec t ed on t h e exterior wi th mater ia ls a p p r o v e d for 1 h o u r f i r e - r e s i s t i v e cons t ruc t ion)

OPENINGS IN EXTERIOR WALLS

N o t p e r m i t t e d less t h a n 3 feet P ro t ec t ed less t h a n 2 0 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less t h a n 3 feet P ro t ec t ed less t h a n 10 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less t inui 3 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less t h a n 3 feet P r o t e c t e d less t h a n 2 0 feet

N o t p e r m i t t e d less t h a n 3 feet P ro tec ted less t h a n 10 feet Not iiermilted less than 3 leet I'roteeleil less than 5 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less th.an 3 fee t P ro t ee t ed less t h a n 2 0 feet N o t p e n n i l t e d less t h a n 3 feet P ro t ec t ed less t h a n 10 feet N o t p e m i i t t e d less tlnui 3 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less t lnu i 3 feet P ro tec ted less t h a n 2 0 feet N o t p e r m i t t e d less t h a n 3 feet P ro tec ted less t h a n 10 feet

Not p e n n i t t e d less th;ui 3 feet

N o n c o m b u s t i b l e cons t ruc t ion not r egu l a t ed Combus t ib l e c o n s t m c t i o n no t p e r m i t t e d Noncou ibns t ib l e cons t ruc t on iint n-iniL-itsd Combus t ib l e cons t ruc t ion Not regula ted

to be 1-hour fire-resistive

i n

/ GROUP

A

B-1

B-2

B-3

B-4

C

D

E-1

K-2

E-3

E-4-5

F-1

F-2

F-3

G

H

I

J

A B

N N

N

N

N

N

c N

N

N

N

N

N

D

3

3

3

3

3

1

N

E-l

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

N

E-2

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

1

N

E-3

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

1

1

N

E-4-5

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

1

1

1

N

F-1

4

3

3

3

3

4

4

2

1

1

1

N

F-2

3

1

1

N

1

1

2

( ! ) 1

1

1

1

N

F-3

3

2

1

1

1

1

1

N

G

3

N

2

N

H

4

3

3

3

3

1

1

1

N

4

3

3

3

1

N

N

N

N

N

N

N'

.Vof,': l-or Ictiiiled ic'iiiivcmfiits and cxeeptiuns see ScLtioii ."jD.!. Itur.il liiiiUimKs .ilso si-i- App.-ndis, Cb.iplei 15

' .V'i

Ul

r . u . r un -iC HA1IC ALLOWABLE FLOOR AREA FOR BUILDINGS ONE STORY IN HEIGHT

m FIRE .ONES NO. 1 A^D No" 2 . ' F ^ BmPINGsToCATED IN FIRE ZONE NO. 3 THE BASIC AREA MAY BE INCREASED 3 3 7 , PER CENT

(In Square Feet)

OCCUPANCY

A

B) 1-2

B ) 3 - 4

C

D ) l

D ) 2 - 3

E ) 1-22

E) 3-4-52

F) 1-2-3

G

H

I

J'

TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION

1

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

11,250

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

Unlimited

II

22,500

22,500

22,500

34,000

11,300

11,300

9,300

18,600

30,000

45,000

22,500

III

1-Hour or H.T. N

IV

l-Hour N

Not Permitted

10,100

10,100

15,200

Not Pennitted

6,H00

10,100

10,100

10,100

15,200

Not Permitted

6,800

10,100

Not Permitted'

5,100

4,200

8,400

13,500

20,300

10,100

Not Pennilted

2,.S00

5,600

9,000

13,500

f),800'i

5,100

4,200

8,100

13,500

20,300

10,100

Unlimited

See Chapter 15

Not Permitted

2,800

5,600

9,000

13,500

6,80()''

1-Hour

7,900

7,900

11,800

3,900

3,300

6,600

10,500

15,800

7,900

V

N

Not Pennitted

4500

6800

Not Permitted

1900

3800

6000

9000

45003

\ - No ncm-r.il reiiiiiiciiieiits l.ir fire resistance. ii,T.--ll<-.iv>TinilM:i.

•Vo'r ,u'iai'l'i'.'m..l Til.I'il.ilicn.s in l-'ire /.ones No. I .mil No. 2 see Seitiiins HilG .i »Kor linnt.iti.'i. ..ml cxiclitinns i,<-i- Section l.)(>2 (b). <l'or..t;ri<i.llm,.lbniMinj;s. ' .- .-Vpiientlix, Chapter 15.

Chapter 10

REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUP E OCCUPANCIES

Group E Occupancies Defined

Sec. 1001. Group E Occupancies shall be: Division 1. Storage and handling of hazardous and highly flamma­

ble or explosive materials other than flammable liquids. Division 2. Storage and handling of Class I, II, and III-A liquids, as

set forth in U.B.C. Standard No. 10-1; dry cleaning plants using flamm­able liquids, paint stores with bulk handling; paint shops and spray painting rooms and shops.

The storage or sale of hazardous materials orchemicals or Class I, II and III-A liquids in amounts that do not exceed those set forth in Table No. 10-A is permitted in buildings or portions thereof without classifying such buildings as a Group E Occupancy, provided such chemicals, hazardous materials or liquids are stored and handled in compliance with the provisions of the Fire Code

Division 3. Woodworking establishments, planing mills, bo.v facto­ries, buffing rooms for tire rebuilding plants and picking rooms; shops, factories or vsarehouses where loose combustible fibers or dust are manufactured, processed, generated or stored and pin refinishiny rooms.

Division 4. Repair garages. Division 5. Aircraft repair hangars. In buildings used for educational purposes, vocational shop.s,

laboratories and similar areas need not be classified as Group E Occu­pancies, provided the>- are separated from each other and from other classrooms by not less than a One-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation.

For occupancy separations see Table No. 5-B. Where an approved spray booth constructed as specified in the Fire

Code is installed, such booth need not be separated from other Group E or Groups F and G Occupancies.

For occupant load see Section 3301.

Construction, Height, and Allowable Area Sec. 1002. (a) General. Buildings or parts of buildings classed in

Group E because of the use or character of the occupancy shall be limited to the types of construction set forth in Tables No. 5-C and No. 5-D and shall not exceed, in area or height, the limits specified in Sections 505, 506, and 507.

(b) Special Provisions. Division 5 Occupancies shall have exterior walls of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction or shall be surrounded by public space, streets, or \ards, not less than 60 feet in width.

The area increases allowed by Section 506 (a) shall not e.xceed 500 percent for aircraft repair hangars.

70

1002-1005

In areas where motor vehicles, boats or airplanes are stored, re­paired, or operated and where flammable liquids are stored or used, floor surfaces shall be of noncombustible nonabsorbent materials.

EXCEPTION: Floors may be surfaced or waterproofed with asphaltic paving materials w here no repair work is done.

For special provisions and hazardous chemicals and magnesium see I also the Fire Code. I

A Division 4 Occupancy having a floor area not exceeding 2500 square feet shall have exterior walls of not less than two-hour fire-resistive construction when less than 5 feet from a property line and of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction w hen more than 5 feet but less than 10 feet from a property line, when located in Fire Zone No. 3.

Location on Property

Sec. 1003. For fire-resistive protection of exterior walls and open­ings, as determined by location on property, see Section 504 and Part V.

Exit Facilities

Sec. 1004. Stairs, exits, and smokeproof enclosures shall be provided as specified in Chapter 33. (See also Section 3319.)

Light, Ventilation, and Sanitation Sec. 1005. All portions of Group E Occupancies customarily used by

human beings shall be provided with light and ventilation by means of w indows or sk\ lights with an area equal to one-eighth of the total floor .irea, one-half of which shall be openable, or shall be provided \\ ith artificial light and a mechanically operated ventilating system as spe­cified in Section 605.

In all buildings used for the storing or handling of automobiles operated under their own power, and in all buildings where flammable liquids are used, e.xhaust ventilation shall be provided sufficient to produce one complete change of air every 15 minutes. Such exhaust ventilation shall be taken from a point at or near the floor level.

EXCEPTION. In public repair garages and aircraft hangars not ex- j ceeding an area of 5000 square feet, the Building Official may authorize the omission of such ventilating equipment where, in his opinion, the building is supplied with unobstructed openings to the outer air which are sufficient to provide the necessary ventilation.

Every building or portion thereof where persons are employed shall be provided with at least one water closet. Separate facilities shall be provided for each sex when the number of employees exceeds four and both sexes are employed. Such toilet facilities shall be located either in such building or conveniently in a building adjacent thereto on the same property.

All water closet rooms shall be provided with an exterior window at least 3 square feet in area, fully openable; or a vertical duct not less than 100 square inches in area for the first toilet facility with an addi-

71

1005-1OOS 1006-1009

[

tionai 50 .square inches for each additional toilet facility; or a mechani­cally operated exhaust system, which is connected to the light switch, capable of providing a complete change of air every 15 minutes. Such systems shall be vented to the outside air and at the point of discharge shall be at least 5 feet from any openable window.

For other requirements on water closets, see Section 1711.

Shaft Enclosures

Sec. 1006. Exits shall be enclosed as specified in Chapter 33. (For specific requirements see Section 3319.)

Elevator shafts, vent shafts, and other vertical openings shall be enclosed, and the enclosure shall be as specified in Section 1706.

Doors which are part of an automobile ramp enclosure shall be equipped \s ith automatic closing devices.

Fire-extinguishing Systems

See. 1007. When required by other provisions of this Code, automat­ic fire-estinguishing systems and standpipes shall be installed as spe­cified in Chapter 38.

Special Hazards

Sec. 1008. Chimneys and heating apparatus shall conform to the requirements of Chapter 37 of this Code and the Mechanical Code.

Every boiler or central heating plant shall be separated from the rest of the building by a Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation.

In Divisions 1 and 2, there shall be no openings in such occupancy separations except for necessary ducts and piping.

In any room in a Group E, Division 1, 2 or 3 Occupancy in which volatile, flammable liquids or hazardous materials, are stored or used, no energ>' consuming equipment shall be used unless such equipment has been listed specifically for the hazardous atmosphere that ma>' develop.

In Division 4 Occupancies devices which generate a spark or glow capable of igniting gasoline vapors shall not be installed or used v\ ithin 18 inches of the floor.

The use, handling and sale of Class I, II and III-A liquids shall be in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 10-1 and the Fire Code.

Dry cleaning plants shall conform to the provisions of U.B.C. Stand­ard No. 10-2 and the Fire Code.

Equipment or machinery which generates or emits combustible or explosive dust or fibers shall be provided with an adequate dust collect­ing and exhaust system installed in conformance with U.B.C. Standard No. 10-3.

The storage and handling of cellulose nitrate plastics other than film shall be in accordance with the Fire Code. Storage and handling of combustible fiber in amounts beyond the exemptions of Table No. '0-A shall be in accordance with the Fire Code.

Combustible fiber storage rooms or vaults having a capacity exceed-

72

,i,t; .500 cubic feet shall be separated from the remainder of the build-jiiir b>' a Two-Hour Fire-Resistive Occupancy Separation.

Buildings erected or converted to house high-piled combustible stock shall comply with the Fire Code.

Explosion Venting

Sec. 1009. (a) General. In addition to the occupancy and general rctiuirements of this Chapter, every room or portion of a building wherein flammable dusts are stored, manufactured, processed or used and may be in suspension in the air continuously or intermittently, shall conform to this Section.

(b) Construction. Wall and ceiling surfaces shall be smooth. Ledges shall be beveled at 60 degrees to the horizontal to prevent the accumu­lation of dust.

(c) Dust Collection System. Every dust producing process shall be [irovided with a dust collection system adequate in capacity to prevent iiazardous concentrations of dust within the room.

(d) Area of Vents. Effective venting devices equal in area to at least one square foot for each 80 cubic feet of volume shall be provided for ,\er>- flammable dust collection or storage container having a volume exceeding 250 cubic feet.

The venting devices shall be of light noncombustible, construction and shall vent directly to the exterior of the building. Venting devices shall be located in walls facing yards 30 feet or more in width, or ltK?ated in roofs where there are no snow loads.

73

1801-1804

Chapter 18

TYPE I BUILDINGS

Definition

Sec. 1801. The structural elements in Type I Buildings shall be of steel, iron, concrete, or masonry.

Walls and permanent partitions shall be of noncombustible fire-resistive construction except that permanent nonbearing partitions of one-hour or two-hour fire-resistive construction, which are not part of a shaft enclosure, may have fire-retardant treated v\ood (see Section 407) within the assembly.

Materials of construction and fire-resistive requirements shall be as specified in Chapter 17.

Structural Framework

Sec. 1802. Structural framework shall be of structural steel or iron as specified in Chapter 27, reinforced concrete as in Chapter 26, or reinforced masonry as in Chapter 24.

For additional requirements for Group E Occupancies, see Section 1002 (b).

Exterior Walls and Openings Sec. 1803. (a) Exterior Walls. Exterior walls and all structural mem­

bers shall comply with the requirements specified in Section 504 and the fire-resistive provisions set forth in Table No. 17-A.

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Nonbearing walls fronting on streets or yards hav­ing a width of at least 50 feet in Fire Zone No. 1 or 40 feet in Fire Zone No. 2 or No. 3 may be of unprotected noncombustible construction.

2. In Groups F, G, and H Occupancies, exterior bearing w alls may be of two-hour fire-resistive noncombustible construction where openings are permitted.

3. In other than Group E Occupancies, exterior nonbearing walls ma\- be of one-hour fire-resistive noncombustible construction where unprotected openings are permitted and two-hour fire-resistive noncom­bustible constmction where fire protection of openings is required.

(b) Openings in Walls. All openings in exterior walls shall conform to the requirements of Section 504 (b) and shall be protected by a fire assembly having a three-fourths-hour fire-protection rating when they are less than 20 feet from an adjacent property line or the center line of a street or public space.

No openings shall be permitted in exterior walls of Groups A, B, C, D, E, and F Occupancies less than 5 feet from the property line, and no openings in Groups G, H, I, and J Occupancies less than 3 feet from the property line.

Floors

Sec. 1804. (a) Wood Sleepers. Where wood sleepers are used for laying wood flooring on masonry or concrete fire-resistive floors the space between the floor slab and the underside of the wood flooring

105

1804-1807

shall be filled \\ ith noncombustible material or firestopped in such a manner that there uill be no open spaces under the flooring \\ hich will exceed 100 square feet in area and such space shall be filled solidly under all permanent partitions so that there is no communication under the flooring between adjoining rooms.

EXCEPTION: P'irestopping need not he provided in such floors w lien at or below grade level in gymnasiums.

(b) Mezzanine Floors. Mezzanine floors may be of wood or un­protected steel except that in Fire Zone No. 1 they shall be of noncom­bustible materials as approved for one-hour fire-resistive construction or of heavv timber construction as specified for floors in Section 2006 (e).

Not more than two mezzanine floors shall be in any room of a building.

No mezzanine floor or floors shall cover more than 33'/a percent of the area of any room.

Stair Construction

Sec. 1805. Stairs and stair platforms shall be constructed of rein­forced concrete, iron, or steel with treads and risers of concrete, iron, or steel. Brick, marble, tile, or other hard noncombustible materials may be used for the finish of such treads and risers.

Stairs shall be designed and constructed as specified in Chapter 33.

Roofs

Sec. 1806. Roofs and their members other than the structural frame more than 25 feet above any floor, balcony or gallery may be of un­protected noncombustible materials.

When every part of the structural framework of the roof of a Croup A, B or C Occupancy is not less than 25 feet above an>- floor, balcony, or gallery, fire protection of all members of the roof construe don in­cluding those of the structural frame may be omitted.

Where every part of the structural steel framework of the roof of a Group A, B, or C Occupanc>' is more than 18 feet and less than 25 feet above any floor, balcony, or gallery, the roof construction shall be protected by a ceiling of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construc­tion.

Roofs may be sheathed by wood planks of 2!/2-inch nominal thick­ness when such sheathing is more than 30 feet above any floor, balcony or gallery, and when such plank sheathing is protected on the under­side by a ceiling of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction.

Roof covering shall be fire-retardant roofing as specified in Section 3203.

Special Provisions for Group F, Division 2 Office Buildings and Group H Occupancies

Sec. 1807. (a) Scope. These requirements apply to buildings housing Group F, Division 2 Occupancies used primarily as offices and to Group H Occupancies.

106

1807

Such buildings having floors used for human occupancy located more than 75 feet above the lowest level of Fire Department vehicle access shall conform to the requirements of this Section in addition to other applicable requirements of this Code.

(b) Compartmentation. Compartmentation shall be provided in ev­ery building to provide areas of refuge for the building occupants. This may be provided by either of the following:

1. Horizontal exits dividing a story into two or more areas of ap-pro.x'imately the same size not exceeding 30,000 square feet; or

2. Subdividing the building into five-story compartments by inter­rupting the stairshaft with smoke barriers every fifth floor or through the use of smokeproof enclosures for all stairways or any other method which will protect against the movement of smoke from one compartment to another.

Openings in exterior walls, located vertically above one another, shall be protected by approved flame barriers extending 30 inches beyond the exterior wall in the plane of the floor or by vertical panels not less than 3 feet in height.

Horizontal exit walls used for compartmenting a building shall not have openings therein which would permit transfer of smoke from one compartment to the other except for required exits. For sprinkler alter­nate see Section 1807 (m).

(c) Fire Alarm. A manual fire alarm box shall be located adjacent to exit doors into stairway shafts and in every elevator lobby. The box .shall be connected to the Central Control Station and to the voice communication system as required by Section 1807 (f) and (g). The system shall be designed in accordance with U.B.C. Standard No. 18-1.

(d) Fire Detectors. An approved system which will provide for automatic detection of products of combustion other than heat shall be installed in every mechanical equipment room and in the return air portion of every air conditioning and mechanical ventilation system that serves floors other than the floor on which the equipment is locat­ed. The detectors shall be set to operate within the hmitations of U.B.C. Standard No. 43-6 and shall be located at each opening into the vertical shaft.

(e) Voice Alarm System. Both the detection system and the fire alarm system shall activate a voice alarm system capable of being operated from the Central Control Station on a general as well as a selective basis dependent upon the compartmentation involved. The alarm shall be designed to be heard by all occupants within the build­ing or designated portions thereof as specified for the voice communi­cation system. The elevator lobby detector required by Chapter 51 shall be connected to the system.

(f) Voice Communication System. There shall be two separate, ap­proved continuously, electrically supervised voice communication sys­tems; one for Fire Department communication system and the other a public voice communication (address) system between the central

107

1807

a)iitrol .station and tlie Following ar^\is: 1. KK'xators, elevator lol>l)ies, corridors and stairx^axs. 2. Kxcrx' otiicc anvi exceeding 1000 .sciuarc feet in area. .). Each cKxelling unit and hotel guest room. \\ hen approved, the Fire Department system max- be combined

with the public voice communication system and xoice alarm system. (g) C^cntral Control Station. .\ central control station for Fire De­

partment operations shall be provided in a location approved by the Fire Department. It shall contain the voice communication systems panel; fire detection and alarm system panels; status indicators and controls for elevators and air handling systems; controls for unlocking stairwax- doors; a public telephone; sprinkler valve and xvater floxx detectors; and standby power controls.

(h) Smoke Control. Natural or mechanical ventilation for the re­moval of the products of combustion shall be provided in every story and shall consist of one or more of the folloxving:

1. Panels or xvindoxxs in the exterior xxall xxhich can be opened from an approved location other than the fire floor. Such venting facilities shall be provided at the rate of at least 20 square feet per 50 lineal feet of exterior xvall in each story, and distributed around the perimeter at not more than 50-foot intervals. Such panels shall be clearly identified as required by the Fire Depart­ment.

2. Approved tempered glass may be used in lieu of openable panels. 3. When fire sprinklers are installed in compliance with Section

1807 (m), the mechanical air handling equipment may be de­signed to assist smoke removal. Under fire conditions, the return and exhaust air shall be taken directly to the outside without recirculation to other sections of the building.

4. A shaft through which smoke and heat can be mechanically vented to the outdoors. The size of the shaft shall be uniform throughout and of such dimensions as to provide not less than 60 air changes per hour in the largest compartment served any­where in the building. Openings into the shaft shall be protected with an automatic single piece shutter located as high in the room as possible and designed to vent the entire compartment.

5. Any other design which will produce equivalent results. (i) Elevators. There shall be provided at least one elevator in each

bank available for Fire Department access to any floor. The elevator shall open into a lobby, which may serve other elevators, and shall be separated from the remainder of the building by construction as re­quired for corridors. The elevator may be located within a smokeproof enclosure. See Chapter 51 for additional requirements.

(j) Standby Power and Light An approved permanendy installed standby power generating system conforming to U.B.C. Standard No. 18-1 shall be provided. The system shall be equipped with suitable means for automatically starting the generator set upon failure of the

108

1807

normal electrical service and for automatic transfer and operation ofall the required electrical functions at full poxver within 60 seconds of such normal service failure. Sxstem supervision with manual start and transfer features, shall be provided at the Central Control Station.

An on-premise fuel supply sufficient for not less than txvo hours full demand operation of the system shall be provided. All poxver, lighting, signal, and communication facilities provided under the requirements of this Section shall be transferable to the standby power system.

The power requirement shall be determined so as to provide service to, but not limited to the folloxving:

1. Fire alarm system. 2. Exit and other emergenc) lighting. 3. Fire protection equipment. 4. Mechanical ventilation required by this Section. 5. Fire Department elevator. 6. Voice communication system. (k) Seismic Considerations. In Seismic Zones No. 2 and No. 3 the

anchorage of the following mechanical and electrical equipment re­quired by the Section shall be designed in accordance with Section 2314 for a lateral force based on a C , value of 0.5 unless data substan­tiating a lesser value is furnished:

1. Elevator drive and suspension systems. 2. Standby power and lighting facilities. 3. Fire pumps and other fire protection equipment. (1) Exits. All stairway doors which are to be locked from the stair-

wax- side shall have the capability of being unlocked without unlatch­ing upon a signal from the Central Control Station.

Emergency telephones available to the public shall be provided at not less than every fifth floor in each required stairway.

(m) Fire Sprinkler Alternative. Sprinkler protection conforming to the following may be provided as an alternate to compartmentation:

1 The sprinkler system is hydrauUcally designed using the parame­ters set forth in U.B.C. Standard No. 38-1 and the following:

(i) Shutoff valves and waterfiow devices shall be provided on each floor. In addition to actuating a local alarm on the floor upon which the water flow is detected, such valves shall be super­vised by a continuously manned control station or by a central station,

(ii) The sprinkler system shall be looped between standpipe risers at the bottom, top and mid-height of all buildings xvith a max­imum of 20 stories served by any loop. The installation of check valves shall be approved by the Building Official,

(iii) Piping may be copper or steel with no minimum size of pipe required. Solder used in connections shall contain not less than 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony,

(iv) Pitching of lines is not required.

109

3302

Exits Required

Sec. 3302. (a) Number of Exits. Every building or usable portion thereof shall have at least one exit, and shall have not less than two exits where required by Table No. 33-A.

In all occupancies, floors above the first story having an occupant load of more than 10 shall have not less than two exits.

Each mezzanine used for other than storage purposes, if greater in area than 2000 square feet or if more than 60 feet in any dimension shall have not less than two stairways to an adjacent floor.

For special requirements for Groups A, B, C, D, and E Occupancies, and open parking garages, see Sections 3315, 3316, 3317, 3318, 3319, and 1109 (g). For stage exits, see Section 3907.

Everx- storx or portion thereof, having an occupant load of 500 to 999 shall have not less than three exits.

Ever>- story or portion thereof, having an occupant load of 1000 or more shall have not less than four exits.

The number of exits required from any story of a building shall be determined by using the occupant load of that story, plus the percent­ages ofthe occupant loads of floors which exit through the level under consideration as foUoxvs:

1. Fiftx- percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent story above (and the first adjacent story below, when a story below exits through the level under consideration).

2. Twenty-five percent of the occupant load in the story immedi­ately beyond the first adjacent story.

The maximum number of exits required for any story shall be main­tained untfl egress is provided from the structure. (See Section 3311.)

For purposes of this Section, basements or cellars and occupied roofs shall be provided with exits as required for stories Floors above the second story, basements and cellars used for other than service ot the building shall have not less than two exits.

EXCEPTION: Except as provided in Table No. 33-A, only one exit shall be required for a basement or cellar of a Group I Occupancy. i>ee Section 1404 for emergency exits from sleeping rooms,

(b) Width. The total width of exits in feet shall be not less than the total occupant load served divided by 50. Such width of e-; ' ^ ^hall be divided approximately equally among the separate exits The total e. width required from any story of a building shall be determmed b _ using the occupant load of that story, plus the Percentages o t t occupant loads of floors which exit through the level under considera tion as follows:

1. Fifty percent of the occupant load in the first adjacent stor above (and the first adjacent story below, when a story below ex through the level under consideration).

2. Twenty-five percent of the occupant load in the story immcc i-ately beyond the first adjacent story.

474

3302-3303

The ma.x-imum exit width required from any story of a building shall be maintained.

(c) Arrangement of Exits. If only two exits are required they shall be placed a distance apart equal to not less than one-half of the length of the maximum over-all diagonal dimension of the building or area to be served measured in a straight line betxveen exits.

EXCEPTION: Where exit enclosures are provided as the required means of egress and are interconnected by a corridor conforming to the requirements of Section 3304 (g), exit separations may be measured in a direct line of travel within the exit corridor. Enclosure walls shall be not less than 30 feet apart at any point in a direct line of measurement.

Where three or more exits are required, they shall be arranged a reasonable distance apart so that if one becomes blocked, the others will be available.

(d) Distance to Exits. The maximum distance of travel from any point to an exterior exit door, horizontal exit, exit passageway, or an enclosed stairway in a building not equipped x\ ith an automatic fire-extinguishing system throughout, shaU not exceed 150 feet or 200 feet in a building equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system throughout. These distances may be increased 100 feet when the last 150 feet is within a corridor, complying with Section 3304.

In a one-story Group G Occupancy classified as a factory or ware­house and in one-story airplane hangars the exit travel distance may be increased to 400 feet if the building is equipped with an automatic fire-extinguishing system throughout and provided with smoke and heat ventilation as specified in Section 3206.

(e) Exits Through Adjoining or Accessory Areas. Exits from a room may open into an adjoining or intervening room or area provided such adjoining room is accessory to the area served and provides a direct means of egress to an exit corridor, exit stairway, exterior exit, horizon­tal exit, exterior exit balcony or exit passageway.

EXCEPTION: Exits are not to pass through kitchens, storerooms, rest rooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes.

Foyers, lobbies and reception rooms constructed as required for corridors shall not be construed as intervening rooms.

Doors

Sec. 3303. (a) General. This Section shall apply to every exit door serving an area having an occupant load of more than 10, or serving hazardous rooms or areas. Buildings or structures used for human occu­pancy shall have at least one exit door which meets the requirements of Subsection (d). Subsections (h) and (i) shall apply to all doors, regard­less of occupant load.

(b) Swing. Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any heizardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more.

Double acting doors shall not be used as exits serving a tributary

475

3303

occupant load of more than 100; nor shall they be used as a part of a fire assembly, nor equipped xvith panic hardware. A double acting door shall be provided xvith a view panel of not less than 200 square inches.

(c) Type of Lock or Latch. Exit doors shall be openable from the inside xx ithout the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort.

EXCEPTION: This requirement shall not apply to exterior exit doors in a Group F or G Occupancy if there is a readily visible, durable sign on or adjacent to the door, stating "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UN­LOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS." The sign shall be in letters not less than 1 inch high on a contrasting background. The locking device must be of a type that will be readily distinguishable as locked. The use of this Exception may be revoked by the Building Official for due cause.

Manually operated edge or surface mounted flush bolts and surface bolts are prohibited. When exit doors are used in pairs and approved automatic flush bolts are used, the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts shall have no door knob or surface mounted hardware. The un­latching of any leaf shall not require more than one operation.

(d) Width and Height. Every required exit doorxvay shall be of a size as to permit the installation of a door not less than 3 feet in xvidth and not less than 6 feet 8 inches in height. When installed in exit doorways, exit doors shall be capable of opening at least 90 degrees and shall be so mounted that the clear width of the exitway is not less than 28 inches. In computing the exit width required by Section 3302 (b), the net dimension of the exitway shall be used.

(e) Door Leaf Width. No leaf of an exit door shall exceed 4 feet in width.

(f) Special Doors. Revolving, sliding and overhead doors shall not be used as required exits. Approved power operated doors may be used for exit purposes.

(g) Egress from Door. Every exit door required by this Section shall give immediate access to an approved means of egress from the build­ing.

(h) Change in Floor Level at Doors. Regardless of the occupant load, there shall be a floor or landing on each side of a door. The floor or landing shall be not more than 1 inch lower than the threshold of the doorway. Where doors open over landings, the landing shall have a length of not less than 5 feet.

EXCEPTIONS: 1. Where the door opens into a stair of a smokeproof enclosure, the landing need not have a length of 5 feet.

2. In Group I Occupancies and within individual units of Group H Occupancies, a door may open on the top step of a flight of stairs or on an exterior landing provided the door does not swing over the top step oi- exterior landing and the landing is not more than 7Vi inches below the floor level,

(i) Door Identification. Glass doors shall conform to the require­ments specified in Section 5406.

Other exit doors shall be so marked that they are readily distinguish­able from the adjacent construction.

478

3303-3304 (j) Additional Doors. When additional doors are provided for

egress purposes, they shall conform to all provisions of this Chapter. EXCEPTION: Approved revolving doors having leaves which will

collapse under opposing pressures may be used in exit situations pro­vided: 1. Such doors have a minimum width of 6 feet 6 inches.

2. They are not used in occupancies where exits are required to be equipped with panic hardware.

3. At least one conforming exit door is located adjacent to each re­volving door installed in a building.

4. The revolving door shall not be considered to provide any exit width.

Corridors and Exterior Exit Balconies

Sec. 3304. (a) General. This Section shall apply to every corridor serving as a required exit for an occupant load of 10 or more persons. For the purposes of this Section the term "corridor" shall include "exterior exit balcony" and any covered or enclosed exit passageway including walkways, tunnels and malls.

Foyers, lobbies and reception rooms meeting the construction re­quirements of corridors as specified in this Section may be classed as corridors.

Partitions, rails, counters and similar space dividers not over 5 feet in height above the floor shall not be construed to form corridors.

(b) Width. Every corridor shall be not less in width than 44 inches. For special requirements for Groups C and D Occupancies, see Sec­tions 3317 and 3318.

(c) Height. Corridors and exterior exit balconies shall have a clear height of not less than 7 feet measured to the lowest projection firom the ceiling.

(d) Projections. The required width of corridors shall be unob­structed.

EXCEPTION: Trim, handrails, and doors when fully opened, shall not reduce the required xvidth by more than 7 inches. Doors in an>- posi­tion shall not reduce the required width by more than one-half.

(e) Access to Exits. When more than one exit is required, they shall be so arranged that it is possible to go in either direction from any point in a corridor to a separate exit, except for dead ends permitted by this Section. When a corridor or exterior e.xit balcony is accessible to an elevator, changes in elevation of the floor shall be made by means of a ramp.

(f) Dead Ends. Corridors with dead ends are permitted when the dead end does not exceed 20 feet in length.

(g) Construction. Walls of corridors serving an occupant load of 30 or more shall be of not less than one-hour fire-resistive construction and the ceilings shall be not less than that required for a one-hour fire-resistive floor or roof system.

EXCEPTIONS: 1. One-story buildings housing Group G Occupan-

479

• 'Su, ' . .

> ! > • •

*• ••-04SSV;

• , . . " ^ ' ^

•itfrtS it iMi'^

ndt:ural environnnent

U. S. DEPARTME^TT OF COMMERCE WEATHER BUIIEAU

LOCAL CUMilTOLOGICAL DATA WITH ClOMPARATIVE DATA

1965

DALLAS, TEXAS

NARRATIVE CLIMATOLOGICAL SUMMARY

f

Dallas is located in North Central T ' x i s , approximately 250 miles inland from tho Gulf of Mexico. It is near the he idwnters of the Trinit ' River, which lie in the upp T margins of th.' Co:..stal Plain. Tl e rolling hills of the Blackland Prairies range from 500-700 r. et in elevation in the area, ind provide rich 'ras.s and farmlands, interLiced with woodlands along the many perennial and intermittent streams.

When considering the climate of the Dallas area, one i.- impress­ed by the lemperate mean conditions that prevail, and en the other hand, by the extr.me.'; that combine to produce those m :anf. A yearly normal temperature of 65. 8°, normal annual precipitation of 34.55 inches, and a mean relative hiimidity averaRin ; 63 per­cent, place Dallas in the extreme north portion ofthe luimiti sub­tropical bi.'lt that extends northward from the Gulf of Mexico. The wide rang.; between maximum and minimum temperatures which 18 characteristic of the continental region to the north, extends into the Dallas area. Periods of extreme cold that occasionally occur are short-lived, so that even in January mild weather oc­curs frequently. Likewise, the extremely high temperatures that

. sometime i occur in summer usually do not prevail for an extend­ed period.

Dallas is located in a region where sudden changes in temperature and moisture occur in vinter as cold dry polar air replaces warm moist tropical air and ice versa. During the colder season, tem­perature falls of 20» Ol more within an hour are not uncommon following the passage c f a cold front, or "norther". A strong out­break of unusually cold air in January 1930 brought the record low

temperature of -3° on the 18th. At the other extreme, a high tem­perature of 111° wa.s recorded on July 25, 1954. The high temper­atures of summer are associated with fair skies, southwesterly winds, and dry air, conditions which prevail during the -summer in the region to the west. Records made by cooperative observers, before the establishment of a regular Weather Bureau Office in Dallas on October 15, 1913, show an extreme minimum tempera­ture of -10° in February 1899, and a maximum of 115° in August 1900.

The first freeze in ihe fall usually occurs around November 22 but has occurred as early as October 27, and as late as December 27. The last freeze in the spring usually occurs around March 18, but has occurred as early as February 14, and as late as April 15.'

The rainfall pattern is similar to that of the Great Plains area to the north, with maxima in the spring during April and May. Due to the relative nearness of the Gulf of Mexico, the yearly normal is higher than normals for most stations farther north. A large part of the annual precipitation results from thundershower acti­vity with occasional heavy falls over brief periods of time. Snow occurs only rarely and is unimportant as a source ot moisture in this area.

S l ' n o r t r n " " ^ T " ' " " ";'""" ^ " «°"therly. Strong winds from If rM»^, T w f"'|"'="tly during the colder months, buttheyare of relatively short I luration.

Normal sunshine is 66 percent of the possible.

NOTE: Figures presented here vary minutely from more recent f i eu re s found m S t a t i s t i c a l Abstract of the United S t a t e s - 1974

LATITUDE 32» 5 1 ' N

LONGITUDE 96 ' 5 1 ' W

ELEVATION (giound) 481 Fee t METEOROLOGICAL DATA FOR THE CURRENT YEAR DALLAS, TEXAS

LOVE FIELD

19S5

Monlh

J A N F E B MAR APR M A r J U . .

J U L AUO S E P OCT NOV DEC

YEAR

T e m

A v e r a g e

^ 1 S i

• . B . 5 5 6 . 5 b ( . 7 7 9 . 4

ei.5 6 9 . 4

9 6 . 5 9 5 . 6 8 S . 9 7 6 . 8 7 0 . 8 6 1 . 3

7 6 . 0

B

5 1 Q B

3 7 . 9

3 6 . 4 3 7 . 9 5 9 . 9 6 6 . 1 7 1 . 7

7 7 . 5 7 4 . 5 6 9 . 6 5 5 . 1

5 3 . 0 4 2 . a

5 6 . 9

s

o

4 B . 2

4 6 . 5 4 7 . 3 6 9 . 7 7 3 . B E 0 . 6

8 7 , 0 8 5 . 1

7 9 . 3 6 6 . 0 6 1 . 9 5 2 . 1

6 6 . 5

D e r a t u r e

'E « t7>

iS

7 5

7 2 7 6 8 8 9 1 9 3

1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 2

9 2 8 6 7 6

1 0 2

^

E x t r e m e s

o

&

6

2 8 1 4

2 2 + 2 7

3 0 +

7 1 9 1 4 1 0 + 2 6 1 1

S E P . 1 4

•s

t

S 2 1 I B

2 0 4 7 5 7 6 3

6 8 6 8 5 2

3 5 3 1

1 8

i 1 7

2 4

2 0 2 9 +

1 5

3 1

2 9 2 5

F E B . 2 4

Deg

ree

day

s

5 1 4

5 3 8

0

0

. -D . 0

1 2 4

4 0 3

2 2 0 2

"3

1 . 8 7

2 . 7 8

C . 1 6 1 . 7 0

1 . 6 1 1 . 9 9 1 . 5 8

3 5 . 5 0

'5 £ i j

6 s

1 . 2 1

1 . 1 0 1 . 0 2

C B 3

0 . 1 2 0 . 8 4 4 . 8 1 0 . 8 5 1 . 6 0 0 . 7 7

4 . 8 1

P i e c i p i l a l i o n

To Q

2 1 - 2 2 8 - 9

2 9 - 3 0 2 6

9 - 1 0 2 2 - 2 3

2 5 3 1 - 1 2 1 - 2 2

1 8 3 - 4

2

S E P . 2 1 - 2 2

S n o w , S l e e t

fi

0 . 0 T

T 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0

0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0

T

o S

0 . 0 T

T 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0

0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0 0 . 0

T

at

Q

2 4 + 1 9

M A R . 1 9 <

m

+J J3

C •0

X

7 4 7 2 7 2 7 4 S3 7 6

5 8

7 2 7 2 8 0 7 8

7 3

Kt- !

< o o

8 2 7 7 7 6

9 0 6 8

7 3

6 3 6 3

8 2

- l i v e i d i t y

m U

a o o

6 2

7 1

6 2

* 6

6 6 6 7

6 0

g

X

D.*

O O

10

5 7

5 6

AO 4 2

6 4 6 3

5 5

R e s u

c 0

5

2 2 1 7 0 1 1 7

1 6 1 6

1 7 1 6 1 5 1 6 1 6 1 7

1 6

I t a n t

•a V V a

en

1 . 5 1 . 2

5 . 6 1 0 . 3

9 . 6

7 . 1 i . b 6 . 5

2 . 7 3 . 9

4 . 3

Wind - t

F a s l e s l m i l e

0) a w

3 3 3 5 3 4 2 9 3 4 2 4

2 8 2 9 3 4 3 9 3 2 3 4

3 9

# c o

5

NW W

NW

s NM

W

SE NW SE SE NU

SE

To O

1 5 9

2 3 5

1 5 + 5

1 3 8

1 7 1 5 2 6 2 4

O C T . 1 5

0;

.a

*o c

II 6 4 5 5 4 5 5 7 3 4 5 9

7 7 76 77 6 8 3 8 4 9

5 9

il

Ave

rage

sky

sunr

ise

to s

u

5 . 6 6 . 2 6 . 6

5 . 6 E . O

^ . 0 4 . 0 4 . 3 3 . 8 7 . 7 6 . 6

5 . 6

S u n r i s e t o s u n s e t

01

O

1 1 1 0

8

1 2 3 B

1 3 1 4 1 5 1 8

2 9

1 2 3

o . u

9 7 3 4

6 1 5

1 6 1 3

7 5 9 4

9 8

•c 3 O

O

1 1 1 1 2 0 1 4 2 2

7

2 4 8 8

1 9 1 8

...

N u m b e r o

01

Pre

cipi

tati

on

.01

inch

or m

7 1 0

7

6 1 5

7

2 7 7 5 3 8

8 4

o

Sno

w, S

leet

1.0

inch

or m

0 0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

0

i o E o

T) c 3

1 4

5 6 6 6

2 7 4 2 0 0

4 3

d a y s

s >

2 1 1

I 0 0

0 0 1 0 4 0

1 0

T e m p e r a t u r e s

c o « > o O m ro

0

c 0

0 1

1 7

3 0 3 0 1 8

3 0 0

9 9

•o

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

0

-3

« o

1 2 1 1 1 1

0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 3

3 7

1

S .s h S,

0 0 0

0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0 0

0

NORMALS, MEANS, AND EXTREMES

Temperature

S | Q E

(a) (b)

^ t . p

5 9 . 5 6 7 . 0 7 5 . 4 8 2 . 7 9 0 . 9

9 4 . 5

9 5 . 0 8 6 . 3 7 6 . 8 6 5 . 7

5 6 . 0

7 6 . 0

(b)

'• , ' 3 S . 4 4 5 . 2

: - . i 6 3 . 1 7 1 . 7

7 5 . 3

7 5 . 0 6 7 . 4

5 6 . 6 4 4 . 1 3 8 . 1

5 5 . 6

(b)

4 5 . 9

8 4 . 9 8 5 . 0 7 7 . 9 6 7 . 6 5 4 , 9 4 8 . 1

Extremes ,i

1964 1963 + 1963 1963 1963 1960

1964 1964 1963 1963 1965 1964

AUG. 1964

1963* 1960 1962 1962 1960 1964

1964 1961 1963 1960 1959 1963

JAN. 1963 +

Precipilation

(b)

f r ' 4 4 0 3 1 9

9 0 6

0

0

0 0

6 2 3 2 1 5 2 4

2 5 6 3

(b)

- .. 2 . 5 5 2 . 8 5 4 . 0 0 4 . 8 3 3 . 2 4

1 . 9 4

1 . 9 3 2 . 6 2 2 . 7 0 2 . 7 0 2 . 6 7

3 . . -

2 5

7 . 6 8

9 . 5 3 1 3 . 6 5 1 3 . 7 4 1 2 . 1 8

8 . 5 2

1 0 . 8 1 1 0 . 6 7 1 1 . 3 6

9 . 9 1 8 . 5 0

1 T a o

; o ( . o

1 9 4 5 1 9 4 5 1 9 5 7 1 9 5 7 1 9 4 1

1 9 6 2

1 9 4 7

1 9 6 4 1 9 5 9 1 9 4 6 1 9 6 0

A P R .

- ' •

2 5

:.:; 0 . 3 0 0 . 1 4 0 . 7 2 1 . 3 1 0 . 2 6

T

0 . 0 2 T

0 . 0 1 0 . 1 6 0 . 1 3

'

:::: 1 9 6 3 1 9 5 6 1 9 5 9

1 9 6 1 1 9 4 4

1 9 4 7 +

1 9 6 3 1 9 5 6 1 9 6 3 1 9 4 9 +

1 9 5 0

S E P . 1 ? 5 £ ^

2 5

3 . 3 5 5 . 3 3 5 . 1 0 6 . 2 2 4 . 0 9

5 . 3 9

9 . 1 8 4 . 8 1 6 . 5 2 4 . 9 9 3 , 3 6

o . 1 n

1949 1965 1945 1957 1946 1951

1945 1947 1965 1959 1946 1960

AUG.

Snow, Steel

Relative

humidity Mean number of days

Sunrise lo

sunset

0 . 4 0 .2

0 , 0 T

0 ,2

2 . 9 2 . 0

0 . 0 0 .0 0 .0 0 , 0

1961 1962+

1957+ 1963

2 . 0 0 . 0 0 , 0 0 . 0

OiO O.D

T 2 . 0

1961 1962 +

1957+ 1963

6

5 ^

5 0 4 B

5 0 53 6 2

4 3 4 4 5 1 5 0 5 8 5 9

CT

2 4

3 0 , 4

1 1 . 2 1 2 . 8 1 3 . 3 1 2 . 4 1 2 . 2

1 0 , 2 9 , 6 9 . 4 9 . 3

1 0 . 2 1 0 . 3

1 f l . 0

1 5

S

S

s s s SSE

s SSE

SF SSE

s SSE

e

2 5

4 5 6 1 5 9 5 8 5 1 6 5

4 3

5 3 4 7 6 1 4 9 4 7

^ t

1948 1954 1961 1952 1954

1948 1954 1954 I960 1957 1957 +

JUN,

c e . '

o. "= kn^

» J • u 0 c 0 7 0 5

0 4

Temperatures Max. Min.

fi 1 •<( « loj 4 - » ^

^ For p e r i o d August 1959 through t h e c u r r e n t y e a r . Means and ext remes i n t h e above t a b l e a r e from t h e e x i s t i n g o r conparab le l o c a t i o n ( s ) . Annual extremes have been exceeded a t o t h e r l o c a t i o n s a s fol lows Highes t t e m p e r a t u r e 111 i n Ju ly 1954; lowest t empe ra tu r e -3 in January 1930; maximum monthly snowfal l 9.0 in January 1918; f a s t e s t mi le of wind 77 from North i n J u l y 1936.

(a) Length of record, years. Unless otherwise Indicated, dimensional units used In this bulletin are: temperature (b) Climatological standard norwals in degrees F.j precipitation, including finowfall, in inches; wind movenent in miles

per hour; and relative humidity in percent. Mor.tr.ly heating degree day totals are the suras of the negative departures of average iiiUy ter.peratures froa 65** F. Sleet was Included in snowfall totals becinning with July 19i<6. Heavy fog reduces vis ibi l i ty to l/lj mile or l e ss .

Length of record, years. Climatological standard noraals (1931-1960), Less than one half. Also on ear l ier dates, months or years. Trace, an aisount too small to meaaure. Hclov-iero tesperatures are preceded by a minus slKn*

Figures Insiead of letters In s direction column Indicate direction In lens of degrees from true Nonh; i e., 09 - East, 18-South, 27 - West. 36 - Nonh, and 00 - Calm. Resultant wind is the vector sum of wind dlrealons and speeds divided by the number of obser­vations. If figures appear In the direction column under "Fastest mile" the correspond­ing speeds are fastest observed I - minute values.

• expressed in a r»n<te of 0 for no V c o v e r . TXtn nunber of c l p n r d'lyr 1, Invii l<-7; su.l c l ' i j l y .1«yii 1-1 •

c louds or obsc iB bUBpd oil av

irlnR phenomena t o 10 for rjicp cl ' iudlnrna 0 - 3 ;

^ %

A V E R A G E TEMPERATURE T O T A L PRECIPITATION

1 Mr Jon. j F e b . , M a r . ; A p r . ] M a y

1928 1 9 2 9 1930 1931 1 9 3 2

1 9 3 3 1 9 3 4 1935 1 9 3 6 1 9 3 7

1 9 3 8 1 9 3 9

4 8 . 4 4 5 . 0 3 3 , 6 4 8 . 2 4 8 . 0

5 3 , 8 4 8 . 0 4 9 . 2 4 3 . 6

4 1 , . S

4 8 , 8 5 0 . 7

1 9 4 0 3 4 . 4 1 9 4 1 1 9 4 2

1 9 4 3 1 9 4 4 1 9 4 5 1946 1 9 4 7

1 9 4 8 1 9 4 9 1 9 5 0 1 9 5 1 1 9 5 2

1 9 5 3 19S4 1955 1 9 5 6 1957

1938

1 9 5 9 1960 1%1 1 9 6 2

1 9 6 3 1 9 6 4 1965

4 8 . 2 4 2 . 8

4 5 . 2 4 5 . 7 4 5 . 6 4 5 . 5 4 5 . 8

3 8 . 8 3 9 . 9 4 8 . 9 4 6 . 3 5 4 . 5

5 1 , 0 4 6 . 1 4 6 , 7 4 5 , 1 4 4 . 0

4 6 , 0

43 .3 4 4 , B 4 2 . 0 4 0 . 5

{3s.2 4 5 . 4

1 4 8 . 2

4 9 , 8 3 ^ , 7 5 ' ; . 4 5 : M 51-. . 2

4 5 . 7 4 6 . 3 4 9 . 6 4 2 , 0 4 9 . 0

5 4 , 2 4 5 , 6 4 7 . 6 4 6 . 5 4 8 . 4

5 2 , 8 5 2 , 0 5 0 . 2 5 2 . 6 4 3 . 9

4 7 . 0 4 8 , 4 5 3 . 0 5 0 . 0 5 4 . 1

5 0 . 3 5 6 . 9 4 8 . 9 5 0 . 5 5 5 , 0

4 4 , 7

4 9 . 1 4 3 , 0

5 1 , 4

6 4 . 6

4 7 , 0 4 4 . 9 4 6 . 5

5 9 . 1 6 0 , 4 5 4 . 4 5 0 , 8 5 2 , 4

5 8 . 2 5 4 , 2 6 2 . 4 6 2 . 6 S I . 2

6 3 , 8 5 9 , 6 5 9 . 6 5 2 . 0 5 6 . 6

5 1 , 7 5 5 , 2 6 2 , 1 6 1 . 6 5 0 . 2

5 7 . 4 5 6 . 7 5 5 . 6 5 7 . 5 S 5 . S

6 1 . 7 5 6 . 5 5 8 , 3 5 9 , 0 5 3 , 7

4 9 . G 5 6 . 0

4 9 . 4 6 0 . 0 5 4 . 2

6 1 . 8 5 6 . 7 4 7 . 3

6 0 , S 6 8 , 4 7 0 , 6 6 1 . 0 6 7 . 0

6 5 , 0 6 6 , 4 6 3 . 4 6 4 . 2 6 5 , 6

6 3 , 0 6 4 . 2 6 3 . 6

" 6 5 . 8 6 5 , 4

6 9 . 2 6 4 . 8 6 3 . 7 6 9 . 6 6 5 . 4

7 1 . 0 6 3 . 4 6 3 . 2 6 4 . 3 6 2 . 1

6 2 . 6 7 1 . 3 7 0 , 2 6 5 , 0 6 3 . 0

0 2 , 8 6 3 , 2

6 7 . 5 6 4 . 8 6 4 . 0

7 1 . 3 6 8 . 7 6 9 . 7

7 3 , 4 7 0 . 4 7 0 . 7 6 7 . 4 7 1 . 8

7 4 . 8 7 3 , 4 6 8 . 2 7 3 , 8 7 4 . 4

7 2 . 8 7 4 . 4 7 1 . 0 7 5 , 4 7 2 , 2

7 4 ^ 0

7 2 . 3

7 2 . 5 7 1 , 0 7 2 . 3

7 3 . 8 7 6 . 2 7 4 . 2 7 2 . 7 7 2 . 7

7 : 1 , 3 r . 9 , 9 7 7 . 1 7 8 . 3 7 2 , 5

7 4 . 8

7 5 , 3 7 2 . 4

7 3 , 3

7 7 . 3

7 5 . 6 7 4 . 7 7 3 . 8

J u n .

7 7 . 6 8 1 . 0 8 0 , 4 8 1 , 2 8 0 . 4

8 1 , 0 8 4 . 0 7 7 , 6 8 4 , 1 8 1 , 7

8 0 . 4 8 0 . 6 7 6 . 4 7 8 . 0 8 0 . 7

8 2 . 6 8 4 . 0 8 0 . 4 7 9 . 8 8 1 . 4

8 3 . 0 8 2 . 0 8 0 . 4 8 0 . 9 8 4 , 9

8 7 , 6 8 3 , 8 7 8 , 8 8 3 , 2 8 1 , 5

8 2 , 6 8 0 . 6 8 2 , 9 7 7 , 2 7 9 . 2

8 3 . 3 8 1 . 8 8 0 . 6

July 1 Aug.

8 2 . 3 8 3 . 5 8 6 , 0 8 4 , 6 8 4 . 8

8 3 . 6 8 7 . 3 8 4 , 6 8 3 . 0 8 4 . 3

8 3 . 0 8 6 . 1 BO.6

" 8 4 , 4 8 4 , 2

8 5 . 6 8 5 . 4 8 1 . 8 8 6 , 5 8 5 . 0

8 5 . 7 8 5 . 5 8 1 , 8 8 7 . 2 8 5 , 7

8 5 , 1 9 0 , 8 8 5 . 9 8 9 , 3 8 9 , 2

8 5 , 8 A i . 9 8 3 . 9 8 2 , 8

8 4 . 7

8 7 . 6 8 S . 3 8 7 . 0

8 3 , 9 8 6 . 2 8 4 . 9 8 1 . 6 8 4 . 0

8 3 . 2 8 7 . f i 8 4 . 6 8 7 . 0 8 5 . 6

8 5 . 6 8 5 . 0 8 0 . 5 e4" . . i 8 4 , 3

8 8 , 1 8 5 , .I 8 3 . 2 8 5 . . " ; 8 6 . 4

8 6 . 2 8 2 . n 8 2 . 2 9 0 . 3 9 0 . 3

8 3 . 3

3 8 - 1

8 4 , 1

8 8 . 3 8 5 . S

8 5 . 4 8 4 . 9

8 3 . 5

8 3 . 1

8 5 . 6

8 8 . 4 8 6 . 2 8 5 , 1

S«pL 1 0< t.

7 6 . 0 7 7 . 0 7 8 . 4 8 2 . 0 7 5 . 8

8 2 . 2 7 5 . 8 7 3 . 8 7 9 . 6 7 8 . 1

7 9 . 2 8 3 , 0 7 5 , 6 7 9 . 9 7 4 , 0

7 5 , 6 7 7 , . ' i 7 8 . 0 7 5 , 9 7 9 , 2

7 7 , 6 7 5 . 6 7 5 . 4 7 8 . 8 7 9 . 5

7 9 , 4 8 2 , 2 8 0 . 8 8 1 . 6 7 6 . 0

7 1 . 0 6 7 . 6 6 4 . 6 7 1 , 7 6 4 . 6

6 9 . 6 7 2 . 4 6 8 . 4 6 2 . 6 6 6 . 8

7 2 . 6 7 0 . 6 6 9 . 8 7 1 . 3 6 5 . 2

6 5 . 4 6 B . 5 6 5 . 0 fiK . 8 7 3 . 1

6 6 . 3 6 5 . 6 7 1 , 8 6 9 . 2 6 3 , 5

6 9 , 4 7 0 . 1 6 8 . 4 7 1 . 7 6 . 1 . 5

7 8 . 1 f . (> .4 7 9 . 3

7 9 . 2

7 7 . 3

7 7 . 3

7 9 , 8 7 7 . 2 7 9 . 3

N .V.

5 r , 9 4 f , 2 5.' , 9 6J , 5

5; : .o

S H , 4 5 ! ' , 6 5 : . 0 5 : , 2 5 : , 4

5 ' , 1 5-1 , 0 5 : 1 , 4 ' .'">:. . 2 5 9 . 8

5 - 1 . 8 5 ) 1 . 2 6 ' 1 . 0 5 1 1 . 3 51 , 3

5 : . , 2 5 9 . 2 5 - 1 . 4 5 : ! . 5 5 - 1 . 9

5 1 . 5 5 1 1 . 0 5 . ' . , 8 5 3 , 3 5 . ; . 6

5 i . 3 Grj.Oi - I ' l . S

6 9 . 9

6 7 . 3

7 0 . 9

7 ? . 2 6 - 1 , 9 6 6 . 0

TJ.1.7

:.:,.! 5 / . 1

5 ) . 0 6 1 . 9

D K .

4 7 . 4

4 9 . 2 -1 f j , 6 5 0 , 8 4 2 , 8

5 3 , 7 4 8 . 4 4 4 . 8 5 0 . 3 4 6 . 5

4 8 , 6 5 2 , 8

" 4 8 . 8 4 9 , 9 4 7 , 8

4 4 , 8 4 4 , 2 4 3 , 4 5 2 , 6 4 8 . 6

5 1 . 0 5 0 . 4 4 6 , 5 5 0 . 0 4 6 . 4

4 5 . 6 5 0 , 0 4 7 , 4 5 1 . 4 5 3 , 1

4 4 , 3 5 1 , 1 4 4 . 3 4 6 , 3 •17.9

4 0 . 6 4 8 . 6 5 2 . 1

A n ' l

5 . 3 1 . 6 ,'>,1

• 6 . 1 ( .1 ,0

( 7 , 4 ( 7 , 1 ( 4 , 9 ( 5 . 4 1 4 , 8

r . 7 . 2 r . 7 , 2 f - 3 , 4

( 5 . 9 ( 5 . 1

r 5 . 8 f 1 . 1 r 5 . 5 ( 7 . 1 ( 5 . 2

( 5 , 8 ( 5 . 4 ( 5 . 6 1 6 . 6 f 7 . 0

r 7 . 0

( 8 . 5 ( 6 , 9 1 a . l 1 - 5 . 8

6 4 , 9 6 5 , 2

6 4 , 9

6 4 . 9

6 6 , 0 :

6 7 . 0 6 6 . 4 6 6 . 5

RECORD WEAK TEVP DAX

• tM

4 5 , 5 5 5 . 2 3 5 . 7

4 9 . 6 5 9 . 6 3 9 . 6

5 6 . 4 67,C 4 5 . 8

6 5 . 5 7 5 . 6 5 5 . 3

7 3 . 1 8 2 . 6 6 3 . 5

8 1 . 2 9 0 . 7 7 1 , 6

fl^.f* R'l .9i 78 9 4 . 6 94 .C 8 8 . 2 7fS.2 7 4 . 8 6 7 . 9

6H 7H 5 7

0 7 3

".."1.9: 4 7 . 8 •6.11 5 7 . 3 1 5 . 7 3 8 . 2

6 5 . 9 7 5 . 9 5 5 . 9

Y e a i

1 9 2 8

1 9 2 9 1 9 3 0 1 9 3 1 1 9 3 2

1 9 3 3 1 9 3 4

1 9 3 5 1 9 3 6 1 9 3 7

1 9 3 8

1 9 3 9 1 9 4 0

1 9 4 1 1 9 4 2

1 9 4 3 1 9 4 4 1 9 4 5 1 9 4 6 1 9 4 7

1 9 4 8 1 9 4 9 1 9 5 0

1 9 5 1 1 9 5 2

1 9 , 1 3 1 9 . 1 4 1 " -.1

1"1(1

1 9 5 7

19. - .8 1 9 1 9 1 9 ' i n

1 9 11 1 9 -2

111 1:1

1914 1915

Jan.

0 . 8 3 3 . 3 2 1 .30 1 .29 7 . 5 3

2 . 6 7 1 . 2 8 3 . 3 3 0 . 4 8 1 . 5 0

6 . 3 4 2 , 7 5 0 . 8 0 0 . 5 5 0 : 4 7

o ; 3 i 2 . 3 2 1 . 5 3 3 , 0 9 2 . 0 8

0 . 8 2

8 . 4 6 3 . 9 9 2 . 0 0

0 . 8 8

0 . 6 8 3 . 0 3 1 . 3 5 1 . 6 6

1 , 5 5

2 . 0 5 0 , 3 0

3 , 2 1

3 . 3 9 1 . 3 2

0 . 4 9 3 , 2 7 1 . 8 7

F a b .

3 , 9 0

1 . 7 5 1 . 9 0

2 . 3 6 3 . 4 2

2 . 6 2 l . n 5

2 . 1 6 0 , 2 8 0 . 2 8

4 . 7 3 4 . 3 5 2 . 0 9 3 . 1 5

0 . 9 6

o ; 6 8 4 . 4 5 7 . 6 8

4 . 4 4 0 . 5 4

2 . 4 6 3 . 6 6 5 . 5 9 2 . 6 5

1 . 5 7

1 , 3 9 0 . 7 0

1 , 9 3 1 . 9 2

1 , 1 2

0 . 8 3 2 , 4 7

2 . 8 3

3 . 2 1 3 , 0 2

0 , 3 0 1 . 2 5 5 . 3 6

M a i .

0 . 9 9 2 . 4 3 2 . 3 6 3 . 2 9 1 .18

2.K-1 3 . 1 1 0 , 7 4 0 . 9 0 4 . 5 1

4 . 4 0 2 , 4 9 1 , 6 5 2 , 3 6 1 :94

4 . 5 9 4 . 1 7 9 . 5 3 2 . 2 5 2 , 3 3

2 , 8 3 2 . 7 6 2 . 1 4 I . I S 1 .74

3 . 5 S 0 , 5 9 1 ,70 0 , 1 4 6 . 3 6

7 . 1 3 1 .26 0 . 9 5 4 , 9 0 2 , 3 5

0 , 6 6 4 . 5 3 2 . 0 0

Apr.

3 . 8 8 2 . 6 4 1 .61 1 .50 2 . 4 5

4 . 3 8 .•1.55 1 . 9 1 0 . 5 9 0 . 6 4

3 . 0 7 3 , 3 3

L_1j . l 4 4 . 2 H

1 2 . 3 7

1 . 6 3 4 . 6 9 3 . 0 s 2 . 9 6 3 . 8 1

1 . 1 0 2 . 5 2 5 . 1 1 1 . 2 6

5 . 6 9

5 . 0 3 4 . 6 2 1 , 9 8 3 . 9 9

1 3 , 8 5

9 , 1 6 0 , 7 2

2 , 9 8

1 , 6 6

8 . 9 5

6 . 3 6

3 . 2 3 2 . 0 3

M a y

2 . 0 2 1 0 . 3 8 1 1 . 2 3

3 . 0 1

4 . 7 6

C.,fi5 0 , 9 6

6 . 8 4 4 . 1 2 0 . 9 9

2 . 2 9 2 , 6 5

6 _ . 2 6 2 . 1 2

4 , 5 7

5 : 0 0 8 . 0 8

1 . 7 5 1 2 . 6 0

l . S S

7 . 7 9 8 . 9 4

6 . 0 2 4 . 5 7 9 . 2 0

3 . 1 0

4 . 9 6 4 , 1 4 4 , 1 2

1 3 , 7 4

- 1 , 5 7 3 , 1 8

2 , 2 3 1 . 3 1

2 . 0 0

1 . 9 4

3 . 3 9 9 . 2 8

June

3 . 7 1 0 . 3 : 0 . 3 ( 0 , 9 -2 , 6 '

T 0 , 1 ' -7 , 1 •

T 4 . 6 5

2 . 4 6 2 , 8 4 6 , 7 2

1 2 . 1 8 3 ; 8 7

1 . 6 5 0 . 2 8 4 . 5 4 0 . 9 2 4 . 2 8

5 . 8 2 4 . 9 1 4 . 4 9 6 . 2 1 0 . 3 7

0 . 8 3 2 , 0 0 4 , 6 3 0 . 5 0 3 . 0 2

1 .90 3 . 1 6 3 , 2 2 7 . 8 5 4 . 6 3

1 . 4 8 0 . 3 0 2 . 7 8

July

3 . 6 4 0 . 5 3 0 . 0 1 1 . 6 1 1 . 9 5

3 . 4 9 0 . 0 1 0 . 5 3 3 . 9 4 2 . 2 2

1 . 7 9 1 .11 3 . 8 2 0 . 7 6

T

0 1 2 7 3 , 7 0 7 . 6 8 0 , 4 9

T

1 . 7 9 0 . 9 9 4 , 1 0 0 . 6 3 1 . 6 6

0 . 3 8 0 . 5 3 0 . 7 3 0 . 1 3 0 . 2 9

1 . 9 7 3 , 2 5 7 . 3 4 1 ,30 8 , 5 2

1 ,71 0 , 1 9 0 , 1 6

A u g . 1 S . p t .

0 , 9 4 0 . 0 4

1 . 2 1

1 . 2 3 1 . 8 8

1 . 1 8

0 . 2 4 0 . 2 6 n . 2 6 2 . 9 3

0 . 3 1 1 . 1 6 1 . 3 1 5 . 5 4 2 . 7 2

0 . 0 3 3 . 1 0

1 . 3 5 3 . 9 5

1 0 . 8 1

0 , 5 4 0 , 7 9 3 . 4 5 1 . 9 7

, 0 , 2 7

0 . 4 4 2 . 2 3

1 . 6 9 2 , 7 6 6 . 6 2

1 . 8 4

6 . 0 7 4 . 2 9

1 0 . 0 1

1 . 8 6

0 . 9 1 0 . 1 8 0 . 2 2

1 . 2 2 4 1 6 1

9 . 1 9

0 . 6 7 1 , 9 1 3 . 0 0

3 . 9 8

0 , 0 7

1 . 8 2 3 . 7 3 3 , 8 1 6 . 3 8

1 , 7 4 0 , 9 3 l , r , 4 1 . 5 6 0 . S 6 0 , 6 2

0 , 5 3

2 . 9 2 2 . 4 7

T 3 . 2 2

3 . 2 8

1 . 7 7 3 . 5 1 3 , 3 1

0 . 1 9

3 . 3 8

0 . 0 2 3 , 0 3 1 . 7 0

2 . 6 1

9 . 5 4

6 . 2 7

0 . 9 4 1 0 . 6 7

9 . 1 4

Oct.

4 .34 1 . 6 3 9 . 1 2 2 , 2 6 1 , 9 9

0 . 6 0 0 . 0 9

2 , 8 7 2 , 8 9 4 , 0 s

0 , 1 3 2 , 1 3 1 . 9 6

4 . 5 7 6 . 4 2

0 ; 6 4 3 . 3 0

2.(10 1,64 1 .3 : '

0 . 9 1 8 . 0 4 0 . 4 4 2 , 8 9 0 . 0 5

3 , 2 0 7.9(1 0 .R2 2 , 5 6 4 , 0 2

0 . 8 2 1 1 . 3 8

3 , 7 4 3 , 4 1 7 . 2 9

0 , 0 1 0 . 7 7 1 . 6 1

Nov. D«3.

1 .61 1 6 . 6 8 1 . 5 8 1 1 .14 2 . 2 2 , 1 .'-:< 2 , 3 6 : 2.-11 0 . 3 1

0 . 7 9 9 . 0 1 1 . 6 7 0 . 7 4 4 . 9 6

1 ,14 L _ 4 j J i

8 . 7 5 0 . 6 7 1 ; 7 9

0 ; 1 8 3 . 8 1 2 . 4 6 9 . 9 1 3 . S I

0 . 9 0 0 . 1 8 0 . 7 1 0 . 6 3 7 . 5 4

2 . 7 7 1 . . in 0 . 8 1 3 . 5 3 5 . 2 5

2 . 4 9

1 , 9 3

0 . 8 2 4 . 0 4 5 . 7 2

1 . 8 0 5 . 3 8 1 . 9 9

3 . 9 8

3 . 6 1 0 . 8 8 0 . 9 0 2 , 1 7 5 . 4 0

1 .00 0 , 6 5 4 , 8 5 1 , 9 7 3 . 0 3

2 . 7 7 4 . 0 0 0 . 6 9 3 . 7 8 6 . 1 1

3 , 0 4 1 ,3B 0 . 1 3 0 . 2 5 3 . 0 6

1 .71 0 . 8 8 0 . 2 9 2 . 3 4 2 . 1 4

1.16 5 . 6 5 8 , 5 0 3 , 1 9 1 .29

1.11 0..1C 1 . 5 8

A n n u a l

3 3 . 0 1

2 8 . 4 0 3 0 . 8 6 2 5 , 4 4

3 8 , 3 4

3 0 , 6 9

3 3 . 1 5 3 2 , 6 7 2 5 , 9 8

3 3 , 2 2

2 S . 1 7 L _ 2 S , 5 I ^ 4 , 5 7

3 9 , 3 7 4 2 . 7 1

2 2 : 9 4

4 2 . 5 7 4 4 . 9 3 4 9 , 1 9 3 9 , 6 2

2 8 . 0 3 4 4 . 0 5 3 8 . 9 0

2 8 . 0 1 3 8 . 4 1

2 9 . 3 1 2 6 . 4 3 2 2 . 4 1 2 1 . 7 5 5 5 . 1 4

3 2 . 8 B 3 8 , 7 8 4 1 . 7 4

3 9 . 9 9

5 4 . 7 4

1 7 . 5 2 3 7 . 4 7

3 5 . 9 0

2 , 2 7 2 , 7 9 4 , 3 0 4 , 8 2 3 . 2 7 1 . 8 8 2 . 1 9 2 . 8 6 2 . 9 5 2 . 7 7 2 . 4 8

Aecord mean values Rbove (not adjusted for inntrumfnt location changes listed period beglnnlnr in 1913.

In the Station Location table).are neans for the

TOTAL HEATING DEGREE DAYS TOTAL SNOWFALL

SUSOQ

1928-1929 1929-1930 1930-1931 1931-1932 1932-1933

1933-1934 1934-1935 1935-1936 1936-1937 1937-1938

1938-1939 1939-1940

1941-1942 1942-1943

1943-1944 1944-1945 1945-1946 1946-1947 1947-1948

1946-1949 1949-1950 1950-1951 1951-1952 1952-1953

1953-1954 1954-1955 1953-1956 1956-1957 1957-1956

1958-1959 1959-1960 19S0-196I 19S1-1962 1962-1963

1963-1964 1964-1965 1965-1966

July

ooooo

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0

Aug.

ooooo

0 0 0 0 0

0 0

0 0

oo

oo

o

0 0 0 0 0

ooooo

0 0 0 0 0

0 0 0

SapL

0 1 8 0 0

0 1

11 23

1

0 3

0 34

1 0

i n 0 0

2 5 0 0 0

ooooo

0 0 0 1 0

2 6 6

O C

5 8 77

109 40 92

14 6

41 154

84

31 41

76 80

83 30 75 47

9

65 110

5 56

144

54 7 8 54 14

127

' 7 8 73 45 49 41

7 57 74

Nov.

3 4 3 SOS 284 173 391

220 202 3 9 8 396 394

362 336

306 219

317 259 206 273 412

3 1 8 200 347 397 347

314 263 347 355 3 7 1

2 2 5 460 237 382 275

257 225 124

D*; .

54 0 502 605 44 5 6R7

3 f . l S l f i 6:^8 4r-5

5 7 5

5 1 0 3 8 5

4 6 6 5 3 0

6 3 3 6 4 7 6 6 8 3 9 7 5 1 2

4 4 7 4 5 9 f l ? ! 479 571

594 461 550 433 363

634 423 639 573 523

749 507 403

Jan.

6 2 0 9 7 0 r . 2 0 V,2Q :ifi0

5 2 6 4 9 3 r,6G 7 1 9 5 0 2

4 4 4 9 5 2

6 9 0 r ,16

5 9 8 6 0 S 6 0 5 5 9 8 R l O

7 8 0 5 1 6 .'J77 3 4 9 4 2 9

5 7 6 5 6 5 fil5 6 5 1 5 £ 4

r!G4 6 2 8 7 0 8 7 4 8 8 2 1

6 0 4

r)14

Feb.

7 6 2 2 5 9 3 6 2 2 7 6 5 4 2

4 7 0 4 3 0 6 7 1 4 4 7 3 1 4

5 4 4 ^ 5 0 9

5 1 9 4 7 4 3 4 6

3 8 2 4 1 9 34r ) r .90 534

465 334 423 3 J 3 406

232 451 434 288 561

443 637 382 293 500

576 512

M « .

201 333 445 420 242

3 4 tt 1 5 « 1 1 4 4 2 9

1 1 6

1 9 9 1 9 9 •104 :>Hi

4 4 0

3 1 9 1 3 3 14f .

3 8 0

2 6 8 3 2 0 2 6 0 3\.A 12H

3 1 5 2 7 6 2 4 4

3 4 7 4 7 0

2 5 9 4 8 8 1 9 3 3 3 8 1 7 0

2 5 5 5 3 8

A p i .

3 8

1 1 5 9

5 0 1 0 0

5 1 9 7

1 3 1 1 0 3 1 4 6

1 1 1 1 4 ?

6 0 7 4 4 9

Hf)

1 0 7 22

22

1 2 8 1 3 2 1 1 5 1 2 1 1 2 4

2fi 5 2 8 4

1 2 0

1 4 1 5 1

1 1 5 1 0 9

2 9

4:)

3 1

May

10 0

39 I 5

2 48

0 2

IH

0 3 1

12 7

18 32 l a 1 1

4

0 2 5

1 4 4 2

5 5 0 0

1 7 6

0 3 3

B 2

1 1

2

0

J t i n *

CC

OO

O

ooooo

0 0

0 0

0 0 0 0 0

0 1 0 0 0

oooo

0

0 0 4 0 0

0 0

Total

2 5 8 1 2 6 4 8 2 5 3 1 1 9 3 5 2 4 0 9

1 9 9 2 1 9 5 1 2 6 6 0 2 7 2 8 2 1 5 0

2 2 0 1 2 5 7 0

2 3 8 5 2 3 2 1

2 4 3 6 2 2 3 2 2 1 0 3 2 4 7 6 2 6 9 3

2 4 7 3 : ; o 7 9 2 2 9 8 2 0 4 3 2 1 9 1

2 1 6 6 2 1 4 6 2 3 2 8 222.'S

2 5 9 0

2 4 4 4 2 7 9 3 2 3 3 1 249.1 1 2:170

2-195 2 : i 9 u 1

S e i s o n

1 9 2 1 - 1 9 2 9 1 9 2 - - 1 9 3 9 1 9 3 1 - 1 9 3 1 1 9 3 - 1 9 3 2 1 9 3 1 - 1 9 3 3

1 9 3 : - 1 9 3 4 1 9 3 - - - 1 9 3 1 1 9 3 : 193 (1 1 9 3 1 1 9 3 7

1 9 3 - - 1 9 3 8

1 9 : - 1 - 1 9 3 9 1 9 3 9 - 1 9 4 0 1 9 4 0 - 1 9 4 1

1 9 4 1 - 1 9 4 2 1 9 4 2 - 1 9 4 3

1 9 4 3 - 1 9 4 4 1 9 4 4 - 1 9 4 . 1 1 9 4 . 1 - 1 9 4 6 1 9 4 6 - 1 9 4 7 1 9 4 7 - 1 9 4 8

1 9 4 8 - 1 9 4 9 1 9 4 9 - 1 9 5 0 1 9 5 0 - 1 9 5 1 1 9 5 1 - 1 9 5 2 1 9 5 2 - 1 9 5 3

1 9 . 1 3 - 1 9 1 4 1 9 5 4 - 1 9 5 5 1 9 5 5 - 1 9 5 6 1 9 5 6 - 1 9 5 7 1 9 5 7 - 1 9 5 1 1

1 9 5 8 - 1 0 5 9 1 9 5 9 - 1 9 6 0 1 9 6 0 - 1 9 6 1 1 9 6 1 - 1 9 6 2 1 9 6 2 - 1 9 6 3

1 9 6 3 - 1 9 6 4

1 9 6 4 - 1 9 6 5

1 9 6 5 - 1 9 6 6

July A u g . S « p l O c t

• -

N O T .

T 1 . 6

T

2 . 6

T

T T

T

T

T

Dtc

0 . 1 2 . 4

l . S

T

T

T 1.7

T

T T

0 . 4

T

1 . 3 T T

T

2 . 2 T

Ian.

T 0 . 5

0 . 2

T 3 . 6 2 . 0

T

4 , 0 T

1 .0 T

T

0 . 5 T

5 . 4

3 . 3 1 .0 2 . 1

2 . 5

1 .4 T

3 . 2 T T

T 0 , 2 3 . 2 3 . 2 0 . 7

7 , 4

Fab.

2 . 0

2 . 3

0 . 1 0 . 2

T T

2 . 9

0 . 3 0 , 1

0 . 3 0 , 2 0 , 4

T T

2 , 1 T

T

T 0 . 5

0 , 8

1 . 3 1 , 6 2 , 9

T T

0 . 3 T

M a i ,

T 0 , 5 0 . 4

0 , 7

0 . 8

T 0 , 5

T

1 3 T

T T

1 .0

T

2 , 0 T

T

T

A p r ,

0 . 1

M a y J n i w Total

2 . 0 2 . 2 2 . 9 0 . 6 3 . 1

O.R 0 . 2 3.(1 2 , 8 5 . 6

0 , 3 4 , 1

1 .5 T

T 0 . 0 0 , 8 3 . 1 5 . 8

3 , 3 1,0 4 . 2

T 2 . 5

2 . 4 0 , 4 3 , 7

T

2 , 6 1 .8 6 . 1 5 , 2 0 , 7

9 . 9 T

St;?lin°E^itJir.Jb"?.°° " • """" ' • " " '"*"'="" • ""•'• '° "•" - " ='"•"''»« ""•• "> " <=>••»«• 1- l"tru..„t expcaur, or a at.tl-on nove (see

Requests for addltlonnl Informitlon should be directed t.. the Weather Bureau Office for which this summary «ae Issued.

STATION L O C A T I O N

„-4

13 H)

. .- . . !";'•?

^ ;2^

Location

CITY OFFICE

401 S , A k a r d , C o t t o n E x c h a n g e B u i l d i n g

606 N. S t . P a u l S t r e e t D a l l a s C o t t o n E x c h , Bldg

AIRPORT STATION

Old Admn. B l d g , . Love F i e l d D r i v e Love F i e l d AP, 6 m l . NW of P o s t O f f i c e

Love F i e l d Admn. B l d g . LemjDon Avenue 5 . 5 m i . NW of P , 0 .

D a l l a s Love F i e l d T e r m . W, M o c k i n g b i r d Lane

Occ

up

ied

fro

m

l O - 1 5 - i :

9 - 3 0 - 2 6

7 - 1 6 - 3 0

9 - 1-40

4 - 2 9 - 5 8

Occ

up

ied

to

9 - 3 0 - 2 6

8 - 3 1 - 4 0

9 - 1-40

4 - 2 9 - 5 8

P r e s e n t

Air

lin

e d

iata

noe

and

dii

ecti

oo

Iio

m

0 , 7 o l

3 0 0 0 f t

3 0 0 0 f t

pre

vio

us

loca

tion

KNl

Eifl

S

LaUtude N o r t h

3 2 ° 4 6 '

3 2 ° 4 6 '

3 2 " 5 1 . 3 '

3 2 " 6 1 '

3 2 " 5 1 '

Longi tude

1

9 6 " 4 7 '

9 6 " 4 7 '

9 6 ' ' 5 1 . 6 '

9 6 ° 5 1 '

9 6 " 5 1 '

Elevation abova

Sea 1 Uvel

Gro

un

d

at

tem

p­

era

ture

sit

e

434

134

4 74

187

181

G r o u n d

Win

d i

nst

rum

ents

117

237

4 6

4 5

20

.

Ext

rem

e th

erm

om

ele

110

2 2 1

6

33

e o

M U

£

109

230

6

33

5 e a 0

•S

S. JB tl

Tip

pin

g b

uck

et

lain

gage

92

194

2H

4lJ

Wei

ghin

g r

ain

gaga

28

4B

8" r

ain g

age

92

194

4

28

48

u o u E o

V

o u > l

5

Py

rh

ell

om

ete

r

Hamulcs

V

C o n s o l luii t i o n of C i t y and Airpc O i f l c e ; ^ 9 - 1 - 4 0 . Thormometera l \ e t uhovu g r o u n d t o 1 -21-48 ; t tlitirmoiii t e r s 3S f e e t and psychi e t e r 37 f e e t a b o v e g round t o 8-

E x t r e m ' ' t h e r m o m e t e r s and psychi e t e r , 49 f e e t a b o v e g round r e p by h y g r c t h e r n o m e t e r 8 - 1 - 5 9 .

Sale Price; 15 cents per copy. Checks and money jrders should be made pay ible to tho Superintendent of Documents. Remittances anil correspondence regardii th is publication should be se : to tht- Superintendent of Documents, Governm .nt Printing Office, Washii ion, D. C. 20402.

USCOMM-ESSA-A3HEVILLE- 875

kmmm HM jaUHHil

s u n a n g l e s

32«N LATITUDE

p o s i t i o n a n d e n e r g y

S-*" N . LATI T U D E

JUNE 22

AM 5 a.m 6 7 8 9

10 11

7 p.m. 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 PM

ALT. 1.47

112.86 24.80 37.07 49.49 61.79 73.17 79.45

a

BEAR. 117.57 109.78 102.54 95.28 87.10 78.00 55.11 0.00 fl

BTU/Sq, ft./Hour S SE E

9 32 48 53 S

6 61

106 129 131 115 83 38

SW

17 135 192 200 177 130 69

W

NE 19

130 166 155 119 69 15

NW

N 9

49 43 19

N

SW

38 SE

HOR. 1

33 91

152 -207 250 278 287 HOR,

MARCH 21, SEPT, 24

AM 6 a.m. 7 8 9

10 11

6 p.m. 5 4 3 2 1

12 PM

ALT. 0.00

12.39 24.49 35.89 45.89 53,21 56,00

a

BEAR. 90.00 81,48 72.11 60.79 45.92 25,60 0.00

»

i BTU/Sq, ft./Hour S SE E NE N SW HOR.

21 60 99

129 149 156

s

113 175 195 186 156 110 SW

139 187 177 134 71

W

83 90 55 3

NW N

55 110 SE

31 89

146 192 221 231 HOR.

DECEMBER 22

AM 8 a.m. 9

10

4 p,m. 3 2

11 1 12

PM

ALT, 9.08

18.38 25.86 30.81 32.55

a

BEAR. 53.57 43.12 30.65 16.05 0,00 |3

BTU/Sq, ft./Hour S SE E 66

129 171 196 204 S

110 177 193 178 144 SW

90 121 101 56

W

NE 17

NW

N

N

SW

6 49 99

144 SE

HOR. 18 59 96

121 130 HOR.

SUN ANGLES

Elevation angles- degrees

January - November February - October March - September

April - August

June December

6 a.m.

—

—

0

7 12 —

8 a.m.

12 18

25 52

57 10

10a.m.

50 58

^7 57 62 28

12a.m.

57 ^7 58 70 92

55

2 p.m.

50 \ 58

47

57 62 28

4p.m.

12 18

25 52

57 10

6p.m.

—

—

0

7 12 ——

Bearing angles - degrees

January - November

February T October March - September

April - August June December

6 a.m.

—

—

90E

100E 107E —

8 a.m.

57E 64E 74E 84E

95E 54E

10a.m.

55E

59E 48E 61E 74E 52E

12a.m.

0 0

0 0 0 0

2p.m.

55W 59W

48W 61W 74W 52W

4p.m.

57W 64W

74W 84W 95W 54W

6p.m,

—

—

90W 100W 107W ——

S i t e

SOIL DATA

"•illlEUllBW./ > . F.J.D. X2 7§75?

~^e Konawa series consists of deep, well drained upland soils. The Ap horizon is a ayish brown loamy fine sand. The B horizons are yellowish red sajady clay loam or

xins sandy loam. The C horizon is a yellowish red loamy fine sand. Reaction ranges from neutral through stron^^j<^^^^^og^s^^^|^g y^^^g^-S percent.

Major Soil

Horizons (inches)

0-14

li«-38

38-5i*

54-70

Classification

USDA

Texture

f s l

s c l

f s l

I f s

Unified

3M

IL

SM,ML

SM

AASHO

A-2, A-k A-k, A-6 A-2 , A-4 A-2

Coarse Fract. >3 in.

%

Percentage Less Than 3 Inches Passing Sieve No.--

4

100

100

100

100

Depth to rock: More than 6 f e s t

Flood hazard: NonS

Wetness Well drained

10

100

100

100

100

40

' 5 0 -90 ^90-100 90 -100

200

30-?o ^0-50 30-60

5O-90bo-5C

LL

NP

2 0 -35 NP-26 NP

PI

NP

5 -15 NP-6 NP

Permea­b i l i t y in /hr .

6 . 3 -20 . . 6 3 . 2 . 0 2 . 0 -6 .3

Avail. Water

Cap. in / in .

. 0 6 - .

.09

. 1 2 -

.16

. 0 9 -

.13

Soil Reac­tion

5 . 6 -

5 . 1 -6 . 0 5 . 1 -6 . 0

6.3-20.|.c6-»09 ?J6-7.3

Shrink-Swell Poten­t i a l

V.Low

Low

Low

V.Low

Hydrologic group: B

Topsoil Sand Gravel

SUITABILITY AND MAJOR FEATURES AFFECTING SOIL AS RESOURCE MATERIAL

Fair - thickness of suitable material i'air - contains excessive rines Poor

Roadfiii [Fa i r - t r a f f i c supporting capaci ty

J reservoir areas DEGREE OF LIMITATIONS AND MAJOR SOIL FEATURES AFFECTING SELECTED USE

Pond embankments

Excavated ponds (aquifer fed)

Corrosivity - Uncoated steel

Corrosivity - Concrete

Dwellings

Septic tank filter fields

Sewage lagoons

Local roads and streets

Light industries

V . DEPARTMENT OF ACaiCULTURE, SOIL CONSERVATION

Severe - permeability

Moderate - slope stability, erosion

Severe - permeability

Moderate - texture

federate - reaction 0-6 percent slopes - slight 6-8 percent slopes - moderate; slope

0-5 percent slopes - slight 5-8 percent slopes - moderate; slope

Severe - permeability

0-6 percent slopes - slight 6-8 percent slopes - moderate; slope 0-k percent slopes - slight ^-8 percent slopes - moderate; slope

ri, FOHT WORTH, 7EXA5

R E V . 7 - 7 0 I0!«^XI4 WORKSHEET 12-68' 4 -N-274I3 I OF 2

SXIOt^ WORKSHEET 12-68 4 - N - 2 7 4 I 3 - A I OF 2

.L Ay, K/,t,,A„,iu„„ i.v/ntca <ji ui/zt/f/u uiji'3 tivpaiun-d uy suiiu. inic

-x<: gi J 7^T-

• 511«. J_ "J.^VX'si-^v^n

SOIL SURVEY INTERPRETATIONS WORK SHEET

^

1. Place series name in upper right corner on line above MLRA number.

2. Place MLRA number of the type location of the series in the upper right corner.

3 Place initials of author or authors and date on which the interpretation sheets-were prepared or revised in upper right corner below the MLRA number.

k Give a short narrative description of the series in a nontechnical language. This narrative should not conflict with statements in the standard series description.

ESTIMATED PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

5 If the physical and chemical properties are based on test data, footnote "Estimated Physical and Chemical Properties" to that effect. You may want to give the number of profiles tested in this footnote.

6. The estimated properties should be given for the major soil horizons. Give ranges in

these properties.

7. Many states have data available on liquid limit and plasticity index. Ranges in th. values should be given when available.

8 Depth to rock: Specify the kind of rock (hard or rippable). Hard rock is defined as that which requires drilling and blasting for its economical removal.

9. Flood hazard: Define in terms of frequency, duration, and time of year.

10. Wetness: Define in terms of depth and duration of water table and time of year if

known.

11. Hydrologic group: Give the latest coordinated group .letter (A, B, C, D, A/D, or B / D ) .

12. Some states may want to add wind erosion group in this block.

SUITABILITY OF SOIL AS RESOURCE MATERIAL

13. Rate whole soil for these uses.

DEGREE OF LIMITATIONS AND MAJOR SOIL USES AFFECTING SELECTED USE

Ik space is provided in each use so phases of series can be rated separately. Rate only the class determining phases for the particular use.

15 use latest guides for making the ratings. Specify the guide used by footnote, e.g., ^" soils MemorLdum-69, Regional Guides I963, Soils Memorandum-1.5, etc.

i U I L L I L : > ( . , K l f l l U r V J

MAP SYMBOL

ZB

MAPPING UNIT

Wileon clay loam, 0 to 1 percent slopes, is on nearly level parts of uplands and ancient stream terraces. It formed in clayey alkaline marine and allinrial sedi­ments. Small areas of Mabank, Crockett, Burleson and Normangee soils are included in most areas.

Wilson clay loam, 1 to 3 percent slopes, is on gently sloping parts of uplands and ancient stream terraces. It formed in clayey alkaline marine and alluvial sedi­ments. Small areas of Crockett, Axtell and Normangee soils are included in most areas.

Very daric gray clay loamj fine granular structure! firm when moist; slightly acid.

Very daric gray clay; medium blocky structure; very firm when moist; slightly acid.

Grayish brown clay; coarse blooky structure; very firm when moist; mildly alkaline. Olive gray and calcareous below 65 inches.

S O I L SURVEY I N T E R P R E T A T I O N S

ESTIMATED PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

Major Soil

Horizons finches)

0-6

6-72

Depth to r

Flood haza

Wetneait

4.34007

Classification USDA

•^extur^

Clay loam, loam or Bllty clay loam

Clay or clay loam

Unified

CL or CL-ML

CL or CH

AASHO

A-4 or A-6

A-7

Percentage o£ particles less than 3 In. In dia.

4

95-100

90-100

10

85-100

80-100

49 80-1 a

80-100

200

60-85

65-90

LL

25-35

41-55

PI

7-20

25-35

billty In/hr.

0.2-0.6

Less than 0.06

ock! More than 72 inches. Hydrologic group: D

^' ^°'^ Corrosivity - Uncoated steel High

?erohed water table in upper 1 foot for a Corrosivity - Concrete Low few weeks in late winter and early spring.

WRVATION MMVICL TCMPLt. Tt« J

Avail. Water Cap. in/in.

.15-.20

.14-.18

REV. i

Soil Reac­tion

5.6-7.8

6.6-8.4

Shrlnk -Swell Poten­tial

Moder­ate

High

-73 <-R-31454

l v*- r I .. r ^^ '71... i^.:-^/; . . . :—7"

-. f : . 'iff I '• :--^i_^ [•/li. N O ',^>

Kwc '

Mapping Units:

Dwellings (without basements)

Light industries

Topsoil

Septic tank filter fields

Sewage lagoons

Sanitary landfill (trench tvoe) Sanitary landfill (area type)

Local roads and streets

Roadfill

Gravel

Sand

Camp or picnic areas

Paths and trails

Playgrounds

Pond reservoir areas

Fond embankments

Openland wildlife

Vegetative eetabllsbment

Shallow excavations

Cropland

Grassland

LIMITATION AND ASSOCIATED FEATURES

Severe - Shrink-swell

Severe - Shrink-swell, corrosive

Severe - Too clayey

Severe - Peres slowly

Slight

Severe - Too clayey

Moderate - Wet

Severe - .Shrink-swell

Severe - Shrink-swell, low strength

SUITABILITY

Poor

Poor

Poor

Poor

Good

Poor

Pair

Poor

Poor

TJnsulted

Unsulted

ijevere - Peros slowly

Moderate - Wet, too clayey

Severe - Peres slowly

Slight

Moderate - Unstable fill, compressible

Slight

Moderate - Wet

Severe - Too clayey

Moderate - Wet, peros slowly

Slight

Poor

Pair

Poor

Good

Pair

Good

Pair

-Poor

Pair

Good

'•• n^ri f..

GRASSES Erosion control 1, Lawns 2, Heavy use recreation areas 3

Common bemiuda 1,2,5 Coastal bermuda 1 Tufcote bexmuda 3 St. Augustine 1,2,3 Bjregraas 1

PLANT ADAPTATION (SELECTED)

TREES AND SHRUBS Shade 4, Screen 5, Beautlfication 6

Bridalwreath 5,6 Jasmine, yellow 5,6 Oleander 5,6 lyracantha 5,6 Quince, flowering 5,6 Arborvitae 5,6 Ash, Arizona 4 Crepemyrtle 6 Elm, American 4,6 Oak 4,6 Magnolia 4,6 Sweetgum 4,6 Bois d'Arc 4,5,6 Silverleaf maple 4

U. I. DI»IITHEIIT or AOHlCUlTUat, SOIL CO»5£»««II0K IIKICI. tIMPLt, TEX.J

444007

OTHER PLAWrS Ground cover 7, Flowering plants 8, Attractive foliage 9

Amaryllis 8 Canna 6 Cornflower 8 Daisy, shasta 8 Hollyhock 8 hyacinth 8 Petunia 8 Zinnia 8 English Ivy 7,9 Hall's honeysuckle 7 Crepemyrtle 8 Roses 8

WILDLIFE FOOD

Plum Mulberry Oak Greenbrlar Partridgepea Woolly croton Tickolover Wlldbean Small grain Grain sorghum Millet Cowpeas Ragweed

6-73 4-R-3l4fiO-A

•' " ' °"-' ""'" "'"''' '•"'"••tf«"'<••> "VM.cc.-i UJ uijj,:,c,u ayts .-irparnifci oy sona nne

J

J

ii-m-':^.'7'--^r://i ^ ^•.•,. [Ifi. M -.' - -V.,,-'; , .

r STIDHAM SERIES F.J.D. 12/3/69

The Stidham series consists of deep, well drained, nearly level very gently sloping, upland soils. The Ap horixon is brown loamy fine sand. The B2t horizons are light yellowish brown or yellow sandy clay loam. Reaction ranges from neutral through strongly acid. Slopes range from 0 to 3 percent slopes

General Soil

Profile (inches)

0-26

26-45

45-55

55-70

ESTIMATED

Classification

USDA Texture Ifs

scl

fsl

Ifs

Unified SM

SC, CL

SM, ML

SM

AASHO A-2, A-4 A-4, A-6 A-2. A-4 A-2, A-4

PHYSICAL AND CHEMICAL PROPERTIES

^ of Material Passing Seive No.

Mk 100

100

100

100

Flood hazard: Hone

Wetness: Well drained

..#10

100

100

100

100

#i*0

50-90

90-100

90-100

50-90

#200 30-50

40-60

30-60

30-50

LL

NP

20-35

NP-26

NP

PI

NP

5-15

NP-6

NP

1/

Permea­bility in/hr.

6.3-20.

.63-2.0

2.0-6.3

6.3-20.

Depth to rock: More than 6 feet

Avail. Water Cap.

.06-.09

.12-.16

.09-.13

.06-.09

Soil Reac-

5.1-6.0

5.1-6.0

5.1-6.0

5.1-7.3

Shrink Swell Poten­tial

V.Low

Low

Low

V.Low

Hydrologic group: ^

Topsoil Sand Gravel

l-.r—

I

Roadfiii

Poor - texture SUITABILITY AND MAJOR FEATURES AFFECTING SOIL AS RESOURCE MATERIAL II

Fair - contains excessive fines Poor Good

Highway location DEGREE OF LIMITATIONS AND MAJOR SOIL FEATURES AFFECTir.'C SELECTED USE II

Pond reservoir areas

Pond embankments

Excavated ponds (Runoff Fed)

Corrosivity - Uncoated steel

Corrosivity - Concrete

Foundations for low buildings

Septic tank filter fields

Sewage lagoons

Streets and low-ccst roads

Light industries

xicpBc Moderate - Traffic supporting capaci ty

Severe - permeability

Moderate - slope stability, erosion

Severe - penneablllty

lacx Moderate - Texture of subsoil

Moderate - reaction

Slight

Slight

Severe - permeability

..yMassc Moderate - T5C

Slijtht

" i . ' i ° " * 1 ' r / . " "Ji^yCUL™"!. SOIL C0N5t«y«II0N StBUCt, FORI WORtM. tCHAS REV. 6 - 6 9 > X ' « WORKSHEET Tl^Jg t-H-VH\i TOTT

0 X lOj WORKSHEET 12-68 4-N-J7413-A 1 OF :

.M Uravei, sana, em. ana ciay; conuyuou, terraces o, a^ucrcru «y.« .rpanu.a

•'" i^i*' i-...... i

PUTULIU uy gunu line

- ^ •/• y ; / . « • ^ 0

Moderate - surface soil texture

Playground=

Moderate - surface soil texture

Paths and Trails Ifs - Moderate - surface soil texture fs - Severe - surface soil texture

CAPABILITY. SOIL LOSS FACTORS, AND POTENTIAL YIiLD5--(Hip;h T.evei .Management'' 3/

Phases of Series

Loamy fine sand

Fine sand

Capability

Ille

IVs

Soil Loss K

.20

T

5

Cotton lbs lint

300

225

GrSorghum Bu. 4"

25

Peanuts lbs

1300

1000

Bermuda (AUM)

5.5

4,5

Phases of Series

Not a Commercial

Ord.

Site

WOODLA.ND SUITABILITY Potential Productivity Important Trees S. I.

Class

Seedling Mortality

Erosioi. .Hazard

Equip. Limit. Trees to Plant

Grazing Potential

I Openland Wildlife WILDLIFE SUITABILITY 2/

Srr} :r,>o<iland Wildlife

Wetland Wildlife

Ifs - Well suited fs - Suited

Suited

Unsulted

KAMGS 3/ Il (or olimax'' cover.

Deep Sand Savannah: Climax grasses on thll «lt« ara little bluestem, big bluestem, Indiangrass and switchgras! Site name ar.d kinds and amounts of vegetation under

When in excellent condition about 25 parcent e£ th« vtg«t«tlon consists of woody plants. When In excellent condition the average yield of air>dry herbage Is 4000 pounds per acre in years of favorable moisture and 2250 pounds per acre In years of unfavorabl* molsturs.

oTffflB y

Pasture Group 9A Uplands, deep, tandy loll* with moderately permeable subsoils, low in

natural fertility.

\l Estimated based on Oklahoma Highway Department data and from data of similar soils. 21 Cconittee IV . Application and Interpretation of Soil Surveys July 1, 1969. 2/ Coordinated Regional Guides. Soil Survey reports of Hughes and Okmulgee Counties, Oklahoma. 4/ Pasture and Hayland Suitability Groups, OklahooMi, 1969.

REV. 6-69 1 0 ! X 14 WORK SHEET 12 -68 4 - N - a 7 4 1 3 2 OF 2 8 X 10J WORK SHEET 12-6B 4 - N - 2 7 4 1 3 _ A " 2 OF 2

\M

^ "^V''/"' V

I umvel, sand, silt, and clay; coniiyuous U-rracc, of different ayes .separated by solid line

M i;'^^-'^'^^/.

97-0O' G e o l o g y " ^

'Si-h>

•--.- ..:..n,:

,,i d :.on

•': yr^ .^-^-

/ j'

t 3^ "r- - s

c

' / • I

V '_J_ ^ ' A ' X / . '- <•** - I \

.KO r X -

; - . ' a . ^ ;...':,-.)_,, ^ ^ ^ J Ejglo Ford y \ ^ . ^ 4 ^ - | ^ ^ ; f ; ; L ^ ^ ^ ^ / ^ " v ^ ' ^ f f i ^ ' ^ ^ ^ ^ - " ^ ' ' ' " ' ! ~ ' ' , '"""V^^V^'•>vv,^ . ' " -.' y - ' ' "?"- . ' '"*

.L-^.i-^W [.Jy//-'L • // .i.r: Aj-U-M-r-

' 2 <•

^ ^ _ "j£

^/

\ ' l l! Rcdbirt/-

• - {^)v* f t r 11 • !

.•;/,.,',)- •- .V'^;, r AV) •. ^,;. :, ---Outpost.^ • .>\ '•••i^i-.'C.iul ( //,»• • . .i

KCr.iV.:!

;!i/ .'iii vv

Setifjc ^viV.-•,-...,!

EXPL.ANATION

o .

Qal ^

Alluvium Flood-plain deponit.i incUidiiig indintinci low terrace depomts; ijravcl sand silt sillu

clay, and organic mailer ' ' "

y C u u

V

Qt

Fluviatile terrace deposits Gravel, sand, silt, and clay; contiguous terraces of different ages separated by solid line

>• < •z.

yen fKjA

< o

f n^«' •. I- 1- .... )r--''^.'7'-::J!\- ,, •;/,«. NO

Kwc • ' ^ .

Site

SUITABLE VEGETATION

A . C . IfovoKP^d Texas Agricul tural Extension Service LH U-2

Grass Area of use

in Texas

•BSRI-IUDAGRASS

Conmoh

U-3

Tuf­cote

Tex-turf IF

Tex- 1 turf IC

Flora-^ turf

CJO-MOV

Tif-green

'Tif-dwarf

Sun-turf

Tif-way

.5r. WGUS-PINE .

30YSIA Meyer

State­wide

High Plains

!T. Tex. & High . Plains'

North­west

State-) wide

State­wide

0 State­wide

State­wide

North­west

State­wide

Central, South & East

State­wide

Shade . tole­rance

poor

Poor

Poor

Poor

Poor

Good

Poor

Poor

Poor

Poor

Very good

Good

. L _ •

Texas Awu I

Principal use

Lawns, fair­ways & general turf areas _

As above

As above

As above

Athletic fields and playgrounds

Lawns

Putting greens; lawns with high maintenance

Putting greens

Lawns \n.th high maintenance

Fairways and lawns T-dth high maintenance

Lawns and gene­ral turf areas

As above

Planting material*

Seed

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs.

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs

Sprigs or sod

Sprigs or sod

Hsthod and rate of planting**

1 lb/1000 square ft.

Sprig 6 inches apart in 6-12 in. rows or broadcast

As above

As above . As above

As above

As above•

As above

As above

As above

Sprigs or sod blocks on 6-12 inch centers

Sprigs or sod blocks 2 in. apart in 6 in. rows

Mowing requirecientB

• Fre-Ht; • .quency in. ••' (days)

3/U-l?c

3A-li;

1/2-3/1*

1/U-3/U

U-5

l*-5

l*-5

1-5

l*-5

7-a

l-U

II 1 1 1 I I 1

3/16-1/

1/2-3/1*

1/2-3/1*

.l''!:-2

+ 1-2

3-1*

3-1* •

l*-7

6-7

o v e r

. - . * . . - ' « : # : ' - - ^ • • • ' •

Grass

y ZOYSIA

Eme­rald

,

Mid­west

/ CSNTI-^ PEDE

lor. BLUE-GRASS

CREEP­ING BENT-GRi\SS ^»mst^m.^m mmmmmm.

TALL FESCUE

BUFFALO

BAHIA

RYE­GRASS

Area"of use

in.Texas

[ cont.)

State­wide

State­wide •

East-

High Plains

North Tex. & High Plains

p » — — — • » • * « — - — —

High Plains

North­west

East

State-T-ade

Shade tole­rance

Good

Good

Fair

- .. .

Good

Good

— — • » — — ^ — •

Good

Fair

Fair

Good

- • ' ' ' ' ' •• i-r '

Princip,al

use

Lawns and gene­ral turf areas

As above

As above

Lawns- and gene­ral turf areas

Putting greens and lawns with high maintenance

• -••••••-••—•——•—•—-•«•—••" Lawns and gene­ral turf areas

As above

^ 1 I I 1 , , 1

Roadsides, air­ports ,_et c^

Temporary lawns or for overseed-

i n s . •• •

Planting n?/:erial

Sprigs or sod

Sprigs

or sod__

Seed, sprigs or sod

Seed

Seed

Seed

Seed

M « a ^ a - « M «»•*•—*•'

Seed

Seed

"Method and-~ -•=

rate of planting**

Sprigs or sod

blocks 2 in. apart in 6 in. rovre

. • • . ^ • • . » — — • - • • ^ - • • ^ ^ • " ^ ' ' • • "

As above

Seed h oz. per 1000 sq. ft. Sprig 6-12 in. apart in 6-12 in. rows ,

3-5 Ib./lOOO

sq. feet

1 Ib./lOOO

square feet

—•• —•-••- -• •'-

7-10 lb. per

1000 sq. ft.

1/2-3/1^ lb. per 1000 sq_^t_;

5-7 lb. per. 1000_sq^ft_.

10-20 lb. per

. 1000 sq. ft.

Mowing .• ;s=r requirement 3"*'**'

• • F r e -

Ht. quency in.' days

3/U-l^

3/l*-l%

1-1?1

. l5i5-2

6-7

6-7

6-7

U-5

^ ^-,

3/16-1/2 1-3

,.«.•..—«»-

1V2

3/U-l

1^2-2

._—.

1-1?2

.—..-..

U-5

mm-»»^smms

5-7

6-7

l*-5

—

» Use certified planting material, if available. f • . , *

*« Whe^ planting sprigs or stolons broadcast, 1 squkre foot of nurseiy sod isneeded to plant 25 square feet of la^^ area. 1|0 square feet of sod (U bu. of sprigs) will plant 1,000 square feet. Less will be needed when planting sprigs or stolons (run-neJs) in rows. More may be needed when planting 2 inch sod blocks m rows.

L:

SOME TREES RECOMMENDED FOR TEXAS

SCIENTIFIC NAME COMMON NAME

MEDIUM AND LARGE TREES

Betula nigra Carya illinoensis

River Birch Pecan

Cedrus deodora Deodar Cndnr Celtis occidentatis Hackberry Ehretia anacua Firmiana simplex Fraxinus velutina

Anaqua Chinese Parasol Arizona Ash f l i nknn

Gymnocladus dioica Liquidamber styraciflua Liriodendron tulipilera Magnolia grandiflora Morus alba [wale] Pinus elliottii Pinus halepensis Pinus Donderosa

Sweetgum Tulip Poplar Southern Magnolia Fruitless Mulberry Slash Pine Aleppo Pine Ponderosa Pine

Pinus laeda Pinus thunberpii Pinus nigra

Loblolly Japanese Black Pine Austrian Pine

Pistacia chinensis Chinese Pistachio Platanus occidentalis American Planetree Platanus occidentalis Sycamore Pyrus calleryana Calleryana Pear Pyrus calleryana

h^nlnrriii

Picea pungens Quercus Virginia Quercus macrocaroa

Bradforrl \-\0'^N&<^ysSL Colorado Blue Spfuc€ Live Oak Bur Oak

Quercus nigra Quercus shumardii Quercus texana Sapindus drummondii Sabium sebilerum

Water Oak Shumard Oak Texas Oak Soapberry Chinese Tallow

Jaxodium distichum Ulmus crassifolia

Bald Cvr^ress Cedar Elm

Slash Pine {Pinus elliottii)

Pecan {Carya illinoensis)

Soapberry

rlrummondii)

Ulmus parvifolia Chinese Elm Chinese Elm {Ulmus parvi folia)

AREA BEST . ADAPTED FOR GROWTH RATE

OUTSTANDING CHARACTERISTICS

1 6 £ 6 1.2,3,5 1,2,3,5 2.3,5 6 4.5 1,2.3,5 1 1 3.5 1 1,2,3.5

.4 1 6 4 6 6 6 6

1 3 - 1 ? ^

4 1,2,3,5 6 1 1,2,5 1,2,3,5 6 1,2,5 6 6 6

Fast ' Medium Medium Fast -. Medium Medium Fast Slow Mcuium Fast Fast Slow to medium Fast Fast Medium

. Medium Fast Medium Medium Medium Fast Fasi Medium

Medium Slow Medium Medium Medium to fast Medium Medium Medium Fast Medium Medium Medium

Trunks and bark Fruit and shade Color and form Fast shade Shade Green trunks Fast shade Fall leaf color Shade Fall leaf color Fall color, flowers Foliage, flowers Fast shade Evergreen Evergreen

, Everareep Evergreen Evergreen Evergreen Fall leaf color Fast growth Trunks, rapid growth Spring flowers

Spring flnwprs fait Ipaf rnlnr Color and form Evergreen, dependable Large acorns Relatively fast growth

Fall leaf color Fall leaf color, form Fall leaf color, fruit Fall leaf color Fine texture, adaptability Fall color, depenriahility Shade

SCIENTIFIC NAME

SMALLER TREES

Cornus florida qprnia spp

COMMON NAME

Dogwood Redbud

Chlorianthus virginicus Crataegus SOD:

•Fringe Tree Hawthorn

\^iaicicyija opaCa Cordia boissieri ChilnpslH linsaria

Mayhaw Wi ld Olive Desert Willow

Diospyros texana Mexican Persimmon DinKpyrnK kaki Japanese Persimmon Elaeagnus angustifnlia Russian Olive Ilex opaca Ilex decidua Ilex vomitoria Knelreuteria bioinnata

KoelreuterJa paniculata

Lagerstrnemia indica

American Holly Possumhaw Holly Yaupon Holly Southern Golden Raintree Panicled Golden Raintree Crapemyrtle

Laaerstroemia fauriei Magnotia soulangeana Malus spp. 0/ea manzanilla Parkinsonia acufeata Pittiecellobium llexicaule

Prosopis glandulosa Prunus mexicana Prun us perslea Rtiamnus carotiniana Sopfiora secundiflora

-ZJyyphiiK iiijiitia ._

Japanese Crapemyrtle Japanese Magnolia Crabapple Manzinilla Olive Jerusalem Thorn

Texas Ebony Mesguite Mexican Plum Flowering Peach Carolina Buckthorn Texas Mountain Laurel

- Chinese Date

7. East Texas 2. Soutti Texas 3. West Texas 4. North Texas 5. Central Texas

.§. Adapted to most areas of Texas

Chinese Date {Zizyptius lujuba)

Japanese Crapemyrtle {Lagerstroemia fauriei)

I1HJ: %, ..,^.-s' Mexican Plum {Prunus mexicana)

Texas or Mexican Persimmon {Diospyros texana)

AREA BEST ADAPTED FOR

1,2,5

3.4,5 a 1,2,5 1 1,3,4,5 1,2,3,5 1,23,5

2 1,2,3,5 1,2,3,5 1,3,4,5 1,2,5 2,3,5

GROWTH RATE

Fast

Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Medium Fast

Medium Fast Medium Fast Medium Fast Medium

OUTSTANDING CHARACTERISTICS

1 a 1 ...

1 2

2l'5 a •: a 1 1,2,3,5 6

Medium Fast Medium Medium Medium Medium Medibrn Medium Medium Fast Slow Medium Medium

Flowers, fruit, form Flowers Flowers Flowers. fiL..! T'owers, fruit Flowers Flowers Trunks, evergreen, foliage Fruit Shade, windbreak Form, fruit, evergreen Fruit Fruit, evergreen

Flowers, fruit

Flowers, fruit Flowers Trunks, flowers Flowers Flowers Gray foliage Flowers, fine texture

Flowers Fast growth rate, form and leaf colo Fragrant flowers, trunks Spring flowers Fruit and foliage Evergreen, fragrant fJowers Fruit

r . ^

Texas Mountain Laurel {Sopt)ora secundiflora)

Possumhaw Holly {Ilex decidua)

Mesquite {Prosopis glan--dulosa) — fast-growing native of South Texas and a pest in range areas, but an attractive addition lo the home landscape.

nuisance to keep attractive unless suitable cover is provided.

3. Concealing exposed tree roots. W h e n large trees adjoin or are a par t of a lawn area development, they often develop exposed roots. Th i s p roblem plagues gardeners, since grass is nei ther easy to mow nor easy to main ta in and exposed roots are a hazard. G r o u n d cover p lant ings solve both problems.

4. Covering banks and slopes. T u r f cover is usually not satisfactory for banks or slopes especially from the s tandpoint of satisfactory main tenance . Ero­sion is also a problem, both in sunny and shady exposures. Steep grades usually requi re deep-rooted, low-growing plants to hold the soil and to better organize the entire p lan t ing scheme.

5. Binders for sandy soils. G r o u n d covers are invaluable for ho ld ing sandy soils in place in in land plantings, bu t those that are tolerant of salt spray are especially adaptable for ho ld ing sandy soils in seaside areas.

6. Cover for uneven rocky land. Outcroppings of rock or other rocky uneven areas can become dis­tinctive 1 .ndscape features when suitably p lanted with ground • overs, crevice and rock plants.

7. Providing a setting for bulbous plants. T h e contrasting foliage of ground cover plants provides a setting and, in addit ion, acts as a foil for flowering bulbs. Bed maintenance is also reduced and many bulbs such as lilies, require shade over their roots.

8. Reducing weeds among perennial plant ings. T h e practice of using ground cover plants to inter-plant large-scale herbaceous perennials has proven to be a satisfactory landscape procedure, especially in plantings of daylilies, iris, chrysanthemums and hardy asters.

9. Solving wet-soil problems. Some ground cover plants prefer moist heavy soil. Others are creeping plants native to boggy conditions where they thrive on hummocks of soil.

Ground covers are available in a wide diversity of form, and when used properly, they lend a finished appearance to shrub and flower bed plantings and in many cases eliminate the necessity of mainta in ing sharp edges between beds and turf areas.

They have unequal led value for year-round color and interest and become eye catchers in plantings that are viewed from windows, entrances, driveways and roads. They are also adaptable for p lan t ing strips along walks, small areas adjacent to buildings and approach areas.

Settings for garden ornaments such as pools, fig­ures and benches can usually be softened and appre­ciably improved through the use of low ground covers.

These plants can be used effectively to soften the edges of steps and paths. Grade changes are often a challenge that can be satisfactorily solved through the use of ground cover plants.

CHINESE STARJASMINE. Broadleaf evergreen ground

cover used to bind soil and eliminate washing of soil. Climbing vine on wall is creeping fig.

Common Ground Cover Plants for Texas

C;ROUND COVERS FOR SHADY .SITUAIIONS

Coral Bells English Ivy Hall's Honeysuckle l.ily-Turf Periwinkle Chinese Starja.smiiie Sand Strawberry Virginia Creeper Wintercrceper

ClROUND COVIRS 1 OR

I$eacli Worniwoofl ISlue I'escjue Brcxjm OwarE Ro.semary I'Iccceflower IlaU'.s Honey.siukle I.antana Lavcndcrcotlon Mat Ora.s.s Moonseed

CiROUND COVF.R.S FOR

Coral Bells Daylily nichoncira I'Iccceflower I'oam Flower Forget-Me-Not Gou tweed

Moneywort Sweet Woodruff Sweet Fern GROUND COVERS FOR

Beach Wormwood Blue Fesque

Ileucliera sanguinea Hedera helix Lonicera japonica lialliaiia Liriope muscari Vinca major Trachclo.spermiiin ja.smiiwides Fiagaria chiloensis PiirUienoci.'iSUs quinquefolia Euonymus forliniei radicmis

HOT, DRY EXPOSURES AND SANDY Son.s

Arlemsia stelleriana Festuca miina glauca Cyti.sus procumbens RosmariniLS officinalis prostriilus Polygiintnn rcynoutria Lonicera japonica lialliana. Lanlana aellowiana .Santolina chamaecyparissus I.ippia canescens Menispermum canaden.se

Moi.sr SOIL

Heuchera .sanguinea J-leinerocalli.s hybrids Dichondra carolincnsis Polyganum rcynoutria Tiaiella cordifolia Myosotis scorpoides Aegopodium podogaria

variegatum Lysimachia nummularia Asperula odorata Comptonia peregrina

SEASIDE PLANTINGS

Artemisia stelleriana Festuca ovina glauca

C r e e p i n g Baby 's Brea th Eng l i sh L a v e n d e r Everg reen C a n d y t u f t F r a g r a n t S u m a c J a p a n e s e J u n i p e r M e m o r i a l Rose R o m a n W o r m w o o d W i r e P l a n t

Gypsophila repens Lavandula officinalis Iberis scmpervirens Rhus aroinalica funiperus procumbens Rosa wichuraiana l^ Artemisia pontica Muchlenbeckia complexa

G R O U N D COVERS wrrH Di.sriNcnvF FOLIAGE

G R A Y OR SILVER

Beach W o r m w o o d B lood roo t B lue Fesque Engl i sh L a v e n d e r F ig-Mar igold Gold Dus t L a m b ' s Ea r s L a v e n d e r c o t t o n Pussytoes Sun-Rose Wooly T h y m e

Bigleaf Pe r iw ink le Bug leweed Dead N e t t l e Eng l i sh Ivy G o u t w e e d

L i ly -Tur£ P l a n t a i n Lily W i n l e r c r e e p e r

Baybcrry C a m o m i l e C r e e p i n g M i n t Dwarf R o s e m a r y Engl ish L a v e n d e r F r a g r a n t Sumac L a v e n d e r c o t t o n "1 liyine

Artemisia stelleriana Sanquinaria canadensis Festuca ovina glauca Lavandula officinalis Mezeinbryanthemum sf)ecies Alyssum saxatile Slachys lanala Santolina chamaecyfiarissus Antennaria rosea Helianthemum nummularium Thymus lanicaiilis

VARIEC.ATED FOLIAGE

I'inca major variegated Ajuga multicolor Lamium maculalum Hedera helix Stardust Aegopodium podograria

variegated Liriope spicata xiariegated Hosia undulala FAwnymus fortunei gracilis

A R O M A T I C FOLIAGE

My rica pen nsy Iva nica Anlhemis nobilis Mentha requieni Rosmarinus officinalis proslrata Lavandula officinalis Rhus aromatica Santolina chamaecyparissus Thymus serphyllum

G R O U N D COVF.RS FOR FROST-FRF.F AREAS

Alger ian Ivy W " " " ' " ™";" '^ '""^-Asparagus fern Asparagus f^himosus ' ' ° Asystacia coramandelmna .^svslacia • , . , • r „ , • T^.,,-., Helxinc soleiroh Sjuuu ChloropUyl datum .. • 1 Aiuiia reptans Bugleweed "l"b . ' ,. ^ . Ginania splendens Gazanui '

H e i u i g r a p h i s O r a n g e clockvine P i n k h e a d Kno tweed T w o r o w .sedum A\ 'ander ing J ew W h i t e S tonec rop

HeinigrapMs coloralus Thunbergia gibsoni Polyganum capitatum Sedum spurium Zebrina pendula Sedum album

•XNNUA.S FOR TEMPORARY GROUND COVERS OR LIVING MULCHES ANNUALS lui^ , „ __ , „h„lnrin maratiiiia Carpet of .Myssum C a r p e t o£ Snow

C;ascade P e t u n i a C r e e p i n g Zinn ia Moss Rose Pers ian C a r p e t P inks S n a p d r a g o n , F lora l C a r p e t Tra i l ing Lobe l ia V e r b e n a Vinca Rose C a r p e t

LVERt RFFN C;R0UND COVERS

Bigleaf Pe r iw ink le Blue R u g J u n i p e r Ch inese S ta r j a smine Cora l Bells C r e e p i n g Lily turf Engl i sh Ivy Evergreen C a n d y t u f t Goldmoss S tonec rop Hal l ' s Honeysuck le Japanese S ta r jasmine Lavende r - co t ton

M o t h e r of T h y m e PCIrpIc J a p a n e s e

Honeysuck le Sargent J u n i p e r Shore J u n i p e r F a m a r i x J u n i p e r W i n t e r c r c e p e r Yel lownct Honeysuck le

Lobularia maratima Carpet of

Snow Petunia hybrida White Cascade Sanvitalia procumbens Porlulaca grandiflora Allernanthera amoena Dianlhus barbatus Bravo Antirrhinum majus Floral Carpel Lobelia erinus Trailing Sapldiire Verbena hybrida Lochnera rosea Rose Carpet

I'inca major Juniperiis horizontalis ivittom Trachelospermum jasminoides

Heuchera sanguinea

Liriope spicata Hedera helix Iberis sempennrens

Sedum acre Lonicera japonica halliana Trachelospermum asiaticum Santolina chamaecyparissus

Thymus serpyllum Lonicera japonica chinensis

Juniperus chinensis sargenti Juniperus conferta Juniperus sabina Tamarix Euonymus fortunei radicans Lonicera japonica aiiero-reliculala

References for Ground Covers Foley, D . J., G r o u n d Covers for Easier G a r d e n i n g , Ch i l ton

C o m p a n v .

Foley, 1). J., C;ardcning by the .Sea, C h i l t o n C o m p a n y .

H o n e s , A. C , Clind>ing P lan t s 8c G r o u n d Covers . O r a n g e J u d d

M ^ l i Z J ^ ^ E . A., Seaside P lan t s of t h e W o r l d , H e a r t h s i d e Press.

^Vvn.an. Dona ld , G r o u n d Cover P lan t s , M a c m i U a n C o m p a n y .

Ground cover used to reduce heat reflection on paved areas and to break monotony of large unbroken exfjanse of paving.

1001 University i 533A Lubbock, Texas 79^01 (806) 763-i>756 7 October 1975

S, G, McFathar, Prosident Custom Wood Products 305 S. i'illam Box 3278 Amarillo, Texas 79106

Dear Hr, McFatherJ

I aa currently working on a thesis project for complotictti of my Ecicholor of Arc litecture dogree i^quiroments at Te: as Tech University, My chosen topic ia designing a. facility to house a woodworking (cabinetraaklng) factory. This facilily is t9 include a saw mill (for xaillins stock lumber into cabinet parts), a cabinet assembly area, finishing area, and related offices and support facilities. The factory will eiaploy 0 to50 peo:ple.

I was wondering if it would be at all possible for ne to coae to Amarillo and visit your facilities, I would like to talk with swaeone in your organiaation, see your offices, and production facilities, I would try to come when it would be most convenient fcxc you. I feel that a visit like this would be of great aid to m&,

I hope I haven't taken up too much of your time. If you have any questions ofrreq.uosts, please feel free to contact ne.

Sincerely yours^

Scott D, Robert©

GORRESPONDExNGE

C U S X O I V I W O O D P R O O U C T S , I I M C

designers and in o n u I a c t u r e i •:> o / | C O M A C F I X T U R E S

305 MILAM ST. m PHONE 806 376-451! fi AM ARILLO. TEXAS • 79 I 06

October 22, 1975

I'ir. iJcott B. Roberts 1001 University #533A Lubbock, Texas 79U01

Dear Mr. Roberts:

In answer t o your l e t t e r of October 7, 197$, reference a v i s i t t o our p lan t , t h i s i s to advise thafc I would be happy for you t o come up here and go over our f a c i l i t i e s .

I personally, would be the one for you to t a lk with, and I w i l l show you around our plant and give any helpful information tha t might a s s i s t you in th i s project .

ly yours.

S. C. McFather President

SCM/kc

/ STORE PLANNING AND is DESIGN LAYOUT ii ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK

1001 University //533A Lubbock, Texas 79^01 (806) 763-^756 7 October 1975

John W, Shoenaker, Executive Vice President National Woodwork Manufactures Association 400 West aadisnn Street Ghica-sc 111, 66606

Dear I-lr, Shoemakers

I am currently working on a thesis project for completion of my Bachelor of Architecture degree requirements at Texas Tech University, My chosen topic is designing a facUity to house a woodworking (cabinetmaking) factcary. This facility is to include a saw mill (for lailling stock lumber Into Cabinet parts), a cabinet assembly area, finishing ai»a, and related oi'fices and support facilities. The factory will employ kO to50 people,

I aa not sure as to your organizationJs activities or prograias, but I hope you can help me, I was wcMidering if you could send me saae tnforiaation (pamphlets or possibly trade magaalnes) coriceming new developments of systems in woodworking factorys. Because aS the lack of wrlten infonsation I can find, I am at sort of a loss as to which way the industry is going and of new conveying, material, storage, handling, milling, and assembly systems. If you could provide roe with the names of BOTiie sources I could contact (preferably in the Lubbock area), it wouid. be of help also,

I know I am asking for quite a bit, but any amount that you can contribute will be a great aid and appreciated. I hope I haven*t taJten up too much of your tiiae. If you have any questions of requests, please feel free to contact me.

Sincerly yours,

Scott E, Roberts

•<:i§;::::^;^^^:v\ ! |jy-^^^======:i RIVE.RSIDE PLAZA /'/,...,.• 7B 2-62 3 2 ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ Kl) P I " / ' ' j ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ 4 DO WEST M ADI S D N ET R EET (AREA CODE 312) ^^^M=:-!:<}}Jy^==^^=^ CHICAGD. ILLINOIS 6D6D6

October 10, 1975

M r . Scot t B . Rober ts 1001 Un ive rs i t y #533^ Lubbock, Texas 79401

Dear M r . Rober ts :

Because our assoc ia t ion represents nnanufacturers of wood doors and windows, we a re unable to comply w i th your r e ­quest of October 7 t h . However , we suggest that you make your i nqu i r y to:

Nat ional Ki tchen Cabinet Assoc ia t i on 334 East Broadway, Sui te 248 L o u i s v i l l e , Kentucky 40243.

S i n c e r e l y ,

Gail P rzybek , Sec re ta ry to J o h n W . Shoemaker Execut ive V ice Pres ident

gp

REFERENCES—APPENDIX

1. Ramsey and Sleeper, Architectural Graphic Standards (New York:

Wiley & Sons, Inc.), pp. 40, 41, 70, 73, 480, 475.

2. Rockwell, "Industrial Machinery," 1974.

3. Rockwell, "Professional Power Tools," 1974.

4. "Woodworking and Furniture Digest," May, 1975.

5. Murphy, W. K. Wood as an Industrial Material (New York:

Pergamon, 1974), pp. 74.50.

6. Ramsey and Sleeper.

7. Texas State Department of Health, "Occupational Safety Standard For Wood Working Machinery."

8. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, "Occupational

Safety and Health Standards."

9. Dreyfuss, Henry. The Measure of Man (New York: Whitney, 1967).

10. Muther, Richard. Systematic Layout Planning (Boston: Praeger, 1971).

11. "Dallas Zoning Ordinance Handbook," Dallas Zoning Department.

12. Uniform Building Code (Shlttler, California, 1973), pp. 52-55, 70-77, 105-110, 111-160.

13. Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, "Soil Survey Interpretations."

14. Barnes, V. E. "Geologic Atlas of Texas, Dallas Sheet" (University of Texas, 1972).

15. Texas Agricultural Extension Service.

• 1 . . < ;f

1 E O G E S S Gk D E S

INTRODUCTION

The whole design process this spring semester

has an extension of the programming fiinctions of

last semester. No major changes were made in program

ideas during the design process. Some minor changes

here made in some aspects of different spaces. These

will be pointed out within this docvmentatlon.

CONCEPT

The building is a physical design response to

concepts synthesized from ideas expressed in the

program. The exterior was to be a response suitable

to the natural surrounding and neighboring land

uses. It was to be a new effort (catalyst) for

responsible industrial development in that area.

The interior has to be an attempt to provide a non-

sterile environment for. both the shop and office

employees. Interaction and communication between

and within the shop and office was also a goal.

[ R

ItESpoWSlVE TO M6.TUHaU. EISVIpOMtNT

VISU^LUr COMMUNITf MIHD^

NOH-STERIUB. , U^f^M r f E-^tSONU. SftCtft

AJttAft P&|«. Cia TTSMAJMSHIP

C0MMUNICM"I0N

' / ^E.NSE.5

\

*/)

5 3[bP6H

t 3 PEOPLE

.^SJSi-

» I ' i . l f . l .Y 'CTtN -pi-f-N

SITE

The building and auxiliary fimctions (parking,

truck access, and railroad spur) were laid out to

take advantage of views, control traffic and utilize

the rest of the site for future expansion. The traf­

fic, sun, predominant winds, and other features were

studied for consideration in building placement and

site development. The office was situated to take

advantage of the view provided by the vegetation on

the southwest corner. The outdoor lounge was placed

to avoid the excess vehicle noise generated at the

comer and to take advantage of the sun and predomin­

ately southern winds.

Traffic was segregated into two categories

)assenger and truck. Passenger traffic (employee

and visitor) was placed at the front of the site

while truck traffic traveled a different street to

the rear of the site. Berms were used as visual bar­

riers for both passerbys (berms around parking) and

for employees (berms around office). Berms were used

for conservation purposes also.

s L-^r

^ - -rt? Of^:'^"

y ^Sei*"-**^ a -nt*fpic-_

H .'P^o^aL

-TN

-pfsj^^T**!^- Js•(JM-^f^!£?

fK

2>rr^ t7KV:e:U?f='MPW M4tP mfhr^^oH

BUILDING DESIGN NOTES

*The entrance was designed so as not to be over­

powering. It was designed to guide the visitor into

the facility. It was skylighted to create a more

open feeling.

The entrance, after long study, was situated

away from the traffic noise at the corner and designed

for use by office workers, shop workers, and visitors.

This was done to help create a feeling of oneness

among office and shop employees. It also reduces

waste of space caused by duplication. Security will

also be easier with one entrance.

*The office was designed for an open, free traf­

fic flow centering around the secretarial area.

*Full partitions are used only in the conference

area and president's office with lower partitions

used elsewhere for freer air flow and openness.

Many of the partitions are made of smoked plexiglass

to add richness and to create openness through its

translucency.

*Lowered celling areas with lighting were used

over some desk areas to provide better lighting and

different spaces.

*The lounge was designed as a place where all

of the employees could get together and where clients

and personnel could get a cup of coffee, sit, and

talk.

*The lounge was buffered from the hallway by

space and plantings. An outside lounge is provided

for use and enjojnnent during mild seasons. The

expanse of glass and skylight are to create a light,

airy, open feeling and to provide light for plants.

*The shop was basically functional but attempts

were made to create a quieter more pleasing space

than is found in most industrial buildings.

*The skylights let light and air in for a more

natural feeling. They also help to create subspaces

because they form higher ceilings.

*The walls, pipes, ducts, and structure are

painted various colors and graphics used to create

brighter spaces.

*Panels are used to divide spaces much in the

same way as office landscaping.

pH^>^ ^ " ^ ^ c ^ J,' jf^..

rPf^\C^ ^Sf^SIf^j-f^ ^

-^ ''i « S

ENERGY

One of the main concepts I worked with was

energy efficiency. I worked with this in many aspects

of the structure.

*The shop is five feet below grade and is bermed

up another five feet. This provided good Insulation.

The berms also reduced the scale of the shop giving

it a low profile. Structurally it brought about the

need for the buttresses to withstand the forces of

the earth.

*The recessed entrance protected it from the

wind.

*The office has a large (10 ft.) overhang to

protect it from direct sun.

*Natural ventilation via louvers and the sky­

lights was used in the shop to relieve the cooling

load during mild times of the year.

*Task lighting was used in the office and some

parts of the shop to reduce energy consumption and

to provide better lighting.

'O- t - - ^ r--i ;- l^f-:^/-- /x ^•K^^>\^^/^J<^7v^

Littns " '

- l - ^ - I .

JJE^HaCtiLJr-

. j T r ^ - f

. V >"• r 3 i . *Er

-f^-:

MATERIALS

OFFICE (interior)

Wood (partitions, ceiling, and structure):

Wood was used extensively in the office in an attempt

to relate to the function of the structure (wood work­

ing) and for its natural beauty and appeal.

CARPET

Carpet was used for its soft feeling and acous­

tical qualities.

WOOD FLOORING

Wood block flooring was used at the entrance,

reception, and the hall to the shop for its durabil­

ity under heavy traffic and to serve as a contrast

(entrance identification) to the carpet.

SHOP (interior)

Foam Pad Wall Covering:

Plastic faced acoustical foam pad hall covering was

used on most of the walls in the shop to control

noise. It was also chosen for its ability to be

painted with super graphics or solid colors and for

its ease of cleaning.

CONCRETE

A textured concrete finished floor was used

for its support, tough wear, and low cost. It is

slightly textured (rough) to assure steady footing

for the workers.

SHOP OFFICE (exterior)

Wood

Wood was used for two major reasons. First it again

helps to express the nature of the building function.

Second it is a natural building material thus serves

as a visual link to the natural environment.

Concrete

The white concrete was used to contrast the wood

both visually and in terms of statement (being man-

made vs. natural). The visual contrast helped to

make the design motifs stand out.

STRUCTURE

OFFICE

I chose a laminated wood framing system spanned

by wood decking to keep wi th ray concept of express ion

of wood. The laminated wood a l s o enabled me to span

g r e a t d i s t a n c e s and s lope the e x t e r i o r s uppo r t s . The

s l o p i n g suppor t s enabled me to b lend v i s u a l l y wi th

the s l o p i n g forms of the berms and shop. The express­

ion of wood s t r u c t u r e i n t e r i o r l y was i n harmony with

express ion of a wood working shop.

SHOP

The steel joist system was chosen for a number

of reasons:

1) A fire retardant structure was required by

the codes for the celling height desired.

1) It is capable of relatively long spans

thus eliminating many extra supports

required for other systems.

3) Mechanical systems could be run through

the webs.

4) It was economical.

An acoustical steel deck was chosen to span

the joists because of its acoustical properties and

low cost.

^^^^.y^ ^ ^ y : j ^ ^ - f e f ^

U^B^^^

^ ^CP -f^^^^l^ i i i i i i i i i

"pF^ ' " ^ f ^ r ^^"^^

J ^ M T i ^Au- oiuqi grig

^t^jy} 6<1^ (6^X^) (6SQ.fT^:^ ^ap } - ^ WFf

34! "

^a?uiim-^8=^i '" ;^-^

Li L. i4

:>'

-a: :

-4 ( ^ ^ ^^ f r )X^^ f ^ t ^ r ^^aoc^xj^ jLT

fP^1?Pl NT ^

J ^ i ^ 6:r < :. -f:- C^O^:^\^,

7 - * < .

MECHANICAL

Two HVAC systems were used for this structure.

This was done for two basic reasons. One lies in

the different requirements of the shop and office.

The shop is a much larger space requiring great

amounts of conditioning, while the office is a rela­

tively small area. Also the natural environment

systems in the shop including louvers and berms

will create different demands for the shop.

The second major reason for two separate sys­

tems is that there will be times when only the shop

or office will be in use thus making one system

conditioning the whole facility wasteful.

OFFICE

The system chosen for the office is a resi­

dential sized unit with an In-slab perimeter duct

system. The in-slab duct system was chosen due to

the fact that I was using an exposed (wood) cellng,

thus there was no room for running the ducts over­

head.

SHOP

The HVAC system used in the shop is an evap­

orative cooling-hot water coll heating system. This

was chosen for low cost and as a means of himfildlty

control. The temperature to which the water for

the spray colls is cooled will determine the mois­

ture content of the air. The humidity and

tempera ture in the shop can be c o n t r o l l e d by manip­

u l a t i n g the xvrater temperature and C.F.M. ou tpu t . An

i n d u s t r i a l hea t pump was chosen to cool and hea t the

water due to i t s energy e f f i c i e n c y .

J

•gXHAU^r CT' gfEM '^izif^

(3.

\\(?0 II

s::?::? Il_ ^.^^^ II -: ^ s ^ II A'SO 11 3 3 ^ r

1!;-

->

•i 1OCP

1 2 ? ^ ^

<::::^Fn^

-Y^^U- upi^ ^&so a(T\

sp^jej^^i^i^